0

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

O/o SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER, PUNE

NIT NO.-16/NIT/SE(PUNE)/EE-II(PUNE)/2023-24
NAME OF WORK: Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic
Building and cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1

ESTIMATED COST : Rs.57,55,11,446/-

(Civil Rs. 44,59,49,032/- Major Component &
Electrical Rs.12,95,62,414/- Minor Component)
EARNEST MONEY : Rs. 67,55,114/-
TIME ALLOWED : 12 MONTHS
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE : 5% OF TENDERED
VALUE
DATE OF PRE-BID MEETING : 20/03/2024
LAST DATE OF TENDER SUBMISSION : 15:00 hrs on 05/04/2024
DATE OF OPENING OF TECHNICAL BID : 15:30 hrs on 05/04/2024

xxxTo be filled by EE in charge

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 1

TABLE OF CONTENT

S.N. DESCRIPTION Page No.

1. Index 1-2
2. Notice Inviting e- tender 3
3. PART ‘A’ TECHNICAL BID 4-74
4. PART-I –GENERAL INFORMATION 5
5. Information and Instructions for Bidders for E - Tendering 6-17
6. List of documents to be scanned and uploaded with in the period of Bid 18-19
Submission
7. NIT Form CPWD - 6 20-28
8. PART-II–TECHNICAL CUM ELIGIBILITY BID 29
9. Section – I : Brief Particulars of the work 30-32
10. Section-II: Information and instructions for bidders 33-37
11. Annexure 1: Criteria for evaluation of the performance of contractor for 38
Pre-Eligibility
12. Section-III: Annexure 2 : Letter of Transmittal 39
13. Form ‘A’ to ‘I’ 40-53
14. Annexure 3: (Guarantee offered by Bank to CPWD in connection with 54-56
the execution of contracts) Form of Bank Guarantee for Performance
Guarantee / Security Deposit / Mobilization Advance)
15. Annexure 4 : Proforma for receipt of deposition of Original EMD 57
16. PART-III–FINANCIAL BID 58
17. CPWD–7 59-61
18. Proforma Of Schedules: A to F (For Civil Components) 62-71

19. Annexure X: ESTABLISHING SITE LABORATORY ANDTESTING OF 72-73

MATERIALS
20. 74
Annexure Y: REQUIREMENTS OF PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AT SITE

21. PART -B ( Civil Work) (General specific condition / specification) 75-292

22. General Conditions 76-92
23. Special Conditions 93-116
24. Particular Specification 117-178
25. Special Conditions for construction and preconstruction activity 179-180
26. Guarantee Bonds (Annexure V to VII) 181-185
27. List of preferred makes 186-191
28. Schedule of Quantities (Civil) 192-292
29. Part-C Minor Component,(Electrical & Mechanical Components) 293-540
Scope and Specifications of Electrical & Mechanical Works
30. Proforma of Schedules (E & M WORKS) 294-299
31. General Information for Electrical Works 300-302
32. General condition of all E&M packages 303-309
33. Association of Other Agencies for Execution of Specialized E&M Works 310-312
by Main Contractor
34. Willingness Certificate from concerned Competent Electrical Contractor 313
35. MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING [M.O.U] 314-315
36. Minimum Eligibility Criteria for Association of Specialized E&M 316-326
Agencies
37. C-1 IEI, Steet Lighting and Water Supply 327-333
38. C-2 Fire Alarm & PA System 334-350

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 2

39. C-3 Fire Fighting system 351-373

40. C-4 Substation Equipment 374-395
41. C-5 DG SET 396-401
42. C-6 UPS 402-404
43. C-7 VRF System 405-411
44. C-8 LAN SYSTEM 412-417
45. C-9 Based EPABX System 418-421
46. C-10 IP Based CCTV System 422-430
47. C-11 AUDIO VIDEO System 431-436
48. C-12 Lift 437-438
49. C-13 HEAT PUMP WATER HEATING SYSTEM 439-441
50. C-14 Roof Top Solar System 442-451
51. LIST OF PREFFERED MAKES (FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS) 452-466
52. Schedule of Work E & M Components 467-528
53. PART ‘D’ ARCITECTURAL DRAWINGS 529
54. Architectural Drawings 530-550
55. PART-E PRICE BID 551
56. Performa for quoting tender 552

It is certified that this document contains five parts i.e. Part A, Part B, Part C,
Part D & Part E containing Page nos. 01 to 552

AE( (C) AE(E)

EE(C)(Pune)-II EE(E)(Pune)

The composite NIT approved for Rs. 57,55,11,446/- (Rupees Fifty-Seven Crores
Fifty-Five Lakhs Eleven Thousand Four Hundred and Forty-Six Only)

SE(Pune)
CPWD, Pune

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 3

CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

NOTICE INVITING E–TENDER/ PRESS NOTICE

The Executive Engineer, Pune-II, CPWD, Pune, on behalf of the President of India invites online
percentage rate composite bid from CPWD enlisted contractors of appropriate class in
Building and Roads category (Erstwhile Composite/ Building/ Infrastructure category) and firms/
Contractors of repute satisfying the set eligibility criteria in two bid system for the following
work:-
NIT No.: 16/NIT/SE(PUNE)/EE-II(PUNE)/2023-24
NAME OF WORK: Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and cafeteria at
NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1.
Estimated cost put to bid Rs.57,55,11,446/-
Civil Work Rs. 44,59,49,032/-
E&M Work Rs. 12,95,62,414/-
Period of Completion 12 MONTHS.
Earnest money Deposit (EMD) Rs. 67,55,114/-
Last Date and Time of Online Up to 15:00 hrs. on 05/04/2024
submission of Technical and Financial
Bid, Copy of receipt of Deposition of
Original EMD and Other documents as
specified in the NIT.
Time and date of opening of Technical Up to 15:30hrs. on 05/04/2024
Bid
Pre-Bid conference Pre-bid conference shall be held with the
eligible and intending bidders in the O/o the
Superintending Engineer, Nirman Bhavan, 2nd
floor, CPWD, Pune at 11:00 hrs on 20/03/2024.
Time and date of opening of Financial The Time and Date of Financial bid of bidders
Bid qualifying the eligibility (Technical bid) shall be
communicated online to them at a later Date.

The bid forms and other details can be obtained from the website
[Link] The notice inviting e-tender is also available on
[Link].
Note: - Applicants are advised to keep visiting the above-mentioned web-sites
from time to time (till the deadline for bid subm ission) for any updates in respect
of the tender documents, if any. Failure to do so shall not absolve the applicant of
his liabilities to submit the applications complete in all respect including updated
thereof, if any. An incom plete application may be liable for rejection.

Executive Engineer, Pune-II.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 4

PART-A
TECHNICAL BID

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 5

PART-I
GENERAL
INFORMATION

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 6

CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS FOR e-
TENDERING FORMING PART OF BID DOCUMENT

The Executive Engineer, Pune-II, CPWD, Pune (Telephone No.020-24267137 Email

id:eepcd_2@[Link]) on behalf of the President of India invites online percentage rate
composite bid from CPWD enlisted contractors of appropriate class in Building and
Roads category (Erstwhile Composite/ Building/ Infrastructure category) and firms/
Contractors of repute satisfying the set eligibility criteria in two bid system for the
following work:

Time and date of opening of

submission of bid, Original

deposition of original EMD

Name of Work & location

and other documents as

EMD, copy of receipt for
Period of Completion

Last Date & time of

Pre-bid conference
Date and time of
Estimated cost

Earnest Money

specified in NIT
put to tender

Technical bid
NIT No.
Sl. No.

16/NIT/SE(PUNE)/EE-II(PUNE02023-24

Up to 15.00 Hrs on 05/04/2024

After 15.30 Hrs on 05/04/2024

@11.00Hrs on 20/03/2024
E&M Rs. 12,95,62,414/-)
(Civil Rs. 44,59,49,032/-

Construction of
Rs. 57,55,11,446/-

Rs. 67,55,114/-

EDP Hostel
12 MONTHS

Building,
Academic
and

1
Building and
cafeteria at
NIBM, Pune.
SH: Package 1

1. Eligibility criteria/ Bidding capacity criteria for the intending bidder.

A. For CPWD enlisted contractors of appropriate class (Except CPWD enlisted
contractors as per para-B & C below)
a) The contractor shall have valid enlistment in CPWD Buildings and Roads (erstwhile
Composite/ Building/Infrastructure) category of appropriate class.
b) Should have bidding capacity equal to or more than the estimated cost of the work put to
tender. The biding capacity shall be worked out by the following formula. Bidding Capacity
= [{AxNxl.5} – B]
Where, A = Maximum turnover in construction works executed in any one year during the

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 7

last seven years taking into account the completed as well as works in progress. The value
of completed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing at a simple rate of
interest of 7% per annum.
N = Number of years prescribed for completion of work for which bids have been invited.
B = Value of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed during the period of
completion of work for which bid has been invited

B. For CPWD enlisted contractors of appropriate class who are enlisted based on rule
6.1.7 of Enlistment Rules-2022 i.e. government retired engineer/ architect for three
years from the date of issue of enlistment order.
a) The contractor shall have valid enlistment in CPWD Buildings and Roads (erstwhile
Composite/Building/Infrastructure) category of appropriate class.

b) Should have bidding capacity equal to or more than the estimated cost of the work put to
tender. The biding capacity shall be worked out by the following formula. Bidding Capacity
= [{AxNxl.5} – B]
Where,
A =Banker certificate figure as submitted by applicant (i.e., government retired
engineer/ architect) at the time of enlistment for first year of enlistment and subsequent
fresh bankers’ certificate for second and third year respectively. Value of A for first year
will be mentioned in the enlistment order by the member secretary of advisory
committee for enlisting authority.
N = Number of years prescribed for completion of work for which bids have been invited.
B = Value of existing commitments and on-going works to be completed during the
period of completion of work for which bids have been invited. This value is for newly
enlisted entity.
Within three years from the date of issue of enlistment order, the newly enlisted entity
has to develop its own bidding capacity and thereafter the general bidding capacity
formula being used for other entities shall be applicable to it for calculation of bidding
capacity Newly enlisted entity may like to follow general bidding capacity formula even
before period of three years if it so chooses.

C. Bidding capacity, for CPWD contractors who are enlisted based on rules 9.6.3 &
9.6.4 of Enlistment Rules-2022 i.e., new entity based on previously enlisted entity
for three years from date of issue of enlistment order, is as follows
a) The contractor shall have valid enlistment in CPWD Buildings and Roads (erstwhile
Composite/Building/Infrastructure) category of appropriate class.
b) Annual turnover of newly enlisted entity shall be in proportion to the shareholding of
partners/directors in the original enlisted entity at the time of enlistment of the newly
enlisted entity. Within three years from the date of issue of enlistment order, the newly
enlisted entity has to develop its own bidding capacity and thereafter the general bidding
capacity formula being used for other entities shall be applicable to it for calculation of
bidding capacity. Newly enlisted entity may like to follow general bidding capacity
formula even before period of three years, if it so chooses.
c) Should have bidding capacity equal to or more than the estimated cost of the work put to
tender.
The biding capacity shall be worked out by the following formula.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 8

Bidding Capacity =([A’xNx1.5]-B}

Where,
A’ = Proportionate share of newly enlisted director/ partner in originally enlisted
company/ firm multiplied by the factor A, as given below. Value of A’ will be
mentioned in the enlistment order by member secretary of Advisory committee
for Enlistment Authority, it will remain same for three years. A Maximum
turnover in any one year during the last seven years taking into account the
completed as well as works in progress. The value of completed works shall
be brought to current costing level by enhancing, at a simple rate of 7% per
annum. This value is of originally enlisted entity at the time of enlistment
of newly enlisted entity
N = Number of years prescribed for completion of work for which bids have
been invited.
B = Value of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed during
the period of completion of work for which bids have been invited. This
value is for newly enlisted entity.

D. For Non-CPWD contractors and CPWD contractors of non-appropriate class.

1. Contractors who fulfil the following requirements shall also be eligible to apply. Joint
ventures/ Consortium and special purpose vehicles are not accepted. (This is not
applicable for CPWD enlisted contractors of appropriate class in building category).

a) Experience of having completed works of similar nature: -

The bidder should have satisfactorily completed the similar works as mentioned below
during the last 07 (seven) years ending last date of the month previous to the one in which
tenders are invited.

Three similar works each costing Not less than Rs. 23.02 Crore
OR
Two similar works each costing Not less than Rs.34.53 Crore
OR
One similar works each costing Not less than Rs.46.04 Crore

AND
Similar work shall mean works of “Construction of Building(s) with RCC framed structure
building of minimum five storeys including internal water supply, sanitary installations, Internal
Electrical Installations, Lift, Internal firefighting System, HVAC system all executed under one
agreement in India.

Or

“Completing balance construction work of one building with RCC framed structure (including
structural work) minimum five storeys including internal water supply, sanitary installations,
Internal Electrical Installations, Lift, Internal firefighting System, HVAC system all executed
under one agreement in India.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 9

Note: -
1. R.C.C. Framed structure shall be of RCC Foundation, Slab, Beams and columns etc.
The bidder shall submit abstract of cost of work along with supporting documents and
certificate issued by the competent authority in support of this.
2. Mumty and machine room will not be counted as storey for this purpose.
3. Basement, Stilt Constructed in the building shall be considered as a storey.
4. Only works executed in India shall be considered for similar work.
5. All the eligible similar works executed with enhancement and submitted by the bidders
and ongoing works as well as for the works with estimated cost put to tender more
than 40% of ECPT may be got inspected by CPWD official as decided by NIT
approving authority. The marks for the quality shall be given based on this inspection,
if inspection is carried out. However, CPWD registered contractor enlisted in
appropriate class in B&R category need not to submit financial eligibility documents as
required.
6. Work of specialized E&M services if executed under a separate contract may also be
considered for the purpose of assessing the technical competency only without adding
its monetary value for determining the eligibility criteria.
7. The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing
the actual value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum (without compounding);
calculated from the date of completion to previous day of last date of submission of
tender.
8. If Private work shown in support of eligibility criteria, certified copy of Tax deducted at
Source (TDS) certificate (Form 16A and 26A) shall be submitted along with the
experience certificate and TDS amount shall tally with the actual amount of work
done. Otherwise, the amount that tally with TDS shall only be considered for eligibility.

b) Average financial turnover: -

The bidder should have had average annual financial turnover of Rs. 17.27 Crore
(@30% of ECPT) on construction works during the immediate last three years
ending 31st March 2023 (For the financial year 2022-23 provisional certificate issued
by the CA) (Scanned copy of Certificate from Charted Accountant with unique
document identification number (UDIN) to be uploaded). The value of annual turnover
figures shall be brought to current value by enhancing the actual turnover figures at
simple rate of 7% per annum. Year in which no turnover is known would also be
considered for working out the average.

c) Profit/ Loss: -
The bidder should not have incurred any loss (profit after tax should be positive) in
more than two years during available last five consecutive balance sheets (standalone
financial statement), duly certified and audited by the Chartered Accountant. (Copy to
be uploaded)

d) Banker's Certificate from a Commercial Bank or Net worth Certificate: -

Banker's Certificate from a commercial bank of the amount equal to Rs. 23.02 Crore
(40% of ECPT) or Net worth certificate of minimum 10% of the estimated cost put to
tender issued by certified Chartered Accountant with UDIN.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 10

e) Bidding Capacity: -
The bidding capacity of the contractor should be equal to or more than the estimated
cost of the work put to tender. The bidding capacity shall be worked out by the
following formula:
Bidding capacity={[AxNx1.5]-B}
A= Maximum turnover in construction works executed in any one year during the last
seven years taking in to account the completed as well as works in progress. The
value of completed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing at a
simple rate of 7% per annum.
N=Number of years prescribed for completion of work for which bids has been invited.
B= Value of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed during the
period of completion of work for which bids have been invited.

f) Evaluation of performance: Evaluation of the performance of contractors for

eligibility shall be done by NIT approving authority or Committee constituted by him.
All the eligible similar works executed and submitted by the bidders in support of
eligibility and any one of the ongoing works, may be got inspected by committee or
local CPWD team which may consist of client or any other authority as decided by NIT
approving authority. The marks for the quality shall be given based on this inspection
if inspection is carried out.
Scoring method of evaluation: - The scoring for evaluation mentioned in these
columns shall be done as given in Proforma given (as per Annexure-1) elsewhere in
the agreement.

g) The bidder should not have been barred/ blacklisted by the CPWD, MoHUA and
Ministry of Finance, from participating in any tender, and the bar subsists as on the
Bid Due Date, such bidder would not be eligible to submit the BID. The Bidder should
upload affidavit for NON–BLACKLISTING in Form F.

h) At the time of uploading of bid, the bidder shall have also to upload Scanned copy of
an affidavit on Non-Judicial Stamp paper of Rs.100/-as under:

“I/We undertake and confirm that eligible similar works(s) has/have not been
got executed through another contractor on back-to-back basis. Further that, if
such a violation comes to the notice of Department, then I/we shall be debarred
for bidding in CPWD in future forever. Also, if such a violation comes to the
notice of Department before date of start of work, the Engineer-in-Charge shall
be free to forfeit the entire amount of Earnest Money Deposit/Performance
Guarantee.”

2. The intending bidder must read the terms and conditions of CPWD-6 carefully. He
should only submit his bid if he considers himself eligible and he is in possession of all
the documents required.

3. Information and Instructions for bidders posted on website shall form part of bid
document.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 11

4. The bid document consisting of plans, specifications, the schedule of quantities of

various types of items to be executed and the set of terms and conditions of the
contract to be complied with and other necessary documents can be seen in the office
of Executive Engineer, Pune-II, Pune, Maharashtra during the office hours on all
days except on Second Saturday, Sunday & Public holidays or can be seen on
website [Link] or [Link] free of cost.

5. But the bid can only be submitted after deposition of original EMD either in the
office of Executive Engineer inviting bids or division office of any Executive
Engineer, CPWD within the period of bid submission and uploading the
mandatory scanned documents such as insurance surety bonds, Account payee
Demand Draft or Bankers cheque or Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR) or / and bank
guarantee (for balance amount as prescribed) from any of schedule bank towards
EMD in favor of “Executive Engineer, PCD-I, CPWD, Pune” as mentioned in NIT,
receipt for deposition of original EMD to division office of any Executive Engineer,
(including NIT issuing EE), CPWD and other Documents as Specified.

6. The online bid will be submitted upto 03:00 pm on 05/04/2024 the online technical bid
shall be opened at 03:30 pm on 05/04/2024

7. Those contractors who are not registered or have not updated their profile on the
website mentioned above, are required to get registered / update their profile
beforehand. The necessary training materials including the videos with step-to-step
process are available on download section of [Link]

8. The intending bidder must have valid Class-lll digital signature certificate with
encryption key (combo type) to perform any operations / transactions on the e-
tendering portal / website and the bidder should download and install the eMsigner on
their system as per instructions available on download section of
[Link]

9. On opening date, the contractor can login and see the bid opening process. After
opening of bids, he will receive the competitor bid sheets.

10. Contractor can upload documents in the form of JPG format and PDF format.

11. Certificate of Financial Turn over: At the time of submission of bid, contractor has to
upload Affidavit/Certificate from CA mentioning Financial Turnover of last 7 years and
further details if required may be asked from the contractor after opening of eligibility
bids. There is no need to upload entire voluminous balance sheet.

12. Contractor must ensure to quote percentage rate against estimated cost put to tender.
The column meant for quoting rates in figures appears in yellow colour and the
moment rate is entered, it turns sky blue.

In addition to this, while selecting the cells a warning appears that if the cell is left
blank the same shall be treated as "0". Therefore, if the cell is left blank and no rate is
quoted by the bidder, rate shall be treated as "0" (ZERO).

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 12

However, if tenderer doesn’t quote any percentage above or below on the total
amount of the tender or any section / subhead in percentage rate tender, the tender
shall be treated as invalid and will not be consider as lowest tenderer.

13. Intending Bidders are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings
and satisfy themselves before submitting their bids as to the nature of the ground and
sub-soil (so far as is practicable), the form and nature of the site, the means of access
to the site, the accommodation they may require and in general shall themselves
obtain all necessary information as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances
which may influence or affect their bid. A bidder shall be deemed to have full
knowledge of the site whether he inspects it or not and no extra cost consequent on
any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed. The bidders shall be responsible
for arranging and maintaining at his own cost all materials, tools & plants, water,
electricity access, facilities for workers and all other services required for executing
the work unless otherwise specifically provided for in the contract documents.
Submission of a bid by a bidder implies that he has read this notice and all other
contract documents and has made himself aware of the scope and specifications of
the work to be done and of conditions and rates at which stores, tools and plant, etc.
will be issued to him by the Government and local conditions and other factors having
a bearing on the execution of the work.

14. GST applicable as per Government norms up to date and future circulars. Contractor
should quote the rate including GST as per Govt. norms, nothing to be reimbursed
against GST directly. However, it may be reimbursed as per the agreement terms and
condition as applicable.
15. The tenderer must associate with himself, agencies of the appropriate eligibility to
tender for each of specialized nature of items / work listed below individually. Such
works shall be got executed only through associated agencies specialized in these
fields. The tenderer whose tender is accepted shall indicate the name(s) of his
associated specialized agencies those fulfilling the eligibility criteria laid down below
after award of work and at least 30 days before commencement of such items / work
for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge of that component, whose decision shall be
final and binding. If the tenderer, himself fulfils the eligibility criteria laid down below
for associated specialized agencies, then the tenderer shall not require to associate
with himself the associated specialized agency.
16. The Technical cum Eligibility bid shall be opened first on due date and time as
mentioned above. The time and date of opening of financial bid of contractors
qualifying the eligibility bid shall be communicated to them at a later date.

17. Pre-Bid conference shall be held in the O/o Superintending Engineer, Nirman
Bhavan, 2nd floor, CPWD, Pune, Maharashtra at 11:00 AM on 20/03/2024 to clear
the doubts of intending bidders, if any bidder should send by email all their queries,
before pre-bid conference, latest by 10.00 AM on 20/03/2024 to the office of
Executive Engineer, Pune-II, CPWD, Pune. (Email-id: eepcd_2@[Link])). As a
result of pre-bid conference, certain modifications may be uploaded on the website, if
felt necessary by the Department.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 13

18. The department reserves the right to reject any prospective application without
assigning any reason and to restrict the list of qualified contractors to any number
deemed suitable by it, if too many bids are received satisfying the laid down criterion.

19. The building is targeted for minimum 3 Star GRIHA rating from TERI or more. The
bidders shall provide all necessary support and required facilities in order to secure
this rating. Nothing extra on this account shall be payable.

20. This work requires engaging more than 20 nos. of labours / workers and therefore all
necessary licenses such as labour license, EPFO and ESI, BOCW welfare registration
etc., shall be taken by contractor with in the time limits as prescribed under clause 1 of
schedule ‘F’.
21. During the Pandemic of Covid-19 or any other future pandemic, the guidelines/
SOPs/protocols issued by Govt. of India/ Govt. of Maharashtra are to be followed at
the place of work/ Site from time to time. The agency should adhere to these
guidelines/ SOPs/protocols strictly and no hindrance & nothing extra shall be payable
on account of this.

22. The bidder, both CPWD & Non-CPWD contractors shall associate specialized agency
for specialized work. The specialized works shall be carried out by specialized
agencies who have the desired qualification of having executed the similar nature of
the specialized work in last 7 years ending the last day of the month previous to the
one in which the tenders are invited. The works which are declared specialized by the
competent authority after award of work but before the contractor has actually
commenced the activity at site shall also be got executed through specialized agency.
The specialized agency shall be got approved from the Engineer –in-Charge well in
advance 4 Months of stipulated date of commencement of work failing which the
department shall initiate appropriate action and no extension of time shall be
permitted for delay in execution of work at site. Thus, the onus of approval of the
specialized agency shall be entirely upon the contractor. The contractor shall submit
the WILLINGNESS CERTIFICATE from the associate specialized agency as well as
the MOU signed between them which shall be made part of the tripartite agreement
for all purposes. The same shall be in the Proforma prescribed hereafter. All running
and final bills to the department shall be submitted by the lead agency after verifying
the measurements submitted by the associate agency, duly signed and dated.
Escalation and/ or other claims for reimbursements made under any clause(s) of the
contract shall be submitted by the lead agency after verifying them upon them
**To be filled by Executive Engineer
submission by the associate agency, and shall bear the dated signatures of initiating
associate agency also, which shall actually be deploying man and material for the
work. The Bills shall be processed for payment as per conditions of relevant clauses
of the contract only. If the bidder himself fulfills the eligibility criteria laid down for
associated specialized agencies, then the bidder shall not require to associate with
himself the associated specialized agency.

23. For specialized components of Civil & E&M works, the eligibility criteria for specialized
agency to be associated by the main contractor will be as detailed below:

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 14

Sl Name of Component Eligibility criteria Similar Work

.no. Component Cost (in
lakh)

A. Eligibility Criteria for associate specialized Agencies for Civil Works

1 Waterproofi Rs. 53.23 Three similar works each Similar nature of
ng Lacs costing not less than Rs. 21.29 lakhs water proofing
treatment OR treatment means or
works Two similar works each costing not includes the work of
less than Rs. 31.93 lakhs water proofing by
OR Integral Brick Coba
One similar works each costing not Treatment, HDPE
less than Rs.42.58 lakhs waterproofing, water
tank etc

B. Eligibility Criteria for associate specialized Agencies for E&M Works

Sl Name of Compone Eligibility criteria Similar Work
.no. Component nt Cost (in
lakh)

C1 Internal EI, Rs. The firm should submit details of

Street Light 236.15 Eligibility criteria. They should either
& Water Lacs possess valid Electrical License
Pump issued by Competent Authority of
appropriate class
OR
the main contractor should engage
an agency registered in CPWD in
appropriate class & category having
valid electrical license.
C2 Fire Alarm Rs. 30.68 One similar completed works costing SITC of Fire Alarm &
& PA Lacs of value not less than 80% of cost of PA System
System Component
OR
Two similar completed works costing
each of value not less than 60% of
cost of Component
OR
Three similar completed works
costing each of value not less than
40% of cost of Component
C3 Fire Rs. 30.42 One similar completed works costing Fire Fighting &
Fighting & Lacs of value not less than 80% of cost of Sprinkler System
Sprinkler Component
System OR
Two similar completed works costing
each of value not less than 60% of

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 15

cost of Component
OR
Three similar completed works
costing each of value not less than
40% of cost of Component
C4 Substation Rs. One similar completed works costing SITC of Substation
equipments 241.79 of value not less than 80% of cost of
Lacs Component and capacity of each
transformer not less than 750 KVA
OR
Two similar completed works costing
each of value not less than 60% of
cost of Component and capacity of
each transformer not less than 750
KVA
OR
Three similar completed works
costing each of value not less than
40% of cost of Component and
capacity of each transformer not less
than 750 KVA
C5 DG Set Rs. 31.44 One similar completed works costing SITC of DG Set
Lacs of value not less than 80% of cost of
Component and each DG set of
capacity not less than 200 KVA
OR
Two similar completed works costing
each of value not less than 60% of
cost of Component and each DG set
of capacity not less than 200 KVA

OR
Three similar completed works
costing each of value not less than
40% of cost of Component and each
DG set of capacity not less than 200
KVA

C6 UPS Rs. 21.05 One similar completed works costing SITC of UPS System.
System Lacs of value not less than 80% of cost of
Component
OR
Two similar completed works costing
each of value not less than 60% of
cost of Component

OR
Three similar completed works
costing each of value not less than
40% of cost of Component
C7 VRF A/C Rs. One similar completed works costing SITC of VRF/ VRV
System 190.00 of value not less than 80% of cost of Airconditioning
Lacs Component system
OR
Two similar completed works costing

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 16

each of value not less than 60% of

cost of Component
OR
Three similar completed works
costing each of value not less than
40% of cost of Component
C8 LAN Rs. One similar completed works costing SITC LAN system
System 112.83 of value not less than 80% of cost of
Lacs Component
OR
Two similar completed works costing
each of value not less than 60% of
cost of Component
OR
Three similar completed works
costing each of value not less than
40% of cost of Component.
C9 IP-EPABX Rs. 6.11 One similar completed works costing SITC EPABX system
System Lacs of value not less than 80% of cost of
Component
OR
Two similar completed works costing
each of value not less than 60% of
cost of Component
OR
Three similar completed works
costing each of value not less than
40% of cost of Component.
C10 CCTV Rs. 27.84 One similar completed works costing SITC CCTV system
System Lacs of value not less than 80% of cost of
Component
OR
Two similar completed works costing
each of value not less than 60% of
cost of Component
OR
Three similar completed works
costing each of value not less than
40% of cost of Component.
C11 Audio Rs. One similar completed works costing SITC of Audio Video
Video 260.24 of value not less than 80% of cost of System
System Lacs Component
OR
Two similar completed works costing
each of value not less than 60% of
cost of Component
OR
Three similar completed works
costing each of value not less than
40% of cost of Component.
C12 Lift Rs. OEM of the Lift meeting the Eligibility SITC of Lift.
143.30 Criteria for lift specified in the tender
Lacs document.
C13 Heat Pump Rs. 5.37 One similar completed works costing SITC Solar Water
based Lacs of value not less than 80% of cost of Heating System
Water Component

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 17

Heating OR
System Two similar completed works costing
each of value not less than 60% of
cost of Component
OR
Three similar completed works
costing each of value not less than
40% of cost of Component.
C14 Rooftop Rs. 19.48 One similar completed works costing SITC Solar
Solar Lacs of value not less than 80% of cost of Photovoltaic Power
Generation Component Generation System
System OR
Two similar completed works costing
each of value not less than 60% of
cost of Component
OR
Three similar completed works
costing each of value not less than
40% of cost of Component.

24. Self-attested GST registration documents and TDS certificate for private works in respect of
the associated agencies shall also be submitted along with the proposal.

Executive Engineer, Pune-II, Maharashtra

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 18

LIST OF MANDATORY DOCUMENTS TO BE SCANNED AND

UPLOADED WITH IN THE PERIOD OF BID SUBMISSION:

1. For CPWD Registered contractors:

Sl. MANDATORY DOCUMENTS TO BE SCANNED AND UPLOADED
No.
1 Scan copy Banker’s cheque of commercial bank or Account payee Demand Draft of
commercial bank or Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR) of commercial bank or insurance
surety bonds and/or bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee (for balance amount as
prescribed) of commercial bank against EMD.
2 Copy of receipt of deposition of original EMD issued from division office of any
Executive Engineer, CPWD. (Annexure- 4)

3 CPWD Enlistment Order of the Contractor in appropriate category.

4 GST registration Certificate, if already obtained by the bidder. If the bidder has not
obtained GST registration as applicable, then in such a case the bidder shall scan
and upload undertaking with the bid document “If work is awarded to me, I/We shall
obtain GST registration certificate within one month from date of receipt of award
letter or before release of any payment by CPWD, whichever is earlier, failing which
I/We shall be responsible for any delay in payments which will be due towards me/us
on account of the work executed and/or for any action taken by CPWD or GST
department in this regard”.
5 Bidding capacity as per Form C3.
6 Declaration about site inspection in Form-H.
7 Undertaking on structural stability and soundness of already completed buildings and
infrastructure projects in Form-I.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 19

2. For Non CPWD registered contractor

Sl. MANDATORY DOCUMENTS TO BE SCANNED AND UPLOADED

No.
1. Scan copy Banker’s cheque of commercial bank or Account payee Demand Draft of
commercial bank or Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR) of commercial bank or insurance surety
bonds and/or bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee (for balance amount as prescribed) of
commercial bank against EMD.
2. Copy of receipt of deposition of original EMD issued from division office of any Executive
Engineer, CPWD. (Annexure- 4)
3. GST registration Certificate, if already obtained by the bidder. If the bidder has not obtained
GST registration as applicable, then in such a case the bidder shall scan and upload
undertaking with the bid document “If work is awarded to me, I/We shall obtain GST
registration certificate within one month from date of receipt of award letter or before release
of any payment by CPWD, whichever is earlier, failing which I/We shall be responsible for
any delay in payments which will be due towards me/us on account of the work executed
and/or for any action taken by CPWD or GST department in this regard”.
4. Signed copy of Letter of transmittal in Annexure-2.
5. Certificates of Financial Turnover from Chartered Accountant as per Form A.
6. Banker’s certificate/Net Worth Certificate as per Form B/B1.
7. List of eligible similar nature of works completed as per Form C.
8. Projects under execution as per Form C1
9. Bidding capacity as per Form C3.
10. Performance report of works (referred to in Form C) as per Form-D.
11. Structure & Organization as per Form-E.
12. Proforma of Affidavit for Non-Black Listing as per Form F.
13. AFFIDAVIT FOR NON-EXECUTION OF WORKS ON BACK-TO-BACK BASIS on Non-
judicial Stamp Paper of Rs.100/- as per Form G
14. Declaration about site inspection as per Form-H.
15. Undertaking on structural stability and soundness of already completed buildings and
infrastructure projects as per Form I

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 20

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
CPWD-6 for e-tendering

1. Online percentage rate bids are invited on behalf of President of India in two bid system
(Technical cum Eligibility and Financial Bid) from CPWD enlisted contractor of appropriate
class in composite category and firms/contractor of repute fulfing eligibility criteria laid down in
NIT, for the work of “Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and cafeteria at
NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1.
The enlistment of the contractors should be valid on the last date of submission of bids.
In case the last date of submission of bid is extended, the enlistment of contractor should be
valid on the original date of submission of bids.

The work is estimated to cost Rs. 57,55,11,446/- (Civil Rs. 44,59,49,032/- and E&M
Rs.12,95,62,414/-). This estimate, however, is given merely as a rough guide

1.1.1. The authority competent to approve NIT for the combined cost and belonging to the major
discipline will consolidate NITs for calling the bids. He will also nominate Division which will
deal with all matters relating to the invitation of bids. For composite bid, besides indicating the
combined estimated cost put to bid, should clearly indicates the estimated cost of each
component separately. The eligibility of bidders will correspond to the combined estimated
cost of different components put to bid.

1.2. Intending bidder is eligible to submit the bid provided he has definite proof from the appropriate
authority, which shall be to the satisfaction of the competent authority, of having satisfactorily
completed similar works of magnitude specified below: -

1.2.1 Conditions for NON CPWD registered contractors only (This is not applicable for CPWD
enlisted Contractors of appropriate class in composite category). Joint
ventures/Consortium and special purpose vehicles are not accepted.

a) Experience of having completed works of similar nature: -

Should have satisfactorily completed the works as mentioned below during the last Seven
Years ending last date of the month previous to the one in which tenders are invited.
Three similar works each costing Not less than Rs. 23.02 Crore
OR
Two similar works each costing Not less than Rs.34.53 Crore
OR
One similar works each costing Not less than Rs.46.04 Crore

AND
Similar work shall mean works of “Construction of Building(s) with RCC framed structure
building of minimum five storeys including internal water supply, sanitary installations, Internal
Electrical Installations, Lift, Internal firefighting System, HVAC system all executed under one
agreement in India.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 21

Or

“Completing balance construction work of one building with RCC framed structure (including
structural work) minimum five storeys including internal water supply, sanitary installations,
Internal Electrical Installations, Lift, Internal firefighting System, HVAC system all executed
under one agreement in India.

Note: -
1. R.C.C. Framed structure shall be of RCC Foundation, Slab, Beams and columns etc. The
bidder shall submit abstract of cost of work along with supporting documents and certificate
issued by the competent authority in support of this.
2. Mumty and machine room will not be counted as storey for this purpose.
3. Basement, Stilt Constructed in the building shall be considered as a storey.
4. Only works executed in India shall be considered for similar work.
5. All the eligible similar works executed with enhancement and submitted by the bidders and
ongoing works as well as for the works with estimated cost put to tender more than 40% of
ECPT may be got inspected by CPWD official as decided by NIT approving authority. The
marks for the quality shall be given based on this inspection, if inspection is carried out.
However, CPWD registered contractor enlisted in appropriate class in B&R category need not
to submit financial eligibility documents as required.
6. Work of specialised E&M services if executed under a separate contract may also be
considered for the purpose of assessing the technical competency only without adding its
monetary value for determining the eligibility criteria.
7. The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing the actual
value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum (without compounding); calculated from the date
of completion to previous day of last date of submission of tender.
8. If Private work shown in support of eligibility criteria, certified copy of Tax deducted atsource
(TDS) certificate (Form 16A and 26A) shall be submitted along with the experience certificate
and TDS amount shall tallywith the actual amount of work done. Otherwise, the amount that
tally with TDS shall only be considered for eligibility.

i) Average financial turnover: -

The bidder should have had average annual financial turnover of Rs. 17.27 Crore (@30% of ECPT)
on construction works during the immediate last three years ending 31st March 2023 (For the
financial year 2022-23 provisional certificate issued by the CA) (Scanned copy of Certificate
from Charted Accountant with unique document identification number (UDIN) to be uploaded).
The value of annual turnover figures shall be brought to current value by enhancing the actual
turnover figures at simple rate of 7% per annum. Year in which no turnover is known would
also be considered for working out the average.

j) Profit/Loss: -
The bidder should not have incurred any loss (profit after tax should be positive) in more than
two years during available last five consecutive balance sheets (standalone financial
statement), duly certified and audited by the Chartered Accountant. (Copy to be uploaded)

k) Banker's Certificate from a Commercial Bank or Net worth Certificate: -

Banker's Certificate from a commercial bank of the amount equal to Rs. 23.02 Crore (40% of ECPT)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 22

or Net worth certificate of minimum 10% of the estimated cost put to tender issued by certified
Chartered Accountant with UDIN.

l) Bidding Capacity: -
The bidding capacity of the contractor should be equal to or more than the estimated cost of the
work put to tender. The bidding capacity shall be worked out by the following formula:
Bidding capacity={[AxNx1.5]-B}
A= Maximum turnover in construction works executed in any one year during the last seven years
taking in to account the completed as well as works in progress. The value of completed works
shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing at a simple rate of 7% per annum.
N=Number of years prescribed for completion of work for which bids has been invited.
B= Value of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed during the period of
completion of work for which bids have been invited.

m) Evaluation of performance: Evaluation of the performance of contractors for eligibility shall

be done by NIT approving authority or Committee constituted by him. All the eligible similar
works executed and submitted by the bidders in support of eligibility and any one of the
ongoing works, may be got inspected by committee or local CPWD team which may consist of
client or any other authority as decided by NIT approving authority. The marks for the quality
shall be given based on this inspection if inspection is carried out.
Scoring method of evaluation: - The scoring for evaluation mentioned in these columns shall be
done as given in Proforma given (as per Annexure-1) elsewhere in the agreement.

n) The bidder should not have been barred/ blacklisted by the CPWD, MoHUA and Ministry of
Finance, from participating in any tender, and the bar subsists as on the Bid Due Date, such
bidder would not be eligible to submit the BID. The Bidder should upload affidavit for NON–
BLACKLISTING in Form F.

o) At the time of uploading of bid, the bidder shall have also to upload Scanned copy of an
affidavit on Non-Judicial Stamp paper of Rs.100/-as under:

“I/We undertake and confirm that eligible similar works(s) has/have not been got executed
through another contractor on back-to-back basis. Further that, if such a violation
comes to the notice of Department, then I/we shall be debarred for bidding in CPWD in
future forever. Also, if such a violation comes to the notice of Department before date
of start of work, the Engineer in-Charge shall be free to forfeit the entire amount of
Earnest Money Deposit/Performance Guarantee.”

2. Agreement shall be drawn with the successful bidders on prescribed Form No. CPWD – 7 (or
other Standard Form as mentioned) which is available as a Govt. of India Publication and also
available on website [Link]. Bidders shall quote his rates as per various terms and
conditions of the said form which will form part of the agreement.

3. The time allowed for carrying out the work will be 12 MONTHS from the date of start as
defined in schedule ‘F’ or from the first date of handing over of the site, whichever is later, in
accordance with the phasing, if any, indicated in the tender documents.

4. The site for work is fairly available; however, minor part which is not part of the main building

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 23

which is not given immediately on start of the work, shall be made available within 15 days
from the written request of the contractor. The application for Statutory approvals has been
submitted to competent authority and same is expected to receive before date of start,
however, the contractor also need to pursue and help in getting the required documents if not
received by the stipulated date of start of work.
OR
The site for work shall be made available in parts as specified below

5. The architectural drawings for the work are available, but final working drawings shall be
issued after the award of work at appropriate stage, as per demanded by the agency
corelating with the completion program. The structural drawings shall be made available in
phased manner, as per requirement of the same as per approved programme of completion
submitted by the contractor after award of work. The bid document consisting of plans,
specifications, the schedule of quantities of various types of items to be executed and the set
of terms and conditions of the contract to be complied with and other necessary documents
except Standard General Conditions of Contract Form can be seen on website
[Link] or [Link] free of cost.

6. After submission of the bid the contractor can re-submit revised bid any number of times but
before last time and date of submission of bid as notified.

7. While submitting the revised bid, contractor can revise the rate of one or more item(s) any
number of times (he need not re-enter rate of all the items) but before last time and date of
submission of bid as notified.

8. When bids are invited in 3 stage system and if it is desired to submit revised financial bid then
it shall be mandatory to submit revised financial bid. If not submitted then the bid submitted
earlier shall become invalid.

9. (i) Earnest Money of Rs. 67,55,114/- (drawn in favor of “Executive Engineer, PCD-I,
Pune, CPWD, Pune, Maharashtra)”in the form of Bankers cheque of commercial bank or
Account payee Demand Draft of commercial bank or Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR) of
commercial bank or insurance surety bonds or/ and Bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee of
commercial bank (for balance amount as prescribed) shall be scanned and uploaded to the e-
tendering website within the period of bid submission. The original EMD should be
deposited either in the office of Executive Engineer, Pune-II, CPWD, Pune, Maharashtra
office or of any Executive Engineer, CPWD within the period of bid submission. The
EMD receiving ExecutiveEngineer (including NIT issuing EE/AE) shall issue a receipt of
deposition of earnest money deposit to the bidder in a prescribed format (enclosed)
uploaded by tender inviting EE in the NIT.

(ii A part of earnest money is acceptable in the form of bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee from
commercial bank. In such case, minimum 50% of earnest money or Rs. 20 lakh,
whichever is less, shall have to be deposited in shape prescribed above, and balance may
be deposited in shape of Bank Guarantee or e-bank guarantee of any commercial bank
having validity for 180 days or more from the last date of submission of the tender
which is to be scanned and uploaded by the intending bidders.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 24

(iii) The earnest money given by all the tenderers except the lowest tenderer shall be refunded
immediately after the expiry of stipulated bid validity period or immediately after acceptance of
the successful bidder, whichever is earlier. However, in case of two/three bid system earnest
money deposit of the bidders unsuccessful during technical bid evaluation etc. shall be
returned within 30days of declaration of result of technical bid evaluation.
(iv) Copy of Enlistment Order and certificate of work experience and other documents as specified
in the notice inviting E tender shall be scanned and uploaded to the e-Tendering website
within the period of bid submission. However, certified copy of all the scanned and uploaded
documents as specified in e-tender notice shall have to be submitted by the lowest bidder only
within a week physically in the office of tender opening authority. Online bid documents
submitted by intending bidders shall be opened only of those bidders, whose original EMD
deposited with any division office of CPWD and other documents scanned and uploaded are
found in order.

(v) The bid submitted shall be opened at 15:30hrs on 05/04/2024

(vi) The bid submitted shall become invalid and e-tender processing fee (if applicable) shall not be
refunded if:

a. The bidders are found ineligible.

b. The bidder does not upload scanned copy of all the documents stipulated in bid documents.

c. If any discrepancy is noticed between the documents as uploaded at the time of submission of
bid and hard copies as submitted physically by the lowest bidder in the office of bid opening
authority.

d. If a tenderer quotes nil rate against each item in item rate tender or does not quote any
percentage above/below on the total amount of the tender or any section/sub head in
percentage rate tender, the tender shall be treated as invalid and will not be considered as
lowest tender.

10. The contractor, whose bid is accepted, will be required to furnish performance guarantee of
5% (Five Percent) of the bid amount within the period specified in Schedule F. This guarantee
shall be in the form of Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR), insurance surety bonds, Account payee
demand draft or bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee of commercial bank any of commercial
bank in accordance with the prescribed form. In case the contractor fails to deposit the said
performance guarantee within the period as indicated in Schedule ‘F’, including the extended
period if any, the Earnest Money deposited by the contractor shall be forfeited automatically
without any notice to the contractor. The Earnest Money deposited along with the tender shall
be returned after receiving the aforesaid performance guarantee. The contractor whose bid is
accepted will also be required to furnish either copy of applicable licenses/registrations or
proof of applying for obtaining labour licenses, registration with EPFO, ESIC, and BOCW
Welfare Board including Provident Fund Code No. if applicable and also ensure the
compliance of aforesaid provisions by the sub -contractors, if any engaged by the contractor
for the said work with in the period specified in Schedule-F.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 25

11. The description of work is as follows: -

NAME OF WORK: Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and cafeteria at
NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1.
Intending Bidders are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and satisfy
themselves before submitting their bids as to the nature of the ground and sub-soil (so far as is
practicable), the form and nature of the site, the means of access to the site, the
accommodation they may require and in general shall themselves obtain all necessary
information as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or affect
their bid. A bidder shall be deem to have full knowledge of the site whether he inspects it or
not and no extra charge consequent on any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed.
The bidders shall be responsible for arranging and maintaining at his own cost all materials,
tools & plants, water, electricity access, facilities for workers and all other services required for
executing the work unless otherwise specifically provided for in the contract documents.
Submission of a bid by a bidder implies that he has read this notice and all other contract
documents and has made himself aware of the scope and specifications of the work to be
done and of conditions and rates at which stores, tools and plant, etc. will be issued to him by
the Government and local conditions and other factors having a bearing on the execution of
the work.

12. The competent authority on behalf of the President of India does not bind itself to accept the
lowest or any other bid and reserves to itself the authority to reject any or all the bids received
without the assignment of any reason. All bids in which any of the prescribed condition is not
fulfilled or any condition including that of conditional rebate is put forth by the bidders shall be
summarily rejected.

13. Canvassing whether directly or indirectly, in connection with bidders is strictly prohibited and
the bids submitted by the contractors who resort to canvassing will be liable to rejection.

14. The competent authority on behalf of President of India reserves to himself the right of
accepting the whole or any part of the bid and the bidders shall be bound to perform the same
at the rate quoted.

15. The contractor shall not be permitted to bid for works in the jurisdiction of Superintending
Engineer, Pune, CPWD, Pune (Division in case of contractors of Horticulture/ Nursery
category) responsible for award and execution of contracts, in which his near relative is posted
a Divisional Accountant or as an officer in any capacity between the grades of Superintending
Engineer and Junior Engineer (both inclusive). He shall also intimate the names of persons
who are working with him in any capacity or are subsequently employed by him and who are
near relatives to any gazette officer in the Central Public Works Department or in the Ministry
of Urban Development. Any breach of this condition by the contractor would render him liable
to be removed from the approved list of contractors of this Department.

16. No Engineer of Gazetted rank or other Gazetted Officer employed in Engineering or

Administrative duties in an Engineering Department of the Government of India is allowed to
work as a contractor for a period of one year after his retirement from Government service,
without the previous permission of the Government of India in writing. This contract is liable to

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 26

be cancelled if either the contractor or any of his employees is found any time to be such a
person who had not obtained the permission of the Government of India as aforesaid before
submission of the bid or engagement in the contractor’s service.

17. The bid for the works shall remain open for acceptance for a period of seventy-five (75) days
from the date of opening of technical cum eligibility bid. Further

(i) If any tenderer withdraws his tender or makes and modification in the terms & Conditions of
the tender which is not acceptable to the department within 7 days after last date of
submission of bids, then the Government shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy,
be at liberty to forfeit 50% of the earnest money absolutely irrespective of letter of acceptance
for the work is issued or not.

(ii) If any tenderer withdraws his tender or makes any modifications in the terms & conditions of
the tender which is not acceptable to the department after expiry of 7 days after last date of
submission of bids, then the Government shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy,
be at liberty to forfeit 100% of the earnest money absolutely irrespective of letter of acceptance
for the work is issued or not.

(iii) In case of forfeiture of earnest money as prescribed in Para (i) and (ii) above, the bidders shall
not be allowed to participate in the re-bidding process of the same work.

18. This notice inviting Bid shall form a part of the contract document. The successful
bidders/contractor, on acceptance of his bid by the Accepting Authority shall within 15 days
from the stipulated date of start of the work, sign the contract consisting of: -

a) The Notice Inviting Bid, all the documents including additional conditions, specifications and
drawings, if any, forming part of the bid as uploaded at the time of invitation of bid and the
rates quoted online at the time of submission of bid and acceptance thereof together with any
correspondence leading there to.

b) Standard C.P.W.D. Form 7 or other Standard C.P.W.D. Form as applicable.

19. For composite Bids.

19.1 The Executive Engineer in charge of the major component will call bids for the composite
work. The cost of bid document and Earnest Money will be fixed with respect to the combined
estimated cost put to tender for the composite bid.

19.2 The bid document will include following three components:

Part A: -CPWD-6, CPWD-7 including schedule A to F for the major component of the work,
Standard General Conditions of Contract for CPWD 2023 as amended/ modified upto previous
day of the last date of the submission of tender.

Part B: General / specific conditions, specifications and schedule of quantities applicable to major
component of the work.

Part C: -Schedule A to F for minor component of the work (competent authority under

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 27

clause 2 and clause 5 shall be same authority as mentioned in schedule A to F for major
components), General/specific conditions, specifications and schedule of quantities applicable
to minor component(s) of the work.

Part D: - Architectural Drawings (The said documents have been uploaded for mere reference only)
Part E: - Price Bid.

19.3 The bidders must associate himself with agencies as per NIT conditions.

19.4 The eligible bidders shall quote rates for all items of major component as well as for all items
of minor components of work.

19.5 After acceptance of the bid by competent authority, the EE in charge of major component of
the work shall issue letter of award on behalf of the President of India. After the work is
awarded, the main contractor will have to enter into one agreement with EE in charge of major
component and has also to sign two or more copies of agreement depending upon number of
EE’s/DDH in charge of minor components. One such signed set of agreement shall be handed
over to EE/DDH in charge of minor component(s). EE of major component will operate Part A
and Part B of the agreement. EE/DDH in charge of minor component(s) shall operate Part C
along with Part A of the agreement.

19.6 Entire work under the scope of composite bid including major and all minor components shall
be executed under one agreement.

19.7 Security Deposit will be worked out separately for each component corresponding to the
estimated cost of the respective component of works.

19.8 The main contractor has to associate agency(s) for specialized component(s) conforming to
eligibility criteria as defined in the bid document and has to submit detail of such agency(s) to
Engineer-in-charge of relevant component(s) within prescribed time. Name of the agency(s) to
be associated shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge of relevant component(s).

19.9 In case the main contractor intends to change any of the above agency/ agencies during the
operation of the contract, he shall obtain prior approval of Engineer-in-charge of relevant
specialized component(s). The new agency/ agencies shall also have to satisfy the laid down
eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-charge is not satisfied with the performance of any
agency, he can direct the contractor to change the agency executing such items of work and
this shall be binding on the contractor.

19.10 The main contractor has to enter into MoU with agency(s) associated by him. Copy of such
MoU shall be submitted to EE/ DDH in charge of each relevant component as well as to EE in
charge of major component. In case of change of associate contractor, the main agency(s)
has to enter into MoU/agreement with the new contractor associated by him.

19.11 Running payment for the major component shall be made by EE of major discipline to the
main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be made by the Engineer- in-
charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main contractor.

19.12 The composite work shall be treated as complete when all the components of the work are
complete. The completion certificate of the composite work shall be recorded by Engineer-in-
charge of major component after record of completion certificate of all other components.

19.13 Final bill of whole work shall be finalized and paid by the EE of major component. Engineer(s)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 28

in charge of minor component(s) will prepare and pass the final bill for their component of work
and pass on the same to the EE of major component for including in the final bill for composite
contract.

20. The intending bidders are required to update their profiles in CPWD e -tender portal and to
upload their bids well in Advance of last date of submission of tender. Any issues related to
updating profile/ uploading tender can be resolved through the concerned Executive
Engineer/Assistant Engineer (Telephone No.020-24267137 Email id: eepcd_2@[Link])
or ERF help line no. 18001803286 or e-mail [Link]@[Link]. The e-
tendering bidders are also advised not to wait to raise any issues till the last date of
submission of bid in their own interest.

21. The bidder must note that there is limited plot area available and so limited space for
installation of T&P and storing other construction material. The bidder has to plan work
methodology as per available site and no extension of time or additional payment shall be
payable on this account.

22. The successful bidder should ensure proper coordination with other agencies executing
internal & external finishing and services works in same building. The contractor should ensure
to provide working site to other agencies as per agreed completion programme in such a way
that pace of other agencies is not affected. No extension of time or additional payment shall be
payable on this account.

23. Jurisdiction of Courts

The Court of the place from where the letter of award of work has been issued shall have the
jurisdiction to decide any dispute arising out of or in respect of the contract.

24. CPWD does not have funds of its own and it carries out the works of client departments from
their funds (deposit, budgetary, authorization). The CPWD is making payments to the
contractors after getting budget/ authorization/ deposit from various Ministries/Client
Departments. The payment to the contractor can be done only on availability of funds for that
work from client department and in case of delay in getting funds from Ministry / Client
Department, CPWD will not be responsible for delay in payment and no any extra
compensation on this account shall be granted apart from specified elsewhere in this
document. The contractor has to quote his tender accordingly considering this aspect

Executive Engineer, Pune-II,

CPWD, Pune.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 29

PART-II
TECHNICAL
CUM
ELIGIBILITY BID

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 30

SECTION–I
Brief Particulars of the Work
Salient details of the work for which bids are invited are as under:

1)
S. Name of work Estimated cost Period of
no completion
1 Construction of EDP Hostel Rs. 57,55,11,446/- 12 Months
Building, Academic Building and (Civil Rs. 44,59,49,032/-
cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH: E&M
Package 1
Rs. 12,95,62,414/-)

2) The work is situated at: Pune, Maharashtra.

3) General Features and major components of the work are as under
i. The work consists of constructing 3 buildings i.e. (a) EDP Hostel Building- RCC G+6 storey
having built up area of 6220 sqm (approx..), (b) Academic Building- RCC G+1 storey having
built up area of 3387 sqm (approx.) and (c) Cafeteria - Partly RCC and partly tensile fabric
G / G+1 storey having RCC built up area of 222 sqm (approx..) and tensile fabric structure
area of 280 sqm (approx.).
ii. The building is designed to achieve a GRIHA/GHAR rating of minimum 3 star as decided by
department. The construction philosophy is based on norms stipulated by GRIHA/ GHAR.
Accessibility to the building is proposed considering the differently abled.
iii. Terrace floor comprises of Overhead tanks for fire/ flushing and domestic water supply .
iv. Elevation consists of stone chips/ dust texture work, structural glazing etc.
v. External development works including road, sewer line, Storm water line etc.
vi. Internal electrification of the building i/c Distribution cable, Panels, DBs etc.
vii. Power distribution system with Rising Main and DBs.
viii. Firefighting system and Fire alarm system as per fire norms.
ix. Installation of lifts
x. CCTV and LAN works, IPEPABX system
xi. Audio Video system for classroom
xii. Substation, DG Set & UPS
xiii. VRV/VRF system.
xiv. Heat pump based water heating system for hostel
xv. Roof top solar generation system

4) The work shall be executed according to General condition of contract for Central P.W.D
available separately at printer’s outlets or bidder may download from CPWD Website
[Link]. The bidder may obtain the address of outlets from Executive Engineer.

5) Special conditions pertaining to Site Facilities/Restrictions

i. As the availability of space is limited, the bidders are required to visit the site and check the
feasibility of space required for steel yards, place for stacking excavated earth/ moorum/
rock, stores, site laboratory, stacking of sourced earth/ moorum/ ordinary rock etc. and
installation of various tools and plants such as tower crane, builder & passenger hoists, DG
sets etc. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for establishment of the above-
mentioned facilities and for which nothing extra shall be paid. The Engineer-in-Charge shall
in no way be responsible for any delay on this account and no claim, whatsoever, on this

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 31

account shall be entertained.

ii. The site has scarcity of space, hence space for establishment of labour hutment shall only
be provided only if available. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for erection of
labour hutment and for which nothing extra shall be paid. The Engineer-in-Charge shall in no
way be responsible for any delay on this account and no claim, whatsoever, on this account
shall be entertained.

iii. The contractor shall make its own arrangement for tapping of electricity from an already
existing connection provided by local electricity distribution company, for which necessary
prevailing charges shall be paid by the contractor to the electricity statutory body/ distribution
company or shall obtain separate independent connection for electricity. Before tendering,
the bidders shall visit the site and assess the manner in which he/she is able to arrange the
above facilities. The Engineer-in-Charge shall in no way be responsible for any delay on this
account and no claim, whatsoever, on this account shall be entertained.

iv. Water for construction purposes shall be responsibility of contractor.

v. The Contractor shall abide by the rules/ bye laws applicable in respect of water/ electricity
connection and he shall be solely responsible for any penalty on account of violation of any
of the rules / bye laws in this regard. The Contractor shall indemnify the Department/ NIBM
against any claim arising out of pilferage, theft, damage, penalty, non-settlement of bills etc.
whatsoever on this account.

vi. Space for site office, site store yard, storage space for excavated earth/ moorum/ rock,
storage space of stacked material shall be provided in the vicinity of site as far as possible
depending upon availability. The Engineer-in-Charge shall in no way be responsible for any
delay on this account and no claim, whatsoever, on this account shall be entertained. The
agency shall be required to establish all such facilities and for which nothing extra shall be
paid. It shall be responsibility of agency to transport the material from material stacking yard
/ place to site and for which nothing extra shall be paid. In case any building or infrastructure
work is required to be executed on the land occupied by the site office/site store/workers rest
room/ labour camp, agency shall relocate these shelters for which nothing extra shall be
paid.

vii. The agency shall be required to strictly follow security norms and procedure in terms of
entry/ exit passes to all the vehicles/ persons/ materials, issue/ reissue/ surrender of labour
passes and other rules and regulations that will be brought in force from time to time by
NIBM. Any penalty imposed by NIBM, Pune for violating security norms will be immediately
paid by the agency for which nothing extra shall be paid.

viii. For Liasioning of Statutory approvals such as Chief Fire Officer NOC, Occupation Certificate
/ Part Occupancy Certificate, plinth approval from Local bodies a separate liasioning officer
has been appointed. However, if due to any reason he is unable to obtain CC, the agency
has to garner the same from the local body. It shall be in the scope of the contractor and no
any extra leverage will be paid in this regard. However, liasoning for obtaining permit from
local authorities for construction related activity like permission for excavation, setting up of
RMC plant, royalty etc. shall be responsibility of agency and nothing extra shall be paid.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 32

ix. The agency shall be required to fix/install the dense safety net all around the periphery of the
building as per progress of work, in order to ensure safety and prevent the damage to the
materials & manpower working below, it is deemed to be included in the rates quoted by the
bidder.

x. In the event of any restrictions being imposed by the Security agency, CPWD, Traffic or any
other authority having jurisdiction in the area on the working or movement of labour /
material the contractor shall strictly follow such restrictions and nothing extra shall be
payable to the contractor on such accounts. The loss of time on these accounts, if any, shall
have to be made up by augmenting additional resources whatever required. Nothing extra
shall be payable on this account.

xi. NIBM Pune institute is an educational institute with classes going on from 9:30 am to 5:30
pm. There are also occupied hostels and quarters inside the campus. Due to this, there
might be restrictions in working time as well as free movement of materials/ labours. Also,
labour hutment may not be allowed inside the campus. In addition to this, considering from
security point of view, the details of labors/ construction material reaching/leaving site with
their schedules may be asked by NIBM. The same may be provided by the agency without
any claim/hindrance on this account.

xii. NIBM Pune campus is situated in densely populated locality of Pune with huge flow of traffic in
the roads leading to NIBM Pune. The bidders shall fully understand restrictions before
participating in the tender. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account. No delay or claims of
any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor on this account.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 33

SECTION –II
INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS

1. GENERAL:
1.1. Letter of transmittal and forms for deciding eligibility are given in Section-III.

1.2. All information called for in the enclosed forms should be furnished against the relevant
columns in the forms. If for any reason, information is furnished on a separate sheet, this fact
should be mentioned against the relevant column. Even if no information is to be provided in a
column, a “nil” or“ no such case” entry should be made in that column. If any particulars/query
is not applicable in case of the bidder, it should be stated as“ not applicable”. The bidders are
cautioned that not giving complete information called for in the application forms or not giving
it in clear terms or making any change in the prescribed forms or deliberately suppressing the
information may result in the bid being summarily disqualified. Bids made by telegram/Post or
telex and those received late will not be entertained.

1.3. References, information and certificates from the respective clients certifying suitability,
technical knowledge or capability of the bidder should be signed by an officer not below the
rank of Executive Engineer or equivalent.

1.4. The bidder may furnish any additional information, which he thinks is necessary to establish
his capabilities to successfully complete the envisaged work. He is, however, advised not to
furnish superfluous information. No information shall be entertained after submission of pre-
qualification document unless it is called or by the Employer.

2. DEFINITIONS:
2.1 In this document the following words and expressions have the meaning hereby assigned to
them.

2.2 EMPLOYER: Means the President of India, acting through the Executive Engineer, Pune-II,
CPWD, Pune.

2.3 BIDDER: Means the individual, proprietary firm, firm in partnership, limited company private or
public corporation.

2.4 “Year” means “Financial Year” unless stated otherwise.

2.5 User/Client/OWNER: shall mean NIBM, Pune.

3. METHOD OF APPLICATION:
3.1 If the bidder is an individual, the application shall be signed by him above his full type written
name and current address.

3.2 If the bidder is a proprietary firm, the application shall be signed by the proprietor above
his full typewritten name and the full name of his firm with its current address.

3.3 If the bidder is a firm in partnership, the application shall be signed by all the partners of the firm

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 34

above their full typewritten names and current addresses or alternatively by a partner holding
power of attorney for the firm. In the latter case, a certified copy of the power of attorney should
accompany the application. In both cases a certified copy of the partnership deed and current
address of all the partners of the firm should accompany the application.

3.4 If the bidder is a limited company or a corporation, the application shall be signed by a duly
authorized person holding power of attorney for signing the application accompanied by a copy
of the power of attorney. The bidder should also furnish a copy of this memorandum of Articles
of Association duly attested by a public Notary.

4. FINAL DECISION– MAKING AUTHORITY:

The employer reserves the right to accept or reject any bid and to annul the bidding process and
reject all bids at any time, without assigning any reason or incurring any liability to the bidders.

5. PARTICULARS PROVISIONAL:
The particulars of the work given in Section-I are provisional. They are liable to change and
must be considered only as advance information to assist the bidder.

6. SITEVISIT:
The bidder is advised to visit the site of work, at his own cost, and examine it and its
surroundings to him self collect all information that the considers necessary for proper
assessment of the prospective assignment.

7. INITIAL CRITERIA FOR ELGIBILITY FOR QUALIFICATION (Technical Bid):

(This is not applicable for CPWD enlisted contractors of appropriate class in composite category)

7.1. The bidder should have satisfactorily completed the similar works as mentioned below during
the last 07 (seven) years ending last date of the month previous to the one in which tenders are
invited

Three similar works each costing Not less than Rs. 23.02 Crore
OR
Two similar works each costing Not less than Rs.34.53 Crore
OR
One similar works each costing Not less than Rs.46.04 Crore

AND
Similar work shall mean works of “Construction of Building(s) with RCC framed structure building of
minimum five storeys including internal water supply, sanitary installations, Internal Electrical
Installations, Lift, Internal firefighting System, HVAC system all executed under one agreement in India.

Or
“Completing balance construction work of one building with RCC framed structure (including structural
work) minimum five storeys including internal water supply, sanitary installations, Internal Electrical
Installations, Lift, Internal firefighting System, HVAC system all executed under one agreement in India.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 35

Note: -
1. R.C.C. Framed structure shall be of RCC Foundation, Slab, Beams and columns etc. The bidder
shall submit abstract of cost of work along with supporting documents and certificate issued by
the competent authority in support of this.
2. Mumty and machine room will not be counted as storey for this purpose.
3. Basement, Stilt Constructed in the building shall be considered as a storey.
4. Only works executed in India shall be considered for similar work.
5. All the eligible similar works executed with enhancement and submitted by the bidders and
ongoing works as well as for the works with estimated cost put to tender more than 40% of ECPT
may be got inspected by CPWD official as decided by NIT approving authority. The marks for the
quality shall be given based on this inspection, if inspection is carried out. However, CPWD
registered contractor enlisted in appropriate class in B&R category need not to submit financial
eligibility documents as required.
6. Work of specialized E&M services if executed under a separate contract may also be considered
for the purpose of assessing the technical competency only without adding its monetary value for
determining the eligibility criteria.
7. The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing the actual
value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum (without compounding); calculated from the date of
completion to previous day of last date of submission of tender.
8. If Private work shown in support of eligibility criteria, certified copy of Tax deducted at source
(TDS) certificate (Form 16A and 26A) shall be submitted along with the experience certificate
and TDS amount shall tally with the actual amount of work done. Otherwise, the amount that tally
with TDS shall only be considered for eligibility.

p) Average financial turnover: -

The bidder should have had average annual financial turnover of Rs. 17.27 Crore (@30% of
ECPT) on construction works during the immediate last three years ending 31st March 2023
(For the financial year 2022-23 provisional certificate issued by the CA) (Scanned copy of
Certificate from Charted Accountant with unique document identification number (UDIN) to be
uploaded). The value of annual turnover figures shall be brought to current value by enhancing
the actual turnover figures at simple rate of 7% per annum. Year in which no turnover is known
would also be considered for working out the average.

q) Profit/Loss: -
The bidder should not have incurred any loss (profit after tax should be positive) in more than
two years during available last five consecutive balance sheets (standalone financial statement),
duly certified and audited by the Chartered Accountant. (Copy to be uploaded)

r) Banker's Certificate from a Commercial Bank or Net worth Certificate: -

Banker's Certificate from a commercial bank of the amount equal to Rs. 23.02 Crore (40% of
ECPT) or Net worth certificate of minimum 10% of the estimated cost put to tender issued by
certified Chartered Accountant with UDIN.

s) Bidding Capacity: -
The bidding capacity of the contractor should be equal to or more than the estimated cost of the
work put to tender. The bidding capacity shall be worked out by the following formula:
Bidding capacity={[AxNx1.5]-B}

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 36

A= Maximum turnover in construction works executed in any one year during the last seven
years taking in to account the completed as well as works in progress. The value of completed
works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing at a simple rate of 7% per annum.
N=Number of years prescribed for completion of work for which bids has been invited.
B= Value of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed during the period of
completion of work for which bids have been invited
a) Evaluation of performance: Evaluation of the performance of contractors for eligibility shall be
done by NIT approving authority or Committee constituted by him. All the eligible similar works
executed and submitted by the bidders in support of eligibility and any one of the ongoing works,
may be got inspected by committee or local CPWD team which may consist of client or any other
authority as decided by NIT approving authority. The marks for the quality shall be given based on
this inspection if inspection is carried out.
Scoring method of evaluation: - The scoring for evaluation mentioned in these columns shall
be done as given in Proforma given (as per FORM-D1) elsewhere in the agreement.

b) The bidder should not have been barred/blacklisted by the CPWD, MoHUA and Ministry of
Finance, from participating in any tender, and the bar subsists as on the Bid Due Date, such bidder
would not be eligible to submit the BID. The Bidder should upload affidavit for NON–
BLACKLISTING in Form F.

c) At the time of uploading of bid, the bidder shall have also to upload Scanned copy of an affidavit on
Non-Judicial Stamp paper of Rs.100/-as under:
“I/We undertake and confirm that eligible similar works(s) has/have not been got
executed through another contractor on back-to-back basis. Further that, if such a
violation comes to the notice of Department, then I/we shall be debarred for bidding in
CPWD in future forever. Also, if such a violation comes to the notice of Department
before date of start of work, the Engineer in-Charge shall be free to forfeit the entire
amount of Earnest Money Deposit/Performance Guarantee.”

d) The bidder should sufficient no. of Technical & Administrative employees for proper execution of
contract. The bidder shall have to submit a list of these employees stating clearly how these would
be involved in this work within 15 days of award of work.

8. EVALUATION CRITERIA:
8.1 The details submitted by the bidders will be evaluated in the following manner: -

8.1.1 The initial criteria prescribed in Para 7.0 above in respect of experience of eligible similar
works completed, loss, Banker’s certificate, financial turn over and bidding capacity etc. will
first be scrutinized and the bidder’s eligibility for the work will be determined.

8.1.2 The bidders qualifying the initial criteria, as set out in Para 7.0 above, will be evaluated for
following criteria by scoring method on the basis of details furnished by them.

(a) Financial strength (Form “A”) & Maximum

Banker’s Certificate(Form “B”) 20Marks
OR
Net worth certificate(Form“B1”)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 37

(b) Experience in eligible similar nature of work during last Maximum 20 Marks
seven years (Form “C”, andFormC-1)
(c) Performance on work (Form “D”) –Time over run Maximum 20 Marks

(d) Performance on work (Form“D1”)–Quality Maximum 40 Marks

Total 100Marks

To become eligible for short listing the bidder must secure at least fifty percent marks in
each(section a, b, c and d) and sixty percent marks in aggregate.
The department, however, reserves the right to restrict the list of such qualified contractors to
any number deemed suitable by it.
The average value of performance of works for time overrun and quality shall be taken on the
basis of performance report of the eligible similar works.
8.1.3 The committee or local unit of CPWD shall inspect the performance of completed as well as on-
going works.

9. FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
Bidders should furnish the Annual financial statement for the last five years (in Form “A”) and
Banker’s Certificate (In Form “B”) OR Net Worth Certificate (In Form“B1”).
10. EXPERIENCE OF SIMILAR WORKS:
Bidder should furnish the following:
(a) List of eligible similar nature of work successfully completed during the last seven years
(In Form “C”) and ongoing works as well (Form‘C1”).

11. ORGANISATION INFORMATION:

Bidder is required to submit information in respect of his organization (in Form “E”).

12. LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL:

The bidder should submit the letter of transmittal (Annexure-2) attached with documents.

13. OPENING OF PRICE BID (Financial Bid):

After evaluation of applications, a list of short-listed agencies will be prepared. Thereafter, the
financial bids of only the qualified and technically acceptable bidders shall be opened at the
notified time, date and place in the presence of qualified bidders or their representatives. The
bid shall remain valid for a period of 75 days after the date of opening of technical cum eligibility
bid.
14. AWARD CRITERIA:
14.1 The employer reserves the right, without being liable for any damages or obligation to inform the
bidder to:
(a) Amend the scope of work and value of contract.
(b) Reject any or all the applications without assigning any reason.
14.2 Any effort on the part of the bidder or his agent to exercise influence or to pressure the employer
would result in rejection of his bid. Canvassing of any kind is prohibited.

*******

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 38

Annexure-1
CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF THE PERFORMANCE OF
CONTRACTORS FOR PRE-ELIGIBILITY

Attributes Max. Evaluation Criteria

Marks
(A) Financial strength (20) (i) 60% marks for minimum eligibility criteria.
(i) Average annual turnover 16 (ii) 100% marks for twice the minimum
(ii) Banker’s Certificate 4 eligibility criteria or more In between
OR (i)&(ii) –on pro-rata basis
Net Worth Certificate
(B) Experience in (20) (i) 60% marks for minimum eligibility
similar class of criteria
works
(ii) 100% marks for twice the minimum
eligibility criteria or more In between
(i)&(ii) –on pro-rata basis

(C) Performance on works (20) TOR= AT/ST; where AT =Actual Time

(time over run) ST=Stipulated Time in the agreement plus
(Form D) (+) justified period of extension of time.
Note: Marks for value in between the
stages indicated above is to be determined
by straight line variation basis.
Score
If TOR= 1.00 2.00 3.00 >3.50
(i) With out levy of 20 15 10 10
compensation
(ii) With levy of 20 5 0 -5
compensation
(iii) Levy of compensation 20 10 0 0
not decided
(D) Performance of works (40)
(Quality) (Total Marks assessed in Form D1)
As per assessment in
form D-1
(i) Completed works 25
(ii) Ongoing works 15

NOTE: Performance of work (Quality certified as satisfactorily will be treated as good)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 39

SECTION -III
Annexure-2
S
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

From: -

To:
Executive Engineer-Pune-II,
CPWD, Pune.

Sub: Submission of bids for the works of “Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic
Building and cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1
Sir,
Having examined the details given in the bid document for the above work, I/we here by
submit the relevant information.

1. I/We hereby certify that all the statements made and information supplied in the enclosed
Forms from FORM- A to I, and accompanying statement are true and correct.

2. I/We have furnished all information and details necessary for eligibility and have no
further pertinent information to supply.

3. I/We, submit the requisite certified Banker’s Certificate / net worth certificate and
authorize the Executive Engineer, Pune-II, CPWD, Pune to approach the Bank issuing
the Banker’s Certificate /net worth certificate to confirm the correctness thereof. I/We,
also authorize Executive Engineer, Pune-II, CPWD, Pune to approach individuals,
employers, firms and corporation to verify our competence and general reputation.

4. I/we submit the following certificates in support of our suitability, technical knowledge and
capability for having successfully completed the following eligible similar works:

Name of Work: Certificate from

Certificate:
It is certified that the information given in the enclosed eligibility bid are correct. It is also
certified that I / We shall be liable to be debarred, disqualified / cancellation of enlistment
in case any information furnished by me/us is found to be incorrect.

Enclosures:
Date of submission: Signature(s) of Bidder (s).
Seal ofbidder

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 40

FORM- “A”
FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Name of the firm/Bidder……………………………….:

1. Financial Analysis- Details to be furnished duly supported by figures in balance

sheet / profit & loss account for the last five financial years duly certified and audited by the
Chartered Accountants, as submitted by the applicant to the Income Tax Department
(Copies to be attached).
Note: At the time of submission of bid, contractor has to upload Certificate of Chartered
Accountant mentioning financial turnover and further details if required may be asked from
the contractor after opening of technical bids. There is no need to upload entire voluminous
balance sheet.
(Figures in Lakhs Rs.)

Year 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23

Gross Annual
Turnover on
Construction
works

Profit/loss
(standalone finance
statement)

2. Financial arrangements for carry out the proposed work.

SIGNATURE (S) OF BIDDER (S) Signature of Chartered Accountant with

Seal
(UDIN)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 41

FORM “B”
FORM OF BANKERS’ CERTIFICATE FROM A COMMERCIAL BANK

To:
The Executive Engineer-Pune-II,
CPWD, Pune.

This is to certify that to the best of our knowledge and information that
M/s./Shri……………………..............................................................................................…………
…………………….

having marginally noted address……………………………………….as a customer of our bank

are/is respectable and can be treated as good for any engagement up to a limit of
Rs.…....................................(Rupees……………………..................................................................
.............).

This certificate is issued without any guarantee or responsibility on the bank or any of the
officers.

(Signature)
For the Bank

NOTE:
1) In case of partnership firm, certificate should include names of all partners as
recorded with the Bank.
2) Bank Certificates should be on letter head of the bank, addressed to tendering
authority.

*************

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 42

FORM “B1”

FORM FOR CERTIFICATE OF NETWORTH FROM CHARTERED

ACCOUNTANT
(Not more than three months old)

“It is to certify that as per audited balance sheet and profit & loss account during the financial
year………………………., the networth of M/s. /Sh ...................................................................
(Name & Registered Address of individual/firm/company), as on................................................
(the relevant date) is Rs..............................................................................................................
after considering all liabilities. It is further certified that the networth of the company has not
eroded by more than 30% in the last three years ending on ……………(the relevant date).”

Signature of Chartered Accountant………………………………………………………

Name of Chartered Accountant………………………………………………

Unique document identification number (UDIN)…………………
Membership No. of ICAI

Date & Seal

Note: In case of partnership firm, certificate should include names of all partners as recorded
with the CA.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 43

FORM “C”
DETAILS OF ELIGIBLE SIMILAR NATURE OF WORKS COMPLETED
DURING THE LAST SEVEN YEARS ENDING LAST DATE OF THE
MONTH PREVIOUS TO THE ONE IN WHICH TENDERS ARE INVITED

Name of the Firm/Bidder: -………………………………………………..

Sl. Name Owner or Cost Date of Stipulate Actual Litigation Name Whether
No. of sponsoring of commence d date of date of /arbitrati and the
work/P Organization work ment as per completio comple on cases address/ work
roject in contract n tion pending telephon was
and crores /in e no of done
Locatio of progress officer to on
n rupee with whom back-
s details* referenc to-back
e may basis
be made Yes/No

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

*Indicate gross Amount Claimed and Amount Awarded by the Arbitrator.

SIGNATURE (S) OF BIDDER (S)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 44

FORM ‘C-1’
PROJECTS UNDER EXECUTION
Name of the Firm/Bidder: -………………………………………………..

[Link] Details
.
1. Name of work/project and location
2. Owner or sponsoring organization
3. Cost of work in Crores of Rupees
4. Date of commencement as per contract
5. Stipulated date of completion
6. Up to date percentage progress of work
7. Slow progress if any and reasons there of
8. Name and Address (Postal Address & E-mail)/telephone
number/Mobile number of officers to whom reference may
be made.
9. Remarks

SIGNATURE OF BIDDER (S) WITH STAMP & SEAL

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 45

Form C-3
Form for Bidder’s Bidding Capacity
Name of the Firm/Bidder: -………………………………………………..

NAME OF WORK: Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and

cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1
Name of work/ Project and location

Owner or sponsoring organization

Contract value in crores of Rs

Date of commencement as

Upto date % progress of work

Stipulated date of completion

address/
commitment

telephone Number of officer

to whom Reference may be
Column 4 X Column 8/100
in%
Remaining work

and
(100- column7)
per contract

Remarks
Existing

Name

made
Sr no

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Total(B)=

Maximum turnover in last 7 years =Rs……………………………

Updated value of turnover (A) =Rs………………………….
No. of years (N) =Rs………………………….
Bidding capacity ={[AxNx1.5]-B} =Rs…………………………….

Certificate: - I certify that all the awarded and ongoing works have been included in above list.

Signature of Chartered Account with Seal

(UDIN)

Seal & Signature of Bidder

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 46

FORM “D”

PERFORMANCE REPORT OF WORKS REFERRED TO IN FORM ‘C’

1. Name of Work/Project and Location:

2. Agreement No.

3. Name of Agency

4. Estimated Cost:

5. Tendered Cost:

6. Date of start:

7. Date of completion

(a) Stipulated date of completion:

(b) Actual date of completion:
8. Total cost of completed as per Final Bill (Rs.):

9. Amount of compensation levied for delayed Completion, if any

a) Whether case of levy of compensation

For delay has been decided or not? : Yes/No
b) If Decided:
(i) Justified period of
extension
(ii)Amount of Compensation
levied for delayed
completion, if any
10. Amount of reduced rate items, if any:
11. Is work RCC five storied structure : Yes/No
12. Performance Report :
(i) Quality of Work : Outstanding/Very Good/Good/Poor

(ii) Financial Soundness : Outstanding/ Very Good/ Good/Poor

(iii) Technical Proficiency : Outstanding/Very Good/ Good/Poor

(iv) Resource fullness : Outstanding/ Very Good/ Good/Poor

(v) General behavior : Outstanding/Very Good/Good/Poor

Dated: Executive Engineer or Equivalent with Stamp

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 47

FORM ‘D-1’
ASSESSMENT OF QUALITY FOR COMPLETED
AS WELL AS ONGOING WORKS
(Format of Performance report in which local unit of CPWD or Committee shall
Submit the report)
Name of work: -
Name of Agency: -
Date of Inspection: -
Date of submission of report: -
A. General Observation & Operational Aspects Yes/No
1 Availability of approval from local bodies in case of construction of private
buildings.
2 Availability of approved structural drawings.
3 Observation on seepage/leakage in the building
4 Whether line and level maintained
5 In case of basement, observation on seepage, if any.
6 Any structural defects/distress observed. If yes give details
7 Whether safety measures adopted at site as per CPWD safety code and or
govt. guidelines are adequate or not.
8 Whether the welfare facilities provided to labour as per cause 19 Hof GCC
for CPWD works/and or govt. guidelines are adequate or not.
9 Whether AHU getting automatically switched off and fired amps closed in
case of fire signal
10 Whether thimbles used for termination of wires in DBs, EBDs and panels?
Marks
B Quality of Work
Assessed
1 Quality of plaster/finishing
2 Quality of RCC/CC work
3 Quality of flooring
4 Quality of wood work
5 Quality of steel work/aluminium work
6 Quality of plumbing and sanitary installation
7 Quality of workmanship
8 Quality of water proofing
9 If cladding done, observation on efficiency/quality of cladding/brickwork
10 Quality of internal electrification work
11 Quality of DBs, EBDs and panels?
12 Quality of E&M equipment’s, panels and feeder pillar.
13 Quality of fire alarm system/fire – fighting system
14 Quality of Air conditioning work.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 48

15 Quality of Sub-Station based on complete live diagram, capacitor panel,

power factor, insulating mat, cleanliness, cable termination, earthing pits,
earthing of transformer/DG sets.

16 Any other aspect (To be elaborated)

Average Marks (To be awarded out of 100 Marks based on average of marks assessed on
each attribute mentioned at above).
Note:
1 All the above parameters may be considered for assessing the over all quality of work
executed by the contractor.
2 Incase, any attribute is not applicable, the same may not be included in assessment and
mentioned are not applicable (N/A).
3 The works as assessed above shall be converted on as cale of 25/15marks for
completed/ongoing works respectively.
4 In case of eligible completed works as well as ongoing works being more than one, the
maximum marks as signed for completed works and ongoing works will be equally
distributed among the works.

Dated: Executive Engineer or Equivalent with Stamp

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 49

FORM ‘E’
STRUCTURE AND ORGANISATION
1. Name & Address of the bidder

2. Telephone No./Email id/Mobile No./FaxNo.

3. Legal status of the bidder
(Attach copies of original document defining the legal status).

a) An Individual
b) A proprietary firm
c) A firm in partnership
d) A limited company or Corporation

4. Particulars of registration with various Government bodies (attach attested photo-copy).

ORGANIZATION/PLACE OF REGISTRATION REGISTRATION

No.
1.
2.
3.
5. Names and Titles of Directors & Officers with designation to be
concerned with this work.

6. Designation of individuals authorized to act for the organization.

7. Has the bidder or any constituent partner in case of partnership

firm limited company or Corporation ever abandoned the
awarded work before its completion? If so, give name of the
project and reasons for abandonment.

8. Has the bidder, or any constituent partner in case of

partnership/firm/limited company or corporation ever been
convicted by the court of law? If so, give details.
9. In which field of Civil Engineering Construction, the bidder has
specialization and interest?

10. Any other information considered necessary but not included

above.

SIGNATURE (S) OF BIDDER (S)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 50

FORM-“F”
PROFORMA OF AFFIDAVIT FOR NON-BLACKLISTING

I/we undertake and confirm that our firm/partnership firm has not been blacklisted
by CPWD, MoHUA and Ministry of Finance during the last 7 years of its operations.
Further that, if such information comes to the notice of the department, then I/we shall be
debarred from bidding in CPWD in future forever. Also, if such information comes to the
notice of department on any day before date of start of work, the Engineer-in charge shall
be free to cancel the agreement and to forfeit the entire amount of Earnest Money
Deposit/Performance Guarantee (Scanned copy of this notarized affidavit to be uploaded
at the time of submission of bid).

NOTE: Affidavit to be furnished on a ‘non-Judicial’ stamp paper worth Rs.100/-

Signature of Notary with seal

Signature of Bidder(s) or an authorized Officer of the firm with

stamp

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 51

FORM G
AFFIDAVIT FOR NON-EXECUTION OF WORKS ON BACK-TO-BACK
BASIS

I/We undertake and confirm that eligible similar work(s) has / have not been got executed through
another contractor on back-to-back basis or subletting basis. Further that, if such a violation
comes to the notice of Department, then I/we shall be debarred for bidding in CPWD in or if it is
found that any information has been concealed, then I / we shall be debarred for tendering in
CPWD in future forever. Also, if such a violation comes to the notice of Department before date of
start of work, the Engineer-in-Charge shall be free to forfeit the entire amount of Earnest Money
Deposit/Performance Guarantee.

NOTE: This Affidavit to be furnished on a ‘non-judicial’ stamp paper worth Rs.100/-

Date:

Place:

Signature of Bidder or an
authorized Officer of the firm
with stamp & seal

Signature of Notary with seal

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 52

Form-H
Declaration About site inspection

To,
The Executive Engineer, Pune-II,
CPWD, Pune

Submission of bids for the work of " Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and
cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1
Dear Sir,

It is hereby declared that as per CPWD-6 FOR e-BIDDING and as per terms and conditions of this
tender document, I/We the bidder inspected and examined the subject site and its surrounding and
satisfy myself ourselves as to the nature of the ground and sub-soil (so far as is practicable), the
forms and nature of the ourselves before submitting the bid, the accommodation which may require
and all necessary formation as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence
or affect our bid have been obtained. I/We the bidder shall have full knowledge of the site and no
extra charge consequent upon misunderstanding or otherwise shall be claimed in later date. I/We
bidder shall be responsible for engaging and maintaining at own cost all materials, tools & plants,
water, electricity access, facilities for workers and all other services required for executing the work
unless otherwise specifically provided for in contract documents. Submission of a bid by me/us
implies that I/We have read this notice and all other contract documents and has made myself
/ourselves aware of the scope and specifications of the work to done and local conditions and other
factors having a bearing on the execution of the work.

Yours faithfully

(Duly authorized signatory of the bidder)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 53

FORM I

Undertaking on structural stability and soundness of already completed

buildings and infrastructure projects.

I/we undertake and confirm that any building / infrastructure constructed by our firm
/partnership firm/ company has not suffered any failure, making it unfit for intended use, either due
to structural design and defects or due to use of sub-standard materials or execution of sub-
standard work, poor workmanship or any other reason during the last 25 (twenty-five) years.

I/we, further, undertake that if such information comes to the notice of CPWD, then Engineer-
in-Charge shall be free to terminate the bid/agreement and to forfeit the entire amount of earnest
money deposit, performance guarantee and security deposits.

I/we, also undertake that in addition to above, the Engineer-in-Charge shall be free to debar us
forever from tendering in CPWD.

The decision of Engineer-in-Charge or any higher authority shall be final and binding.

Signature of notary with seal Signature of bidder or an authorized

person of the firm with stamp

Note: Affidavit to be furnished on a 'non-judicial' stamp paper of Rs. 200/- (scanned

copy of the notarized affidavit to be uploaded at the time of submission of bid).

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 54

Annexure-3
(Guarantee offered by Bank to CPWD in connection with the execution of
contracts)
Form of Bank Guarantee for Earnest Money Deposit / Performance
Guarantee/Security Deposit/Mobilization Advance

1. Where as the Executive Engineer………………………………. (Name of division)

……………………………………. CPWD on behalf of the President of India (here in
after called" The Government”) has invited bids under.......................................(NIT
number) ............................... dated
for.............................................................(Name of work) …………………………. The
Government has further agreed to accept irrevocable Bank Guarantee for
Rs........................ (Rupees.... only) valid up to ............................
(date)*……………………....as Earnest Money Deposit from......................... (name and
address of contractor)
..................................................................................................(Here in after called "the
contractor”) for compliance of his obligations in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the said NIT.

OR

Whereas the Executive Engineer……………………….(name of division) ,CPWD on

be half of the President of India (hereinafter called "The Government”)has entered into
an agreement bearing number ………………………………………
with.................................... (name and address of the contractor)
……………………………………………………………………………… (here in after
called "the Contractor”) for execution of
work......................................................................................(name of work)
…………………………………………………………………………………….….The
Government has further agreed to accept an irrevocable Bank Guarantee for
Rs.………………………...................................(Rupees……………………………………
……………………….…….. only) valid upto........ (date)* ............. as Performance
Guarantee/security Deposit/Mobilization Advance/ refund of milestone withhold
amount from the said Contractor for compliance of his obligations in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the agreement.

2. We, ......................... (indicate the name of the bank) (hereinafter referred to as “the
Bank”),
Here by undertake to pay to the Government an amount not exceeding
Rs…………………. . (Rupees……………………….........only) on demand by the
Government within 10days of the demand.

3. We, ................... (indicate the name of the Bank) do here by undertake to pay the
amount

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 55

Due and payable under this guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand from
the Government stating that the amount claimed is required to meet the recoveries
due or likely to be due from the said contractor. Any such demand made on the Bank
shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the Bank under this
Guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount
not exceeding Rs.……………………........(Rupees……………………………only).

4. We, ..................(indicate the name of the Bank) .... , further undertake to pay the
Government any money so demanded not with standing any dispute or disputes raised
by the contractor in any suit or proceeding pending on non judicial stamp paper of
minimum Rs.100/- before any court or Tribunal, our liability under this Bank Guarantee
being absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by us under this Bank
Guarantee shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment there under and the
contractor shall have no claim against us for making such payment.

5. We, ................. (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree that the Government
shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner
our obligation here under to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement
or to extend time of performance by the said contractor from time to time or to
postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the
Government against the said contractor and to for bear or enforce any of the terms and
conditions rerating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability
by reason of any such variation or extension being granted to the said contractor or for
any forbearance, act of omission on the part of the Government or any indulgence by
the Government to the said contractor or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which
under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision, have effect of so
relieving us.

6. We, ...............(indicate the name of the Bank) further agree that the Government at its
option shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor
at the first instance without proceeding against the contractor and not with standing
any security or other guarantee the Government may have in relation to the
Contractor's liabilities.

7. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank
or the contractor.

8. We, ..................(indicate the name of the Bank) undertake not to revoke this guarantee
except with the consent of the Government in writing.

9. This Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to …………………………. unless extended on

demand by the Government. Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, or liability
against this guarantee is restricted to Rs……………………………… (Rupees only) and
unless a claim in writing is lodged with us within the date of expiry or extended date of

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 56

expiry of this guarantee, all our liabilities under this guarantee shall stand discharged.

Date………….. Authorised Signatory

Witness : Name

1. Signature…… Name & Address Designation

Staff code no.

2. Signature…… Name & Address
Bank seal

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 57

Annexure-4

Receipt for deposition of Original EMD

(Receipt No…………………………………./ Date… ......... ………………….)

NAME OF WORK: " Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and
cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1”

NIT NO.16/NIT/SE(PUNE)/EE-II(PUNE)/2023-24

1. Estimated Cost Put to Tender : Rs. 57,55,11,446/-

2. Amount of Earnest Money Deposit : Rs. 67,55,114/-
3. Last date of submission of bid: : 15:00 Hrs on 05/04/2024

**To be filled by Executive Engineer

1. Name of Contractor .................................................... #

2. Form of EMD........................................................... #

3. Amount of EMD Deposit ............................................... #

4. Date of submission of EMD .............................................#

Signature of EMD receiving Officer

Name & Designation Office Stamp

Note: EMD shall be in favour of Executive Engineer, PCD-I, CPWD, Pune.

#To be filled in by EMD Receiving Officer

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 58

PART III

FINANCIAL
BID

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 59

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS

DEPARTMENT
CPWD-7
(Percentage Rate Tender & Contract for Works)

Tender for the work of: - " Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and
cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1”

I) To be uploaded by 15:00 Hours on 05/04/2024

II) Tender to be opened online in presence of tenderers who may be present after 15:30 hours on
05/04/2024 in the office the Executive Engineer, Pune-II, CPWD, Pune.

TENDER

I/We have read and examined the notice inviting tender, schedule, A,B,C,D & E Specifications
applicable, Drawings & Designs, General Rules and Directions, Conditions of Contract, clauses of
contract, Special conditions, Schedule of Rate & other documents and Rules referred to in the
conditions of contract and all other contents in the tender document for the work " Construction of
EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1”

I/We hereby tender for the execution of the work specified for the President of India with in the time
specified in Schedule ‘F’ viz., schedule of quantities and in accordance in all respect with the
specifications, designs, drawing and instructions in writing referred to in Rule-1 of General Rules
and Directions and in Clause11 of the Conditions of contract and with such materials as are
provided for, by, and in respect of accordance with, such conditions so far as applicable.

I/We agree to keep the tender open for Seventy-Five (75) days from the date of opening of
technical bid and not to make any modification in its terms and conditions.

A sum of Rs. 67,55,114/-is hereby forwarded in Bankers cheque of commercial bank or Account
payee Demand Draft of commercial bank or Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR) of commercial bank or
insurance surety bonds as earnest money.

A copy of earnest money in receipt of Bankers cheque of commercial bank or Account payee
Demand Draft of commercial bank or Fixed Deposit receipt (FDR) of commercial bank or insurance
surety bonds, bank guarantee or e-bank guarantee of commercial bank is scanned and uploaded
(strike out as the case may be). If I/We, fail to furnish the prescribed performance guarantee within
prescribed period, I/We agree that the said President of India or his successors, in office shall
without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit the said earnest money
absolutely. Further, if I/We fail to commence work as specified, I/We agree that President of India
or the successors in office shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, be
at liberty to forfeit the said performance guarantee absolutely. The said Performance Guarantee
shall be a guarantee to execute all the works referred to in the tender documents upon the terms
and conditions contained or referred to those in excess of that limit at the rates to be determined in
accordance with the provision contained in Clause 12.2 and 12.3 of the tender form.
**To be filled by Executive Engineer

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 60

Further, I/We agree that in case of forfeiture of Earnest Money or Performance Guarantee as
aforesaid, I/We shall be debarred for participation in the re-tendering process of the work.

I/We undertake and confirm that eligible similar work(s) has/have not been got executed
through another contractor on back-to-back basis. Further that, if such a violation comes to the
notice of Department, then I/We shall be debarred for tendering in CPWD in future forever. Also,
if such a violation comes to the notice of Department before date of start of work, the Engineer-
in-Charge shall be free to forfeit the entire amount of Earnest Money Deposit / Performance
Guarantee.

I/We hereby declare that I/We shall treat the tender documents drawings and other records
connected with the work as secret/confidential documents and shall not communicate
information/derived there from to any person other than a person to whom I/We am/are
authorized to communicate the same or use the information in any manner prejudicial to the
safety of the State.

Dated:…………..……………. Signature of Contractor-………………..

Witness:……………..

Address:………………… PostalAddress-…………………

Occupation:…………………. Email-
…………………………………………………….

(Blank space to be filled by Contractor)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 61

ACCEPTANCE

The above tender (as modified by you as provided in the letters mentioned here under) is
accepted by me for and on behalf of the President of India for a sum of Rs.
……………................................................(Rupees.....................................................................
................... ..........................................................)

The letters referred to below shall form part of this contract agreement: -
(a)
(b)
(c)

For & on behalf of the President of India.

Signatures............................

Dated:

Designation...........................

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 62

PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES
(Major Component)

(Separate Pro-forma for Civil & Elect. Works in case of Composite e-bids)
(Operative Schedules to be supplied separately to each intending e-bidder)

SCHEDULE 'A'
Schedule of quantities (as per attached in Part-D) As per enclosed Schedule of
Quantities
For Civil work Page No.: 192 to 292
For Electrical Work: Page No.: 467 to 528

SCHEDULE 'D'
Extra schedule for specific requirements for the work.:- NIL

SCHEDULE 'E'
Reference to General Conditions of contract. :-
General Condition of Contract 2023 for Construction Work, CPWD form 7 as modified &
corrected up to previous day of the last date of submission of tender.

Name of Work "Construction of EDP Hostel Building,

Academic Building and cafeteria at NIBM,
Pune. SH: Package 1.”
Estimated cost of work Civil – Rs. 44,59,49,032/-
Elect. – Rs. 12,95,62,414/-
Total =Rs. 57,55,11,446/-
Earnest money Rs. 67,55,114/-

Performance guarantee 5% of tendered value

Security deposit 2.5% of tendered value

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 63

SCHEDULE 'F'
GENERAL RULES &DIRECTIONS:
Officer inviting tender Executive Engineer, Pune-II, CPWD, Pune
or his successor there of
Maximum percentage for quantity of items of Defined under Clause 12 hereinafter.
work to be executed beyond which rates
are to be determined in accordance with
Clauses 12.2 &12.3:
Definitions:
2(v) Engineer-in-Charge For Civil works –
Executive Engineer, Pune-II, CPWD, Pune
or his successor there of
For Electrical works –
Executive Engineer (E), PED, CPWD, Pune
or his successor there of
2(viii) Accepting Authority SE Pune, CPWD Pune or his successor
there of
2(x) Percentage on cost of materials and 15%
labor to cover all overheads and profits:
2(xi) Standard Schedule of Rates D.S.R. 2023 with correction slips issued up
to previous day of last date of submission of
bid
2(xii) Department Central Public Works Department.
9(ii) Standard CPWD Contract Form CPWD form 7 of General conditions of
contracts 2023 for Construction Work
modified & corrected up to previous day of
the last date of submission of Bid.
Clause 1
(i) Time allowed for submission of performance 07 days
guarantee, programme chart (time and
progress) and applicable labour licenses,
registration with EPFO, ESIC and BOCW
Welfare Board or proof of applying thereof from
the date of issue of letter of acceptance.
(ii) Maximum allowable extension with late 03 days
fee at 0.1% per day of performance
guarantee amount beyond the period
provided in (i) above
Clause 2
Authority for fixing compensation under Superintending Engineer, Pune
clause 2
Clause 5
Number of days from the date of issue of 10 days
letter of acceptance for reckoning date of

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 64

start
Schedule of rate of recovery for delay in Rs. 5,000/-
submission in Time, Progress Chart & Progress
report. (Per Day)

Table of Mile stone(s)

Mile Description of mile stone Period for Withheld amount
stone (Financial) completion (from for non-
No. date of start in achievement of
months) mile stone.
1. Setting up of site office, Laboratory, 1 Months 0.25 % of Tendered
Cement Godown, Labour Huts etc., Amount
and excavation for foundation work
for EDP Hostel, Academic building
and Cafeteria building.

2. Completion of RCC work up to plinth 2.5 Months 0.25 % of Tendered

level of EDP Hostel, Academic Amount
building and Cafeteria building.
Submission of complete documents
for association of all specialized
agency and approval by the
department. The submission of the
documents shall be considered
complete if there are no
shortcomings in documents are
conveyed in 2 weeks of submission
of documents. Submission of BIM
model of LOD 350 level.

3. EDP Hostel: Completion of RCC in 5.5 Months 0.75 % of Tendered

structural work up to Floor level 04 Amount
i/c completion of internal brick work/
AAC block work, water proofing etc.
up to Floor level 02 for EDP
building.

Submission of Design shop floor

drawings of all E&M components as
per site feasibility

Submission of samples for all

finishing items and TDS for all E&M
items.

Submission of BIM Model of LOD

400 level.

4. Academic and Cafeteria Building: 6.5 Months 0.50 % of Tendered

Completion of all RCC work and

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 65

steel structure work. Amount

Placing of order and making initial

payments against confirmed orders
for Substation, DG Set, HVAC, UPS,
Lifts, CCTV, Fire Fighting and Alarm
system & all other E&M items.

Completion of one sample room

including toilet of EDP building.

5. EDP Hostel: Completion of RCC 8 Months 0.75 % of Tendered

work up to terrace level i/c Amount
completion of internal brick work/
AAC block work etc up to Floor level
05 including flooring, allied E&M
works, Plaster, Internal Plumbing
and Sewerage work upto Floor level
02.

Academic Building: Completion of

internal brick work/ AAC block work

7. EDP Hostel, Academic and 10 Months 1% of Tendered

Cafeteria Building: Completion of Amount
Water proofing, Internal & External
Plaster Work, Internal & External
Water supply, Sewerage System,
Allied EI works, Piping work of Fire
Fighting, Ducting and piping works
of HVAC. Supply of material for Lift,
CCTV, LAN & EPABX, Substation,
DG set and HVAC High and Low
side etc.

8. Installation of all services including 11 Months 1% of Tendered

E&M services, internal finishing Amount
(except final paint) and external
finishing. Completion of structural
glazing, Texture, ACP Paneling,
Door & Windows, Glass Partition
system, False Ceiling, Flooring etc.
Fabrication and supply of all
furniture items.

9. Completion of all works including 12 Months 0.5% of Tendered

testing, commissioning of all Amount
services, placing and fixing of
furniture and clearing of site.
Providing Statutory clearances and
NoC as per scope of work and

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 66

contract provisions.

Note:
(i) The withhold milestone will only be released when subsequent milestone is
achieved within the specified time.
(ii) Intending bidder may submit phasing of activities/milestones beads on their
resources and methodology at the bidding corresponding to physical
milestones/financial milestone/stages indicated in the above table. These shall be
formed part of the agreement after approval of the accepting authority. Otherwise,
it would be assumed that agency agrees with the above mentioned
physical/financial milestones.
Time allowed for execution of work 12 MONTHS

(i) Authority to convey the decision of Executive Engineer-II, Pune, CPWD Pune or
shifting of milestone and Extension of time his successor thereof
Superintending Engineer, Pune or his
(ii) Authority to decide rescheduling of successor thereof
milestone and extension of time
(iii) Authority to decide Shifting of date of Superintending Engineer, Pune or his
start in case of delay in handing over of site successor thereof

Note: Date of Completion for civil as well as electrical items of work will be same. Levy of
compensation under clause-2 as well as fair and reasonable extension of time will be granted
by the Superintending Engineer, Pune or successor thereof in consultation with and on receipt
of required information in this regard from Executive Engineer, Pune-II, CPWD, Pune for Civil
work and Executive Engineer (Elect), PED, CPWD, Pune for Electrical works.

Schedule of handing over of site

Part Portion of site Description Time Period for handing over

reckoned from date of issue
of letter of intent
Part A Portion without any hindrance 80% On date of start of work
Part B Portion with encumbrances 15% On arrival of stage for work
on that area. Within 15 days
from the written request of
the agency.
Part C Portions dependent on work of 5% --do--
other agencies
Clause 5.1 Recovery per week for delay in Rs. 5,000/- (Subject to maximum of
(iv) submission of Time and Rs.10,00,000/-)
progress chart and monthly
progress report
Clause 5.4 Recovery per day for delay in Rs. 5,000/- (Subject to maximum of Rs.
submission of revised 10,00,000/-)
programme chart

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 67

Schedule of issue of drawings

Part Category Time Period for issue of drawings reckoned

from date of issue of letter of intent
Part A Architectural Drawings Building plans and Elevations on the day of
start of the work, however, minor details and
drawings can be provided within 15 days from
the written demand for the same. The BIM is
in the scope of the contractor and he should
submit the drawings using BIM after taking
details from the respective Engineer in
Charge.
Part B Structural Drawings At the time of stage of work, within 15 days
from the written demand for the same.
Part C E&M Drawings 15 days of submission of shop drawings by
the contractor.

Clause 6 EMB using ERP as directed by the

Engineer in charge
Clause 7
Gross work to be done together with net payment / Rs. 300.00 Lakhs or reasonable part
adjustment of advances for material collected, if thereof to facilitate progress of work.
any, since the last such payment for being eligible However, bill of lesser amount may
to interim payment be paid as per discretion of Engineer-
in-Charge to facilitate progress of
work.
Clause 7A Yes, Applicable
Whether Clause 7A shall be applicable

Clause 8A Engineer-in-Charge.
Authority to decide compensation on account of if
contractor fails to submit completion plan.

Clause 10 A

List of testing equipment to be provided by the As per Annexure X

contractor at site lab.

Clause 10 B(ii)

Whether clause 10 B(ii) shall be applicable Applicable

Clause 10 C : Applicable

Component of labour expressed as percent of value of work: = 25 %

Clause 10CC Not Applicable

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 68

A. For Construction period

SNo. Relevant component of Material / Percentage of total
Labour for price escalation value of work
1 Cement component 10%
2 Labour component 25%
3 Civil Component of other Construction 35%
Materials
4 E & M (Electrical and Mechanical) 15%
Component of Construction Materials
5 POL ( Diesel ) Component 0%
6 Reinforcement steel bars / TMT bars / 15%
structural steels ( including strands and
cables ) component
7 Bitumen component 0%
Total 100%

Clause 11
Specifications to be followed for execution of CPWD Specifications for works-2019 Vol I & II,
work with up-to-date correction slips up to previous
day of last date of submission of bid for items of
building works, and Particular Specifications
included in this tender document. (Hereinafter
called specifications)

Building information model (BlM) is applicable YES

and BIM professional to be deployed by
contractor

Clause 12.2 (c)

Deviation limit beyond which clauses 12.2(c) 100%
shall apply for building work
(i) Deviation Limit beyond which clauses
12.2 (c) shall apply for foundation work
(except items mentioned in earth work 100%
subhead in DSR and related items)

(ii) Deviation Limit for items mentioned in 100%

earth work subhead of DSR and related
items

Clause 16
Competent Authority for Deciding reduced Superintending Engineer, Pune or his successor
rates thereof

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 69

Clause 18

List of mandatory machinery, tools & plants to As per Annexure Y

be deployed by the contractor at site.

Clause 19 C

Authority to decide penalty for each default Engineer-in-charge

Clause 19 D
Authority to decide penalty for each default Engineer-in-charge

Clause 19 G

Authority to decide penalty for each default Engineer-in-charge

Clause 19 K

Authority to decide penalty for each default Engineer-in-charge

Clause 25
Conciliator Special Director General (Mumbai) or his
successor thereof
Arbitrator Appointing Authority Special Director General (Mumbai) or his
successor thereof
Place of Arbitration Pune

Clause 32
Requirement of technical representative(s) and recovery rate
Rate at which recovery
Minimum Designation shall be made from the
Sl. Requirement of Technical
experience of Technical contractor in the event
No staff
(Years) staff of not fulfilling provision
of Clause 32(i)
Number (of
Qualification major +minor Figures Words
Component)
1 Graduate 1 (Civil 20 (and having Project Rs. Rs. Sixty
Engineer in Engineering) experience of manager 60000/- Thousand per
Civil one similar per month
Engineering nature of work) month
2 Graduate 1 (Civil 12 (and having Deputy Rs. Rs. Forty
Engineer Engineering) experience of Project 40000/- Thousand per
+ one similar manager per month per
1 (Electrical nature of work) month person
Engineering) per
person
3 Graduate 1 (Civil 5 or 10 Project/Site Rs. Rs. Twenty-
Engineer or Engineering) respectively Engineer 25000/- Five Thousand

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 70

Diploma + per per month per

Engineer 1 (Electrical month person
Engineering) per
person
4 Graduate 1 (Civil 8 Quality Rs. Rs. Twenty-
Engineer Engineering) Engineer 25000/- Five Thousand
+ per per month per
1 month person
(Mechanical per
Engineering) person

5 Diploma 1 (Civil 8 Surveyor Rs. Rs. Fifteen

Engineer Engineering) 15000/- Thousand per
per month
month
6 Graduate 1 (Civil 6 Project Rs Rupees
Engineer in Engineering) Planning/Billi 20000/- Twenty
Civil + ng Engineer Per Thousand Per
Engineering& 1 (Electrical Month Month per
Electrical Engineering) per person
Engineering person
or Diploma
Engineer

7 BIM 1 (Civil 5 BIM Rs Rupees Two

Professional Engineer/ Professional 200000/- lac Per Month
Architect) Per per person
Month
per
person
7
NOTE: -
1. Engineer(s) and / or overseer(s) deployed as per stipulation in the contact shall look after
only the work under contract and no other work and shall be available fully during execution
of work.
2. Even if contractor (or partner in case of firm / company) is himself an engineer / overseer, it
is necessary on part of contractor to employ Engineer(s)/ overseer for the supervision of the
work(s) as per stipulation.
3. Executive Engineer/Assistant Engineers retired from Government services that are holding
Diploma will be treated at par with Graduate Engineers. Diploma holder with minimum 10-
year relevant experience with a reputed construction co. can be treated at par with Graduate
Engineers for the purpose of such deployment subject to the condition that such diploma
holders should not exceed 50% of requirement of degree engineers.
4. Minimum recovery for not deploying Building Information Model (BlM) professional shall be
Rs. Two lac per month or as mentioned above whichever is higher.

Clause-38
(i) Schedule/ statement for determining theoretical D.S.R. 2023 with
quantity of cement &bitumen on the basis of Delhi correction slips up to
Schedule of Rates 2021 with up to date correction previous day of last date
slips. of submission of bid

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 71

(ii) Variations permissible on theoretical quantities:

(a) Cement for works with estimated cost put
3% plus/minus
to tender not more than Rs. 5 lakh.
For works with estimated cost put to tender
2% plus/ minus
more than Rs.5 lakh.
Steel reinforcement and structural steel sections for 2% plus/ minus
(b)
each diameter, section and category
(c) Putty and Paint 2% plus/ minus
(d) All other materials. Nil

RECOVERY RATES FOR QUANTITIES BEYOND PERMISSIBLE VARIATION:

S. No. Description of item Rates in figures at which recovery shall be
made from the Contractor
Excess Less use beyond
beyond permissible variation
permissible Rate per M.T. (Rs.)
variation
Cement
1. a) Ordinary Portland Cement NA 6600/- (Excluding GST)
(OPC)
Cement
1. b) Portland Pozzolana Cement NA 6400/- (Excluding GST)
(PPC)
Corrosion Resistant
2 (a) Reinforcement Bars TMT- NA 67800/- (Excluding GST)
Fe:500D
2 (b) Reinforcement Bars TMT - - 65300/- (Excluding GST)
Fe:500D or more Primary
Producer
3 Structural Steel NA 73150/- (Excluding GST)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 72

Annexure- X
ESTABLISHING SITE LABORATORY ANDTESTING OF MATERIALS
All necessary equipment for conducting all necessary tests shall be provided at the site in the well-
furnished site laboratory by the contractor at his own cost with proper light and ventilation. The
laboratory should be as per CPWD specification 2019 and the following minimum laboratory
equipment’s shall be setup at site office laboratory: -

[Link]. Equipment Numbers

(Minimum)
1. Slump cone, steel plate, tamping rod, steel scale, scoop 3

2. Weighing scale platform type 200 Kg capacity with least 2

count0.01kg
3. Graduated glass measuring cylinder As per
requirement
4. Sets of sieves of 450mm internal dia for coarse aggregate 2
[100mm,80mm,40mm;20mm; 12.5mm, 10mm;4.75mm
complete with lid and pan]
5. Sets of sieves of 200mm internal dia for fine aggregate 2
[4.75mm; 2.36mm;1.18mm; 600microns;300microns &150
micron, with lid and pan]
6. Motorized sieve shaker capable for 450/200 mm dia sieves 1
7. Cube moulds size150mm x 150mm x 150mm As per requirement
(Min 42 Nos)
8 Cube Compression testing machine ((Digital) (Min 2000kg 2
capacity)

9. Hot air oven temp. Range 50°Cto300°C-sensitivity1degree 1

10. Electronic balance 600g x 0.1g., 10kg and 50kg 1each

11. Physical balance weight upto 5kg 1
12. Measuring jars 100ml, 200ml, 500ml As required (Min 2
each)

13. Gauging trowels100mm & 200mm with wooden Handle As required

(Min 2 nos)
14. Spatula100mm & 200mm with long blade wooden Handle As required
(Min 2nos)
15. Vernier calipers 12” & 6” size (Digital) 3 each
16. Digital paint thickness meter for steel 500micron Range 1

17. GI/MStray600x450x50mm,450x300x40mm,300x250x40mm 2 No.

18. Screw gauge0.1mm-10mm, least count0.05(Digital) 3 No.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 73

19. Wash Bottles capacity500 ml As required

20. Hacksaw 3
(a)Measuring tape Steel(5meter) 3
21.
(b)Measuring tapePVC(30meter) 2

22. Shovels &Spade 18

23. Plastic or G.I. Buckets 15ltr,10ltr,5ltr 1 each

24. Wheel Barrow 6

25. Floor Brushes, hair dusters, scrappers, wire brush, paint 6 each
brushes, Shutter steel plate oil, kerosene with stove etc.
26. Compaction apparatus (proctor) as per IS2720 part–VII-1974 1
27. Computer with Printer 1set or as
required
28. Rebound Hammer set 1

29. Any other equipment for site tests as outlined in BIS codes Asper
and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. requirement

The above list is only indicative and not exhaustive. The Bidder may be required to provide
more laboratory testing equipment’s as per requirement of work.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 74

Annexure- Y
REQUIREMENTS OF PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AT SITE

Numbers
SI. No. Equipment
(Tentative)

1. Concrete weigh batcher of minimum capacity 8 cum per hour. 1

2. Excavator cum loader (JCB 3D model or equivalent). 2

3. DG set of minimum capacity 62.5 KVA. 1

4. Automatic batching plant (30 cum./hr.). 1

5. Needle Vibrators. 5
6. Screed leveler. 3
7. Plate Vibrator 3
8. Dumper/Tipper 1

9. Reinforcement cutting machine. 5

10. Power driven earth rammer (Soil compactor). 1

11. Total station. 2

12. Water tanker (Minimum capacity of 10000 liters) 2

13. Welding machine 400 Ampere 2

14. Screener for coarse sand and fine sand 2

15. Centrifugal mono block water pump minimum capacity 2 HP 2

16. Road roller 8 to 10 tonnes 1

17. Vibratory roller 1

18. Drilling machine 2 Nos.

19. Shuttering with necessary props As per requirement

20. Double steel scaffolding and staging materials As per requirement

21. Air compressor 1Nos.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 75

PART-B
GENERAL/ SPECIAL CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS AND
SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES FOR MAJOR COMPONENT OF
WORK.

(CIVIL WORK)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 76

GENERAL CONDITIONS

1. Except for the items, for which Particular Specifications are given or where it is specifically
mentioned otherwise in the description of the items, the work shall generally be carried out in
accordance with the “CPWD Specifications - 2019 (Vol. I & II) for civil works with up-to-date
correction slips and CPWD Specification for Horticulture works with up-to-date correction slips
(hereinafter to be collectively referred to as “CPWD Specifications‟). Wherever CPWD
Specifications are silent, the latest BIS Codes/ Specifications, National Building Code 2016,
MoRTH specification or any other specification shall be followed. All above specifications shall
be applicable with corrections slips up to the last date of submission/ uploading of bid.
2. The order of preference in case of any discrepancy as indicated in condition No. 8.1 under
“Conditions of Contract” given in standard CPWD Contract form may be read as the following:
(i) Description of items as per Schedule of Quantities
(ii) Particular Specifications and Special Conditions as provided forming part of tender
document.
(iii) Architectural/ Structural drawings
(iv) CPWD Specifications with up-to-date Correction slips
(v) Indian Standard Specifications of BIS
(vi) National Building Code - 2016
(vii) Manufacturers specifications.
(viii) Sound Engineering Practices
(ix) Decision of Engineer-in-charge
“In the event of any variation/ discrepancy in the drawings, specifications and tender documents
etc., the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final & binding and conclusive on the
contractor and in case, the contractor have any doubt and the same should be got clarified
immediately from the Engineer-in-charge and no claim of the contractor shall be entertained
thereafter. Moreover, the agency is not allowed to take any benefit out of any clerical/
grammatical mistake in the standard clauses/Schedule of Quantities/ Specifications etc. being
used in the agreement”.
A reference made to any Indian Standard Specifications in these documents, shall imply to the
latest version of that standard, including such revisions/ amendments as issued by the Bureau
of Indian Standards up to last date of receipt of tenders. The Contractor shall keep at his own
cost all such publications of relevant Indian Standard applicable to the work at site.
3. The following modifications to the above specifications shall however apply:
a) All stone aggregates shall be of hard stone variety to be obtained from approved quarries of
Government of Maharashtra.
b) Sand to be used for cement concrete work, mortar for masonry and plaster work shall be of
standard quality. Sand shall be obtained from approved quarry of Government of Maharashtra
and screened as required.
c) Bricks, wherever to be used, shall be of Fly Ash cement/ Fly ash lime & Gypsum of class
designation 75 kg/sqcm and AAC blocks of class designation 35 kg/sqcm as per relevant IS
codes.
4. The proposed building work is a prestigious project and quality of work is of paramount
importance. Contractor shall have to engage well experienced skilled labour and deploy modern
T&P and other equipment to execute the work. Many items like stone masonry & stone cladding
work, stone flooring, flooring work, wood work, precast RCC coffers, polysulphide/ silicone

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 77

sealant & other specialized works will specifically require engagement of skilled workers having
experience particularly in execution of such items.
5. Samples including brand / quality of materials and fittings to be used in the work shall be got
approved from the Engineer-in-Charge, well in advance of actual execution and shall be
preserved till the completion of the work. Nothing Extra shall be paid on this account.
6. The cost of work shall be inclusive of pumping out or bailing out underground or rain water, if
required at site in any circumstances, for which no extra payment will be made. This will include
water encountered from any source, such as rains, floods, and sub-soil water table being high
or due to any other cause whatsoever.
7. The tenderer shall acquaint himself with the proposed site of work, its approach roads, working
space available etc. before quoting his rates and no claim on this account shall be entertained
by the department.
8. The contractor(s) shall get himself acquainted with nature and extent of the work and satisfy
himself about the availability of materials from kiln or approved quarries for collection and
conveyance of materials required for construction.
9. The contractor(s) shall study the soil investigation report for the site, available in the office of
the Engineer-in-charge and satisfy himself about complete characteristics of soil and other
parameters at site. However, no claim on the alleged inadequacy or incorrectness of the soil
data supplied by the department shall be entertained.
10. The tenderer shall see the approaches to the site. In case any approach from main road is
required at site or existing approach is to be improved and maintained for cartage of materials
by the contractor, the same shall be provided, improved and maintained by the contractor at his
own cost. No payment shall be made on this account.
11. The building work shall be carried out in the manner complying in all respects with the
requirements of the relevant bylaws and regulations of the local body under the jurisdiction of
which the work is to be executed or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and nothing extra
shall be paid on this account.
12. The contractor(s) shall inform/issue notices to the Municipality, police and other authorities that
may be required as per law and obtain all requisite permission/ licenses for temporary
obstructions, enclosures etc. Contractor(s) shall pay all fee, taxes and charges which may be
leviable on account of these operations in executing the contract. He shall make good any
damage to the property whether public or private and shall supply and maintain lights either for
illumination or for cautioning the public at night.
13. For construction works which are likely to generate malba / rubbish, the contractor shall reuse it
at site as directed by the Engineer-in-charge or hand over to recycling agents or dispose of at
his own cost to the notified/specified Municipal dumping ground. No deduction on this account
shall be made from the agency as well as no extra payment will be made to agency if it is
disposed at pre-defined location within the campus / Municipal dumping ground.
14. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any nuisance or inconvenience to
the owners, tenants or occupiers of adjacent properties and to the public in general and to
prevent any damage to such properties and any pollution of smoke, streams and water-ways.
He shall make good at his cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, any damage
to roads, paths, cross drainage works or public or private property whatsoever caused thereon
by the contractor. All waste or superfluous materials shall be carried away by the contractor
without any reservation entirely to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
15. Utmost care shall be taken to keep the noise level to the barest minimum so that no disturbance
as far as possible is caused to the occupants / users of building/adjacent properties.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 78

16. The works shall be carried out in accordance with the Architectural drawings and structural
drawings, to be issued from time to time by the Engineer-in-Charge. Before commencement of
any item of work, the contractor shall correlate all the relevant architectural and structural
drawings issued for the work and satisfy himself that the information available thereof is
complete and unambiguous. The discrepancy, if any shall be brought to the notice of the
Engineer-in-Charge before execution of the work. The contractor alone shall be responsible for
any loss or damage executing by the commencement of work on the basis of any erroneous
and or incomplete information.
17. The Architectural drawings given in the tender other than those indicated in nomenclature of
items are only indicative of the nature of the work and materials/fixings involved unless and
otherwise specifically mentioned. However, the work shall be executed in accordance with the
drawings duly approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
18. Other agencies will also simultaneously execute and install the works of sub-station/ generating
sets, air-conditioning, lifts, etc. for the work and the contractor shall afford necessary facilities
for the same. The contractor shall leave such recesses, holes, openings trenches etc. as may
be required for such related works (for which inserts, sleeves, brackets, conduits, base plates,
clamps etc. shall be supplied free of cost by the department unless otherwise specifically
mentioned) and the contractor shall fix the same at time of casting of concrete, stone work and
brick work, if required, and nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
19. The contractor shall conduct work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress or
completion of the work being performed by other contractor(s) or by the Engineer-in-Charge
and shall as far as possible arrange his work and shall place and dispose of the materials being
used or removed so as not to interfere with the operations of other contractor or he shall
arrange his work with that of the others in an acceptable and coordinated manner and shall
perform it in proper sequence to the complete satisfaction of others.
20. Some restrictions may be imposed by the security agencies /client on the working and on
movement of labour, materials etc in the campus/site and may require to issue identity cards to
all persons authorized by contractor to do work / visit the work site. The contractor shall be
bound to follow all such restrictions / instructions and no claim whatsoever shall on this account
will be entertained. The loss of time on this account, if any, shall have to be made up by
generating additional resources etc.
21. The rates quoted by the contractor are deemed to be inclusive of site clearance, setting out
work, profile, establishment of reference bench mark, spot levels, construction of all safety and
protection devices, barriers, earth embankments, preparatory works, all testing of materials,
working during monsoon, working at all depths, height and locations etc. unless specified in the
schedule of quantities.
22. Royalty at the prevailing rates wherever payable shall have to be paid by the contractor on the
boulders, metal, shingle, sand and bajri etc. Or any other material collected by him for the work
direct to revenue authorities and nothing extra shall be paid by the department for the same.
23. Permission for the Excavation of the Basement and/or any Mining Approval along with carriage
and disposal of surplus excavated earth shall be obtained by the contractor at his own
expenses from Local Administration / Revenue Authority. Department / Client Department shall
only forward the case to the concerned Authority. Moreover, all the fee including royalty for
surplus excavated earth is to be paid by the contractor to the concerned department. Nothing
extra shall be paid on account of this to the contractor.
24. No payment shall be made for any damage caused by rain, snowfall, flood or any other natural
calamity, whatsoever during the execution of the work. The contractor shall be fully responsible

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 79

for any damage to the govt. property and work for which the payment has been advanced to
him under the contract and he shall make good the same at his risk and cost. The contractor
shall be fully responsible for safety and security of his material, T&P, Machinery brought to the
site by him.
25. The contractor shall deploy resources e.g. manpower, labour, T&P, Plant & Equipment etc. as
per actual requirement of work. No damages/compensation shall be payable on account of idle
manpower, labour, T&P, Plant and Equipment and loss of profit etc. for whatsoever reason.
26. The rates for all items of work shall, unless clearly specified otherwise, include cost of all
labour, material, tools and plants and other inputs involved in the execution of the item.
27. The contractor (s) shall quote all-inclusive rates against the items in the schedule of quantities
and nothing extra shall be payable for any of the conditions and specifications mentioned. In
the tender documents unless specifically specified otherwise.
28. Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities the rates for all items shall be
considered as inclusive of pumping/baling out water, if necessary, for which no extra payment
shall be made. Those conditions shall be considered to include water from any source such as
inflow of flood, surface and sub-soil water etc. and shall apply to the execution in any season.
29. The work shall be executed and measured as per metric dimensions given in the Schedule of
quantities, drawings etc. (FPS units wherever indicated are for guidance only).
30. Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities, the rates tendered by the contractor
shall be inclusive of all costs & taxes and shall apply to all leads and lifts and nothing extra shall
be payable on this account.
31. The foundation trenches shall be kept free from water while works below ground level are in
progress for which no extra payment shall be made.
32. No foreign exchange shall be made available by the Department for importing (purchase) of
equipment, plants, machinery, materials of any kind or any other items required to be carried
out during execution of the work. No delay and no claim of any kind shall be entertained from
the Contractor, on account of variation in the foreign exchange rate.
33. All ancillary and incidental facilities required for execution of work like labour camp, stores,
fabrication yard, offices for Contractor, watch and ward, temporary ramp required to be made
for working at the ground level, temporary structure for plants and machineries, temporary
barricading or fencing around the working sites, water storage tanks, installation and
consumption charges of temporary electricity, telephone, water etc. required for execution of
the work, protection works, testing facilities / laboratory at site of work, facilities for all field tests
and for taking samples etc. during execution or any other activity which is necessary (for
execution of work and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge), shall be deemed to be included in
rates quoted by the Contractor, for various items in the schedule of quantities. Nothing extra
shall be payable on these accounts. Before start of the work, the Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer-in-Charge, a site / construction yard layout, specifying areas for construction, site
office, positioning of machinery, material yard, cement & other storage, fabrication yard, site
laboratory, water tank etc.
34. The Contractor shall construct/ provide one air-conditioned site office of area not less than
150sqmt at his own cost on the construction site consisting of four rooms with furniture like
tables. Chairs etc., one conference room for seating around 15 persons at a time with furnishing
including 1 toilet for CPWD officials. The location and plan shall be got approved from
Engineer-in-Charge. Specification for the site office shall be portable type and or any other
specification as per approval of Engineer-in-charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 80

35. For completing the work in time, the Contractor might be required to deploy extra labour force
due to limited working hours as the lectures/ seminars will be going on in campus and there is
limited availability of space for labour/ material. Normally contractors shall not be allowed to
execute the RCC, electrical and finishing work at night. Work at night shall, however, be
allowed if the site conditions/ circumstances so demand. No claim whatsoever shall be
entertained on this account, not with-standing the fact that the contractor may have to pay extra
amounts for any reason, to the labourers and other staff engaged directly or indirectly on the
work according to the provisions of the labour and other statutory bodies regulations and the
agreement entered upon by the contractor with them.
36. The contractor shall maintain in perfect condition, all portions executed till completion of the
entire work allotted to him. Where however phased delivery of work is contemplated these
provisions shall apply separately to each phase.
37. All material shall only be brought at site as per program finalized with the Engineer-in-Charge.
Any pre-delivery of the material not required for immediate consumption shall not be accepted
and thus not paid for.
38. The contractor(s) shall take instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge regarding collection and
stacking of materials at any place. No excavated earth or building rubbish shall be stacked on
areas where other buildings, roads, services and compound walls are to be constructed. The
stacking shall take place as per stacking plan however, if any change is required, the same
shall be done with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
39. The Contractor shall bear all incidental charges for cartage, storage and safe custody of
materials issued by department/arranged by the contractor.
40. The terms machine batched, machine mixed and machine vibrated concrete used elsewhere in
agreement shall mean the concrete produced in concrete batching and mixing plant and if
necessary, transported by transit concrete mixers, placed in position by the concrete pumps,
tower crane and vibrated by surface vibrator /needle vibrator / plate vibrator, as the case may
be to achieve required strength and durability.
41. The cost of flooring is inclusive of providing sunken flooring in bath-rooms, kitchen, balcony etc.
as required and nothing extra on this account shall be payable.
42. Any legal or financial implications resulting out of carriage of earth from outside or disposal of
earth shall be sole responsibility of the contractor. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
43. No chase cutting/dismantling of plaster/RCC/CC shall be allowed, so contractor has to execute
the electrical work accordingly. The work should be planned in a systematic manner so that
chase cuttings in the walls, ceilings and floors are minimized. Wherever absolutely essential,
the chase shall be cut using chase cutting machines. Chases will not be allowed to be cut using
hammer / chisel. The electrical boxes should be fixed in walls simultaneously while raising the
brick work. The contractor shall ensure proper coordination of various disciplines viz. sanitary &
water supply, electrical, fire-fighting and any other services.
43. The work of water supply, internal sanitary installations and drainage etc. shall be carried out as
per the bylaws of the Municipal Corporation or any other local body and the contractor shall
produce necessary completion certificates from such authority after completion of work.
44. In case of local Municipal regulations/ restrictions by client/ non-availability space at site if huts
for labour are not allowed to be erected at the site of work, the contractor shall be required to
provide such accommodation at suitable place at his own cost and nothing extra shall be paid
on this account.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 81

45. Any cement slurry added over base surface for continuation of concerting for better bond is
deemed to have been built in the items and nothing extra shall be payable and no extra cement
considered in consumption on this account.
46. Existing drains, pipes, cables, over-head wires, sewer lines, water lines and similar service
encountered in the course of the execution of work shall be protected against the damage by
the contractor at his own expense. In case the same are to be removed and diverted. The same
shall be payable to the contractor. The contractor shall work out the cost and the same shall be
approved by Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall not store materials or otherwise occupy
any part of the site in a manner likely to hinder the operation of such services.
47. The contractor shall be responsible for the watch and ward / guard of the building’s safety,
fittings and fixtures provided by him against pilferage and breakage during the period of
installations and thereafter till the building is physically handed over to the Client department.
No extra payment shall be admissible on this account.
48. SETTING OUT
48.1. Contractor shall provide permanent bench marks and other reference points for the
proper execution of work and these shall be preserved till the end of work. All such
reference points shall be in relation to the levels and locations, given in the Architectural
and plumbing drawings.
48.2. The contractor shall establish, maintain and assume responsibility for grades, lines,
levels and bench marks. He shall report any errors or inconsistencies regarding grades,
lines, levels, dimensions to the Engineer-in-Charge before commencing work.
Commencement of work shall be regarded as the contractor's acceptance of such
grades, lines, levels and dimensions and no claim shall be entertained at a later date for
any errors found.
48.3. If at any time, any error in this respect shall appear during the progress of the work, the
contractor shall, at his own expense rectify such error if so required to the satisfaction of
the Engineer-in-Charge.
48.4. Though the site levels may be indicated in the drawings the contractor shall ascertain
himself and confirm the site levels with respect to GTS bench mark from the concerned
authorities.
48.5. The approval by the Engineer-in-Charge of the setting out by the contractor shall not
relieve the contractor of any of his responsibilities.
48.6. The contractor shall be entirely and exclusively responsible for the horizontal, vertical and
other alignment, the level and correctness of every part of the work and shall rectify
effectively any errors or imperfections therein. Such rectifications shall be carried out by
the contractor at his own cost to the instructions and satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
49. PROGRAMME CHART
49.1. The Contractor shall prepare an integrated programme chart in MS Project, Primavera
software for the execution of work, showing clearly all activities from the start of work to
completion, with details of manpower, equipment and machinery required for the
fulfilment of the programme within the stipulated period or earlier and submit the same
for approval to the Engineer-in-Charge within ten days of award of the contract. Non-
submission of such programme shall attract the recoveries as mentioned in the
Schedule-F of the tender document.
49.2. The programme chart should include the following:

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 82

1.
(a) Descriptive note explaining sequence of the various activities.
2.
(b) Network (PERT/CPM/BAR CHART) in MS Project/Primavera Software
3.
(c) Programme for procurement of materials by the contractor.
4.
(d) Programme of procurement of machinery/ equipment having adequate capacity,
commensurate with the quantum of work to be done within the stipulated period, by the
contractor.
49.3. In addition to above, the contractor shall submit shuttering schedule adequate to
complete structure work within laid down physical milestone etc. and to achieve the
progress of work as per programme, he must bring sufficient shuttering material required
for cement concrete and R.C.C. works etc.
49.4. If at any time, it appears to the Engineer-in-Charge that the actual progress of work does
not conform to the approved programme referred above, the contractor shall produce a
revised programme showing the modifications to the approved programme to ensure
completion of the work. The modified schedule of programme shall be approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. Non-submission of such revised programme shall attract the
recoveries as mentioned in the Schedule-F of the tender document. For Periodic
inspections of the local body and on completion of works, the Contractor shall procure
approvals and local body completion certificates.
49.5. The submission for approval by the Engineer-in-Charge of such programme or the
furnishing of such particulars shall not relieve the contractor of any of the duties or
responsibilities under the contract. This is without prejudice to the right of Engineer-in-
Charge to take action against the contractor as per terms and conditions of the
agreement.
50. PROGRESS REPORTS
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge on the 4th day of each month, 2 hard
copies and one on soft copy (CD) of monthly progress report of the work. Such progress report
will include the project progress, summary, work progress (planned vs actual), CPM chart,
progess chart along with photos, status of financial progress and achievement of milestone,
manpower deployment status, inventory of materials and photographs of important activities.
For delay in submission of the report, compensation @ Rs.2000/- (Rupees Two Thousand only)
per day of delay subject to maximum of Rs.20,000/- for each report will be recovered from the
amount payable to the contractor.
51. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
51.1. Contractor shall within two weeks of award of work, submit to the Engineer-in-Charge for
his approval, list of measures for maintaining safety of manpower deployed for
construction.
51.2. Contractor at his cost put up the barricading all around the construction site through
suitable method for segregating the construction site and also to control the dust
pollution in the campus. Entry to the site shall be controlled for proper security of man
and materials and to avoid accidents.
51.3. The Contractor(s) shall take all precautions to avoid accidents by exhibiting necessary
caution boards, day and night speed limit boards, red flags, red lights and providing
barriers. He shall be responsible for all damages and accidents caused to existing/new
work due to negligence on his part. No hindrances shall be caused to traffic during the
execution of the work.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 83

51.4. In case of any accident of labours / contractual staff‟s the entire responsibility will rest on
the part of the contractor and any compensation under such circumstances if becomes
payable the same shall be entirely borne by the contractor and department shall have no
role on this account.
51.5. It shall be ensured by the contractor that no electric live wire is left exposed or
unattended to avoid any accidents in this regard.
51.6. Any trenching and digging for laying sewer lines/water lines/cables etc. shall be
commenced by the contractor only when all men, machinery’s and materials have been
arranged and closing of the trench(s) thereafter shall be ensured within the least
possible time.
51.7. For facia work, outer finishing and other RCC works etc. double steel scaffolding having
two sets of vertical supports with steel staircase for execution & further inspection of
works by engineer in charge shall be used. The supports shall be sound and strong, tied
together with horizontal piece/diagonal braces over which scaffolding planks shall be
fixed. However, nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
52. QUALITY ASSURANCE
52.1. The contractor shall ensure quality construction in a planned and time bound manner.
Any sub-standard material/work beyond set out tolerance limit shall be summarily
rejected by the Engineer-in-Charge.
52.2. The contractor shall ensure quality control measures on different aspects of construction
including materials, workmanship and correct construction methodologies to be adopted.
He shall have to submit quality assurance programme within two weeks of the award of
work. The quality assurance programme should include method statement for various
items of work to be executed along with check lists to enforce quality control. The
contractor shall get the source of all other materials, not specified elsewhere in the
document, approved from the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall stick to the
approved source unless it is absolutely unavoidable. Any change shall be done with the
prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge for which tests etc. shall be done by the
contractor at his own cost. Similarly, the contractor shall submit brand/ make of various
materials not specified in the agreement, to be used for the approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge along with samples and once approved, he shall stick to it. The contractor shall
submit purchase vouchers/ challan of all the material brought at site to ascertain the
source and quality of material. A register for all the material being received by the
contractor is to maintained.
52.3. The contractor shall depute Quality Manager exclusively for enforcement of quality
control. Such Quality Manager should be a qualified engineer with minimum Eight years
of similar experience. For other staff to be deployed for quality assurance, the contractor
may refer to clause 32 under schedule “F” of this document.

For Quality Control Measures, Preparation of Bills and Monitoring the Quality, the
contractor shall provide the following in the site office of Engineer-in-Charge which shall
be returned to the contractor after completion of work and finalisation of bills and
settlement of accounts.:
(i) 02 Nos. All-in-One Computers having Intel core i5 11th generation processor,
Genuine MS-Windows-10 & Office-365

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 84

(ii) 01 No. A-2 size colour laser printer with networking facility for printing of drawings at
site
(iii) Projectors with screen / TV of min 65-inch size shall be made available at site for
presentation work in site office as and when required by the Engineer in charge.
52.4. Wherever work is specified to be done through specialized agencies, their names shall
be got approved well in advance from Engineer in charge& as per applicable
milestones/programme chart. Failure to do so shall not justify delay in execution of work.
It is suggested that immediately after award of work, contractor should associate with
concerned specialized agencies and send their names for approval to the Engineer in
charge.
52.5. All materials obtained from Govt. Stores or otherwise shall be got checked by the
Engineer-in-Charge or his any authorized supervisory staff on receipt of the same at site
before use. The contractor shall submit shop drawings of staging and shuttering
arrangement, aluminium work, and other works as desired by Engineer in Charge for his
approval before execution. The contractor shall also submit bar bending schedule for
approval of Engineer-in-charge before execution.
52.6. The contractor shall provide at his own cost suitable weighing and measuring
arrangements at site for checking the weight / dimensions as may be necessary for
execution of work. The sealed samples are to be handed over to the testing lab by
contractor in the presence of Junior Engineer/Assistant Engineer-in-Charge of work.
52.7. Samples of various materials required for testing shall be provided free of charges by the
contractor. Testing charges, if any, unless otherwise provided shall be borne by the
contractor. All other expenditure required to be incurred for taking the samples;
conveyance, packing etc. shall also be borne by the contractor himself.
52.8. The contractor or his authorized representative shall associate in collection, preparation,
forwarding and testing of such samples. In case, he or his authorized representative is
not present or does not associate him, the results or such tests and consequences
thereon shall be binding on the contractor.
52.9. For certain items, if frequency of tests is not mentioned in the CPWD Specifications, then
the relevant IS code shall be followed and tests shall be carried out as per the frequency
specified therein or further as per written approval by the Engineer-in-charge.
52.10. If any load testing or special testing is to be done for any sample whose strength is
doubtful, the cost of the same shall also be borne by the contractor.
52.11. In case there is any discrepancy in frequency of testing as given in list of mandatory
tests and that in individual sub-heads of work as per CPWD Specifications, higher of the
two frequencies of testing shall be followed.
52.12. Samples of all materials and fittings to be used in the work in respect of brand
manufacturer and quality shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge, well in
advance of actual execution and shall be preserved till the completion of the work. If a
particular brand of material is specified in the item of work in Schedule of Quantity, the
same shall be used after getting the same approved from Engineer-in-Charge.
Wherever brand / quality of material is not specified in the item of work, the contractor
shall submit the samples as per approved list of brand names given in the tender
document / additional specifications for approval of Engineer-in-charge. For all other
items, materials and fittings of ISI Marked shall be used with the approval of Engineer-
in-Charge. Wherever ISI Marked material / fittings are not available, the contractor shall

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 85

submit samples of materials / fittings manufactured by firms of repute conforming to

relevant specifications or IS codes and use the same only after getting the approval.
52.13. To avoid delay, contractor should submit samples as stated above well in advance so
as to give timely orders for procurement. If any material, even though approved by
Engineer-in-Charge is found defective or not conforming to specifications shall be
replaced / removed by the contractor at his own risk & cost.
52.14. The contractor shall get the source of all other materials, not specified elsewhere in the
document, approved from the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall stick to the
approved source unless it is absolutely unavoidable. Any change shall be done with the
prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge for which tests etc. shall be done by the
contractor at his own cost. Similarly, the contractor shall submit brand/ make of various
materials not specified in the agreement, to be used for the approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge along with samples and once approved, he shall stick to it.
52.15. The contractor shall get the water tested with regard to its suitability and conforming to
the relevant IS Code. The contractor shall obtain written approval from the Engineer- in-
Charge before he proceeds by using the same for execution of work. The water testing
charges shall be borne by the contractor. If tube well water is not suitable, the contractor
shall arrange Municipal water or from any other source at his own cost and nothing extra
shall be paid on this account. The water shall be got tested at frequency specified in
latest CPWD Specifications / BIS Code. In case of change of source of water, the
contractor shall obtain written approval from the Engineer-in-Charge before he proceeds
by using the same for execution of work. All testing & consequent charges shall be
borne by the Contractor.
52.16. The Stone aggregate/stone, sand shall be brought from any approved quarries of
Government of Maharashtra subjected to the said materials conforming to CPWD
specifications. In case of non-supply of materials from the approved quarries, the
contractor shall immediately write to the Engineer-in-charge along with substantial
document/proof as such for approval of other quarries. The contractor shall be fully
responsible for conducting revised Design mix, other specified test etc. & nothing extra
shall be paid on this account.
52.17. The gradation of fine sand to be used in plaster work shall be strictly as per CPWD
Specifications 2019, conforming to IS:1542-1977. The plastered surface shall be fairly
smooth without any undulation of any kind for applying paint/white wash.
52.18. The contractor shall submit shop drawings of staging and shuttering arrangement,
aluminium/ u-PVC work and other works as desired by Engineer-in-charge for his
approval before execution. The contractor shall also submit RCC bar bending schedule
for approval of Engineer-in-charge before execution.
52.19. The contractor shall submit detailed layout drawings corresponding to the approved
flooring patterns in all areas/toilet/staircase before execution of work for approval by the
Engineer-in-charge.
52.20. The contractor shall invariably prepare the samples of finishing items i.e. flooring of
different types, external & internal finishing i/c colour scheme of paint, tiles in dado,
flooring in platforms & staircase, water supply & sanitary fittings and any other item as
per direction of Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall proceed with further finishing
items only after getting the samples of these items approved in writing from Engineer- in-
charge. Toilets and in case of construction of residential quarters, one sample quarter
complete in all shape for each category, shall be prepared by the contractor and got

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 86

approved from Engineer-in-charge in writing. The contractor shall be allowed to proceed

with further quarters only after getting the sample quarters approved in writing from
Engineer-in-charge No extra claim whatsoever beyond the payments due at agreement
rates will be entertained from the contractor on this account.
52.21. The construction joints shall the provided in pre-determined locations only as decided by
Engineer in charge. The cost of shuttering for these construction joints shall be included
in item of Concrete work / RCC work and nothing extra shall be payable on this account
to the contractor.
52.22. Water tanks, taps, sanitary, water supply and drainages pipes, fittings and accessories
should conform to the specifications provided in bidding documents. The contractor(s)
should engage approved, licensed plumbers for the work and get the materials
(fixtures/fittings) tested, by the municipal Body/Corporation authorities, wherever
required, at his own cost. The Contractor(s) shall submit for the approval to the
Engineer-in-Charge the name of the plumbing agency proposed to be engaged by him.
52.23. All the hidden items such as water supply lines, drainage pipes, conduits, sewers etc.
are to be properly tested as per the design conditions submitted before covering.
52.24. The contractor shall give a performance test of the entire installation(s) as per standing
specifications before the work is finally accepted by making his own arrangements for
water supply, electricity etc. and nothing extra whatsoever shall be payable for the
same.
52.25. Door/window frames/shutters and other factory-made materials shall be procured from
reputed and approved manufacturers or their authorized dealers as per approved make
list forming part of this tender document. Decision of Engineer-in-charge in this regard
shall be final and binding.
52.26. The contractor shall render all help and assistance in documenting the total sequence of
this project by way of photography, slides, audio-video recording etc. nothing extra shall
be payable to the contractor on this account.
52.27. Testing of Materials:
A. Laboratory at site: The contractor shall establish a testing lab at site and provide testing
equipment and materials for the field tests mentioned in the list of mandatory tests given in
CPWD Specifications 2019 Vol. 1 & 2. Nothing extra shall be payable to him on this account.
The representatives of the department shall be at liberty to inspect the testing facilities at site
and conduct testing at random in consultation with Engineer in charge. The contractor shall
provide all necessary facilities for the purpose.
The laboratory shall be equipped, inter alia, with the following equipment:
a) Balances:
i) 7 kg to 10 kg capacity, semi self-indicating type – Accuracy 10 gm.
ii) 500 gm capacity, semi self-indicating type Accuracy 1 gm.
iii) PanBalance-5kgCapacity-Accuracy10gm.
b) Ovens- Electrically operated, thermostatically controlled up to 1100 C- Sensitivity 10C.
c) Sieves: as per IS: 460
i) IS Sieves – 450 mm internal dia of sizes 100 mm, 80 mm, 63 mm, 50 mm, 40 mm, 25
mm, 20 mm, 12.5 mm, 10 mm, 6.3 mm, 4.75 mm, complete with lid and pan.
ii) IS Sieves – 200 mm internal dia (brass frame) consisting of 2.36 mm, 1.18 mm, 500
microns, 425 microns, 300 microns, 212 microns, 150 microns, 90 microns, 75 microns
with lid and pan.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 87

d) Sieve shaker capable of 200 mm and 300 mm dia sieves, manually operated with timing
switch assembly.
e) Equipment for slump test- slump cone, steel plate, taping rod, steel scale, scoop.
f) Equipment for concrete testing
i) Concrete cube moulds 15x15x15cm : 42 Nos.
ii) Pruning Rods 2Kg weight length 40cm and ramming face 25mm : 1 No.
iii) Extra Bottom plates for 15cm cube mould : 6 No.
iv) Standard Vibration table for cubes : 1 No.
v) Dial gauges 25 mm travel- 0.01 mm/division Least count- : 1 No.
vi) Automatic Compression testing machine of 100 tonne capacity. : 1 No.
g) Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Test Equipment (For concrete) : 1 No.
h) Any other testing equipment as desired by Engineer-in-charge

Not less than 90% tests for material be performed at site lab with above stated equipment’3s,
however at least 10% testing of materials shall be got done from external laboratories.
However, for the tests to be carried out by the external laboratories, the contractor shall supply
free of charge all the materials required for testing, including transportation. If the tests which
were to be conducted in the site laboratory are conducted in other laboratories for any the
reasons the cost of such tests shall be borne by the contractor.
B. Other Laboratories: The contractor shall arrange carrying out all tests required under the
agreement through the laboratory as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall bear all
charges in connection therewith including charges for testing for all materials.

52.28. Maintenance of Site Registers:

(i) All the Site Registers including Tests registers for tests to be carried out at construction site
or in outside laboratories shall be maintained by the contractor which shall be issued to the
contractor by Engineer-in-Charge in the same manner as being issued to CPWD field staff.
(ii) The various registers to be issued to the contractor are:
• Materials at site account register.
• Cement register.
• Master test registers.
• Cube test register.
• Paint register.
• Drawing register.
(iii) All the entries in the registers will be made by the designated engineering staff of the
contractor and same should be regularly reviewed by JE/AE/EE.
(iv) All the registers of tests carried out at construction site or in outside laboratories shall be
maintained by the contractor which shall be issued to the contractor by Engineer-in- Charge in
the same manner as being issued to CPWD field staff.
(v) All samples of materials including cement concrete cubes shall be taken jointly with
contractor by JE and out of this at least 50% samples shall be taken in presence of AE in
charge. If there is no JE, all samples of materials including cement concrete cubes shall be
taken by AE jointly with contractor. All the necessary assistance shall be provided by the
contractor. Cost of sampling & testing are to be borne by the contractor and he shall be
responsible for safe custody of samples to be tested at site/ outside laboratory.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 88

(vi) All the tests in field lab at construction site shall be carried out by the Engineering staff
deployed by the contractor and shall be 100% witnessed by JE and 50% of tests shall be
witnessed by AE–in-Charge. At least 10% (25% for concrete) of all samples for testing taken in
presence of Engineer-in-Charge. Minimum 10% of all samples or as decided by Engineer-in-
Charge should be tested in outside approved laboratory/ Govt. Engineering colleges.
(vii) Submission of copy of all test registers, material at site register along with each alternate
running account bill and final bill shall be mandatory. These registers should be duly checked
by AE(P) in division office.

52.29. Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Method of Test for RCC

(i) The under lying principle of assessing the quality of concrete is that comparatively higher
velocities are obtained when the quality of concrete in terms of density, homogeneity and
uniformly is good. The consistency of the concrete as regards its general quality gets
established. In case of poorer quality lower velocities are obtained. If there are cracks, voids or
flaws inside the concrete which come in the way of transmission of pulse, lower velocities are
obtained.
(ii) Velocity criterion for Concrete Quality Grading: The quality of concrete in terms of
uniformity, incidence or absence of internal flaws, cracks and segregation etc. indicative of the
level of workmanship employed, can thus be assessed using the guidance given in table below,
which have been evolved for characterizing the quality concrete in structure in term of the
ultrasonic pulse velocity.
S. No. Pulse Velocity by Cross Probing (Km/Sec.) Concrete Quality Grading

1 Above 4.5 Excellent

2 4.5 to 3.5 Good
3 3.5 to 3.0 Medium
4 Below 3.0 Doubtful
Note: In Case of “doubtful” quality it may be necessary to carry further tests
(iii) Pulse velocity method of test of concrete is to be conducted for CPWD works as a routine
test. The acceptance criteria as per the above table will be applicable which is as per IS 13311
(part-1): 1992. From the above “Good” and “Excellent” grading are acceptable and below these
grading the concrete will not be acceptable
(iv) 5% of the total number of RCC members in each category i.e. beam, column, slab and
footing may be tested by UPV test method for establishing quality of concrete. It is suggested
that test be conducted on RCC beam near joint with column, on RCC column near joint with
beam, on RCC footings and rafts. On RCC rafts a suitable grid can be worked out for
determining number of tests. In addition, doubtful areas such as honeycombed locations,
locations, where continuous seepage is observed, construction joints and visible loose pockets
will also be tested.
(v) The test results are to be examined in view of the above acceptance criteria “Good” and
“Excellent” and wherever concrete is found with less than required quality as per acceptance
criteria, repairs to concrete will be made. Honeycombed areas and loose pockets will be
repaired by grouting using Portland Cement Mortar/Polymer Modifies Cement Mortar /Epoxy
Mortar etc. after chipping loose concrete in appropriate manner. In areas where concrete is
found below acceptance criteria and defects are not apparently visible on surface, injecting
approved grout in appropriate proportion using epoxy grout /acrylic Polymer modified cements

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 89

slurry made with shrinkage compensating cement / plain cement slurry etc. will be resorted to
for repairs. (refer relevant chapters from CPWD Hand Book on Repairs and Rehabilitation of
RCC Buildings). Repair to concrete will be done till satisfactory results are obtained as per the
acceptance criteria by retesting of the repaired area. If satisfactory results are not obtained
dismantling and relaying of concrete will be done.
52.30. Removal of Rejected / Sub-standard Materials:
The following procedure should be followed in case of removal of rejected/ sub- standard
materials from the site of work.
a) Whenever any material brought by the contractor to the site of work is rejected, entry thereof
should invariably be made in the site order book under the signature of the AE/AEE giving
approximate quantity of such materials.
b) As soon as the material is removed, a certificate to that effect may be recorded by the
AE/AEE against the original entry, giving the date of removal a mode of removal i.e. whether by
truck, carts or by manual labour. If removal is by truck, the registration number of the truck
should be recorded.
c) When it is not possible for the AE/AEE to be present at the site of work at the time of actual
removal of the rejected/sub-standard materials from the site the required certificate should be
recorded by the Junior Engineer and the AE/AEE should countersign the certificate recorded by
the Junior Engineer.
52.31 Third Party Quality Assurance:
In order to achieve a high standard of quality, it shall be required to go for Third Party Quality
Assurance. For this purpose, a separate agency shall be appointed by the CPWD who will carry
out independent testing of materials and checking and ensuring overall quality procedures. The
contractor shall be required to fully cooperate with agency and facilitate them in taking samples,
transportation and examination of various activities including documentation at no extra time
and cost to the owner. In case of any adverse findings by the agency, the contractor shall do
the needful rectifications at no extra time and cost to the owner. The Engineer-in-charge shall
be at liberty for getting quality assurance work done through agencies like IIT, NIT or any other
agency approved by competent authority at its own cost. The successful tenderer shall include
the provisions of Quality Assurance while framing the proposed methodology for tests.
53. AS BUILT DRAWINGS:
The contractor shall submit completion plan (4 sets) as required vide General Specifications for
Civil works forming part of this tender document as applicable within thirty days of the
completion of the work. In case, the contractor fails to submit the completion plan as aforesaid,
he shall be liable to pay a sum of 0.1 % of tendered Value or Rs.5,00,000/- whichever is more.
On completion of work, the Contractor(s) shall submit at his own cost four prints of “as built”
drawings to the Engineer-in-Charge within 30 days of completion of work. These drawings shall
have the following information.
(i) Run off all piping and their diameters including soil waste pipes and vertical stacks.
(ii) Ground and invert levels of all drainage pipes together with locations of all manholes and
connections, up to outfall.
(iii) Run off all water supply line with diameters, locations of control valves, access panels etc.
(iv) Further details, if any, as desired by the Engineer-in-charge.
Final bill will not be paid and Security Deposit shall not be released until submission of as built
drawings as above.
54. SECRECY:

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 90

54.1 The contractor shall take all steps necessary that all persons employed on any work in
connection with the contract have noticed that the Indian Official Secrets Act 1923 applies
to them & will continue so to apply even after the execution of such works under the
contract.
54.2 The contract is confidential and must be strictly confined to the contractor’s own use
(except so far as confidential disclosure to sub-contractors or suppliers as necessary) and
to the purpose of the contract.
54.3 All documents, copies thereof & extracts there from furnished to the contractor shall be
returned to the Engineer-in-Charge on the completion of the work / works or the earlier
determination of the contract.
55. INSURANCE:
Before commencing the execution of work, the Contractor shall, without in any way limiting his
obligations and liabilities, insure at his own cost and expense against any damage or loss or
injury, which may be caused to any person or property, at site of work. The Contractor shall
obtain and submit to the Engineer-in-Charge proper Contractor All Risk Insurance Policy for an
amount equivalent to the contract amount for this work with Engineer-in-Charge as the first
beneficiary. The insurance shall be obtained in joint names of Engineer-in-Charge and the
Contractor (who shall be second beneficiary). Also, he shall indemnify the Department from any
liability during the execution of the work. Further, he shall obtain and submit to the Engineer-in-
Charge, a third-party insurance policy for maximum Rs.10 lakh for each accident, with the
Engineer-in-Charge as the first beneficiary. The insurance shall be obtained in joint names of
Engineer-in-Charge and the Contractor (who shall be second beneficiary). The Contractor shall,
from time to time, provide documentary evidence as regards payment of premium for all the
Insurance Policies for keeping them valid till the completion of the work. The Contractor shall
ensure that Insurance Policies are also taken for the workers of his Sub-Contractors/
specialized agencies also. The contractor including subcontractors shall provide comprehensive
group insurance cover for all the workers and their supervisory staff deployed at site. The
details of insurance cover to be provided shall be submitted by the contractor / associate
agencies within 20 days of date of start. In case of a default, appropriate policy shall be got
done by the safety monitoring committee and double the fee of the policy shall be recovered
from the next bill of the contractor. Without prejudice to any of its obligations and responsibilities
specified above, the Contractor shall within 15 days from the date of letter of acceptance of the
tender and thereafter at the end of each quarter submit a report to the Department giving details
of the Insurance Policies along with Certificate of these insurance policies being valid, along
with documentary evidences as required by the Engineer-in-Charge. No work shall be
commenced by the Contractor unless he obtains the Insurance Policies as mentioned above.
Also, no payment shall be made to the Contractor on expiry of insurance policies unless
renewed by the Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. No claim of
hindrance (or any other claim) shall be entertained from the contractor on these accounts.
56. Submission of copy of all test registers, Materials at site register along with each alternate
Running Account Bill and Final Bill shall be mandatory. These registers should be duly checked
by AE (P) in Division office and receipts of register should also be acknowledged by Account
Officer by signing the copies and register to confirm receipt in Division office.
If all the test registers and hindrance register is not submitted along with each alternate R/A bill
& Final Bill, it will be responsibility of EE & AAO that no payment is released to the contractor.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 91

Frequency of Testing: All mandatory tests shall be carried out as per frequency and procedure
prescribed in CPWD specification/particular specifications given in this tender document and as
and when directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
57. Secured Advances
57.1 Secured Advances on the security of Bonafede materials brought at site shall be made in
accordance with the provision of clause 10 B (i) of the GCC 2020 for construction works.
57.2 However, Bonafede materials on which secured advance have been given shall be
incorporated/incorporation started on the work within 3 months of payment of secured
advance. Such secured advance shall be recovered in full from the next payment made
to the contractor.
58. SUBMISSION OF AS BUILT DRAWINGS AND OBTAINING various NOCs

The Contractor shall submit required sets of “AS BUILT” drawings for submitting the same to
the Municipal Corporation / Local bodies etc. for obtaining various service connections, revised
commencement certificate if required, completion certificate. The Contractor shall submit to the
Department, 2 sets of “AS BUILT” drawings and also in soft copy (CD – 2 sets) in one of the
standard software packages. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. The contractor
shall coordinate and facilitate for obtaining certificate from local bodies including getting the
required site visits conducted by such authorities with a view to obtain the same. The contractor
shall also be responsible for liasoning work required, if any, in this regard with the local bodies.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Statutory charges, fees etc. required to be paid
to the local bodies in this connection shall only be payable by the Department or shall be
reimbursable to the contractor on production of proof of actual payment by him. It is clarified
that the contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all the NO OBJECTION CERTIFICATES
(NOCs), lift clearance, Fire clearance etc. for the various works (covered under the scope of
this tender) required for obtaining completion certificate (building use permission). However,
only two months after the date of completion shall be allowed for obtaining various NOCs and
completion certificate (building use permission).
60.1FACILITIES FOR THE DEPARTMENT

60.1.1 The contractor shall make arrangement for Helmets and safety shoes (meant of
construction work at sites) for all field staff of the department during the entire period of
construction for safety reasons. One helmet and two pairs of shoes per staff member
(maximum six members) of the departments per year shall be arranged by the
contractor.
60.1.2 The Contractor shall arrange for 1 no of Innova Hycross top variant or equivalent/ 2 nos. of
Ciaz/ 2 Nos. of Hyundai Creta or equivalent which shall be BS VI along with drivers for running
upto 2500 km per month for complete duration of project. Nothing extra shall be paid on this
account.
60.1.3 The Contractor shall give the Engineer-in-charge on the 4th day of each month, a progress
report along with pictorial photographs (softcopies as well as hard copies) of the work done
during the previous month. The progress of work will be reviewed periodically by the Engineer-
in charge with the contractor and short falls, if any, sorted out. The contractor shall there upon
take such action as may be necessary to bring back his work to schedule without additional
cost to the department.
Note 01: Nothing extra shall be paid on the account of these special conditions.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 92

Salient / Mandatory Requirements for the Tender

1. The Bidder is advised to read and examine the bid documents for the work and the set of
drawings available with Engineer-in-charge. He should inspect and examine the site and its
surroundings by himself before submitting his tender.
2. Separate schedule of quantity is included in this tender for civil and electrical items of work. The
contractor shall quote the percentage rates in figures and words accurately so that there is no
discrepancy in rates written in figures and words.
3. Time allowed for the execution of work is 12 (Twelve) Months.
4. The contractor(s) shall submit a detailed program of execution in accordance with the master
programme /milestone within ten days from the date of issue of award letter.
5. Quality of the project is of utmost importance. This shall be adhered to in accordance with the
provisions of CPWD specifications and guidelines given in the relevant paras.
6. Cement shall be arranged by the contractor himself.
7. Steel Reinforcement shall be arranged by the contractor himself.
8. Contractor shall make his own arrangements for electricity and water required for execution of
the work
9. Contractor has to engage specialized agencies for specialized items of works such as water
proofing, aluminum works, structural glazing, PVDF, ACP and other specialized items as
mentioned in the tender documents. Only those specialized agencies/firms who have
satisfactorily executed works as per criteria given in this tender document during last seven
years are eligible for the specialized works-
Approval of the specialized agencies for each specialized work shall be obtained from the
Engineer-in-Charge within one month of award of work. Even if, such specialized items of
work shall be executed by the specialized agencies, the work shall be deemed to be executed
by the tenderer for all purposes and the responsibility of the quality of items of works
executed etc. shall continue to be that of the tenderer only.
10. Contractor has to deploy required Plant and machinery on the project. Minimum number of
plant and machinery to be deployed by him is indicated at Page No. 69. In case the contractor
fails to deploy the plant and machinery whenever required and as per the direction of the
Engineer-in-charge, he (Engineer-in-charge) shall be at a liberty to get the same deployed at
the risk and cost of the contractor.
11. The contractor shall submit the running bills in the shape of the EMB in pages of A-4 size as per
the standard format of department and shall act as per clause 6 of CPWD-7 forming integral
part of the agreement. The contractor shall submit measurements through ERP portal as per
the conditions of the contract.
12. Contractor has to provide reinforcement cover blocks made of approved proprietary pre packed
free flowing mortars (Conbextra as manufactured by M/s Fosroc Chemical India Ltd. or
equivalent as approved) of high early strength.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 93

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR CEMENT

1. The contractor shall procure Portland Pozzolana Cement conforming to IS: 1489 (Part-I) as
required in the work, from reputed manufacturers of cement, such as A.C.C., Ultratech, Ambuja,
Jaypee Cement, Vikram, J.K. Cement or from any other reputed cement Manufacturer
having a production capacity not less than one million tonnes per annum as approved by
Superintending Engineer, Pune/Special Director General (RM),Mumbai. The tenderers may
also submit a list of names of cement manufacturers which they propose to use in the work.
The tender accepting authority reserves right to accept or reject name(s) of cement
manufacturer(s) which the tenderer proposes to use in the work. No change in the tendered
rates will be accepted if the tender accepting authority does not accept the list of cement
manufacturers, given by the tenderer, fully or partially.
The supply of cement shall be made in 50 kg. bags bearing manufacturer’s name and ISI
marking. Samples of cement arranged by the contractor shall be taken by the Engineer-in-
Charge and got tested in accordance with provisions of the relevant BIS codes. In case the test
results indicate that the cement arranged by the contractor does not confirm to the relevant BIS
code the same shall stand rejected and shall be removed from the site by the contractor at his
own cost within a week’s time of written order from the Engineer-in-Charge to do so.
If Portland Pozzolana cement or Portland slag cement is used, suitable modification in de-
shuttering time etc. shall be done, if need be, as per specifications and standards and as
directed by Engineer – in – charge and nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
No extra payment / deduction shall be made from the payment to the contractor for using any of
the above type of cement.
2. The cement shall be brought at site in bulk supply of approximately 50 tonnes or as decided by
the Engineer-in-Charge. The cement godowns of the capacity to store a minimum of 2000 bags
of cement shall be constructed by the contractor at site of work for which no extra payment shall
be made.
3 For each grade/ type, cement bags shall be stored in two separate godowns, one for tested
cement and the other for fresh cement (under testing) constructed by the contractor at site of
work as per sketch shown in General conditions of contract for CPWD works 2020 with weather
proof roofs and walls, for which no extra payment shall be made. The size of the cement
godown is indicated in the sketch for guidance only. The actual size of godown shall be as per
site requirements and as per the direction of the Engineer in charge and nothing extra shall be
paid for the same. Each godown shall be provided with a single door with two locks.
Double lock provision shall be made to the door of the cement godown. The keys of one lock
shall remain with the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative and the key of the
other lock shall remain with the contractor. The contractor shall be responsible for the watch
and ward and safety of the cement godown. The account of daily receipt and issue of cement
shall be maintained in a register in the prescribed Proforma and signed daily by the contractor
or his authorized agent in token of its correctness. The contractor shall facilitate the inspection
of the cement godown by the Engineer-in-Charge at any time.
4 The cement shall be got tested by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be used on the work only
after satisfactory test results have been received. The contractor shall supply free of charge the
cement required for testing including its transportation cost to test laboratories. The cost of
tests shall be borne by the contractor.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 94

5 The actual issue and consumption of cement on work shall be regulated and proper accounts
maintained as provided in clause 10 of the contract. The theoretical consumption of cement
shall be worked out as per procedure prescribed in clause 42 38of the contract and shall be
governed by conditions laid therein. In case the cement consumption is less than theoretical
consumption including permissible variation, recovery at the rate show prescribed shall be
made. In case of excess consumption no adjustment need to made.
6 The cement brought to site and the cement remaining unused after completion of the work shall
not be removed from site without the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
7 The damaged cement shall be removed from the site immediately by the contractor on receipt
of a notice in writing from the Engineer-in-Charge. If he does not do show within three days of
receipt of such notice, the Engineer-in-Charge shall get it removed at the cost of the contractor.
8 The contractor may use OPC in place of PPC only and only after written permission of
Engineer-in-Charge. In such case, no extra payment shall be made in any form to the
contractor by the Department.
9 PPC or (OPC with fly-ash blending) shall be used in RCC structures in accordance with circular
issued by the Directorate General of works vide No. CDO/SE (RR)/Fly Ash (Main)/102
dt.09.04.2009. The use of PPC shall be regulated as per the following conditions stipulated in
the circular [Link]: 456- 2000 code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete shall
be followed in regard to concrete Mix proportion and its production as under: -
a) The concrete mix design shall be done as” Design Mix concrete” as prescribed in clause. 9
of IS 456 mentioned above. The mix design shall be got approved by Engineer in Charge
before starting the RCC work. Engineer in charge shall get the mix design verified from 3rd
party (govt college or any approved laboratory), it shall be the responsibility of bidder to
arrange the material for the same & bear the charges for designing mix testing.
b) Concrete shall be manufactured in accordance with clause 10 of above-mentioned IS.456
covering quality assurance measures both technical and organizational which shall also
necessarily require a qualified concrete Technologist to be available during manufacture of
concrete for certification of quality of concrete.
i. Minimum M30 grade or as specified of concrete shall be used in all structural
elements of RCC both in load bearing and framed structure.
c) The mechanical properties such as modulus of elasticity tensile strength, creep and
shrinkage of concrete using fly ash blended cements (PPCs) are not likely to be
significantly different and their values are to be taken same as those used for concrete
made with OPC.
d) To control higher rate of carbonation in early ages of concrete in PPC based concrete
water/ binder ratio shall be kept as low as possible which shall be closely monitored during
concrete manufacture. If necessitated due to low water binder ratio required workability
shall be achieved by use of chloride free chemical admixtures conforming to IS.9103. The
compatibility of chemical admixtures & super plasticizers with each set PPC received from
different sources shall be ensured by trials.
e) In environment subjected to aggressive chloride attack (or sulphate attack in particular)
PPC based concrete is recommended. In case where structural concrete is exposed to
excessive magnesium sulphate, fly ash content shall be limited to 18% by weight. Special
type of cement with low C3A content may also be alternatively used. Durability criteria like
minimum binder content and maximum water/ binder ratio also need to be given due

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 95

consideration in such environment.

f) Wet curing period shall be enhanced to minimum of 20 days or its equivalent. In hot and
arid regions, the minimum curing period shall be 14 days or its equivalent.
g) Subject to general guidelines detailed out as above, PPC manufactured conforming to
IS:1489 (Part-I) shall be treated at par with OPC manufacture of Design Mix concrete for
structural use in RCC.
h) Till the time, BIS makes it mandatory to print the percentage of fly ash on each bag of
cement, the certificate from the PPC manufacturer indicating the same shall be supplied by
the contractor.
10. While using PPC for structural concrete work, no further admixing of fly ash shall be permitted.
11. Till the time, BIS makes it mandatory to print the %age of fly-ash on each bag of cement, the
certificate from the PPC manufacturer indicating the same shall be required before allowing use
of such cements in works.
12. While using PPC for structural concrete work, no further admixing of fly-ash shall be permitted.
13.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR STEEL REINFORCEMENT BARS:
13.1. The CPWD/Contractor shall procure IS marked TMT bars of various grades from:
13.1.1 The Steel manufacturers such as SAIL, Tata Steel Ltd, RINL, Jindal Steel & Power
Ltd and JSW Steel Ltd or their authorized dealers having valid BIS license for IS:1786-
2008 (Amendment -1 November 2012).
13.1.2 The steel manufacturer or their authorized dealers as (as per following selection criteria)
having valid BIS license for IS:1786-2008 (Amendment -1 November 2012).
a) The procured steel should have following qualities:
(i) Excellent ductility, bend ability and elongation of finished product due to
possible refining technology.
(ii) Consumption of steel should be accurate as per design.
(iii) Steel should have no brittleness problem in finished product.
(iv) Steel should carry the quality of corrosion and earthquake resistance.
(v) Quality steel with achievement of proper level of Sulphur and Phosphorus as per
IS: 1786:2008.
b) Selection Criteria of steel manufacturers:
The supply of reinforcement steel for all CPWD works should have following
selection criteria of steel manufacturers:
Steel producers of any capacity using iron ore/processed iron ore as the basic
raw material adopting advanced refining technologies as given hereunder:
(i) DRI-EAF (Direct Reduced iron – Electric arc furnace)
Or
(ii) BF-BOF (Blast furnace – Basic oxygen furnace)
Or
(iii) COREX-BOF (COREX – Basic oxygen furnace)
For production of liquid steel to finish product at single/multiple locations with
NABL or any other similarly placed accrediting Government body which operates
in accordance with ISO/IEC17011 and accredits labs as per ISO/IEC 17025
conforming to IS:1786-2008(Amendement-1 November 2012).
The check list for incorporation any quality steel producer is enclosed for
technical assessment is given in Annexure-A.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 96

Chief Engineer CSQ (Civil) Unit, Directorate of CPWD shall approve the steel
manufactures.
13.2. The contractor shall have to obtain and furnish test certificates to the Engineer-in- charge
in respect of all supplies of steel brought by him to the site of work.
13.3. Samples shall also be taken and got tested by the Engineer-in-Charge as per the
provisions in this regard in relevant BIS codes. In case the test results indicate that the
steel arranged by the contractor does not conform to the specifications, the same shall
stand rejected, and it shall be removed from the site of work by the contractor at his cost
within a week time or written orders from the Engineer-in-Charge to do so.
13.4. The steel reinforcement bars shall be brought to the site in bulk supply of 10 tonnes
or more as decided by the Engineer-in-charge.
13.5. The steel reinforcement shall be stored by the contractor at site of work in such a way as to
prevent distortion and corrosion and nothing extra shall be paid on this account. Bars of
different sizes and lengths shall be stored separately to facilitate easy counting and
checking.
13.6. For checking nominal mass, tensile strength, bend test, re-bend test etc. specimen of
sufficient length shall be cut from each size of the bar at random at frequency not less than
that specified below:
Size of bar For consignment For consignment
below 100 tonnes above 100 tonnes

Under 10mm dia. One sample for each 25 One sample for each 40 tonnes or
bars tonnes or part thereof part thereof

10mm to16mm One sample for each 35 One sample for each 45 tonnes or
dia bars tonnes or part thereof part thereof
Over 16mm dia One sample for each 45 One sample for each 50 tonnes or
bars tonnes or part thereof part thereof

13.7. The contractor shall supply free of charge the steel required for testing including
transportation to testing laboratories. The cost of tests shall be borne by the contractor.
13.8. The actual issue and consumption of steel on work shall be regulated and proper accounts
maintained as provided in clause 10 of the GCC of the contract. The theoretical
consumption of steel shall be worked out as procedure prescribed in clause 42 of the GCC
of the contract and shall be governed by conditions laid therein. In case the consumption is
less than theoretical consumption including permissible variations recovery at the rate so
prescribed shall be made. In case of excess consumption, no adjustment need to be made.
13.9. Steel brought to site and steel remaining unused shall not be removed from site without the
written permission of the Engineer-in-charge.
13.10. The contractor shall submit original vouchers from the manufacturer for the total quantity of
steel supplied under each consignment to be used in the work. All consignment received at
the work site shall be inspected by the Site staff along with the relevant documents before
acceptance. The contractor shall obtain Original Vouchers and Test Certificates and furnish
the same to the Engineer-in-Charge in respect of all the lots of steel brought by him from
approved supplier to the site of work. The original vouchers and test certificates shall be

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 97

defaced by the Site staff and kept on record in the site office.
13.11. Steel bars brought by the contractor for use in the work shall be got checked from the
Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative of the work on receipt of the same at
site before use.
13.12. In case the contractor brings surplus quantity of steel the same after completion of the work
will be removed from the site by the contractor at his own cost after approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
13.13. Reinforcement including authorized spacer bars and overlaps shall be measured in length
of different diameters, as actually (not more than as specified in the drawing) used in the
work, nearest to a centimetre. Wastage and unauthorized overlaps shall not be measured.
13.14. The standard sectional weights referred to as in Table 5.4 under para 5.3.4 in CPWD
Specifications for works 2019 Vol. 1 will be considered for conversion of length of various
sizes of MS bars, Tor steel bars and TMT bars into standard weight.
13.15. Records of actual sectional weight shall also be kept dia-wise & lot-wise. The average
sectional weight for each diameter shall be arrived at from samples from each lot of steel
received at site. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final for the procedure to
be followed for determining the average sectional weight of each lot. Quantity of each
diameter of steel received at site of work each day will constitute one single lot for the
purpose. The weight of steel by conversion of length of various sizes of bars based on the
actual weighted average sectional weight shall be termed as derived actual weight.
13.16. If the derived weight as in sub-para above is lesser than the standard weight as in sub-
para above, the derived actual weight shall be taken for payment provided, if it is within the
tolerances specified as in IS 1786-2008 elaborated further in the subsequent para,
otherwise whole lot will be rejected. If the derived actual weight is found more than the
standard weight then the standard weight as worked out in sub- para above shall be taken
for payment. In such case nothing extra shall be paid for the difference between the derived
actual weight and the standard weight.
13.17. Mixing of different type of steel/different grades of steel shall not be allowed in the same
structural members as main reinforcement to satisfy clause 26.1 of IS:456.
13.18. Tolerances on Nominal Mass (individual sample) shall be as under:

Tolerances on the Nominal Mass (in %)

S. Nominal size in mm
No. Batch Individual Individual sample for
sample coil**
1 Upto and including 10 +7 -8 +8
mm
2 Over 10 upto & +5 -6 +6
including 16 mm
3 Over 16 mm +3 -4 +4

* For individual sample plus tolerance is not specified.

**For coils batch tolerance is not specified.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 98

Annexure-A
CHECK LIST REGARDING SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR STEEL
[Link]. Item Check point Remarks

1 Steel a Factory address and Registration no.

producer
having b Certificate of manufacturing process
manufact
uring c Refining process of steel Producer
facilities
c1 BF-BOF route
at plant
c2 Corex-BOF route

c3 DRI-EAF route

With documentary evidence either for BOF or

EAF

a Steel plant having infrastructure for

producing sponge iron, billete and TMT
Rebars
b Production and quality flow chart

c Plant evaluation and process verification

d List of plant & machinery

2 Established Document verification for:

a Govt./PSU Approvals

b Supply orders of TMT Re-bars in Govt.

Projects(Minimum-5 years)
c Verification of direct supply orders to any
State/Central Govt. Department
d User Certificate issued by any Govt.
Department directly.

3 Indigenous Documentary evidence like;

a Certificate of incorporation.

b Memorandum of articles of association

c Credit rating of the company from

CARE/CRISIL/ICRA should not be C/D
grade (minimum last 3 year)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 99

d Test results from Govt./NABL accredited

laboratories

e In house testing facility for physical/chemical

tests(NABL accredited)

4 a Calibration certificates
Reliable b List of lab equipment’s:

b1 Calibration certificates

b2 Computerized UTM

5 Use of Verification of Iron-Ore/Process iron

Iron-
ore invoices
Ore/Proce
sses Iron
are as
basic raw
materials
6 In- Plant verification to identify in house
house
rolling rolling facilities, production of liquid
facility steel & crude steel

7 Licences & a ISO 9001:2008 Certification

certificates
b ISO 14001:2004 Certification

c OHSAS 18001 : 2007 certificate

d IS 1786:2008(TMT Re-bars)

e IS 2830:1992 (Billets)

8 Product TMT Re-bars FE

Range 415/415D/500/500D/550/550D
CRS (Corrosion Resistant) & EQR
(Earthquake Resistant)

TMT Re-bars
Size 8 to 36 mm dia

Nomenclature:
DRI-EAF->Direct Reduce Iron-Electric ARC
Furnace BF-BOF-> Blast Furnace – Basic
OxygenFurnace
COREX-BOF->COREX Furnace- Basic Oxygen Furnace

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 100

14.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR GREEN BUILDING PRACTICE:

The building/project is targeted to obtain Green Building Certification and for
achieving this the contractor shall strictly adhere to the following conditions as
part of his contractual obligations:
14.1. SITE
14.1.1 The contractor shall ensure that adequate measures are taken for the prevention
of erosion of the top soil during the construction phase. The contractor shall
implement the Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan (ESCP) provided to him
by the Engineer in Charge as part of the larger Construction Management Plan
(CMP). The contractor shall obtain the Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan
(ESCP) Guidelines from the Engineer in Charge and then prepare working plan
for the following month activities as a CAD drawing showing the construction
management, staging & ESCP. At no time soil should be allowed to erode
away from the site and sediments should be trapped where necessary.
14.1.2 The contractor shall ensure that all the top soil excavated during construction
works is neatly stacked and is not mixed with other excavated earth. The
contractors shall take the clearance of the Engineer in Charge before any
excavation. Top soil should be stripped to a depth of 20 cm from the areas to be
disturbed, for example proposed area for buildings, roads, paved areas,
external services and area required for construction activities etc. It shall be
stockpiled to a maximum height of 40 cm in designated areas, covered or
stabilized with temporary seeding for erosion prevention and shall be reapplied
to site during plantation, landscaping etc. of the proposed vegetation. Top soil
shall be separated from subsoil, debris and stones larger than 50 mm diameter.
The stored top soil may be used as finished grade for planting areas.
14.1.3 The contractor shall carry out the recommendations of the soil test report for
improving the soil under the guidance of the landscape consultant who would
also advise on the timing of application of fertilizers and warn about excessive
nutrient levels.
14.1.4 The contactor shall carry out post-construction placement of topsoil or other
suitable plant material over disturbed lands to provide suitable soil medium for
vegetative growth. Prior to spreading the topsoil, the sub-grade shall be
loosened to a depth of

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 101

50mm to permit bonding. Topsoil shall be spread uniformly at a minimum compacted

depth of 50mm on grade 1:3 or steeper slopes, a minimum depth of 100mm on
shallower slopes. A depth of 300mm is preferred on relatively flatter land.
14.1.5 The Contractor should follow the construction plan as proposed by the Architect /
Engineer in Charge to minimize the site disturbance such as soil pollution due to
spilling. Use staging and spill prevention and control plan to restrict the spilling of the
contaminating material on site. Protect top soil from erosion by collection storage and
reapplication of top soil, constructing sediment basin, contour trenching, mulching etc.
14.1.6 No excavated earth shall be removed from the campus unless suggested otherwise
by Engineer in Charge. All subsoil shall be reused in backfilling/landscape, etc as per
the instructions of the Engineer in Charge. The surplus excavated earth shall be
disposed of by the contractor at his own cost for reuse after approval from E-in-C. A
certificate of reuse as required by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be submitted by the
contractor.
14.1.7 The contractor shall not change the natural gradient of the ground unless specifically
instructed by the Engineer in Charge. This shall cover all-natural features like water
bodies, drainage gullies, slopes, mounds, depressions, etc. Existing drainage
patterns through or into any preservation area shall not be modified unless
specifically directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
14.1.8 The contractor shall not carry out any work which results in the blockage of natural
drainage.
14.1.9 The contractor shall ensure that existing grades of soil shall be maintained around
existing vegetation and lowering or raising the levels around the vegetation is not
allowed unless specifically directed by the Engineer-in-charge
14.1.10 Contractor shall reduce pollution and land development impacts from
automobiles use during construction.
14.1.11 Overloading of trucks is unlawful and creates the erosion and sedimentation
problems, especially when loose materials like stone dust, excavated earth, sand etc.
are moved. Proper covering must take place. No overloading shall be permitted.
14.1.12 The dismantle material/building rubbish received from dismantling/demolishing
shall be dumped to the dumping ground in properly covered truck with precaution.
Agency shall submit the hard copy of photograph showing the properly covered truck
disposing the dismantles material/building rubbish. Failure of which shall be sternly
dealt and a penalty @Rs.1000/- per trip of truck shall be levied and the decision of
Engineer-in-Charge in this regard shall be final & binding.
14.1.13 Agency/contractor shall not dump the construction material on the metalled road
and shall keep the construction material on the physically demarcated space by the
Engineer-in- Charge.

14.1.14 All the building material responsible for pollution shall be brought at site from
sources covered by tarpaulin and shall take all precautionary measure to ensure

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 102

that no dust particles are permitted to pollute the air quality, failure of which Agency
shall be liable to pay damages as decided by Engineer-in-Charge. The decision of
Engineer-in-Charge shall be final & binding.
14.1.15 There shall be no burning of leaves, plastic etc. at construction site.
14.2. CONSTRUCTION PHASE AND WORKER FACILITIES
2.2.1. The contractor shall specify and limit construction activity in preplanned/ designated
areas and shall start construction work after securing the approval for the same from
the Engineer in Charge. This shall include areas of construction, storage of materials,
and material and personnel movement.
14.3. PRESERVE AND PROTECT LANDSCAPE DURING CONSTRUCTION
14.3.1 The contractor shall ensure that no trees, existing or otherwise, shall be harmed and
damage to roots should be prevented during trenching, placing backfill, driving or
parking heavy equipment, dumping of trash, oil, paint, and other materials detrimental
to plant health. These activities should be restricted to the areas outside of the
canopy of the tree, or, from a safe distance from the tree/plant by means of
barricading. Trees will not be used for support; their trunks shall not be damaged by
cutting and carving or by nailing posters, advertisements or other material. Lighting of
fires or carrying out heat or gas emitting construction activity within the ground,
covered by canopy of the tree is not to be permitted.
14.3.2 The contractor shall take steps to protect trees or saplings identified for preservation
within the construction site using tree guards of approved specification.
14.3.3 The contractor shall conserve existing natural areas and restore damaged areas to
provide habitat and promote biodiversity. Contractor should limit all construction
activity within the specified area as per the Construction Management Plan (CMP)
approved by Engineer-in-Charge. All the existing trees should be preserved, if not
possible than compensate the loss by re-planting trees in the proportion of 1:3.
14.3.4 The contractor shall avoid cut and fill in the root zones, through delineating and
fencing the drip line (the spread limit of a canopy projected on the ground) of all the
trees or group of trees. Separate the zones of movement of heavy equipment,
parking, or excessive foot traffic from the fenced plant protection zones.
14.3.5 The contractor shall ensure that maintenance activities during construction period
shall be performed as needed to ensure that the vegetation remains healthy. The
preserved vegetated area shall be inspected by the Landscape Architect / Architect /
Engineer-in-charge at regular intervals so that they remain undisturbed. The date
of inspection, type of maintenance or restorative action followed shall be recorded in
the logbook
14.3.6 Contractor shall be required to develop and implement a waste management plan,
quantifying material diversion goals. He shall establish goals for diversion from
disposal in landfills and incinerators and adopt a construction waste management
plan to achieve these goals. A project-vide policy of “Nothing leaves the Site” should
be followed. In such a case when strictly followed, care would automatically be taken
in ordering and timing of materials such that excess doesn‟t become “waste”. The

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 103

Contractor’s ingenuity is especially called towards meeting this prerequisite/ credit

(IGBC Green new buildings v-3). Consider recycling cardboard, metal, brick,
acoustical tile, concrete, plastic, clean wood, glass, gypsum wallboard, carpet and
insulation. Designate a specific area(s) on the construction site for segregated or
commingled collection of recyclable material, and track recycling efforts throughout
the construction process. Identify construction haulers and recyclers to handle the
designated materials. The diversion may include donation of materials to charitable
organizations and salvage of materials on-site.
14.3.7 Contractor shall collect all construction waste generated on site. Segregate these
wastes based on their utility and examine means of sending such waste to
manufacturing units which use them as raw material or other site which require it for
specific purpose. Typical construction debris could be broken bricks, steel bars,
broken tiles, spilled concrete and mortar etc. The contractor shall maintain record of
all construction waste sent for recycling by means of site challans/receipts with waste
quantity mentioned in weight or volume.
14.3.8 The contractor shall provide potable water for all workers. The contractor shall
maintain monthly test reports highlighting that water is fit for drinking.
14.3.9 The contractor shall provide the minimum level of sanitation and safety facilities for
the workers at their camp/labour site. The contractor shall ensure cleanliness of
workplace with regard to the disposal of waste and effluent; provide clean drinking
water and latrines and urinals as per applicable standard. Adequate toilet facilities
shall be provided for the workman within easy access of their place of work. The total
no. to be provided shall not be less than 1 per 30 employees in any one shift. Toilet
facilities shall be provided from the start of building operations, connection to a sewer
shall be made as soon as practicable. Every toilet shall be so constructed that the
occupant is sheltered from view and protected from the weather and falling objects.
Toilet facilities shall be maintained in a sanitary condition. A sufficient quantity of
disinfectant shall be provided. Natural or artificial illumination shall be provided.
14.3.10 The contractor shall ensure that air pollution due to dust/generators is kept to a
minimum, preventing any adverse effects on the workers and other people in and
around the site. The contractor shall ensure proper screening, covering
stockpiles,

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 104

covering brick and loads of dusty materials, wheel-washing facility, gravel pit, and
water spraying. Contractor shall ensure the following activities to prevent air pollution
during construction:
a) Clear vegetation only from areas where work will start right away
b) Vegetate / mulch areas where vehicles do not ply.
c) Apply gravel / landscaping rock to the areas where mulching / paving is impractical
d) Identify roads on-site that would be used for vehicular traffic. Upgrade vehicular
roads (if these are unpaved) by increasing the surface strength by improving
particle size, shape and mineral types that make up the surface & base. Add
surface gravel to reduce source of dust emission. Limit of fine particles (smaller
than 0.075mm) - 10 to 20%.
e) Water spray, through a simple hose for small projects, to keep dust under control.
Fine mists should be used to control fine particulate. However, this should be done
with care so as not to waste water. Heavy watering can also create mud, which
when tracked onto paved public roadways, must be promptly removed. Also, there
must be an adequate supply of clean water nearby to ensure that spray nozzles
don’t get plugged. Water spraying shall be done on:
(i) Any dusty materials before transferring, loading and unloading
(ii) Area where demolition work is being carried out
(iii) Any un-paved main haul road
(iv) Areas where excavation or earth moving activities are to be carried out
f) The contractor shall ensure that the speed of vehicles within the site is limited to
10 km/hr.
g) All material storages should be adequately covered and contained so that they are
not exposed to situations where winds on site could lead to dust / particulate
emissions.
h) Spills of dirt or dusty materials will be cleaned up promptly so the spilled material
does not become a source of fugitive dust and also to prevent of seepage of
pollutant laden water into the ground aquifers. When cleaning up the spill, ensure
that the clean-up process does not generate additional dust. Similarly, spilled
concrete slurries or liquid wastes should be contained / leaned up immediately
before they can infiltrate into the soil / ground or runoff in nearby areas
i) Provide barricading of not less than 3 meters or higher as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge, along/over the site boundary wall, next to a road, around
batching plant or other public area.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 105

j) Provide dust screens, sheeting or netting to scaffold along the perimeter of the
building
k) Cover stockpiles of dusty material with impervious sheeting
l) Cover dusty load on vehicles by impervious sheeting before they leave the site
14.3.11 Contractor shall be required to provide an easily accessible area that serves the
entire building and is dedicated to the separation, collection and storage of
materials for recycling including (at a minimum) paper, corrugated cardboard,
glass, plastics, and metals. He shall coordinate the size and functionality of the
recycling areas with the anticipated collections services for glass, plastic, office
paper, newspaper, cardboard, and organic wastes to maximize the effectiveness of
the dedicated areas. Consider employing cardboard balers, aluminium can
crushers, recycling chutes, and collection bins at individual workstations to further
enhance the recycling program
14.3.12 The contractor shall ensure that no construction leachate (e.g. cement slurry etc.),
is allowed to percolate into the ground. Adequate precautions are to be taken to
safeguard against this including, reduction of wasteful curing processes, collection,
basic filtering and reuse. The contractor shall follow requisite measures for
collecting drainage water run-off from construction areas and material storage sites
and diverting water flow away from such polluted areas. Temporary drainage
channels, perimeter dike/swale, etc. shall be constructed to carry the pollutant-
laden water directly to the treatment device or facility (municipal sewer line).
14.3.13 Staging (dividing a construction area into two or more areas to minimize the area of
soil that will be exposed at any given time) should be done to separate undisturbed
land from land disturbed by construction activity and material storage.
14.3.14 The contractor shall comply with the safety procedures, norms and guidelines (as
applicable) as outlined in the document Part 7 Constructional practices and safety,
2005, National Building code of India, Bureau of Indian Standards. A copy of all
pertinent regulations and notices concerning accidents, injury and first-aid shall be
prominently exhibited at the work site. Depending upon the scope & nature of work,
a person qualified in first-aid shall be available at work site to render and direct first-
aid to causalities. A telephone may be provided to first-aid assistant with telephone
numbers of the hospitals displayed. Complete reports of all accidents and action
taken thereon shall be forwarded to the competent authorities.
14.3.15 The contractor shall ensure the following activities for construction workers safety,
among other measures as specified in NBC-2016:
a) Guarding all parts of dangerous machinery.
b) Precautionary signs for working on machinery
c) Maintaining hoists and lifts, lifting machines, chains, ropes, and other lifting
tackles in good condition.

d) Durable and reusable formwork systems to replace timber formwork and ensure
that formwork where used is properly maintained.
e) Ensuring that walking surfaces or boards at height are of sound construction
and are provided with safety rails or belts.
f) Provide protective equipment; helmets etc.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 106

g) Provide measures to prevent fires. Fire extinguishers and buckets of sand to be

provided in the fire-prone area and elsewhere.
h) Provide sufficient and suitable light for working during night time.
14.3.16 The storage of material shall be as per standard good practices as specified in Part
7, Section 2 - Storage, stacking and Handling practices, NBC-2016 and shall be to
the satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge to ensure minimum wastage and to
prevent any misuse, damage, inconvenience or accident. Watch and ward of the
Contractor’s materials shall be his own responsibility. There should be a proper
planning of the layout for stacking and storage of different materials, components
and equipment with proper access and proper manoeuvrability of the vehicles
carrying the materials. While planning the layout, the requirements of various
materials, components and equipment at different stages of construction shall be
considered.
14.3.17 The contractor shall provide for adequate number of garbage bins around the
construction site and the workers facilities and will be responsible for the proper
utilization of these bins for any solid waste generated during the construction. The
contractor shall ensure that the site and the workers facilities are kept litter free.
Separate bins should be provided for plastic, glass, metal, biological and paper
waste and labelled in both Hindi and English with suitable symbols.
14.3.18 The contractor shall prepare and submit spill prevention and control plans. before
the start of construction, clearly stating measures to stop the source of the spill, to
contain the spill, to dispose the contaminated material and hazardous wastes, and
stating designation of personnel trained to prevent and control spills. Hazardous
wastes include pesticides, paints, cleaners, and petroleum products.
14.3.19 Contractor shall collect & submit the relevant material certificates for materials with
high recycled (both post-industrial and post-consumer) content, including materials
like RMC mix with fly-ash, glass with recycled content, calcium silicate boards etc.
14.3.20 Contractor shall collect the relevant material certificates for rapidly renewable
materials such as bamboo, wool, cotton insulation, agrifiber, linoleum, wheat board,
strawboard and cork etc.
14.3.21 Contractor shall adopt an IAQ (Indoor Air Quality) management plan to protect the
HVAC system during construction, control pollutant sources, and interrupt pathways
for contamination. He shall sequence installation of materials to avoid contamination
of absorptive materials such as insulation, carpeting, ceiling tile, and
gypsum wallboard. He shall also protect stored on-site or installed absorptive
materials from moisture damage.
14.3.22 The contractor shall ensure that a flush out of all internal spaces is conducted prior
to handover. This shall comprise an opening of all doors and windows for 14 days
to vent out any toxic fumes due to paints, varnishes, polishes, etc.
14.3.23 Contractor shall make efforts to reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminants that
are odorous or potentially irritating harmful to the comfort and well-being of installer
and building occupants. Contractor shall ensure that the VOC (Volatile Organic
Compounds) content of paints, coatings and primers used must not exceed the
VOC content limits mentioned below:

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 107

Paints:
Non-flat - 150
g/L Flat (Mat) -
50 g/L
Anti-corrosive/ anti rust - 250 g/L
Coatings / Clear wood finishes:
Varnish - 350
g/L Lacquer -
550 g/L
Floor coatings - 100 g/L
Stains - 250 g/L
Sealers:
Waterproofing sealer - 250
g/L Sanding sealer - 275
g/L Other sealers - 200 g/L
The VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) content of adhesives and sealants used
must be less than VOC content limits mentioned:
Architectural Applications VOC Limit (g/l less water)
Indoor Carpet adhesives - 50 g/L
Carpet Pad Adhesives - 50 g/L
Wood Flooring Adhesive - 100
g/L Rubber Floor Adhesives - 60
g/L Sub Floor Adhesives - 50 g/L
Ceramic Tile Adhesives - 65 g/L
VCT and Asphalt Tile adhesives - 50 g/L
Dry Wall and Panel Adhesives - 50 g/L
Structural Glazing Adhesives - 100 g/L
Multipurpose Construction Adhesives - 70 g/L
Substrate Specific Application VOC Limit (g/l less water)
Metal to Metal - 30 g/L
Plastic Foams - 50 g/L
Porous material (except wood) - 50 g/L
Wood - 30 g/L
Fiber Glass - 80 g/L
14.3.24 Wherever required, Contractor shall meet and carry out documentation of all
activities on site, supplementation of information, and submittals in accordance with
IGBC LEED India New Construction v3.0 (or latest amendment) or GRIHA program
standards and guidelines. Towards meeting the aforementioned building

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 108

environmental rating standard(s) expert assistance shall be provided to him up on

request.
14.4. WATER USE DURING CONSTRUCTION
14.4.1 Contractor should spray curing water on concrete structure and shall not allow free
flow of water. Concrete structures should be kept covered with thick cloth/gunny
bags and water should be sprayed on them. Contractor shall do water ponding on
all sunken slabs using cement and sand mortar.
14.4.2 The Contractor shall remove from site all rubbish and debris generated by the
Works and keep Works clean and tidy throughout the Contract Period. All the
serviceable and non-serviceable (malba) material shall be segregated and stored
separately. The malba obtained during construction shall be collected in well-
formed heaps at properly selected places, keeping in a view safe condition for
workmen in the area. Materials which are likely to cause dust nuisance or undue
environmental pollution in any other way, shall be removed from the site at the
earliest and till then they shall be suitable covered. Glass & steel should be
dumped or buried separately to prevent injury. The work of removal of debris
should be carried out during day. In case of poor visibility artificial light may be
provided.
14.4.3 The contractor shall provide O & M Manuals wherever applicable.
14.4.4 The contractor shall make himself conversant with the Site Waste Management
Program Manual and actively contribute to its compilation by estimating the nature
and volume of waste generated by the process/installation in question forming part
of the contract.
14.5. MATERIALS & FIXTURES FOR THE PROJECT
14.5.1 The contractor shall endeavour to source most of the materials for construction at
this project from a distance of 400 km radius from the project site. Contractor shall
collect the relevant material certificates to prove the same.
14.5.2 Any material that is to be sourced from outside the prescribed radius shall be
done after securing the necessary approval from the Engineer-in-charge.
14.5.3 Unless otherwise specified, the contractor shall comply following:
a) All cement used at site for reinforced concrete, precast members, mortar,
plaster, building blocks, etc shall be PPC (Portland Pozzolana Cement). The
PPC must meet the requirements of IS 1489: 1991. Replacement of cement
with fly ash in PPC (Portland Pozzolana Cement) used in the overall RC for
meeting the equivalent strength requirements shall be carried out.
b) The contractor has to comply as per MoEF issued notification 8.0.763(E) dated
14th Sept.1999 containing directive for greater fly ash utilization, where it
stipulates that every construction agency engaged in the construction of
buildings within a radius of 50 km radius of a Thermal Power Plant, have to use
of 100% flyash based bricks/blocks in their construction. Any brick/block
containing more than 25% fly ash is designated as fly ash brick/block. As per
IGBC credits, bricks / blocks should contain a percentage of fly ash.
c) The contractor shall ensure that all paints, polishes, adhesives and sealants
used both internally and externally, on any surface, shall be Low VOC products.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 109

The contractor shall get prior approval from the Engineer-in-charge before the
application of any such material.
d) All plumbing and sanitary fixtures installed shall be as per the direction of the
Engineer-in-charge and shall adhere to the minimum LPM (liters per minute)
and LPF (liters per flush) mentioned.
e) The contractor shall employ 100% zero ODP (ozone depletion potential)
insulation; HCFC (hydro-chlorofluorocarbon)/ and CFC (chlorofluorocarbon) free
HVAC and refrigeration equipment and/halon-free fire suppression and fire
extinguishing systems.
14.6. RESOURCES CONSUMED DURING CONSTRUCTION
14.6.1 The contractor shall ensure that the water and electricity is not wasted during
construction. The Engineer in Charge can bring to the attention any such wastage
and the contractor will have to ensure that such bad practices are corrected.
14.6.2 The contractor shall install necessary meters and measuring devices to record the
consumption of water, electricity and diesel on a monthly basis for the entire tenure
of the project.
14.6.3 The contractor shall ensure that all run-off water from the site, during construction
is collected and reused to the maximum.
14.6.4 The contractor shall use treated recycled water of appropriate quality standards for
construction, if available.
14.6.5 No lights shall be turned on during the period between 6:00 AM to 6:00 PM, without
the permission of the Engineer-in-charge.
14.6.6 The contractor is encouraged to use bio-diesel in place of petroleum diesel for the
running of generators during construction
14.7. CONSTRUCTION WASTE
14.7.1 Contractor shall ensure that wastage of construction material is within 3%.
14.7.2 All construction debris generated during construction shall be carefully segregated
and stored in a demarcated waste yard. Clear, identifiable areas shall be provided
for each waste type. Employ measures to segregate the waste on site into inert,
chemical, or hazardous wastes.
14.7.3 All construction debris shall be used for road preparation, back filling, etc, as per
the instructions of the Engineer in Charge, with necessary activities of sorting,
crushing, etc.
14.7.4 No construction debris shall be taken away from the site, without the prior approval
of the Engineer in Charge.
14.7.5 The contractor shall recycle the unused chemical/hazardous wastes such as oil,
paint, batteries, and asbestos.
14.7.6 If and when construction debris is taken out of the site, after prior permissions from
the Engineer in Charge, then the contractor shall ensure the safe disposal of all
wastes and will only dispose of any such construction waste in approved dumping
sites.
14.7.7 Inert waste to be disposed of at Municipal Corporation/ local bodies landfill sites.
14.8. DOCUMENTATION
14.8.1 The contractor shall, during the entire tenure of the construction phase, submit the
following records to the Engineer in Charge on a monthly basis:

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 110

a) Water consumption in litres

b) Electricity consumption in kwh units
c) Diesel consumption in litres
d) Quantum of waste (volumetric/weight basis) generated at site and the
egregated waste types divided into inert, chemical and hazardous wastes.
e) Digital photo documentation to demonstrate compliance of safety guidelines as
specified here and in the Appendix on Safety Conditions.
14.8.2 The contractor shall, during the entire tenure of the construction phase, submit the
following records to the Engineer in Charge on daily basis:
a) Quantities of material brought into the site, including the material issued to the
contractor by the Engineer-in-charge.
b) Quantities of construction debris (if at all) taken out of the site
c) Digital photographs of the works at site, the workers facilities, the waste
and other material storage yards, pre-fabrication and block making works, etc
as guided by the Engineer in Charge.
d) No. of different categories of labours deployed at site for work (shift wise).
14.8.3 The contractor shall submit a document after construction of the buildings, a brief
description along with photographic records to show that other areas have not
been disturbed during construction. The document should also include brief
explanation and photographic records to show erosion and sedimentation control
measures adopted. (Document CAD drawing showing site plan details of existing
vegetation, existing buildings, existing slopes and site drainage pattern, staging
and spill prevention measures, erosion and sedimentation control measures and
measures adopted for top soil preservation during construction.
14.8.4 The contractor is required to submit following documents for IGBC submission to
achieve desired rating in due time.

Submiss Project Stage

ion
No
Excavation Work Completed
1
2 Above Ground Structure 50% Completed

3 Structure Work 90% completed

4 Masonry Work 90% complete

5 Roof Insulation 100% completed

6 Interior Finishing 90% Completed

(Flooring, False ceiling, Wall Tiles, Wall Paneling, paint, polish etc)

7 Low Side HVAC 90% completed

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 111

8 High Side HVAC 100% completed

9 External Glazing 100% Completed

Electrical Works 90% completed
10
(Installation of Interior & exterior lighting, transformers, LT panels, energy
meters etc)

11 STP Installation & commissioning completed

Renewable Energy Systems Installation completed (Solar PV Panels,
12 Solar Hot Water etc)
Outdoor Paving completed 100%
13
(Open Parking, Footpath, Internal Roads etc)
Landscape Plantation 100% Completed (Trees, Plants, Grass,
14 Ground Covers, Shrubs etc)

15 Project completion & All Electrical, Mechanical & Plumbing equipment

commissioning
S.N. Documents List Submission
1. Site Management Plan highlighting 1,2,3,4,6,13,15
following strategies Excavation area for building
foundations.
i. Extent of construction activity area on site
ii. Area of stacked Top soil for preservation &
its quantity in cubic meter
iii. Labour hutment & no. of workers
(men/women)
iv. Drinking water near construction area and
labour hutment
v. Toilets for gets and ladies near construction
area and labour hutment
vi. Creche facility for labour children
vii. Site perimeter fencing
viii. Storm water drainage within site
ix. Storm water collection & sedimentation pit
x. Vehicle wheel wash pit
xi. First aid facility
xii. Location of DG sets
xiii. Location of all existing trees preserved
at site
xiv. Batching Plant location
xv. Cement Store location
xvi. Raw material storage like steel,
aggregates, sand, stone dust, chemicals,
bricks, concrete blocks,

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 112

AAC Blocks, stone, tiles, paint drums, false

ceiling, etc.
xvii. Segregated waste collection areas for steel
scrap, empty cement bags, empty chemical
drums, broken bricks, scrap wood etc.
2 Photographs of the above site management 1,2,3,4,6,13,15
strategies
3 Photographs of construction 1,2,3,4,6,13,15
waste materials segregated & collected at site

4 Purchase invoices of 2,3,4,15

cement, Bricks, AAC blocks,
Fly-ash
bricks, concrete blocks etc
5 Purchase invoices of all interior finishing materials 6,15
like flooring stone/tiles, false ceiling, wall paneling,
Paints, polishes, wall tiles etc

6 Purchase invoices of flush doors, fire rated doors, 6,15

window frames & window glass

7 Purchase invoices & technical cutsheet of roof 5,7,8,15

insulation, Duct & Pipe insulation

8 Cement test report highlighting fly ash content 2,3,4,6,15

9 Test reports of drinking water at 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,1

site 2,13,14,15
10 Air quality test report for site 1,2,3,4,6,9,13,14,15
11 Manufacturer certificate of fly-ash 2,3,4,15
content in flash bricks, AAC blocks, concrete
blocks etc
12 Purchase invoices & technical cutsheet of Glass 9
used in project
windows / exteriors
13 Site challans highlighting quantity of all sold scrap 2,3,4,5,6, 7,9,10,11,13,15
from site like steel, waste wood, plastic drums,
empty cement bags, broken glass, aluminium
etc

14 Photographs of construction waste materials 2,3,4,5,6, 7,9,10,11,13,15

reused within site like broken bricks, broken tiles,
stone cutting, concrete debris etc

15 Purchase invoices & technical cutsheet of 12

Renewable Energy Systems
16 Photographs of Renewable 12
Energy Systems installed in the project
17 Test report of STP treated water 11

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 113

18 Digital copies of Mechanical, Electrical & Plumbing 15

equipment commissioning reports, Operation &
Maintenance Manuals & Annual Maintenance
Contracts
19 Purchase invoices of landscape trees, plans, 14
shrubs & ground covers
20 Photographs of Landscape trees, 14
plants, shrubs & ground covers

14.8.5 The contractor shall submit to the Engineer in Charge after construction of the
buildings, a detailed as built quantification of the following:
a) Total materials used,
b) Total top soil stacked and total reused

c) Total earth excavated

d) Total waste generated,

e) Total waste reused,
f) Total water used,

g) Total electricity consumed

h) Total diesel consumed.
14.8.6 The contractor shall submit to the Engineer in Charge, before the start of
construction, a site plan along with a narrative to demarcate areas on site from
which top soil has to be gathered, designate area where it will be stored, measures
adopted for top soil preservation and indicate areas where it will be reapplied after
construction is complete.
14.8.7 The contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge, a detailed narrative (not
more than 250 words) on provision for safe drinking water and sanitation facility for
construction workers and site personnel.

14.8.8 Provide supporting document from the manufacturer of the cement specifying the
flyash content in PPC used in reinforced concrete.
14.8.9 The contractor shall submit the following information to the Engineer-in-charge at
the end of construction, for all material brought to site for construction purposes,
including manufacturer’s certifications, verifying information, and test data, where
Specifications sections require data relating to environmental issues including but
not limited to:
a) Source of products: Supplier details and location of the supplier.
b) Project Recyclability: Submit information to assist Owner and Contractor in
recycling materials involved in shipping, handling, and delivery, and for
temporary materials necessary for installation of products.
c) Recycled Content: Submit information regarding product post-industrial

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 114

recycled and post-consumer recycled content, Use the Recycled Content

Certification Form, to be provided by the Commissioning Authority appointed
for the Project.
d) Product Recyclability: Submit information regarding product and products
component’s recyclability including potential sources accepting recyclable
materials where ever applicable.
e) Provide final certification of well-managed forest of origin to provide final
documentation of certified sustainably harvested status: Acceptable wood,
certified sustainably harvested, certifications shall include:
(i) Wood suppliers‟ certificate issued by one of the Forest Stewardship
Council- accredited certifying agencies;
(ii) Suppliers‟ invoice detailing the quantities of certified wood products for
project;
(iii) Letter from one of a certifying agency corroborating that the products on
the wood supplier’s invoice originate from certified well-managed forests.
f) Clean tech: Provide pollution clearance certificates from all manufacturers of
materials
g) Indoor Air quality and Environmental Issues: Submit emission test data,
sourced from the manufacturers, produced by acceptable testing laboratory
listed in Quality Assurance Article for materials as required in each specific
Specification section.
(i) Certifications from manufacturers of Low VOC paints, adhesives, sealant
and polishes used at this particular project site.
(ii) Certification from manufacturers of composite wood products/agro fibre
products on the absence of added urea formaldehyde resin in the
products supplied to them to this particular site.
(iii) Submit environmental and pollution clearance certificates for all diesel
generators installed as part of this project.
h) Provide total support to Engineer-in-charge and Green Building Consultants
appointed by the Engineer-in-charge in completing all Green Building Rating
related formalities, including signing of forms, providing signed letters in the
contractor’s letterhead whenever required.
14.9. EQUIPMENT
14.9.1 To ensure energy efficiency during and post construction all pumps, motors and
engines used during construction or installed, shall be subject to approval of the
Engineer-in-charge.
14.9.2 All lighting installed by the contractor around the site and at the labour quarters
during construction shall be CFL bulbs of the appropriate illumination levels. This
condition is a must, unless specifically prescribed.
14.9.3 The contractor is expected to go through all other conditions of the
LEED/GRIHA/GHAR/IGBC rating stipulations. Failure to adhere to any of the
above-mentioned items, without approval of the Engineer-in-charge, shall be
deemed as a violation of contract and the contractor shall be held liable for penalty
as per terms of the agreement.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 115

14.9.4 In case any penalty is imposed by any Hon‟ble Court, NGT or any other authority
due to non-compliance of any statutory order, or law or guidelines or pollution
control or environmental norms, the same will be borne by the contractor.

14.10. SUBMISSION OF POLLUTION CONTROL PLAN

14.10.1 The contractor shall submit the detailed action plan for control of pollution and for
adherence to all the environmental guidelines/Laws/statutes/Court Orders/NGT
orders/orders of pollution control authorities through the entire period of construction
at site. The detailed action plan shall be submitted to the Engineer-in- Charge within
15 days of the stipulated date of start of work and shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge.
14.10.2 The contractor shall arrange for control measures of all dust/noise/emission from the
construction activities at site of work and shall install screens/curtains/ covers/dust
trappers etc. as per guidelines/orders of the NGT/Court of law/ statutory authorities
etc. No hindrance shall be allowed, arising out of any stay/stopping of work from any
court/statutory authority/NGT/Govt. Authorities as a consequence o f t h e
c o n t r a c t o r not adhering to any pollution control guideline/law/order of the
state bodies during the construction period. Nothing shall be paid to the contractor
on account of expenses for any dust/pollution/emission control measures at the site
of work or any delay in work due to any orders passed by any court/ statutory
authority/Govt. Authorities during the period of construction.
14.10.3 A compensation of Rs. 5,000/- per day will be levied and recovered from the dues of
the contractor for each day of delay beyond 15 days for non- submission of pollution
control plan.
14.10.4 The contractor is strongly advised to study all dust/Noise/emission/ pollution control
norms/laws/Court Orders before bidding for the work and quote his rates accordingly
for any liability which may arise on this account during the period of construction.

15. SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR PREVENTION OF AIR POLUTION AS PER

DIRECTIVES OF NATIONAL GREEN TRIBUNAL (NGT):

15.1.1 The contractor shall not store/dump construction material or debris on metalled road.
15.1.2 The contractor shall get prior approval from Engineer-in-charge for the area where
the construction material or debris can be stored beyond the metalled road. This
area shall not cause any obstruction to the free flow of traffic/inconvenience to the
pedestrians. It should be ensured by the contractor that no accidents occur on
account of such permissible storage.
15.1.3 The contractor shall take appropriate protection measures like raising wind breakers
of appropriate height on all sides of the plot/area using CGI sheets or plastic and/or
other similar material to ensure that no construction material dust fly outside the plot
area. The contractor shall get prior approval from Engineer-in-charge with the

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 116

proposed layout of such protection measures & execute the work accordingly.
However, nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
15.1.4 The contractor shall ensure that all the trucks or vehicles of any kind which are used
for construction purpose or are carrying construction material like cement, sand and
other allied materials are fully covered. The contractor shall take all necessary
precautions that the vehicles are properly cleaned and dust free to ensure that
enroute their destination, the dust, sand or any other particles are not released in air
/ contaminate air.
15.1.5 The contractor shall provide mask to every worker working on the construction site
and involved in loading, unloading and carriage of construction material and
construction debris to prevent inhalation of dust particles.
15.1.6 The contractor shall provide all medical help, investigation and treatment to the
workers involved in the construction of building and carry of construction material
and debris relatable to dust emission.
15.1.7 The contractor shall ensure that C&D waste is transported to the C&D waste site
only and due record shall be maintained by the contractor.
15.1.8 The contractor shall ensure compulsory use of wet jet in grinding and stone cutting.
15.1.9 The contractor shall comply all the preventive and protective environmental steps as
stated in the MoEF guidelines, 2010.
15.1.10 The contractor shall carry out on road inspection for black smoke generating
machinery. The contractor shall use cleaner fuel.
15.1.11 The contractor shall ensure that all DG sets comply emission norms notified by
MoEF.
15.1.12 The contractor shall use vehicles having pollution under control certificate. The
emissions can be reduced by a large extent by reducing the speed of a vehicle to 20
KMPH. Speed bumps shall be used to ensure speed reduction. In cases where
speed reduction cannot effectively reduce fugitive dust; the contractor shall divert
traffic to nearby paved areas.
15.1.13 The contractor shall ensure that the construction material is covered by tarpaulin.
The contractor shall take all other precaution to ensure that no dust particles are
permitted to pollute air quality as a result of such storage.
15.1.14 The paving of the path for plying of vehicles carrying construction material is more
permanent solution to dust control and suitable for longer duration projects.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 117

Particular Specifications

EARTH WORK
1.0 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol.I & Vol. II
and National Building Code 2016 with upto date correction slips.
1.1 Excavation shall be undertaken to the width of the Basement / Retaining wall footing
including necessary margins for construction operation as per drawing or directed
otherwise. Where the nature of soil or the depth of the trench and season of the year,
do not permit vertical sides, the contractor at his own expense shall put up the
necessary shoring, strutting and planking or cut slopes with or without steps, to a safer
angle or both with due regard to the safety of personnel and works and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer, Measurement of plan area of excavation for payment shall
be permitted only. Nothing extra shall be paid for making steps and slopes etc. as
required.
1.2 The contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary arrangements for maintaining
water level, in the area where works are under execution low enough so as not to
cause any harm to the works or problems in carrying out with the execution and the
rates for all items of work shall be considered as inclusive of pumping out or bailing out
water, if required, for which no extra payment shall be made. This will include water
coming from any source, such as rains, accumulated rain water, floods, leakages from
sewer and water mains, subsoil water table being high or due to any other cause
whatsoever. The contractor shall make necessary provision of pumping, dredging, and
bailing out water coming from all above sources and excavation and other works shall
be kept free of water by providing suitable system approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
1.3 Sub-soil water table at work site is reported to be about 9.0m below general ground
level. The water level may vary due to rainy season etc. in order to avoid possibility of
foundation of building being getting uplifted/damaged due to water pressure, the
contractor shall make arrangement for lowering the ground water table below the
proposed foundation level as approved by Engineer-in-charge. Sub soil water table
shall be maintained at least 50 cm below the P.C.C. level during laying of P.C.C., water
proofing treatment, laying of foundation including filling of earth/sand under the floor.
The water table shall not be allowed to rise above foundation level until completion of
back filling along the walls up to ground level.
However, The contractor should inspect the site and make his own assessment about
sub- soil water level likely to be encountered at the time of execution and quote his
rates accordingly. Rate of all items are inclusive of pumping out or bailing out water, if
required. Nothing extra on this account whatsoever shall be paid to him unless
otherwise specified. The sequence of construction shall be got approved by the
Engineer-in-charge.

1.4 All the major excavation shall be carried out by mechanical excavator. No extra

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 118

payment shall be made for that.

1.5 Any trenching and digging for laying sewer lines/water lines/cables etc. shall be
commenced by the contractor only when all men, machinery’s and materials have been
arranged and closing of the trench(s) thereafter shall be ensured within the least
possible time.
1.6 The rates are inclusive for all depths & nothing extra shall be paid for additional lift etc
else otherwise specified in agreement.
2.0 CONCRETE WORK
2.1 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol.I & Vol. II
with upto date correction slips.
2.2 If the quantity of cement actually used in the work is found to be more than the
theoretical quantity of cement including authorized variation, nothing extra shall be
payable to the contractor on this account. In the event of it being discovered that after
the completion of the work, the quantity of cement used is less than the quantity
ascertained as herein before provided (allowing variation on the minus side as
stipulated in clause 42) the cost of quantity of cement so less used shall be recovered
from the contractor at the rate as specified in schedule „F‟. Decision of the Engineer-in-
Charge in regard to the quantity of cement which should have been actually used as
per the schedule and recovery at the rate specified shall be final and binding on the
contractor.
2.3 For non-scheduled items, the decision of the Chief Engineer or his successor regarding
theoretical quantity of the cement which should have been actually used shall be final
and binding on the contractor. RCC work shall be done with approved Design Mix
Concrete.
3.0 RCC/CC WORK (DESIGN MIX CONCRETE)
3.1 RCC work shall be done with Design Mix Concrete. Wherever letter „M‟ has been
indicated, the same shall imply for the Design Mix Concrete. The Design Mix Concrete
will be designated based on the principles given in BIS codes IS:456, IS:10262 &
SP:23. The condition and specifications stated herein shall have precedence overall
conditions and specifications stated in relevant BIS codes/CPWD specifications. The
concrete mix shall be designed for specified target mean compressive strength in order
to ensure that the work test results do not fall below the acceptance criteria specified for
the concrete mix. The Contractor shall design mixes for each class of concrete
indicating that the concrete ingredients and proportions will result in concrete mix
meeting requirements specified. The mix shall be designed with quantities of admixture
/ plasticizer proposed to achieve required workability & strength. The specifications
mentioned here in below shall be followed for Design Mix Concrete.
3.2 The sources of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate & water to be used in concrete work
shall be identified by the contractor & he will satisfy himself regarding their conforming
to the relevant specification & their availability before getting the same approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
3.3 Coarse Aggregate: As per CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol.I & Vol. II with up to date
correction slips.
3.4 Fine Aggregate: As per CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol.I & Vol. II with upto date
correction slips.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 119

3.5 Water: It shall confirm to requirements laid down in IS:456-2000 / CPWD Specifications
- 2019 - Vol.I & Vol. II with upto date correction slips.
3.6 Cement: PPC shall be used for design mix concrete and shall conform to IS-1489 (part-
I). However, if higher grade of cement is used by the contractor nothing extra shall be
paid on this account.
3.7 Admixtures / Plasticizers: - The admixture shall confirm to IS:9103, wherein required,
the admixture of approved quality and approved make only shall be used to attain the
required workability. Nothing extra shall be paid for use of admixtures.
3.8 Grade of Concrete: The compressive strength of various grades of concrete shall be
given as below:
Grade Compressive Specified Maximum Water Minimum
Designation Strength on 15 cm Characteristic Cement Cement to be
Cubes at 7 Days Compressive Ratio used in kg per
(N/mm2) Strength At 28 Days cum
At (N/ mm2)
M-25 As Per Design 25 0.50 330
M-30 As Per Design 30 0.45 340
M-35 As Per Design 35 0.45 350
M-40 As Per Design 40 0.40 360

Water cement ratio and slump shall be as per IS:456-2000.

NOTE:
(i) In the designation of a Concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the number of the
specified characteristic compressive strength of 15 cm cube at 28 days expressed in
N/mm2.
(ii) It is specifically highlighted that in addition to the above requirements, the maximum
cement content (bare cement) for any grade shall be limited to 400 kg /cum.
(iii) The maximum cement content for design mix concrete shall be maintained as per the
quantity mentioned above. In case where the quantity of cement required as per Design
Mix is lower than the quantity specified in the respective item in the “schedule of
quantity”, necessary deduction for less quantity of cement used shall be made from the
contractor.
3.9 The contractor shall engage one of the IIT/NIT/Reputed Govt. Engineering
Institutions/Approved Laboratories as directed by the Engineer-in-charge at his own
expenses for designing the concrete mix in accordance with relevant IS Codes and to
conduct laboratory test to ensure the target strength and workability criteria for a given
grade of concrete.
3.10 The contractor shall submit the report on design mix from any of above approved
laboratories for approval of Engineer-in-Charge within 30 days from the date of issue of
letter of acceptance of the tender as envisaged under Clause-5 of Schedule-F of this
bid document. No concreting shall be done until the design mix is approved. In case of
white Portland cement and the likely use of admixtures in concrete with ordinary

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 120

Portland/white Portland cement, the contractor shall design and test the concrete mix
by using trial mixes with white cement and / or admixtures also, for which nothing extra
shall be payable.
3.11 In case of change of source or characteristic properties of the ingredients used in the
concrete mix during the work, a revised laboratory mix design report conducted at
laboratory established at site shall be submitted by the contractor as per the direction of
the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.12 Trial Batches:
3.12.1 The designed mix proportion shall be checked for target mean compressive
strength by means of trial batches.
3.12.2 The quantities of materials for each trial mix shall be sufficient for at least six
specimens (cubes) and the concrete required for carrying out workability tests.
3.12.3 The workability of trial mix No. 1 shall be measured and mix shall be carefully
observed for freedom from segregation, bleeding and its finishing
characteristics. The water content, if required, shall be adjusted corresponding
to the required changes in the workability.
3.12.4 With the modified water content, the mix pro-portions shall be recalculated by
keeping with water cement ratio unchanged. The mix proportions, as modified,
shall form the Trial Mix No. 2 and tested for the specified strength and
workability.
3.12.5 In addition, trial mix No. 3 and 4 shall be designed by keeping water contents
same as that determined for trial mix 2 but varying the water cement ratio + 10
percent of the specified value and tested for their design characteristics.
3.13 All cost of mix designing and testing connected therewith including charges payable to
the laboratory shall be borne by the Contractor including redesigning of the concrete
mix wherever required and directed by Engineer-in-Charge.

3.14 APPROVAL OF DESIGN MIX:

The mix design for a specified grade of concrete shall be done for a target mean
compressive strength
Tck = Fck + 1.65s
Where,Fck = Characteristic compressive strength at 28 days.
s = Standard deviation which depends on degree of quality control.
The degree of quality control for this work is “good” for which the standard
deviation (s) obtained for different grades of concrete shall be as follows:
GRADE OF CONCRETE STANDARD DEVIATION(S)
M-25 4.0
M-30 5.0
M-35 5.0
M-40 5.0
Minimum three sets of separate preliminary test shall be carried out for each trial
batch of concrete mix. Each test shall comprise six specimens and only one test
set of six specimens shall be made on any particular day. Out of the six

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 121

specimens of each set, three shall be tested at seven days and remaining three
at 28 days. The preliminary tests at seven days are intended only to indicate the
strength to be attained at 28 days. While the design mix shall be approved only
on the basis of test strength of 28 days. The design mix shall be considered
satisfactory and approval if at least three preliminary tests- sets individually
satisfy the following strength and workability criteria:
(a) The average strength of each test sets is not less than the specified target mean
compressive strength (Tck).
(b) The strength of any specimen cube is not less than 0.85 Tck.
(c) The concrete mix is required degree of workability and acceptance concrete finish.
3.15 All cost of mix designing and testing connected therewith including charges payable to
the laboratory shall be borne by the Contractor.

3.16 WORK STRENGTH TEST: TEST SPECIMEN:

Work strength test shall be conducted in accordance with IS:516 on random
sampling. Each test shall be conducted on six specimens, three of which shall
be tested at 7 days and remaining three at 28 days.
TEST RESULTS OF SAMPLES:
The test results of the sample shall be the average of the strength of three
specimens. The individual variation shall not be more than + 15% percent of the
average. If variation is more, the test results shall be treated as invalid. 90% of
the total tests shall be done at
the laboratory established at site by the contractor and remaining 10% in the
laboratory of IIT/NIT or in any other laboratory as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
LOT SIZE:
The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be in
accordance with CPWD specification 2019 and following:

QUANTITY OF CONCRETE IN THE NUMBER OF SAMPLES

WORK (CUBIC METRE PER DAY).
1-5 1
6-15 2
16-30 3
31-50 4
51 & above 4 Plus one additional sample for each
additional 50 cubic meters of part
thereof
NOTE: - At least one sample shall be taken from each shift.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 122

3.17 STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE:

Standard of acceptance of hardened concrete of batch concrete shall be
same as specified in CPWD Specifications / IS:456. )
(i) In case the test results of all the samples are above the characteristic
compressive strength, the concrete shall be accepted.
(ii) In case the test result of one or more samples fails to meet the requirement
(i) above, it shall be accepted if both the following conditions are met:-
a) Any individual test result is not less than (fck - S) N/mm2.
b) The mean of test results from any group of four consecutive samples is
more than (fck + S) N/mm2.
Note: - S - Standard Deviation
iii) Concrete of each grade shall be assessed separately.
iv) Concrete is liable to be rejected, if it is porous or honeycombed, its
placing has been interrupted without providing a proper construction joint, the
reinforcement has been displaced beyond the tolerances specified, or construction
tolerances have not been met.
3.18 The contractor has to arrange at site sufficient cantering and shuttering for before two
months from stipulated date of start of work. Only MS centring / shuttering and
scaffolding material unless & otherwise specified shall be used for all R.C.C. work to
give an even finish of concrete surface. However, marine-ply shuttering in exceptional
cases as per site requirement may be used on specific request from contractor as
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.19 Nothing extra shall be paid for the centring and shuttering, circular in shape whenever
the form work is having a mean radius exceeding 6m in plan, except for the items
mentioned in the SoQ.
3.20 In order to keep the floor finish as per architectural drawings and to provide required
thickness of the flooring as per specifications, the level of top surface of RCC shall be
accordingly adjusted at the time of its centring, shuttering and casting for which nothing
extra shall be paid to the Contractor.
3.21 As per general engineering practice, level of floors in toilet / bath, balconies, shall be
kept 25 mm as required lower than general floors shuttering should be adjusted
accordingly and slabs should be laid with slope towards the drainage point. Nothing
extra is payable on this account.
3.22 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE
All concrete shall be produced at site through fully computerized weigh-batching plant
of suitable capacity (not less than 30 cum/hr) conforming to IS:4925 with the
arrangements for automatic dispensing of admixture and having facility of giving print
out indicating weight / details of all ingredient of concrete in each lot/ batch and
variations from the approved design mix if any. Fully automatic batching and mixing
plant having capacity not less than 30 cum/ hour shall be installed at the arranged site
by the contractor. The batching and mixing plants shall be dedicated plants for this
project. Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the necessary infrastructure
for installation of batching plant and other machineries.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 123

However, if due to any reason, contractor wishes to supplement the concrete from
Ready Mix Concrete (RMC) supplier, he is permitted to procure the same from the
source approved by the Engineer-in-charge at his own cost. In such a situation nothing
extra shall be paid to the contractor. All technical requirements such as cement type
and minimum cement quantity, w/c ratio, slump, admixture etc. shall be conveyed to
RMC supplier by the contractor and contractor shall be wholly responsible for ensuring
the property of concrete as required at site, nothing extra shall be paid to the contractor.

The contractor may take some time to install his own batching plants at the arranged
site and till the batching plants are installed, the contractor is permitted to procure
concrete from approved Ready-Mix Concrete (RMC) supplier for a period of 2 months
from date of start of work or the period as agreed by Engineer-in-Charge. Similarly,
when the work is nearing completion and daily requirement of concrete is very less, if
agreed by the Engineer-in-Charge, the contractor may be permitted to procure the
concrete from approved Ready-Mix Concrete (RMC) supplier and nothing extra shall be
paid to the contractor on this account.
3.23 LAND FOR TEMPORARY USE
The land for labour camps & batching Plant shall be arranged by the contractor. The
lease/rent charges shall be borne by the contractor. The Engineer-in-Charge shall
extend necessary help and issue necessary recommendations etc. to the
concerned o w n e r / clients / department for temporary allotment of land during
construction period if land is available with them. In such cases, the contractor shall
vacate the land after completion of work in same condition as was at the time of
allotment.
3.24 BATCHING PLANT
The batching and mixing plant shall be fully automatic of suitable capacity not
less than 30cum/hour. Automatic batcher shall be charged by devices which
when actuated by a single starter switch will automatically start the weighing
operation of each material and stop automatically when the designated weight of
each material is fed in the mixer. The batching plant shall have automatic
arrangement for dispensing the admixture and shall be capable of discharging
water in more than one stage. A batching plant essentially shall consist of the
following components:
• Separate storage bins for different sizes of aggregates, silo for cement and
flyash; water storage tank.
• Batching equipment
• Mixers
• Control Panels
• Mechanical material feeding and elevating arrangements
The compartments of storage bins for aggregates shall be approximately of equal size.
The cement compartment shall be centrally located in the batching plant. It shall be
water tight and provided with necessary air vent, aeration fittings for proper flow of
cement & emergency cut off gate. The aggregate and sand shall be charged by power
operated centrally revolving chute. The entire plant from mixer floor upward shall be

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 124

enclosed and insulated. The batch bins shall be constructed so as to be self-cleansing

during draw- down. The batch bins shall in general conform to the requirements of
IS:4925.
The batching equipment shall be capable of determining and controlling the prescribed
amounts of various constituent materials for concrete accurately i.e., water, cement,
sand, individual size of coarse aggregates etc. The accuracy of measuring devices
shall fall within the following limits:

Measurement of Cement: + 2% of the quantity of cement in eachbatch

Measurement of Water: + 3% of the quantity of water in each batch

Measurement of Aggregate: + 3% of the quantity of aggregate in each batch

Measurement of Admixture: + 3% of the quantity of admixture in each batch

The batching and mixing plant shall have the provision of adjusting the plus / minus
quantity of various ingredients in the next batch so that there is no variation in quantity
of ingredients from design mix in a lot consisting of 5 to 6 batches.
The mixer in the batching plant shall be so arranged that mixing action in the mixer can
be observed from the operator’s station. The mixer shall be equipped with a
mechanically or electrically operated timing, signaling and metering device which will
indicate and assure completion of the required mixing period. The mixer shall have all
other components as specified in IS:4925.

3.25 TRANSPORTATION, PLACING AND COMPACTION OF CONCRETE

Mixed concrete from the RMC / Batching plant shall be transported to the point
of placement by transit mixers and placed in position through concrete pumps
and/or steel closed bottom buckets capable of carrying minimum 0.6 cum
concrete. In case the concrete is proposed to be transported by transit mixer,
the mixing speed shall not be less than 4 rev/min. of the drum nor greater than a
speed resulting in a peripheral velocity of the drum 70 m/minutes at its largest
diameter. The agitating speed of the agitator shall be not less than 2 rev/min nor
more than 6 rev/min of the drum. The number of revolutions of the mixing drum
or blades at mixing speed shall be between 70 to 100 revolutions for a uniform
mix, after all ingredients, have been charged into the drum. Unless tempering
water is added, all rotation after 100 revolutions shall be at agitating speed of 2
to 6 rev/min and the number of such rotations shall not exceed 250. The
general construction of transit mixer and other requirement shall conform to
IS:5892.
In case concrete is to be transported by pumping, the conduit shall be primed by
pumping a batch of mortar through the line to lubricate it. Once the pumping is
started, it shall not be interrupted (if at all possible) as concrete standing idle in
the line is liable to cause a plug. The operator shall ensure that some concrete

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 125

is always there in the pump receiving hopper during operation. The lines shall
always be maintained clean and shall be free of dents at all stages. Special
precaution shall be taken that surrounding temperature during concreting shall
not exceed 30 degrees centigrade.
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer-in-Charge, concrete shall be
deposited in horizontal layers to a compacted depth of not more than 450 mm.
Unless agreed to by the Engineer- in-Charge, concrete shall not be dropped into
place from a height exceeding 1.5m. In order to avoid such situations chutes,
tremie pipe or closed bottom buckets shall be used. These shall be kept clean
and used in such a way as to avoid segregation. Slope of the chute shall be so
adjusted that concrete flows without the use of excessive quantity of water. The
delivery end of chute shall be as close as possible to the point of deposit. The
chute shall be thoroughly flushed with water before and after each working
period and the water used for this purpose shall be discharged outside the
formwork. The concrete shall be compacted by using immersion type vibrators.
When the concrete is being continuously deposited to a uniform depth along a
member, vibrator shall not be operated within one meter of free end of the
advancing concrete. Every effort shall be made to keep the surface of the
previously placed layer of concrete alive so that the succeeding layer can be
amalgamated with it by the vibration process. In case the concrete in
underlying layer has hardened to such an extent that it cannot be penetrated by
the vibrator but is still fresh (that is, just after initial set), un- imposed bond shall
be achieved between the top and underlying layer by first scarifying the lower
layer before the new concrete is placed by systematically and thoroughly
vibrating the new concrete. The points of insertion of vibrator in the concrete
shall be so spaced that the range of action overlap to some extent and the
freshly filled concrete is sufficiently consolidated at all locations. The spacing
between the dipping positions of vibrator shall be maintained uniformly
throughout the surface of concrete so that concrete is uniformly vibrated. The
vibrating head shall be regularly and uniformly inserted in the concrete so that it
penetrates of its own accord and shall be withdrawn slowly whilst running so as
to allow redistribution of concrete in its way and allow the concrete to flow back
into the hole behind the vibrator. The vibrator head shall be kept in one position
till the concrete within its influence is completely consolidated. Vibration shall be
continued until the coarse aggregate particle have blended into the surface but
have not disappeared. The contractor shall keep at least one additional vibrator
in serviceable condition to be used in the event of breakdowns and maintenance
problems.
The vibrator head shall not be brought more than 200 mm near to the formwork
as this may cause formation of water stagnations. The formwork shall be strong
and great care shall be exercised in its assembly. It shall be designed to take up
increased pressure of concrete and pressure variations caused in the

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 126

neighborhood of vibrating head, which may result in excessive local stress on

the formwork. The joints of the formwork shall be made and maintained tight
and close enough to prevent the squeezing out slurry or sucking in of air during
vibration. The formwork to receive concrete shall be cleaned and made free
from standing water, dust, etc. The contractor shall keep provision for screed
and shutter vibrators at site.
No concrete shall be placed in any part of the structure until the approval of
Engineer-in- Charge has been obtained. If concreting is not started within 24
hours of the approval being given, it shall have to be obtained again from the
Engineer-in-Charge. Concreting shall be done continuously over the area
between construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against
concrete which has been in position for more than 30 minutes unless a proper
construction joint is formed. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface
which has hardened, it shall be roughened, swept, clean, thoroughly wetted and
covered with a 13 mm thick layer of mortar composed of cement and sand in the
same ratio as in the concrete mix itself. The 13 mm layer of mortar shall be
freshly mixed and placed immediately before placing of new concrete.
Where concrete is not fully hardened, all latency shall be removed by scrubbing
the wet surface with wire or bristle brushes. Care shall be taken to avoid
dislodgement of particles of coarse aggregate. The surface shall then be
thoroughly wetted, all free water removed and then coated with neat cement
grout. Particular attention shall be given to corners and close spots.
In case of rejection of concrete on account of unacceptable compressive
strength, governed by para “Standard of Acceptance” as above, the work for
which samples have failed shall be redone at the cost of contractor.
However, the Engineer-in-Charge may order for additional tests (like cutting
cores, ultrasonic pulse velocity test, load test on structure on part of structure,
etc) to be carried out at the cost of contractor to ascertain if the portion of
structure wherein concrete represented by the sample has been used, can be
retained on the basis of results of individual or combination of these tests. The
Contractor shall take remedial measures necessary to retain the structure as
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge without any extra cost. However, for
payment, the basis of rate payable to contractor shall be governed by the 28
days cube test results and reduced rates shall be regulated in accordance with
para 3.24.2.
3.26 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
Construction joints in PCC, RCC and Light Weight Concrete works etc., shall be
provided only at places as per approved structural drawings. It shall not in any
manner structurally or functionally affect the structure. If, any additional
construction joint is required to be provided, it shall be done with approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge. The centring, shuttering, strutting etc., required for the
construction joint in PCC, RCC and Light Weight Concrete works shall be

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 127

provided as per the CPWD Specifications. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
[Link] TREATMENT TO THE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND RECTIFICATION
OF DEFECTS
(i) All care shall be taken to minimize the number of construction joints in the basement
raft and walls as well as in the levelling course of PCC at base. Still, wherever the
construction joints are provided, these shall be slightly opened up and then suitably
filled with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand) after applying a bond coat of
cement slurry. The aluminium nipples shall be fixed in the cavity and crevices, if
required. Then cement slurry of w/c ratio 0.5 shall be pressure grouted through these
nipples as required, which shall then be suitably cut. Nothing extra shall be payable on
this account.
(ii) All care shall be taken to avoid any honey combed concrete or any cavity. Still, if any
honey combed concrete or cavity in RCC wall is encountered the same shall be
rectified by removing all loose concrete by chiselling. The chipped concrete surface
shall be cleaned and made dust free by blowing compressed air and then washed clean
with water (but without excess water). Then a bond coat of polymer modified cement
slurry @ 2.2 kg of cement per sq. m. of concrete surface, in two coats, shall be applied
as specified. The second coat shall be applied immediately within 15-20 minutes of
application of the first coat. A coat of polymer modified cement plaster of mix 1:3 (1
cement: 3 fine sand) of the required thickness shall be applied as specified to fill the
cavity if the required thickness is less than 20 mm. If the required thickness is more
than 20 mm. the cavity shall be filled by concrete of relevant grade after providing the
required centering and shuttering. The surface shall then be moist cured for minimum 7
days. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
4.0 SHUTTERING / FORM WORK
4.1 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II
with upto date correction slips.
4.2 Steel shuttering as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be used by the
contractor. Minimum size of shuttering plates shall be 600mm x 900mm except for the
case when closing pieces required to complete the shuttering panels. Dented, broken,
cracked, twisted or rusted shuttering plates shall not be allowed to be used on the work.
4.3 The shuttering plates shall be cleaned properly with electrically driven sanders to
remove any cement slurry or cement mortar or rust. Proper shuttering oil or debonding
compound shall be applied on the surface of the shutter plates in the requisite quantity
before assembly of steel reinforcement.
4.4 The joint filler shall be resilient closed cell expanded polyethene and non-tainting as
manufactured by Supreme Industries Ltd.
4.5 The contractor shall use 2 sets of shuttering materials for individual buildings for
alternative repetitions. In no case, the shuttering shall be moved from one building to
another without prior written permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Also, the agency
shall not be allowed to remove the form work of any floor without casting of subsequent
floor above. As such, the agency is required to provide marking over shuttering
materials depicting the concerning blocks.
4.6 Providing joint filler of required thickness in position to substrate using either double

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 128

sided foam adhesive tape or neoprene synthetic rubber adhesive. When forming
expansion joint with the Board in in-situ concrete, joint sealing slots can be readily
formed in the following matter-
a) Before installing, simply cut off a strip of the required depth. Then install the filler
flush with the finished surface.
b) Prior to sealing, the top strip can then be pulled easily from the joint to provide an
uncontaminated sealing slot ready for preparation and sealing.
5.0 REINFORCEMENT
5.1 The reinforcement shall be done as per CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol.I & Vol. II
with upto date correction slips.
5.2 The item of reinforcement of RCC work includes all operations including straightening,
cutting, bending, welding, binding with annealed steel or welding and placing in position
at all the floors with all leads and lift complete as per CPWD Specification - 2019 - Vol.I
& Vol. II with upto date correction slips.
5.3 To avoid displacement of bars in any direction and to ensure proper cover, only factory-
made round type/rectangular cover blocks shall be used by the contractor. Nothing
extra shall be payable on this account.
6.0 PRE-CAST RCC WORK
6.1 Pre-cast reinforced concrete units shall be of grade or mix as specified. Provision shall
be made in the mould to accommodate fixing devices such as hooks, flats etc. And
forming of notches and holes. Each unit shall be cast in one operation. A sample of the
unit shall be got approved from Engineer-in-Charge before taking up the work.
6.2 Pre-cast units shall be clearly marked to indicate the top of member and its locations.
6.3 Pre-cast units shall be stored, transported and placed in position in such a manner that
these are not damaged.
7.0 BRICK/AAC BLOCK WORK
7.1 Unless otherwise specified FPS Bricks shall be used in all items of brick work. The
classification of bricks brought by the contractor shall strictly conform to CPWD
Specifications – 2019 Vol-1 & II with upto date correction slips or as specified. The
work shall also include for leaving chases / notches for dowels / cramps for all kinds of
cladding to come over brick work.
7.2 The AAC Blocks shall be procured from a reputed manufactures as per approved make
list with the approval of Engineer-in-charge.
7.3 The blocks shall be stored at site in stacks on a level dry surface.
7.4 The mortar used for joining the blocks shall be mixed in the proportion 1:1:6 (1Cement:
1 Lime: 6 Sand) by volume or with polymer modified block laying adhesive mortar.
7.5 The thickness of joints in the masonry shall not exceed 10 mm and shall be of
uniform thickness.
7.6 Maximum height of wall built on any day shall not be more than 1.2 metres (i.e. 6 layers).
7.7 The joints in the masonry shall be recessed and no flush pointing shall be done.
7.8 A slip membrane with PVC sheet shall be introduced as per the recommendation
of blocks manufacturer before laying the first course on the plinth beam.
7.9 The blocks shall not be soaked in water and instead they shall be dipped in water
and taken out immediately to have only moist surface.
7.10 The vertical joints of the masonry shall be broken to have a minimum overlap of 100 mm.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 129

7.11 Bed joint reinforcement bars may be placed in the joints after every 4th course in two
successive layers as per the recommendation of the manufacturers to have good lateral
stability.
7.12 It shall be ensured that the lintels are rest at either end of window opening only on full
bocks and not on half or part blocks reinforcement shall be placed in the sill course of
window openings in two successive horizontal joints and extend the same at least to
600 mm on either side of the jams surface.
7.13 At a RCC column interface an MS anchor (“L” – shape) may be placed and fixed with
screws at every 4th course so as to anchor the wall with RCC column for better lateral
stability.
7.14 Curing of the masonry shall be done only by spraying water and no flooding shall be
done by water jets / buckets.
7.15 The chases in the wall surface for electrical conduits shall be done only by means of
electrically operated saw to cut two parallel lines and the portion between the cuts shall
be chiselled carefully. The depth of vertical chases should be limited to 1/3rd of wall
thickness and horizontal chases should not be more than 1/6th of wall thickness. The
chases have to be properly packed with cement mortar 1:8 (1 cement: 8 sand) between
pipes and chases.
7.16 The blocks shall be cut using a carpenter saw to have half blocks or any other suitable
size block to close the masonry course or to break the vertical joint from the bottom
course. Hammer or a mason’s trowel shall not be used to cut the blocks.
7.17 The thickness of plaster shall be limited to 12 mm on internal wall surface and 15 mm
on external wall surface. The mortar for plastering shall be in the proportion 1:1:6 for
external wall surface and 1:2:9 for internal wall surface i.e.,1 cement: 2 lime: 9 fine
sand.
7.18 Plaster mesh shall be fixed on all column wall and beams wall junctions before taking
up the plaster work.
10.0 STONE / MARBLE /GRANITE WORK (OTHER THAN MASONARY)
10.1 The execution of stone work shall be in general as per CPWD Specifications - 2019 -
Vol.I & Vol. II with upto date correction slips.
10.2 All holes, rebates, recesses etc. for providing fixing and inserts shall be predrilled and
precut and worked using precision machine tools. Nothing extra on this account shall
be payable.
10.3 Samples of each item of stone work either individually or in combination shall be
prepared for approval of Engineer-in-Charge before commencement of work.
10.4 Sequence of execution for cladding work shall be suggested by the contractor for
approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
10.5 Single piece granite stone shall be used in treads and risers or any other shade of
equivalent price.
10.6 For main entrance steps, nosing of the steps should be double granite edge moulding
including finishing polishing complete as direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
10.7 Edge moulding with half round nosing and 40mm wide sand blasted strip to a distance
50mm from the edge of the tread to create contrasting colour.
10.8 Tactile tile / SS studs (for vision impaired persons as per standards) of approved make
in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 130

coarse sand) in all shapes & patterns including grouting the joints with epoxy grout of
matching shade.
11.0 SCAFFOLDING
11.1 Double steel scaffolding having two sets of vertical supports shall be provided. The
supports shall be sound and strong, tied together with horizontal pieces over which
scaffolding planks shall be fixed.
12.0 WOOD WORK/WPC WORK
12.1 The wood work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications - 2019 Vol.I
& II with upto date correction slips.
12.2 The samples of species of timber to be used shall be got approved and deposited by
the contractor with the EE before commencement of the work. The contractor shall
produce cash vouchers and certificates from kiln seasoning or/and chemical treatment
plants about the timber section to be used on the work having been kiln seasoned
or/and chemically treated by them.
12.3 Factory made shutter as specified shall be obtained from factories approved by the
Engineer in charge. The contractor shall inform well in advance to the Engineer-in-
charge the names and address of the factory from where the contractor intends to get
the shutters manufactured. The contractor will place order for manufacture of shutters
only after written approval of the Engineer-in-charge in this regard is given. The
contractor is bound to abide by the decision of the Engineer-in-charge and recommend
a name of another factory from the approved list in case the factory already proposed
by the contractor is not found competent to manufacture quality shutters. Shutters will
however be accepted only if this meets the specified tests. The contractor will also
arrange stage wise inspection of the shutters at factory to the Engineer-in-charge or his
authorized representative. Contractor will have no claim if the shutters brought at site
are rejected by Engineer-in-charge in part or in full lot due to bad workmanship / quality
even after inspection of factory. Such shutters will not be measured and paid and the
contractor shall remove the same from the site of work within 7 days after the written
instruction in this regard are issued by Engineer in Charge or his authorized
representative.
12.4 All fittings and fixtures shall be got approved from the Engineer-in Charge before
procurement well in advance and the approved samples shall be kept at site till
completion of the work.
12.5 Glazing for toilets shall be of translucent type.
12.6 The shape and size of beading shall be as per drawings. The joints of beading shall be
mitred.
13.0 STEEL WORK
13.1 Work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol.I & Vol. II with upto
date correction slips.
13.2 The rate of T- angle iron frame shall include the following.
(a) M.S. sill/tie of 10mm dia bar welded to T-iron frames to keep the frames vertical in
correct position. The sill / tie shall be embedded in floor concrete. No tie is
necessary for window frames.
(b) Each T – iron frame for doors shall have 4 Nos. M.S. lugs 15x3mm, 10 cm long
welded to each vertical member of the frame.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 131

(c) M.S. flat 6 x 25mm, 100mm long having threaded holes (No. of flats shall
correspond to the no. of butt hinges to be fixed to door / window shutters) shall be
welded at appropriate places at the back of the T-iron frames for fixing the required
butt hinges to the frame with machine screws.
13.3 All welded structural steel work shall be tested for quality of weld as laid down in
IS:822- 1970 before actual erection if required.
14.0 FLOORING
14.1 All work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications- 2019 - Vol.I & Vol.
II with upto date correction slips.
14.2 Whenever flooring is to be done in patterns tiles/ stone, the contractor shall get samples
of each pattern laid and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before final laying of such
flooring for which nothing extra shall be paid.
14.3 Different stones/ tiles used in pattern flooring as per the approved architectural
drawings and nothing extra for laying pattern flooring shall be paid. No additional
wastage if any shall be accounted for any extra payment.
14.4 The proper gradient shall be given to flooring for toilets, verandah, kitchen, court yard,
etc. as per the directions of Engineer-in-Charge. For this there may be extra thickness
of dry mortar below the tiles/stone slabs. These gradients should be insured in the
shuttering itself. Nothing extra shall be paid for this as this shall to be included in the
tendered cost.
14.5 The rate of items of flooring is inclusive of providing sunken flooring in bathrooms,
kitchen, balcony etc. and nothing extra on this account is admissible. The floor below
work top shall be raised by 75mm with granite skirting and flooring. The samples of
flooring, dado & skirting as per approved pattern shall be prepared & got approved from
the Engineer-in-charge before execution of work.
14.6 Ceramic Tiles/Vitrified Tiles Work/ Granite stone flooring
14.6.1 Work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications- 2019 Vol I & II with
up-to-date correction slips and as per manufactures specifications.
14.6.2 Rates shall be inclusive of all operations including labour, material, T&P,
scaffolding etc. complete. Nothing extra shall be payable on any account.
14.6.3 One-piece Granite stone for treads / risers in staircase shall be used and
nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
14.6.4 POP protection layer shall be laid on all finished floors for protection from
damage during execution of other items of work in that area which shall be
removed and cleaned just before handing over of the premises for which
nothing extra shall be paid.
14.6.5 The testing of tiles shall be carried out at prescribed frequency
and methodology as per IS 13630.
14.6.6 The testing of granite slabs shall be carried out at frequency of one test for
each lot.
14.6.7 PVC beading of required size at all exposed corner of the tile dado has to
be provided in corridor and toilets for which nothing extra shall be paid.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 132

15.0 STAINLESS STEEL RAILING/ HANDRAILS:

15.1 The contractor shall apply all materials, labour, tools, ladders, scaffolding and other
equipment necessary for the completion and protection of all stainless-steel work.
15.2 All stainless-steel pipes and plates shall conform to AISI 304/316 grade and the
relevant clauses associated with this grade of steel to be followed.
15.3 Surface finish of all the stainless-steel materials will be in 240 grit satin finish / matt finish.
15.4 Fixing will be done by stainless steel expansion bolts of approved size and make as per
Engineer-in-charge and welding to be done by using organ welding rods and the
surface being duly finished and cleaned by K2 passivation, which is nitric acid plus
fluoric acid solution treatment by which the chances of corrosion will be eliminated and
any burn out makes on the metal will also be eliminated.
15.5 All stainless-steel material will have to be coated by a solution of Inox to avoid finger in
prints and avoidance of settlement of environment / atmospheric dust.

16.0 WATER PROOFING TREATMENT

16.1 Work shall be executed as per CPWD Specifications, 2019 Vol I & II with upto date
correction slips.
16.2 The contractor shall associate himself with the specialized firm, to be approved by the
Engineer-in-charge in writing, for water proofing treatment for basement/lower ground
floor, underground tank and on roofs.
16.3 The brick bats shall be from over burnt bricks. The water proofing compound used in
integral water proofing treatment shall satisfy all the performance requirements
indicated in IS:2645 and shall be got tested before its use. The compound shall be
used @ 2% by weight of cement used or as recommended by the manufacturer.
16.4 Total quantity of the water proofing compound required shall be arranged only after
obtaining the prior approved of the Engineer-in-Charge in writing. Materials shall be
kept under double lock and key and proper account of the water proofing compound
used in the work shall be maintained. It shall be ensured that the consumption of the
compound is as per specified requirements.
16.5 The finished surface after water proofing treatment for roof slab shall have smooth
slope with minimum gradient of 1 in 80.
16.6 Before commencement of treatment on roof surface, it shall be ensured that the outlet
drain pipes/ spouts have been fixed and the spout opening have been eased and
rounded off properly for easy flow of water.
16.7 The surface where the water proofing is to be done shall be thoroughly cleaned with
wire brushes. All loose scales mortar splashes etc. shall be removed and dusted off.
The surface shall be treated with neat cement slurry admixed with proprietary water
proof compound to penetrate into crevices and fill up all the pores in the surface.
16.8 This cement slurry shall be applied at the junction of parapet and terrace slab including
the vertical face of the parapet.
16.9 After the slurry coat is laid, layer of over burnt brick bats shall be laid in cement mortar
of mix as specified by specialist firm but not leaner than 1:5 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand)
admixed with proprietary water proofing compound to required gradient and joints filled

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 133

to half the depth. The bricks bat layer shall be rounded at the junction with the parapet
and tapered towards top for a height of 300mm. Curing of this layer shall be done for 2
days.
16.10 After curing the surfaces shall be applied with a coat of cement slurry admixed with
proprietary water proofing compound.
16.11 Joints of bricks bat layer shall be filled fully with cement mortar of mix as specified by
the specialist firm but not leaner than 1:5 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand) admixed with
proprietary water proofing compound and finally top finished with average 20 mm thick
layers of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) and finished smooth with
cement slurry mixed with proprietary water proofing compound. The finished surface
shall have marking of 300x300 mm false squares to give the appearance of tiles.
16.12 Curing of water proofing treatment shall be done for a minimum period of two weeks by
flooding the water by making compartments etc.
16.13 MESUREMENTS: The measurements shall be taken for plan area of terrace only.
Length and breadth shall be measured correct to one centimetre and area shall be
worked out to nearest 0.01 sqm. No deduction in measurements shall be made for
either opening or recesses for chimneys, stacks, roof lights and the like of areas up to
0.10 sqm nor anything extra shall be paid for forming such openings. For similar areas
exceeding 0.10 sqm, deductions will be made in measurements for full openings and
nothing extra shall be paid for making such opening.
16.14 Rates: The rate shall include the cost of all labour and materials involved in all the
operations described above.

16.15 GUARANTEE:

The water proofing work shall carry Ten Years guarantee to be reckoned from
the date of completion of the entire work under the contract against faulty
workmanship, finishing, unsound materials, efficiency of water proofing
treatment and other related problems. Ten Years Guarantee bond in
prescribed Performa attached herewith as Annexure-VII shall be submitted by
the contractor which shall also be signed by both the specialized agency and the
contractor to meet their liability / liabilities under the guarantee bond. However,
the sole responsibility about efficiency of water proofing treatment shall rest
with the main contractor. Ten percent of the cost of water proofing work shall
be retained as security deposit. This ten percent amount shall be would be
released after ten years from the date of completion of the entire work under the
contract, if the performance of the work done is found satisfactory. If any defect
is noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the contractor
within seven days of receipt of intimation of defects in the work. If the defects
pointed out are not attended to within the specified period, the same will be got
done from another agency at the risk and cost of contractor.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 134

However, the security deposit deducted may be released in full against bank
guarantee of equivalent amount in favour of Engineer in charge, if so, decided
by the Engineer in charge.
The Security deposit against this item of work shall be in addition to the security
deposit mentioned elsewhere in contract form.
17.0 FINISHING:
17.1 The work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications- 2019 Vol.-I & Vol. II with
upto date correction slips.
17.2 All painting material shall be brought to the site of work in the original sealed
containers. The material brought to the site of work shall be sufficient for at least 30
days of work. The material shall be kept under the joint custody of contractor and
representative of the Engineer-in-Charge. The empty contains shall not be removed
from the site till the completion of the work without permission of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
17.3 Paint register shall be maintained as per CPWD proforma for periodical verification by
CPWD.
18.0 FIRE CHECK DOORS
18.1 The work shall be carried out through an approved specialized agency/manufacturer,
who shall furnish all materials, labour, accessories, equipment, tool and plant and
incidentals required for providing and installing Fire Check doors. The specialized
agency shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge, well before actual
commencement of the item of work. Necessary performance certificates in respect of
agencies proposed to be engaged shall be submitted within 30 days from the date of
issue of acceptance letter to substantiate technical capability and experience of the
agency for prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
18.2 The fire check door shall not collapse during of hot gases or the flames through the
rebate of the gap between the door frame and shutter or through the holes, developed
in the shutter during fire.
18.3 Door frame and shutter shall be manufactured as per the nomenclature of the items.
18.4 Door fitting & fixture shall be provided as per the nomenclature of the items.
18.5 Specification: The Fire Check doors shall satisfy:
18.5.1 Stability: The fire check door should not collapse during the rated period of fire under
the specified fire conditions. The fire check doors provide safe access to the escape
route in the building namely protected corridors and staircase.
18.5.2 Integrity: The fire check doors should not allow the passage of hot gases or the
flames or the flames through the rebate or the gap between the door frame and
shutters for the duration of its fire rating.
18.5.3 Insulation: The mean temperature of fire door on unexposed side should not exceed
140 degree C above ambient temperature for the duration of its fire rating.
18.5.4 The fire/smoke check door assembly being offered shall be as proto-type tested by
CBRI, Roorkee, for the prescribed fire – rating as per BS: 476 Part 20/22 IS:
3614 :2021
18.5.5 A test report from CBRI, Roorkee shall be submitted for approval before executing the
work.
18.5.6 The tenderer shall employ specialized agency or manufacturer of the fire check door

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 135

assembly, having their own manufacturing facilities and such agency shall be got
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
18.5.7 Door frame and shutter in general, be fabricated as per nomenclature of the item of
the work and recommendation of the specialized agencies as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
18.5.8 Fire check doors shall be of 2-hour fire rated and shall satisfy the three performance
criteria of stability, integrity and insulation as per BS 476 part-22 and IS 3614 part-II.
18.5.9 Tenderer shall be responsible for obtaining “No objection Certification from CFO,
Pune for the executed work.”
18.6 Hermetically Sealed Unit:
Insulating glass shall be a double-glazed unit comprising two sheets of
approved glass panes separated by a spacer, hermetically sealed using primary
and secondary sealants.
The design of insulating glass system shall consist of:
a) Hollow Spacer Bar - The hollow aluminium spacer bar shall be of required size and
shape and shall be colour anodized. The spacer bar shall have two lines of
perforations in the inner surface.
b) Desiccant - The desiccant filled in the aluminium spacer bar shall be synthesized
crystalline compounds of Aluminium Hydroxide, Caustic Soda and Sodium Silicate
which absorbs water molecules. The desiccant shall be of 3 A size (A means
Angstrom). The quantity of desiccant used shall not be less than 35 gm/m length of
spacer bar. Filled spacer bar frame shall not be stored for more than 6 hrs. before
assembly and sealing of the unit to ensure proper functioning of the desiccant. The
contractor shall submit documentary proof of using the above material in the work.
c) Primary Sealant - The primary sealant BUTYL (NAFTOTHERM BU” or equivalent)
shall be single component, thermoplastic solvent free sealing compound based on
polyisobutylene. The sealant surface shall be free from cavities, depression and
other defects. The contractor shall submit documentary proofing of using the above
material in this work.
d) Secondary Sealant - The secondary sealant in double glazed unit shall be silicone
sealant. The contractor shall submit documentary proof of using the above material
in this work to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge. Before application of
silicone/polysulphide, the surface shall be cleaned and free from oil, grease, dust
and other loose matter. The surface shall be cleaned with alcohol or other suitable
solvents. Detergent or soap shall not be used to clean the surfaces. The
polysulphide shall be mixed and applied mechanically using automatic mixing
machine in the manner approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
18.7 Testing:
One door assembly shall be selected at random out of the entire lot, one for single leaf
and one for double leaf and shall be tested for two hours fire rating. The testing shall
be got done from CBRI, Roorkee or any other test laboratory approved by the
Engineer-in- charge. The cost of materials, for testing and transportation/packing,
testing charges and other incidental charges, shall be borne by the contractor. In case
the door fails to meet the requirement, the entire lot shall be rejected.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 136

19.0 STRUCTURAL GLAZING

19.1 General:
The work shall be carried out through an approved specialized agency, who shall
furnish all materials, labour, accessories, equipment, tool and plant and incidentals
required for providing and installing Structural Glazing work. The specialized agency
shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge, well before actual commencement
of the item of work. Necessary performance certificates in respect of agencies
proposed to be engaged shall be submitted within 30 days from the date of issue of
acceptance letter to substantiate technical capability and experience of the agency for
prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
The Contract Documents define only the design intent and general performance
requirements. The Contractor is entrusted with total responsibility for design,
structural calculations, shop drawings, fabrications, installation, warranties,
certifications and related documentation.
The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the design, fabrication and
erection of the systems, and all work shall be performed entirely by his own
forces.
Design approved metal framing members to accommodate expansion and
contraction of components without buckling, creating stress on glass, structural
components and fasteners, joint seals or other damaging effects.
The Contractor shall provide to sealant manufacturer samples of all relevant
substrates, including finished aluminium, coated glass, gaskets, setting blocks
and brackets.
Sealant manufacturer shall perform tests to verify adhesion, staining and
chemical compatibility. The Contractor shall use sealants and substrates only in
combinations for which favourable addition and compatibility results have been
obtained.
Aluminium surfaces in contact with mortar, concrete, plaster, masonry, wet
application of the fire proofing and absorptive materials shall be coated with an
anti- galvanic, moisture barrier material.
19.2 Conceptual design:
19.2.1 Component and hardware description.
19.2.2 Design, fabrication & execution methodologies.
19.2.3 Detailed bar chart & showing all activities from macro to micro details.
19.2.4 Structural design and engineering fabrication, supply and erection of the Structural/
Structural Glazing wall system including but not limited to the following:
19.2.5 Extrusion aluminium framing members.
19.2.6 All interior trim covers and closures.
19.2.7 All anchor clips, fasteners, and brackets.
19.2.8 Glazing, including materials, gaskets, sealants, spacers and related work.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 137

19.2.9 A continuous gutter system at each floor of the unitized Structural Glazing wall.
19.2.10 Field water tests.
19.3 Samples:
Sample of one typical panel shall be fabricated, assembled and installed for approval. It
shall be of type as per approved drawings. All samples shall be provided at no cost to
the Project In-charge.
19.4 Design Considerations:
The Contractor should possess adequate engineering background and facilities
inclusive of trained system personnel from their parent company and should be able to
prove their design and engineering capabilities to meet structural design parameters.
The Contractor should carry adequate Professional Indemnity Insurance supporting a
design warranty to the benefit of the Project In-charge. Copies of the same to be
forwarded to the Project In- charge within 2 weeks of signing the Agreement.
The Contractor shall submit structural calculations for the system and it shall be
stamped and signed by a qualified structural engineer, including mock-up complying
with current design rules of the relevant aluminium code include analysis for wind, dead
loads, deflections and if appropriate seismic loads on framing members and anchors.
All Structural Glazing shall have mechanical joints shall be designed IS 875.
The design shall also ensure that the maximum deflection of any member shall not
exceed 1/175 of the span between supports or 20mm, whichever is less for vertical
elements & 1/250 of the span between supports for horizontal elements. Air leakage
through windows should not exceed 0.60 [Link]/[Link]. Minimum design pressures both
inward, outward and acting perpendicular to glass (including return surfaces) shall be
per the requirements the Indian Wind Loading Code IS 875 Part 3 and earthquake
regulations.
The framing members should be designed such that deflection perpendicular to the wall
plane of any unsupported span shall not exceed 1/175 or 20mm whichever is the least,
under the required design load both positive and negative. Also, no failure of structural
silicone Jolts, damage to joinery, components, or permanent set in the framing
members in excess of 0.2 percent of the span shall occur under 1.5 times the design
load. Deflection in the wall plane of any glazed horizontal span should not exceed ½
the glass edge clearance dimension below.
The Contractor shall also submit the calculations for the structural silicone joint, size as
required.
19.5 Water Tightness:
A complete drainage system must be incorporated into the Structural Glazing wall
frame. Water leakage and condensation shall be drained or discharged to exterior
face of the
wall and all internal spaces shall be vented by acceptable means to ensure air-pressure
equalization when possible.
Drainage system shall be sealed off per floor height to prevent infiltrated water from
leaking to lower floors.
Movement of water behind and on exposed surfaces must be controlled to ensure that
water is not retained and that elements will not be damaged or corroded by water and

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 138

to minimize the potential for algae and fungus growth as a result of standing or trapped
water.
19.6 Shop Drawings:
The Contractor shall prepare detailed shop drawings incorporating all allowances for
construction and fabrication tolerances.
The Contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings for the Structural wall system,
aluminium composite panel cladding works to the Project In-charge for review.
The Architect’s review will be conformance to the design concept and for the general
arrangement only. And such review shall not relieve the Contractor of any
responsibilities as stated herein or any other applicable items herein specified.
The Shop drawings shall show joinery techniques, provisions for horizontal and vertical
expansion, glass and metal thickness, framing and anchor member profiles,
identification all materials including metal alloys, glass types, fasteners and glazing
materials, all shop and field sealants by product name. This shall also show relative
layout of all adjacent walls, beams, columns and slabs with all dimensions to each other
and grid lines/ dimension position of glass edge relative to metal daylight, anchorage
details to the building structure and coping details at the parapet are also to be
submitted. The drawing shall also indicate all gaskets, weather strips and Aluminium
extrusions.
Shop Drawings shall be signed and sealed by a Qualified Structural Engineer with
specific experience in Structural Glazing Wall construction and design.
19.7 Samples:
The Contractor shall submit samples for review three (3) sets of labelled samples of
each required type and colour of metal finish, on300mm long sections of aluminium
extrusion shapes. Samples must show extremes of colour texture variation. Samples
will be reviewed by Project In-charge for colour and texture only. Compliance with other
requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. Colour and texture range of
production material shall match approved samples. Project In-charge reserves the right
to require samples which will show the fabrication techniques and workmanship of the
component parts, and the design of accessories and other exposed auxiliary items,
before fabrication of this work proceeds.
The Contractor shall also submit samples for review three (3) sets of labelled samples
of sealant backers, anchor components, anchor assemblies and epoxies.
19.8 Aluminium:
Extruded aluminium sections should conform to BIS designation HE9WP/ HV9WP, the
chemical composition requirements of IS:733, and technical properties as laid down in
IS:1285. Standard commercial tolerances shall apply to finished, fabricated and
assembled materials.
The sections of mullions and transoms shall be designed to withstand deflection and
wind pressure as described in specifications and shall be rigid enough to support and
retain the glass and other construction variation as indicated.
Reinforcing member, where used, shall be completely enclosed and if fabricated from
steel shall be galvanized and protected with two coats of zinc chromate where welded
shall be treated in the same way.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 139

The frames shall be formed by integrated PVDF 3 coats (40 – 45 microns) as per
AAMA 2605 specification aluminium section with provision to receive fixed glass
spandrel and other construction variation as indicated.
Sections of the frame shall be cut and profiled for assembly in the best workmanlike
manner and finished in a neat and weatherproof construction with proper tempering of
aluminium sections.
All dimensions of the Structural Glazing wall shall conform to the overall sizes shown on
the drawings. They shall be fabricated to proven and tested detail designs. All parts
shall be supplied ready for fixing and complete with all necessary fittings. The exact
dimensions for frame work shall be physically checked at site before starting
fabrication.
All joints shall be mechanical, jointed with aluminium angles with stainless steel screws.
19.9 Silicone Sealant:
The Contractor shall send a sample of PVDF 3 coats (40 – 45 microns) as per
AAMA2605 specification aluminium section & selected glass to the silicon sealant
manufacturer and get his approval. A copy of that certificate to be submitted to Project-
In-charge. The cost of samples, carriage of the samples and testing charges, if any
shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall submit, for record only, glass manufacturer’s written statement that
any insulated glass, reflective glass and spandrel glass is supported by structural
silicone is suitable for such application.
The colour/ shade of sealant shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge and the
Contractor to get approval before procurement.
19.10 Glass Specification:
Providing and fixing aluminium semi unitized vertical Structural glazing system with
single glass vision panel and spandrel panel of approved make having main frame of
verticals and horizontals made out of specially designed extruded aluminium sections to
withstand wind pressure of 175 kg/sqm at a height of 40m and fabricated, fixed at all
levels, elevation and heights to the Masonry / RC walls with necessary clamps,
brackets and anchor fasteners. All clamps and brackets shall be Mild Steel Hot dip
galvanized minimum 80 microns thick and shall conform to IS: 4759-1996. The
extruded aluminium section shall be anodized in approved colour with an anodic
coating of minimum 20 microns. Extruded section shall be of 6063 T5 or T6 alloy
conforming to ASTM B 221. Any other fastening straps, nuts, bolts, rivets, washers, Fire
stops at all floor levels etc. shall be in stainless steel SS 304 grade. All tapes shall be of
approved make. The system shall be designed to withstand a wind pressure of 200
kg/Sqm and shall be fixed to the masonry/RC walls with necessary clamps, brackets
and anchor fasteners, clamps and brackets shall be Hot dip galvanized minimum 80
microns thick all complete as per manufacturer's manual and specifications. The
spandrel panel shall have 50mm thick fiber glass insulation of 48 kg/Cum density of
approved make conforming to IS-8183 and
1.0 mm thick Twiga black tissue conforming to BS 476 Part 7. This insulation shall be
enclosed in a GI tray fabricated out of 1mm thick. GI sheet and fixed to the glazing
framework with stainless steel fasteners. The gap between the GI framework and the
concrete framework shall be sealed with Aluminium flashing fixed with stainless steel

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 140

fasteners. All gaps shall be sealed with Silicone sealant of approved brand. Insulation
should be provided in between the Structural glazing aluminium frame work (i.e., behind
the spandrel glazed panel) and the structure. Providing 6 mm thick toughened fully
tempered hard coated glass of blue/green/blue-green or approved colour having VLT =
32 to 48 %, External reflectance= 6 to 16% ,Internal reflection = 8 to 20%, Solar
factor = 0.33 to 0.36, U Factor = 2.8 to 3.6 W/sqm K etc.
19.11 Accessories:
Silicon gaskets, weather stripping, extruded seals and spacers, which do not come into
contact with structural silicone sealant shall be of Silicon gasket or approved equivalent.
Where in parallel contact with structural silicone sealants, all gaskets, setting blocks
and spacers other than foam glazing tapes shall be of heat cur silicone rubber,
chemically compatible with the silicone sealant and suitable for the specific purpose
intended. All extruded gaskets, weather stripping and spacers other than foam glazing
tapes shall have continuous mechanical engagement to framing members adhesive
attachment is not acceptable.
The cladding system shall be constructed with (and shall maintain during its design life)
a standard of seal which shall not result in any reduction of sound insulation
performance.
Gaskets, weather stripping and seals used to achieve the required weather proofing
and/ or air tightness shall be selected to accommodate fully the range of dimensional
tolerances associated with fabrication and installation of the cladding system.
Gaskets,
weather stripping and seals shall be formed from materials capable of retaining their
elastic qualities, dimensions and resistance to physical and chemical attack sufficient to
maintain the full water tightness, air tightness and acoustic performance for the design
life of the Structural wall.
Extruded gaskets, weather stripping, seals and spacers mechanically engaged by flutes
or pockets extruded in framing member shall be installed without residual tension or
extension. Dry lubricants may be used to reduce drag during installation of synthetic
rubber extrusions and to induce compression so as to prevent gradual elastic shrinkage
and retraction from their ends. Wet lubricants containing detergent shall not be used for
any purpose which may bring the liquid into contact with the coated surfaces of vision
and spandrel glass.
19.12 Fabrication & Installation:
Installation shall be in true line vertically and horizontally.
Work shall be done by competent workmen who are thoroughly skilled in their trade.
Assemblies shall be neat and free of defects that impair strength, function or
appearance. The work shall be accomplished in compliance with the specified criteria
without buckling opening or joints. Under stress on fasteners, sealants and gaskets,
opening of welds cracking of glass leakage noises and other harmful effects.
As far as practicable fitting and assembly of the work, shall be done in the shop.
All exposed work shall be carefully matched to produce continuity of line and design.
All joints in exposed metal work, unless otherwise shown or specified shall be
accurately fitted end rigidly secured with joint sizes conforming to industry standards.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 141

Except where otherwise shown specified or directed the method of assembly and
joining shall be as per approved shop drawings. Fabricate and fasten metal work so
that the work will not be distorted nor the fasteners over stressed from the expansion
and contraction of the metal.
All welding shall be in accordance with the appropriate recommendations of the Indian
welding codes and shall be done with electrodes and/ or by methods recommended by
the manufacturer of the alloys being welded. All welds behind finished surfaces shall be
done as to minimize distortion and/ or dis-coloration on the finished side. All weld
spatter and welding oxides on finished surfaces shall be removed by de-scaling and/ or
grinding.
Unless otherwise shown or specified, all weld beads or exposed surfaces shall be
ground and finished to match and blend with finish on adjacent parent metal. Grinding
and polishing of nonferrous metal shall be done only with clean wheels and compounds
free from iron and iron compounds. No soldering and/ or brazing shall be allowed.
The Contractor shall conceal all the fasteners where visible in the finished work.
All aluminium components shall fabricate before finishing, cutting of components will
not be acceptable.
As the building is exposed to varying weather actions, all fasteners shall be stainless
steel, self-tapping screws with Aluminium brackets. Steel anchors shall be pre-holed
and galvanized. The bolts shall be steel chromium plated along with nuts and covered
with butyl sealing compound.
Where aluminium comes into contact with masonry, brickwork, concrete, plaster or
dissimilar metals, it shall be coated with an approved insulation lacquer, paint or plastic
tape to ensure that electro-chemical corrosion is avoided.
The Contractors shall be responsible for placing in position the Structural Glazing wall
frames for the satisfactory performance and should be totally leak proof for a minimum
period of ten years Sealant and Gasket Application
Sealant and gasket shall be provided wherever shown in the drawings or required for a
permanently weather tight installation. The sealing mechanism for each location and
use shall be as indicated on drawings in those locations where a mechanism is
necessary but is not indicated. It shall be of type recommended by the Contractor and
approved by the Project In-charge.
All adjoining surfaces shall be protected to receive sealants against staining by masking
and/ or other methods.
Joints and joint surfaces shall be clean, dry and free of any material that may have an
adverse effect on the bonding and/ or seal of the sealant and gasket materials.
Apply sealants and gasket under the conditions recommended by the manufacturer(s)
Prime all surface to receive sealants and gasket unless recommended otherwise use
no sealant that has started to set in its container or a sealant that has exceeded the self
life published by the manufacturer.
Fill all joints continuously and completely with sealant forming a neat uniform concave
bead. Finish the material flush with adjoining surfaces unless otherwise shown on the
drawings. All sealant surfaces shall be tooled smooth.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 142

19.13 Certification:
The Contractor shall submit a letter of certification from the sealant manufacturer
stating that the sealant has been tested for adhesion and compatibility on production
samples of metals, glass, and other glazing components, and that all sealant details
and application procedures shown on the reviewed shop Drawings are acceptable for
use.
Where the Structural Glazing wall and other cladding impinges on, intercepts, covers, is
attached to or supported by the work of other trades, for instance at parapet-level
junctions with roof membranes and back-up walls, the Contractor’s shop drawing
and location drawings shall clearly distinguish elements and components of
construction by other.
Anchorage System and Building Frame
Each mullion shall be fixed to the structural slab at each floor level. All steel fasteners
shall be galvanized to minimum 80-90 microns coated with zinc chromate primer and
supplied by the Contractor.
19.14 Water Tightness:
No gross leakage shall be observed when subject to test for water penetration as
described in BS 4315 Part-1.
19.15 GUARANTEE:
Contractor & Specialized agency to offer a warrantee on the Structure Glazing works
for a period of Five Years to be reckoned from the date after the expiry of maintenance
period prescribed in the contract of the work against faulty workmanship, finishing,
unsound materials, structural instability and other related problems.
Five Years Guarantee bond in prescribed Performa attached herewith as Annexure-V
shall be submitted by the contractor to meet their liability / liabilities under the guarantee
bond. Five percent of the cost of Structural Glazing works shall also be retained as
security deposit and the amount so withheld would be released after Five Years to be
reckoned from the date after the expiry of maintenance period prescribed in the
contract, if the performance of the work done is found satisfactory. If any defect is
noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the contractor within seven
days of receipt of intimation of defects in the work. If the defects pointed out are not
attended to within the specified period, the same will be got done from another agency
at the risk and cost of contractor.
However, the security deposit deducted may be released in full against bank guarantee
of equivalent amount in favour of Engineer in charge, if so decided by the Engineer in
charge.
The Security deposit against this item of work shall be in addition to the security deposit
mentioned elsewhere in contract form.
Factory made glazed Steel/Aluminium Doors, Windows &Ventilators shall
be manufactured in a workshop approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 143

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS FOR CURTAIN GLAZING,

ALUMINUM COMPOSITE PANEL CLADDING
1. SCOPE OF WORK
1.1 The scope of work under this sub-head includes design, supply, fabrication, installation,
aligning, fixing, protection and testing of the curtain glazing, aluminum composite panel cladding
and aluminum work (PVDF coated), etc. It also includes guarantee for the works under this sub
head for the system, materials and performance requirements, for a period of 10 years after the
date of completion of the work. For executing the work under this sub-head the contractor shall
associate with one of the agencies mentioned in the list of the specialized agencies.
1.2 Ten (10) years guarantee in the prescribed Performa attached must be given by the contractor
for the Aluminum Work. In addition, 10% (ten percent) of the cost of these items would be
retained as guarantee to watch the performance of the work executed
1.3 The work under this sub head includes cost of all inputs of labour, materials including
wastages, T &P, equipment’s , other enabling temporary structures and services and all other
incidental charges, if any, not specifically mentioned here, but as required for complete design,
engineering, fabrication, assembling, delivery, anchorage, installation, protection of curtain
glazing, aluminum composite panel cladding and aluminum work (PVDF coated), etc. and
making the system water tight (wherever specified), all complete, all in accordance with the true
intent and meaning of the specifications and the drawings taken together, regardless of whether
the same may or may not be particularly shown on the drawings and / or described in the
specifications , provided that the same can be reasonably inferred there from. The curtain
glazing, aluminum composite panel cladding and aluminum work (PVDF coated) shall have
framing which shall be structurally and mechanically designed to achieve the architectural
elevations as well as performance parameters specified herein. Anchorage shall include all
supporting brackets & anchor fasteners, as required to rigidly secure the structural framing to
the RCC / Masonry / structural steel members of the building.
1.4 The curtain glazing, aluminum composite panel cladding and aluminum work (PVDF coated),
etc. work shall include but will not necessarily be limited to the following:
(i) Frames, fixed glazed / vision panels, spandrels, hard wares, open able panels, as in the
drawings inclusive of all accessories and fittings. Glass wool Insulation panel (shadow
box), fire stop (barrier) - cum - smoke seals, splice plates, connectors, sleeves, anti-
buckling clips etc.
(ii) Anodized aluminum work for framing of curtain glazing as well as other aluminum work
PVDF coated) for trellis, louvers, fins, box sections, capping, strip, Glazes doors. etc
wherever indicated in the schedule of quantities and drawings.
(iii) Structural, weather and other silicone sealants within and all-round the perimeter of all the
work under this sub head for fabricating IGUs, holding the glass to the aluminum & glass
to glass and to provide water tightness to the curtain glazing.
(iv) EPDM / silicone gaskets, trims, shims, setting blocks, double sided spacer tape, spacer
blocks, weathering strips etc.
(v) All sealing and flashings including sealing at junctions with the building members.
(vi) All brackets, anchor fasteners, screws, inserts, nuts, bolts & washers, and attachments
required for complete installation and fixing to the RCC, masonry and / or the structural
steel members of the building.
(vii) All accessories, fasteners, screws, nuts and bolts, toggles, rivets etc. and other items
implied in the drawings and the specifications though are not specifically indicated or
mentioned here.
(viii) Isolation of all dissimilar metal surfaces as well as moving surfaces by use of TEFLON (PTFE)
separators.
(ix) Engineering proposals, design, drawings and Architectural data.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 144

(x) Shop drawings, engineering data and structural calculations (analysis & design) of all
systems including aluminum structural framing, fasteners, sealants etc.
(xi) Scheduling and monitoring of the work.
(xii) Cost of all samples of the individual components, mock-ups at site and field tests.
(xiii) Coordination with work of other agencies / contractors employed on site.
(xiv) Protection during storage and construction until handing over the building for occupation
etc.
(xv) All final exterior and interior cleaning of the curtain glazing, aluminum composite panel
cladding and aluminum work (PVDF coated) etc. before handing over the building for
occupation.
(xvi) Hoisting, staging, scaffolding and temporary enabling structural work/ services, cranes
and cradles etc.
(xvii) Specified tests, inclusive of necessary records, reports, logbook etc.
(xviii) Design and performance guarantee in the enclosed format.
(xix) Construction monitoring for regular quality control and technical inspection to ensure the
work conforms to the approved shop drawings and details (including any modifications
made after field testing) and acceptable standards of quality including monitoring the
progress of the work.

2. Standards

2.1 In general, the Contractor shall follow either of the latest Indian/ International Standards
as applicable for this sub head.

3. Contractor's responsibility for design

3.1 Architectural drawings and specifications only indicate the required basic
dimensions, and performance criteria.
3.2 The contractor shall be solely and fully responsible for proper structural analysis and
design for various load cases and their combination. This shall include designing and
proper sizing of all sections meeting structural and architectural requirements. The
anchor assemblies shall meet the performance and design requirements including
installation of all inserts, fasteners, clips, bracing and framework as required for the
proper anchorage to the structure, unless otherwise specified.
3.3 Design of the curtain glazing system shall comply with all Government codes and
regulations. The Contractor shall design the entire curtain glazing system for dead
loads, wind loads, seismic loads, storm, air pollution, thermal stresses, building
movements and consequent deflections without compromising the performance
characteristic. Further, the individual members of the structural framing shall not
deflect beyond permissible limits as specified. The design shall comply with the
requirements of the relevant National Building Code and Indian Standard Code/
International Standards, unless specified otherwise.
3.4 The curtain glazing system and its elements shall not sustain permanent deformation
or failure under loading equivalent to 1.5 times the design wind pressure.
3.5 The specified deflections must be reduced if they are in any way detrimental to
curtain glazing system and building.
3.6 The approval of the structural design and shop drawings by the Engineer-in-Charge
shall not relieve the contractor from his responsibility for the structural design.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 145

3.7 The Contractor shall ensure that the elevations are strictly as per the architectural
drawings and that the intent of the architectural design is retained. Visual
appearance shall be a key consideration for acceptance of work.

4. Shop drawings

4.1 Submittals

4.1.1 The contractor shall prepare shop drawings based on approved design and submit the
same to the Engineer -in-charge for approval.

4.1.2 The review of the shop drawings by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be limited to their
conformity to the architectural and structural design concept & specifications. However, the
approval of the shop drawings by the Engineer-in-Charge shall not relieve the contractor
from any of his responsibilities and requirements as specified herein.

4.1.3 No fabrication shall be taken up until the shop drawings and all other related submittals,
documentation, certification, samples and the mock-up for that work have been reviewed
and approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

4.1.4 After approval by the Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor shall submit 6 sets of the
approved shop drawings to the Engineer-in-Charge within three weeks. After the
completion of work, two (2) sets and two (2) CD's each of the final approved shop
drawings incorporating all the approved modifications, if any as per the site requirements,
shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge within two months failing which the final
payment shall not be released to the contractor.

4.2 Scope of shop drawings

4.2.1 Shop drawings shall incorporate scaled and dimensioned plans, elevations, sections and
complete size details for all the works.
4.2.2 The shop drawings shall indicate the required dimensional profiles and modules, function,
design and performance standards and in general cover all dimensions and details
required to fabricate and install the curtain glazing system.
4.2.3 The contractor shall verify and co-ordinate the shop drawings with all applicable and inter-
related trades, drawings and specifications.
4.2.4 All dimensions / modules, etc., shall be field checked and the drawings shall be modified, if
required, based on actual measurements at site.
4.2.5 Details shall show and specify all metal sections, types of finishes, areas to be sealed and
sealant materials, gaskets, applicable construction materials including fasteners and
welds, all anchorage assemblies and components, fabrication and erection tolerances for
the work.
4.2.6 All details shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, after incorporating all
the modifications suggested by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 146

4.3 Section profiles

4.3.1 Profile adjustments, if required as per the site conditions may be allowed by the Engineer-
in- Charge subject to meeting the architectural / performance requirements. However, this
shall be carried out only with the written approval of the Engineer-in-charge provided that
the general design and intent of the drawings and specifications are also maintained. Also,
if any new / non-standard aluminum extruded section is required as per the site
requirement and / or the architectural drawings for functional and / or aesthetic reasons,
the contractor shall procure the same from the approved manufacturers for the aluminum
sections, even if it entails preparing new die, etc. Nothing extra shall be payable to the
contractor on this account.

5 Documentation and certification

5.1 The contractor shall obtain and submit to the Engineer-in-Charge the manufacturer's
certificate for compliance of the various components/ materials for the works (under this
sub head) as per the manufacturer's specifications for the various characteristics. A
copy of the manufacturer's test report for each lot of material procured and supplied for
the work shall also be obtained from the respective manufacturers and submitted to the
Engineer-in-Charge for the record.

5.1.1 Glass and glazing documentation

[Link] Before taking up the work, the glass manufacturer / processor shall submit written
certification for the review of the Engineer-in-Charge and record , stating that all glass
(properties as specified such as U value, shading coefficient, light transmission, solar
factor, relative heat gain etc.) and glazing requirements (including heat strengthening/
toughening, reflective soft coating, low E coating, lamination, fabrication of IGUs
including sealants) as per the shop drawings are recommended by them for use related
to their specific applications and design parameters and that they are in conformity with
the specifications.
[Link] Tests shall be carried out for glass, including properties after processing, for each lot
supplied, by the glass manufacturer / processor in his factory / laboratory or any other
accredited laboratory and the copies of the test results shall be obtained by the
contractor and submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for the record.
[Link] All sealant applications must be clearly designated on shop drawings.

Quality control documentation

[Link] The contractor shall submit the methodology and quality assurance statement for
quality control procedures for the review and approval of the Engineer-in-Charge before
taking up the work to ensure the design integrity and performance of the curtain glazing,
aluminum composite panel cladding and aluminum work (PVDF coated).
[Link] The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representatives may visit the plant /
workshop / factory to inspect material, fabrication and quality assurance procedures.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 147

6 Samples and mock-up at site

6.1 Submittals
6.1.1 The samples of the following materials together with detailed technical data /
catalogues shall be submitted for review and approval of the Engineer-in-Charge along
with the shop drawings. Any omission of an item, or items which require the
Contractor's compliance shall not relieve him from responsibility.
[Link] Aluminum Composite Panel : Each type & thickness 600mmX 600mm
[Link] Aluminum extrusions : Each section: 500mm long.
[Link] Glass : Each type 600 mm x 600 mm.
[Link] Gaskets, separators, glass setting
blocks / spacer tape, etc : Each section or unit, backer rods, 300mm
[Link] Bracket, fasteners and Connecting devices: Each type and size.
[Link] Finish samples : After approval of the final finish coating, the Engineer-in-
Charge shall be provided with three (3) approved samples.
[Link] Ironmongery and accessories, as applicable.
[Link] Finished flashing samples
[Link] Finished samples of shadow boxes, fire stop (barrier)-cum smoke seals
[Link] Structural and weather silicone sealant

6.2 Mock-up at site

6.2.1 Before the fabrication and site installation is taken up and after the approval of shop
drawings by the Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor shall prepare a mock-up, of his
proposed curtain glazing system for a size of panel not exceeding 6 sqm. The mock-up
shall be essentially put up at site for final approval of all materials and installation details
by the Engineer-in-Charge. The mock up shall not form part of the work and shall not be
paid for. It shall be dismantled and taken away by the contractor at his own cost, with
the prior permission of the Engineer-in- Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.

7 Storage, protection and programme

7.1 The contractor shall submit a schedule of procedure for inspection during installation so
as to control and assure quality on the job site.
7.2 The Contractor shall submit a detailed method statement for the protection of the surface
of the curtain glazing, aluminum composite panel cladding and aluminum work (PVDF
coated), etc during delivery and erection, with description as to when the protection can
be removed. The protection paper shall be kept for a period as recommended by
Engineer-in-Charge and shall be replaced with the fresh protection paper, if so required.
Further, it shall not have acid content, which in any manner may affect the substrate.
7.3 Delivery and Storage of Materials: All materials delivered to site shall be stored in
allocated spaces where the stored materials shall not get exposed to rainwater, moisture
or damage, and shall permit easy access to and handling of the materials. Materials shall
be stored neatly and properly stacked.
7.3.1 Factory made glazing units and/or their components shall be transported, handled and
stored in a manner to preclude damage of any nature.
7.3.2 Accessory materials, required for erection at the site shall be delivered in labeled
containers by the manufacturer / supplier.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 148

7.3.3 All units or components, which are cracked, bent, chipped, scratched or otherwise
defective and unsuitable for installation shall be removed and replaced by the contractor.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.

8 Performance requirements
8.1 All components, assemblies and completed work shall conform to the various performance
standards as applicable in respect of thermal movement of the curtain glazing, allowance for
vertical and horizontal expansion and building movement and related building tolerance etc.
The design and installation of the curtain glazing system shall accommodate all inherent
building movements and deflections and the fabrication and installation tolerances of all
related work not involved in this section without the loss of, or any detrimental effect to, the
performance requirements herein specified. The contractor shall verify and coordinate all such
movements and tolerances with the Engineer-in-Charge before designing the components of
the curtain glazing system so that movements and deflections in the structure do not at any
time affect the integrity and safety of curtain glazing system and vice versa.
8.2 Thermal property
8.2.1 All insulation materials, fire-stops (barriers)-cum-smoke seal shall comply with the current
requirements of the Fire Officer, MIDC and other authorities.
8.3 Structural properties
8.3.1 The curtain glazing system shall be anchored to the R.C.C floor through serrated Hot
Dipped Galvanized M.S brackets. As far as possible, the contractor shall take all
precautions to avoid cutting through any reinforcement bars while fixing the brackets. The
contractor may at his own cost provide sleeves/ leave slots at appropriate locations
during casting of the concrete itself for making provision for fixing brackets for the curtain
glazing system and to avoid chipping/ dismantling of concrete. The slot shall be filled up
with concrete of the same grade in a workman like manner, after fixing the brackets. Any
defect in alignment/ plumb in the building face shall be rectified by chipping/ dismantling
of the concrete/ masonry and repairing the same as specified to achieve the required
alignment of the curtain wall as specified. Any change in lengths of bracket/s required on
this account and the consequent requirement of their sections and sizes shall be carried
out by the contactor at his own cost. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
8.3.2 No holes shall be burned, filed or drilled in any structural steel/ RCC members unless
expressly approved by the Engineer - in - Charge.
8.3.3 Member shapes and/or profiles if schematically shown on the Architectural drawings are
not necessarily the exact shapes required or best suited for the particular conditions.
Final shapes and locations shall be as designed by the contractor and are subject to the
review and approval of the Engineer - in - Charge.
8.3.4 All framing members shall be shop fabricated and finished as specified.
8.4 Concrete tolerances
8.4.1 The contractor shall take all precautions to construct the buildings within specified
tolerances in concrete and masonry faces. Any defects beyond the permissible tolerances
shall be rectified by the contractor at his own cost to the entire satisfaction of the
Engineer - in - Charge. While fixing the brackets for curtain glazing system, the contractor
shall take into account the variation in the concrete and the masonry faces to which the
structural framework of the curtain glazing system is to be fixed and such variations shall

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 149

be adjusted in the lengths of brackets to align them in perfect plumb. The bracket shall be
designed accordingly. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
8.5 Fire stops (barriers)-cum-smoke seal and interface with building
8.5.1 Gaps between the building face and the curtain glazing system at soffit level between the
successive floors shall be closed as specified with fire-stops (barriers)-cum-smoke seal. It
shall have the required fire resistance to be approved by Fire Officer, AMC/GMC or Any
Other Municipal Corporation. Suitable gap for accommodating deflections of the
aluminum framing of curtain glazing system as per the approved shop drawings shall be
maintained between the fire-stops (barriers)-cum-smoke seal and the curtain glazing
system. This smoke seal shall however be provided using backer rod and weather
silicone sealant as specified and as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.5.2 The fire-stops (barriers)-cum-smoke seal shall consist of 1 mm thick plain G.I. sheet tray
with 100 mm thick layer of non inflammable heat insulating material, rock wool, having
density of minimum 64 Kg. per Cum. of the make as approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge. The rock wool layer shall be attached to G.I sheet using stainless steel rivets/
nuts, bolts and washers. The tray shall be fixed to the RCC / Masonry surface by using
stainless steel screws dipped in weather silicone sealant as per the approved shop
drawings. Screws with plastic sleeves shall not be allowed to be used for the above fixing
nothing shall be paid extra for providing this provision.
8.5.3 The contractor shall provide an aluminum flashing of 1.0 mm thick transparent anodized
(10 micron thickness) solid aluminum sheet of the approved design and profile at the
window sill level and also fill the gap between the aluminum flashing and the curtain
glazing using weather silicone sealant as specified and as approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge. Also, the fasteners/ screws to be used for fixing flashing shall be dipped in
weather silicone sealant before using.
8.6 Acoustics
8.6.1 Gaps between the mullions and the partitions of the cabins shall be suitably closed by
double skin partition as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge including allowing for
permissible deflections of mullions as per design requirements but without affecting the
partitions and the curtain glazing system. The payment for this partition work shall be
made under relevant item.
8.6.2 Provisions shall also be made to prevent metal to metal rubbing, any rattling, noise due to
thermal changes and wind pressure by using Teflon separators and shims.
8.7 Visual appearance
8.7.1 The Contractor shall ensure that the elevations are strictly as per the Architectural
drawings and that the intent of the architectural design is retained. Visual appearance
shall be a key consideration for acceptance of work.
9 Materials (General)
9.1 Materials and components used shall be of the first / superior quality and suitable for the
purpose.
9.2 All materials shall be free from any defects that may impair the strength, functioning/
performance or appearance of the curtain wall or adjacent construction.
9.3 Fasteners
9.3.1 The type, size, alloy, quantity and spacing of all anchor fasteners and/or anchorage
devices shall be as required for the specified performance standards.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 150

[Link] Bolts, anchors and other fastening devices like screws, nuts, washers etc. shall be of
approved types as required for the strength of the connections, shall be self- locking,
unless otherwise specified. These shall be of austenitic stainless steel of specified grade
and shall be torque tightened, wherever required, to achieve the maximum torque tension
relationship in the fasteners. Washers, nuts and all accessory items shall be of the same
material as fasteners. The rivets/ nuts, bolts and washers for fixing insulation layer to the
shadow box or with fire-stops (barriers)-cum-smoke seal shall be stainless steel of
approved grade.
Type of fasteners Grade of stainless steel Anchor fastener Stainless steel grade
316Screws, Nuts, Bolts, Washers Stainless steel grade 304Rivets, toggles and the like
Stainless steel grade 304

[Link] The anchor fasteners shall not be provided using PVC sleeves. Only expandable Type
self locking fasteners shall be provided.
9.4 Aluminum extrusions
9.4.1 In general aluminum alloy for extrusions shall be 6063 T5 or T6 grade as per B.S.1474.
However, the grade and tempering specifications shall be as recommended by the
supplier for each application.
9.4.2 All extruded aluminum sections shall be anodized in approved colour to a minimum
thickness of 20 microns or shall be PVDF coil / spray coated in approved colour and
shade with metallic colours to a minimum thickness of 35 microns .The colour and the
finish shall be uniform and free of streaks. The aluminum sections, before coating, shall
be suitably cleaned, rinsed, buffed properly and sealed and protected after anodizing /
PVDF coating, till the completion of the work.
9.4.3 All surfaces of the aluminum sections designed to receive the sealants shall be finished
properly to match the finish of the parent section as used for initial testing of sealant and
aluminum surface adhesion. Further, it shall be ensured that the entire aluminum surface
has adequate sealant contact and adhesion.
9.4.4 Sill sheets, plates and extrusions shall be visually flat under all lighting conditions.
9.4.5 The members of aluminum extruded sections for mullions, transoms, members of sub
frames & sash frames shall be in single piece and not be splice jointed in the panel length
and height.

9.5 Aluminum flashing

9.5.1 All flashings shall be made from 1.0 mm thick solid aluminum sheet transparent anodized
to a minimum thickness of 10 microns. It shall be fixed using stainless steel screws
dipped in weather silicone sealant.
9.6 Aluminum composite panels
9.6.1 The soffits of the canopies / walkways / entrance canopies etc., required as per the
architectural drawings, shall be covered with aluminum composite panel material. The top
of the canopies / walkways / entrance canopies shall be covered with zincalume sheets.
The aluminum composite panel and zincalume sheets shall be bent to the required profile
and fixed as per the approved shop drawings prepared on the basis of architectural
drawings.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 151

9.7 Brackets
9.7.1 The brackets shall be fixed with high degree of accuracy to achieve the elevation as per
the architectural drawing. The brackets shall have suitable lengths and sections to align
curtain glazing in one face, as required as per the architectural drawings. Nothing extra
shall be payable on this account. The brackets shall be fabricated from M.S rolled
sections / plates to have the design strength. The quality of the weld shall also be
ensured as per the standards. These shall be provided corrosion protection treatment by
Hot Dipped Galvanizing. The mass of the zinc coating to be not less than 610 gm. per
sqm of steel area to be galvanized. Slots of elliptical or circular shape in the brackets
shall be pre-drilled / machine punched and not flame-cut and it shall be done before
galvanizing. The surface of the brackets shall be serrated for additional grip before
galvanizing. Washers made of serrated plates of the corresponding material shall also be
provided for additional grip. The directions of the serration and the slot shall be such that
they allow movements as per the design requirement and at the same time prevent any
movement in the other direction. Each bracket shall be fixed to the R.C.C using anchor
fasteners of suitable capacities and in numbers as required as per the design
requirements. The brackets shall be fixed to the structural steel members of the building
using stainless steel bolts & nuts / fasteners of required capacity and in numbers as per
the design requirement. The holes of the required sizes shall be pre- drilled in RCC/
structural steel for fixing anchor fasteners/ bolts etc. Nothing extra shall be payable on
this account.
9.8 Fittings
9.8.1 All hardware and fittings such as patch fittings, handles, locks, stay-arms, floor springs,
friction stays etc. for doors , windows and open able panels shall be heavy duty and of
approved make as specified.
9.8.2 Hinges for open able panels shall be heavy duty top hung stainless steel friction hinges
selected for specified wind load and dead loads.
9.8.3 All fittings and locks shall be as specified.
9.8.4 Each open able panel of the Curtain glazing shall be provided with the fittings as specified
in item nomenclature.
10 Sealants & gaskets
10.1 Selection of sealants
10.1.1 The compatibility and sequence of installation for all sealants must be carefully considered
in all proposals in order to ensure the required curing and performance.
10.1.2 Sealants must not degrade and / or fail under any or all design conditions including wind,
thermal and seismic movements, exposure to water and humidity, ultraviolet exposure and
/ or other adverse environmental conditions.
10.1.3 The designations of sealant types specified herein are intended for general design
guidance only. The contractor shall however use sealant equivalent to or superior than that
specified herein. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
10.1.4 Final selection by the contractor for the sealant types shall be based on their conformity
with the Performance Requirements specified herein and as per the recommendations of
the sealant manufacturer. The contractor may use sealant of equivalent grade and
characteristics, manufactured by the manufacturer other than those specified herein,
based on recommendations of those sealant manufacturers for specified use but with the

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 152

prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall submit the documentary
evidence in this regard.
10.1.5 All precautions shall be taken during design of structural silicone bite and also during
fabrication of the curtain glazing system to prevent failure of sealant during the guarantee
period of 10 years after the date of completion of work and even beyond, up to the
expected service life of the curtain wall.
10.1.6 Sealants and gaskets shall not leach, discolour, stain or dry.
10.2 Structural silicone sealant
10.2.1 The sealant manufacturer shall design the silicone bite for the design loads as specified
and likely to come during the life of the curtain glazing system for arriving at bite size of the
structural silicone sealant.
10.2.2 The structural silicone sealant bite as designed by the sealant manufacturer and as per the
approved shop drawings shall be provided. If the contractor provides larger bite than that
specified, nothing extra shall be payable.
10.2.3 The Structural sealant shall be two part pump-filled Silicone sealant DC 983 of Dow
Corning or equivalent recommended by manufacturer and approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge. The weather silicone sealant shall be one-part Silicone sealant DC 795 of Dow
Corning or equivalent of other approved brand as per the list of approved materials.
10.2.4 The structural sealant to be used as specified for all exposed and concealed metal to
metal (including tight or butt type metal to metal assembly prior to assembly) or glass to
glass shall be 2-part silicone sealant, conforming to the manufacturer's recommendations
for the specific uses and performance criteria. The sealant shall be applied using two-part
pump for the same. All the sealing shall be done in a clean and controlled environment as
specified by the silicone sealant manufacturer.
10.2.5 In unavoidable circumstances, where it is required to provide structural silicone sealant in -
situ, 1-part structural silicon sealant - 995 of Dow Corning or equivalent of other approved
brand shall be used with prior approval from the Engineer-in-charge. Mechanicalsupports
shall beprovided, if required, till the final curing of the structural silicone. Nothing extra
shall be payable on this account.
10.2.6 The contractor of the curtain glazing system may at their own cost provide structural
silicone sealant - DC 995 / DC 983 of Dow Corning or equivalent as weather silicone
sealant as well for water tightness also, apart for structural requirements, instead of
weather sealant - 795 of Dow Corning or equivalent as required and as specified.
However, nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
10.3 Weather silicone sealant
10.3.1 The grade of weather silicone sealants wherever required like for concealed metal
to metal, metal to glass and metal to concrete/ masonry such as embedment and
lapping of flashings etc. where elements are to be installed or embedded, the
weather sealant shall be of grade 795 of Dow Corning or equivalent for the other
approved brand, as per the recommendations of the sealant manufacturers. Also,
the gap between the aluminum sections and the glass, if so required, shall be filled
with weather sealant as specified above including providing and fixing backer rod
wherever required as per the approved shop drawings. The weather silicone sealant shall
be of approved colour and shade. The weather silicone sealant for fixing the butt jointed

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 153

glass for the fixed partitions shall be transparent in colour DC 791 of Dow Corning or
equivalent of other approved brands.
10.4 Compatibility
10.4.1 All sealants must be non-staining and compatible with adjoining sealants, backup
materials, substrate materials and their respective finishes and/or applied colour coatings.
Care shall be taken to ensure that two different types of sealant should not come in
contact with each other unless compatibility is satisfied as per manufacturer's
specifications.
10.5 Caulking compound
10.5.1 Dow Corning weather silicone sealant - 795 or equivalent as approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge, ( of approved colour and shade to match adjacent material wherever exposed and
visible) for use around frame/ flashings or between frame/ flashing and RCC/ masonry
surface.
10.6 Gaskets
10.6.1 Gaskets and seals shall be of approved quality compatible with substrates, finishes and
other components they are in contact with. All gaskets exposed directly on the exterior
face shall be silicon gaskets, which are UV resistant. They shall not degenerate, discolour
or leach on exposure to solar radiations/ rains/ pollutants etc.
10.6.2 Manufacturers' test Certificate shall be submitted as specified.
11 Glass
11.1 General
11.1.1 All glass and glazing materials shall be as specified.
11.1.2 Vision and spandrel glass shall have characteristics as specified. THE PERFORMANCE
CHARACTERISTICS OF GLASS PANELS, have to be ensured by the contractor within
the constraints of aesthetic requirements like colour, shade, reflectivity etc. and
performance requirements like light transmission, U value, shading coefficient, relative
heat gain etc. as specified. Minor variations in the characteristics of glass on superior side
may be allowed, if required by the contractor with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge, but
without any extra cost to the Department on this account.
11.1.3 Vision and spandrel glass shall have characteristics as specified. THE PERFORMANCE
CHARACTERISTICS OF GLASS PANELS, have to be ensured by the contractor within
the constraints of aesthetic requirements like colour, shade, reflectivity etc. and
performance requirements like light transmission, U value, shading coefficient, relative
heat gain etc. as specified. Minor variations in the characteristics of glass on superior side
may be allowed, if requiredby the contractor with the approval ofEngineer-in-Charge, but
without any extra cost to the Department on this account.
11.2 Installation
11.2.1 The Contractor shall procure and install glass panels and carry out glazing work as
indicated on the drawings and as specified herein.
11.2.2 All glass panels shall be of accurate sizes as required.
11.2.3 All glass panels shall have clear undamaged edges and surfaces, which are not disfigured.
11.2.4 Any glass panel that does not fit in the curtain glazing system shall be rejected and
replaced by the Contractor at his own cost. Therefore, all care and precautions shall be
taken by the contractor while procuring the glass panels from the manufacturer /
processors of the glass. No claims ofany kind or any hindrance shall be entertained from
the contractor on this account.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 154

11.2.5 Glass panels shall not be in direct contact with the aluminum framework.
11.3 Identification
11.3.1 Permanent identification marking on glass shall be accomplished by a technique selected
by the manufacturer. The location of the marking shall be proposed by the Manufacturer
and approved by the Engineer - in - Charge. All glass shall be delivered to site with the
manufacturer's / processor's label of identification attached.
11.4 Breakage
11.4.1 All glass with any breakage, any damage to the coatings or any other defects caused due
to the negligence of the contractor or caused by the installation of faulty work by him shall
be rejected. Such defects shall be rectified and /or glass shall be replaced by the
Contractor at his own expense to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer - in - Charge. No
delay or claim whatsoever of any kind shall be entertained from the contractor on this
account.
11.5 Selection of Glass
11.5.1 Each type of glass shall be obtained from only one manufacturer and preferably in one lot.
11.6 Insulated Glazed Units (IGUs) in the vision panels
11.6.1 Insulated glazed units shall be obtained only from approved manufacturers/ processors as
per the approved list.
11.6.2 Insulated units shall be factory assembled, with multiple panes, hermetically sealed,
separated by and sealed to spacer tubes perforated on inner exposed face forming airtight
dehydrated airspace inside the insulated units. The IGUs shall be assembled (prepared)
by the manufacturer/ processor of the glass as per the approved list, in their dedicated
workshops/ factory.
11.7 Laminating units
11.7.1 The glasses shall be laminated with interlayer of Polyvinylbutyral (PVB) sheet of specified
thickness.
11.7.2 The interlayer material (PVB) shall be clear or as specified with no tendency to bubble,
discolour or lose physical and mechanical properties after laminating glasses.
11.7.3 The laminated panels shall be free of foreign substances, air or glass pockets and shall
not delaminate at edges.
11.8 Precaution in storing and handling glasses
11.8.1 The glass manufacturer/ processor shall take necessary precautions as stated below
besides any other precautions not specifically mentioned herein:
11.8.2 The reflective/ low E coating on the glass shall be protected against scratches, surface
corrosion, staining and/ or any other abrasion.
11.8.3 The glasses shall not be stored without a clean inter-leaving material. Also they should not
slide against each other.
11.8.4 The glass shall be protected from weld or grinding splatter.
11.8.5 The reflective/ low E coating shall be protected against contact with acids or strong
alkalis. The cleaners to be used for cleaning thesurfaceshallbe as per the manufacturer’s
recommendations. The glass shall be protected against moisture from humidity, which
can stain glass as well as coating.
11.8.6 Reflective/ low E coating shall also be protected against splashes from paints etc.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 155

12 Metal coatings
12.1 Anodizing / PVDF coating
12.1.1 Aluminum extruded sections shall be satin finish colour anodized to minimum15 microns
thickness, as per the approved colour and shade or
PVDF coil / spray coated to approve metallic colour and shade to minimum 35 microns
thickness.
12.2 Galvanizing
12.2.1 The brackets for the curtain glazing system shall be hot dipped galvanized. The mass of
the zinc coating to be not less than 610 gm. per sqm of steel area to be galvanized.
12.3 Samples
12.3.1 The Contractor shall prepare three samples, which shall define the colour and gloss of
anodizing and submit them for approval of the Engineer - in - Charge.
12.4 Matching of finish
12.4.1 Wherever the same colour finish is specified for extruded aluminum sections and
composite aluminum sheets, the Contractor shall ensure that the colour of both is matched
as closely as possible to the satisfaction of the Engineer - in - Charge.
13 Curtain glazing and aluminum composite panel cladding systems
13.1 General
13.1.1 Movement of building components to which the curtain glazing system is attached
including long term and short term movements due to thermal effect, structural effect, wind
pressure, seismic forces, erection or dead loads, creep, column shortening, deflection,
torsion and vibrations etc shall be free and noiseless. This shall be achieved without any
strain or stress being transferred to the glass, without buckling of any components, without
excessive stress to any members or assemblies and without compromising on any of the
performance requirement of the curtain wall.
13.2 Waterproofing
13.2.1 Following precautions shall be taken by the contractor to ensure that the curtain glazing
system is completely water tight during its guarantee period as well as expected service
life besides any other precautions not specifically mentioned herein:
[Link] A drainage system must be incorporated into the curtain glazing system. The curtain
glazing system shall have provision for air pressure equalization (all the internal spaces
shall be vented by acceptable means to ensure air pressure equalization ) so that water
leakage and condensation, if any shall be drained or discharged to exterior face of the
curtain glazing.
[Link] Care should be taken that the sections of the aluminum extrusions used for structural
framing of curtain glazing provide for proper drainage of water that in- filters into the
system by gravity and for this the section should have proper slope and weep holes as
required. These shall be clearly indicated on the shop drawings.
[Link] Movement of water on exposed faces must be controlled to ensure that water is not
retained and that elements will not be damaged or corroded by water and to minimize the
potential for algae and fungal growth as a result of standing or trapped water.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 156

[Link] EPDM gaskets of the quality as specified and of required size and thickness shall be
provided at all required locations to prevent ingress of water or moisture. The same shall
be indicated on the shop drawings also.
[Link] EPDM gaskets of the quality as specified and of required size and thickness shall be
provided at all required locations to prevent ingress of water or moisture. The same shall
be indicated on the shop drawings also.
[Link] Aluminum sheet flashing using 1.0mm thick transparent anodized (10 microns)
aluminum sheet wherever required shall be provided including sealing the gap between
the flashing and the other Material like RCC, masonry, aluminum etc. by using weather
silicone sealant as specified.
13.3 Mullions and transoms
13.3.1 The sections of mullions and transoms shall be designed to restrict deflection under dead
loads, wind load, seismic loads etc. as specified and shall be rigid and stable enough to
support and retain the in-fill panels in position under all conditions. The mullions and
transoms shall also be designed for additional horizontal loads from the cleaning
equipment and process besides horizontal live loads as specified.
13.4 Spandrel units
13.4.1 Spandrel shall be of glass having same colour matching with vision areas after using a
shadow box as specified.
13.4.2 Structural spandrel wall, fins, slab or beam, aluminum frame work, anchor fasteners,
brackets , shadow boxes, fire stop(barrier)-cum-smoke seals and other construction shall
not be visible through the glass in the spandrel portion of the curtain glazing from the
exterior and shall be fully concealed behind the shadow box.
13.4.3 A shadow box shall be provided at a distance of minimum 50 mm behind the spandrel
glass panel to ensure that the insulation panel material does not come in contact with the
soft coating of the spandrel glass to prevent any damage to the coating on account of any
chemical reaction or otherwise. It shall consist of an approved black fibre glass non-woven
tissue stuck on surface #1of 50 mm thick semi-rigid fibre glass wool insulation panel of
minimum density of 48 kg per cum., and 1.5 mm thick transparent anodized (10 microns)
solid aluminum sheet tray, on surface #2 by using suitable stainless steel rivets/ nuts, bolts
and washers to hold the insulation panel in position. The periphery shall be properly
sealed. Surface #1 shall be adequately protected against damage until spandrel glazing is
done. Further, care shall be taken that the aluminum sheet backing of the shadow box
does not heave or warp due to thermal stresses and/or its self-weight. Proper gaps at the
edges of the tray shall be provided to accommodate movements on account of thermal
stresses besides making elliptical slots if required to facilitate movements. The shadow
box shall be fixed to the structural framing of the curtain glazing by using stainless steel
screws. The fixing arrangement shall be as per the approved shop drawings.
13.5 Ventilators, open able windows and doors

13.5.1 Ventilators, open able windows and doors shall be provided at positions as shown on the
architectural drawings. The open able panels when in closed position shall remain
watertight under all weather conditions and pass the water tightness tests as specified.
Besides, the open able panels shall appear similar to the fixed ones from outside.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 157

13.5.2 All hardware and accessories shall be provided and fixed by the contractor and shall be as
specified.
13.6 Coping and soffit trimmer
13.6.1 All coping and soffit panels shall have aluminum structural frame fixed rigidly to the
structure.
13.6.2 Effective drainage system shall be provided to drain out the water that may penetrate
through the joints, on to the exterior face of the curtain glazing.
13.6.3 Coping and soffits shall be visibly flat in all lighting conditions.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR EXPOSED CONCRETE WORK

1. Providing, installing, fixing in position in true line and level sturdy form work/shuttering as
per approved pattern along with groves, etc. including striking of the shuttering/formwork.
2. Providing minimum 18mm thick pre-laminated main or approved plywood shuttering for the
designed pattern. Plywood shuttering shall not be reused more than 10 times.
3. Providing approved PVC strips of required size to have designed groves as per pattern.
4. Providing and applying de-shuttering chemicals instead of applying oil to avoid sticking of
concrete to shuttering.
5. Providing and mixing even coarse sand after due screening with specified grade Sieve to
have uniformity of granular coarse sand.
6. Providing and utilizing cement of same brand throughout the total exposed concrete work
till it is completed. To avoid shade variation of exposed surfaces it is always
advantageous/to advisable stock complete lot of cement of one batch (from one plant).
7. Providing and using continues vibrator with controlled water cement ratio (which could be
arrived by trial & error method keeping adequate standby machines.
8. Sizable mock ups will be made at site before starting any kind of exposed concrete work
for the approval of EIC having complete satisfaction for the concern exposed concrete
surface. However, it may happen to make more mockups. In no case, unless mock up is
approved the work of exposed concreting will be allowed. Further, approved mockup will
be kept in that at site till exposed concrete work is totally completed. Approved mockup
may be removed after written permission from EIC.
9. Adequate curing.
10. Incase touching or finishing of concrete surface is needed at small and odd places, the
same be attended by expert’s craftsman those who have bit of experience for the same,
subject to approval from EIC.
11. Providing and adding adequate percentage of approved white cement, if at all needed to
have required shade of exposed concrete surfaces provided with approved OPC cement,
the needed shade is not achieved. This could be done with trial-and-error method while
making various mockups for approval of EIC.
12. Providing specified cover to reinforcement bars with approved cover blocks tied
adequately and sturdily so that the same is not disturbed during pouring and vibrating,
tamping the concrete.
13. Methodology for guidelines
i. Providing strict and constant supervision and checking at every stage such as tying
of reinforcement bars, providing specified cover blocks, placing and erection of
supporting and bracing structure for formwork, making shuttering panels, erecting

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 158

and fixing shuttering plates/panels, bracing of formwork, pouring and vibrating

concrete, removed of form work, curing, etc. stage having constantly one
specialised team of senior engineer, senior supervisor, senior foreman, etc. for the
same.
ii. The term `Exposed Formwork' and shuttering shall include all forms, moulds,
sheeting, shuttering, bamboos, `ballies', planks, plays, wooden planks, steel plates,
battens, wall plates, beams, poles, posts, shores, struts, ties, uprights, steel rods,
bolts, wedges and all other temporary supports to precast or cast-in-situ concrete
during the process of setting.
iii. Exposed Shuttering shall be substantially and rigidly constructed of Ply or steel,
ply/block board or other approved material and shall be true to the shape and
dimensions described. Timber shall be well seasoned, free from loose knots.
iv. For exposed concrete faces, the shuttering faces in contact with concrete shall be
free from adhering grout, projecting nails, splits or other defects that may mark the
concrete surface. Shuttering for foundations and other concealed work may be of
undressed timber.
v. The proposed `ballies' (props) shall have a minimum dia. of 100 mm. measured at
mid-length and 80 mm. at the thin end and shall be placed absolutely vertical at a
spacing of 1M to 1.2M. The `ballies' shall rest squarely on a wooden sole plate at
least 40mm thick and with a minimum bearing area 1000 Sq. cm. (30cm x 30 cm).
Double wedges shall be provided so that the props can be gently lowered
vertically, when deshuttering.
vi. Preferably, scaffolding consisting of tubular steel work (Conforming to I. S. 2750)
and carried out in accordance with I. S. 4014 shall be used.
vii. The timber used in the shuttering shall not be so dry as to absorb water from the
concrete and swell and bulge, nor so green or wet as to shrink after erection.
`Kailwood' or such other kind of timber shall be used. The timber shall be
accurately sawn and planed on the sides or the surface coming in contact with the
concrete.
viii. The camber, beveled edges, grooves, mouldings etc. shall be done in the form
work itself. Provision for all fan hooks, electrical conduits, hooks for swing, etc. and
other fittings, shall be pre-planned.
ix. No extra payment shall be made for such items, unless listed so. If these are not
pre-planned, the Contractor shall have to bear any additional costs involved due to
negligence and fixing of such items later. As far as possible, cables, bolts, nuts and
clamps shall be used to hold the forms together in perfect position. Use of nails or
spikes shall be avoided.
x. In case of structures whose height is such that there are two or more floors, the
weights of concrete, centering, and shuttering of any upper floor shall be suitable
supported on at least two floors below the same. In such cases, the props of the
upper floor must necessarily come over the props of the lower floor. Formwork and
concreting of the upper floor shall not be done until the concrete of the lower floor
has set for at least 14 days. The lower most prop shall be strong enough and bear
on material good enough to carry the loads.
xi. If at any stage of work during or after placing concrete in the structure, the frame
work sags or bulges out or collapses, such concrete shall be removed and all the

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 159

works redone at Contractor's own cost and risk. The Owner or Consultant or the
Construction Manager shall not be held responsible for acts of negligence by the
Contractor or his representative.
xii. All joints, except as hereinafter specified, shall be sufficiently tight to prevent
leakage of cement grout. To avoid the formation of fins or other blemishes, all such
faulty joints shall be caulked. If the timber boarding be continuously wet throughout
the period of use, the joints shall not be tight when the shuttering is first
constructed. Where the appearance of the concrete face is important, the position
and direction of the joints shall be as specified. Camber shall be 1 in 250 for
structures supported at two ends or as directed and for cantilevers; it shall be 1 in
50 at the free end.
xiii. Opening for inspection of the inside of beams, walls, columns, and such similar
shuttering and for the escape of wash-water shall be so formed that they can be
conveniently closed before commencement of concrete pour. The connections
shall be so constructed as to permit easy removal of the shuttering and shall be
either nailed, screwed, bolted, clamped, wired or otherwise secured to retain the
correct shape during consolidation of the concrete by tamping, ramming, vibration
or other means. Bolts and holes in the concrete shall be made good after removal
of the bolts. If use of wire ties has been approved, the ends shall be concealed and
measures taken to prevent the formation of rust stains on the concrete face. Top
shuttering shall be provided to concrete faces where the slope exceeds 1 in 2.
Such shuttering shall be counter-weighted or otherwise anchored against floating.
xiv. No extra payment shall be made for holes to be made in the formwork for inserting
electrical conduits, fan hooks or any other inserts required for pipe supports,
monorails, lifting hooks, angle guards, etc. The form work cost may or may not be
included in the relevant concrete items and the rate shall include curves, angles,
splays, mitres, bevels, etc. They may or may not be paid for separately. The
Contractor shall refer the schedule of quantities and if specified, consider the cost
of the same, while reviewing the drawings and before tendering.
xv. All the centering and shuttering has to be done as per the structural requirements
and provided for in the rate. Nothing extra shall be paid for, even if it costs the
Contractor more than normal and repetitive use of shuttering is not possible.
14. Erection of shuttering
i. Exposed Shuttering shall be designed and erected true to line and rigidly braced
and strutted to resist and prevent deformation under the weight and pressure of
concrete, constructional loads of workers and equipment, wind pressure, and other
forces due to vibration as also buckling, bending, twisting or warping. The
deflection shall not exceed 3mm. Beam soffits shall be erected with an upward
camber of 6mm for each 3 meters of horizontal span. If asked for, calculations for
design of the shuttering shall be submitted for approval before construction
commences.
ii. Beam and slab shuttering shall be so erected that the shuttering on the sides of
beam and slab soffits can be removed without disturbing the beam-bottom boards.
Re-propping of beams shall not be approved except when props are reinstated to
relieve the beam of loads in excess of the design load as hereinafter specified.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 160

iii. Column boxes, if erected to the full height of the column, shall have one side built
up in sections, which shall be gradually added as placing of concrete proceeds.
15. Coating for shuttering
All faces of shuttering and moulds in contact with wet concrete shall be treated with
approved de-shuttering chemicals or other approved coating to prevent adherence
of the concrete. Such coatings shall be insoluble in water, non-staining, and not
injurious to the concrete, and shall not become flaky nor be removable by rain or
wash water. Liquids that retard the setting of cement shall be applied to the
shuttering only when specifically asked for. De-shuttering chemicals, retarding
liquids, and similar coating shall be kept away from contact with the reinforcement.
16. Removal of Formwork.
i. Form work shall be removed gradually without jerking and only in the presence of a
competent supervisor. Before removal of the shuttering the concrete shall be
examined and removal shall proceed only if the concrete has attained sufficient
strength to support its own weight and if any loading in excess of the design load is
anticipated, approved props shall be provided after removal of the shuttering. The
Contractor shall record on the drawings or elsewhere the date on which the
shuttering was removed.
ii. Notwithstanding any limitations or other requirements of this specification relating
to the period elapsing between placing concrete and removal of shuttering, the
assessment of such period and any damage or other consequences arising there
from shall be the Contractor's entire responsibility.
iii. Unless otherwise approved, shuttering shall not be removed until the number of
clear days as specified below has elapsed since the last day of placing concrete in
the member concerned. The specified period shall be increased by an approved
number of days if the hardening of the concrete is delayed due to low temperature
or other causes. The period shall like-wise be increased for concrete mixtures with
high water content, for heavy sections and for high ratios of dead load to total
design load. For beams or similar members, the period shall be increased by one
day for every 600mm. increase in span beyond 6 meters.

MINIMUM PERIOD OF REMOVAL OF SHUTTERING:

Slabs Side Boards – 2days
• Props-up to 4.5m span of slab – 14days
• Props-More than 4.5m span of slab – 21days
• Beam Side Board – 2days
• Bottom Boards with props
• For main beams and beams more than 6m in span – 21days
• For secondary beams or for beams span up to 6m – 14days
• For main beam above 9m span or for cantilevered beams) – 28days
• Foundations, Walls & Columns (when not loaded) – 2days
• Domes, folded plates, shell roofs As per instructions or other such special
structures of Structural Specialist or the Construction manager.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 161

For all other cements, the time may be suitably modified as asked for by the Structural
Specialist or the Construction Manager.
Works damaged due to careless removal of premature concrete shall be reconstructed
free of cost by the Contractor. In case of cantilevered slabs and beams, the centering and
shuttering shall remain till the full counterweight has been provided, for resisting the
overturning moment.

17. Finishes

i. Minor honeycombed surface shall be made good immediately after removal of the
shuttering and superficial water and air holes shall be filled as stated in above
preambles with a prior approval for EIC. The work that has sagged or bulged out or
contains major honeycombing will be rejected. If due to negligence or bad
workmanship, the Contractor has to dismantle and redo the work, the same shall
be done at his own cost and risk.
ii. Surfaces of concrete where shuttering is not fixed, namely top of slab, beam,
column, are be smoothened with a wooden float or a steel trowel to give a finish
equal to that of the rubbed down shutter faces. If the Consultant or the
Construction Manager wants to keep the surface rough, or as non-skidding, the
Contractor shall make the same without any extra charges. The non-skidding
surface shall be achieved either by keeping the surface same as with use of a
wooden float or shall be wire brushed after setting of concrete or shall be
checkered or minor grooves made as required.
iii. If the top concrete surface is required to be very smooth; extra cement shall be
spread on the top at a rate of 2.75 kg/sq.m. at the time of casting and trowelled
smooth. This shall be paid for as extra. Such treatment shall only be done on
written instructions from the Consultant or the Construction Manager. It shall not
mean and include normal finishing. It shall only be for extra ordinary smooth finish
and will be called as simultaneous finish.
18. Sample
Exposed RCC full size mockup to be prepared and to be approved by design consultant
prior to casting of any exposed RCC work. Approved mock up to be retained until the end
of the project execution stages.
19. Mode of Measurement and Payments
The rate shall be for a unit of Sq.M.
Only one side (Visible Portion) of exposed concrete and form work shall be payable.

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS OF ALUMINUM WORK FOR DOORS,

WINDOWS AND PARTITIONS.

1.1 The material for the work shall be procured from the approved manufacturer as per the list
attached with the tender documents. The Contractor shall procure and submit samples of
various materials to be used in the work for the approval of Engineer-in-Charge and no
work shall commence before such samples are approved. Samples of un-anodized as well
as anodized aluminum sections, neoprene gaskets, glass, stainless steel screws, anchor
fasteners, hardware and any other material or components requiring approval of samples,

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 162

in opinion of Engineer-in-Charge, shall be submitted for the approval as mentioned above.

The above samples shall be retained as standards of materials and workmanship. The
cost of the above samples shall be borne by the Contractor.
1.2 The Contractor shall prepare the shop drawings for the aluminum windows giving details of
the various aluminum sections, neoprene gaskets, cleats, anchor fasteners, hardware,
sealants, glass etc. and submit the same for the approval of Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing
extra shall be payable on this account.
1.3 Only after the approval of the samples and the shop drawings by the Engineer-in-Charge,
the Contractor shall procure the material for the work. All materials brought to the site by
the Contractor, for use in the work, as well as fabricated components shall be subject to
inspection and approval by Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall, if required by the
Engineer-in-Charge, produce manufacturer’s test certificates for any material or particular
batch of materials supplied by him.
1.4 The Contractor shall prepare a finished sample of the aluminum window along with glazing
panel and fittings etc. for approval of workmanship and material. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account.
1.5 The Contractor shall get the necessary tests carried out in an approved laboratory, as
specified. The tests carried out shall be as per relevant specifications / Standard Codes.
One test for each lot of anodized aluminum section of each type shall be carried out.
However, this is subject to at least one test for every 1,000 Kg or part thereof, for each
type of section.
1.6 Aluminum sections to be used for doors, windows, ventilators and fixed glazing, partitions,
false ceiling etc. shall be appropriate to meet technical, structural, functional and aesthetic
considerations. The anodizing shall be carried out in an approved factory / workshop as
specified in the tender documents.

1.7 The aluminum extruded sections shall conform to I.S. Designations HEIWP / HVIWP alloy,
with chemical composition and technical properties as per I.S. 733 and I.S. 12195.
2.1 FABRICATION
2.1.1 All joints shall be accurately fabricated and be hairline in appearance. The finished
surface shall be free from visible defects.
2.2.2 Taking into consideration varying profiles of aluminum sections being extruded by approved
manufacturers, the Contractor shall prepare detailed shop drawings of his proposal using
suitable sections based on architectural design / drawings, adequate to meet the
requirements / specifications laid down and as proposed by the manufacturer and these
detailed shop drawings shall be subject to approval of the Engineer – in – Charge.
2.2.3 All hardware used shall conform to the relevant specifications and as per samples
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Design, quality, type, number and fixing of hardware
shall be generally in accordance with architectural drawings and as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge before use.
2.2.4 All doors, windows, ventilators and glazing etc. shall be made water tight with neoprene
gaskets and weather silicone sealants to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, for
which nothing extra shall be payable.
2.2.5 The frames shall be strictly as per Architectural drawings; the corners of the frame being
fabricated to the true right angles. Both the fixed frames and openable shutter frames
shall be fabricated out of sections cut to required length, mitered and mechanically jointed

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 163

for satisfactory performance. All members shall be accurately machine milled and fitted to
form hairline joints. The jointing accessories such as aluminum cleats, stainless steel
screws etc. shall not to cause any bi-metallic reaction by providing separators, wherever
required. Nothing extra shall be payable for jointing accessories.
2.2.6 Mitered joints of the doors, windows, ventilators shutters and frames shall be either corner
crimped or fixed with self-tapping stainless steel screws of approved make and quality to
heavy duty extruded aluminum cleats and sealed with weather silicone sealant, for which
nothing extra shall be payable.
2.2.7 Vertical members of the aluminum frame work shall be embedded in the floors,
wherever required, by cutting and making good of the floor. Nothing extra shall be payable
on this account.
2.8 FIXING OF ALUMINUM FRAME WORK
2.8.1 The screws used for fixing fixed aluminum frames of the aluminum windows to masonry
walls / RCC members and aluminum members to other aluminum members shall be of
stainless steel of approved make and quality and of stainless-steel grade 304. Threads of
machine screws used shall conform to requirement of I.S. 42119.
2.8.2 The aluminum frames of the gypsum board partition and the wooden rafter ceiling shall be
fixed to masonry walls / RCC members using stainless steel anchor fasteners of grade
316, of Kundan or Arrow make and aluminum members to other aluminum members shall
be fixed using stainless steel screws of approved make and quality and of stainless-steel
grade 304.
2.8.3 For the aluminum windows, the gap between the aluminum frames and the R.C.C /
Masonry and also any gaps in the various sections shall be filled with weather silicone
sealant DC 795 of Dow Corning or equivalent in the required bite size, to ensure water
tightness including providing and fixing backer rod, wherever required. The weather
silicone sealant shall be ofsuch approved colour and composition that it would not stain or
streak the masonry / R.C.C. work. It should not sag or flow and shall not set hard or dry
out under any conditions of weather and shall be tooled properly. The weather silicone
sealant shall be used as per the manufacturer’s specifications and shall be of approved
colour and shade. Any excess sealant shall be removed / cleared. Nothing extra shall be
payable for the above.

2.8.4 Fixing of glass panes shall be designed in such a way that replacing damaged / broken
glass panes is easily possible without having to remove or damage any members or
interior finishing materials.
2.9 ANODIZING
2.9.1 Aluminum sections shall be anodized as per I.S. 701919 – 1973. Anodizing to be as per
grade AC 20 and not less than 20 microns thick when measured as per I.S. 6012, in colour
and shade as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.9.3 The anodic coating shall be properly sealed by steam or dipping in de-ionized water as per
I.S. 119619-19192 and / or I.S. 6057. Sealing quality shall be tested in accordance with
the relevant standards. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
2.9.4 The Contractor shall satisfy himself by checking in the factory that the thickness of the
anodic coating is found to be minimum 20 microns and sealing quality is appropriate
everywhere. The testing shall be done in an approved laboratory by EDDY CURRENT
METHOD as per I.S. 6012 for thickness. For testing the thickness of anodic coating of the

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 164

anodized aluminum sections, the calibration shall be done on bare (un-anodized)

aluminum sections of same type. If any material is found sub-standard, it shall be
rejected.
2.9.5 All anodized aluminum works shall conform to relevant I.S. Codes relating to materials,
workmanship, fabrications, finishing, erection, installations etc. In this connection I.S.
Codes including I.S. 119619 – 19192, I.S. 733 – 19193, I.S. 19419-1961, I.S. 701919-
1973, I.S. 6012-1970, I.S. 12195 – 1975, I.S. 740-1975 are considered relevant and
applicable.
2.9.6 The exposed surface of the aluminum sections shall be protected against surface damage,
dents, scratches etc. It shall, therefore, be provided with protective tape. After fixing and
assuring of proper functioning of doors, windows, frame work for partitions / false ceiling
etc. such protective tape shall be cleaned out / removed as per the directions of Engineer-
in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable for above.
2.10 GLAZING
2.10.1 All glass panes shall be retained within aluminum framing by use of exterior grade
neoprene gaskets. Use of glazing or caulking compounds around the perimeter of
glass will not be permitted. There shall be no whistling or rattling. Before installation of
glass, Contractor shall ensure the following:
a) All glazing rebates shall be square, to plumb, true to plane, dry and free from dust.
b) Glass edge shall be clean and cut to exact size and grounded
2.10.2 Annealed float glass in doors, windows, ventilators and fixed glazing etc. shall be of
approved make and standard quality conforming to C.P.W.D. Specifications.
[Link] 4.0 mm thick glass panes shall be provided for openings not exceeding 0.5 sqm. For
openings exceeding 0.5 sqm in area, 5.0 mm thick glass panes shall be provided
unless specified otherwise.
3.1 PROTECTIONS AND CLEANING:
3.1.1 After erection and removal of protective layer, all aluminum works including glass panes
shall be moist cleaned with a de-ionized water to clean all marks, stains and
blemishes.
4.0 MEASUREMENT AND RATES:
4.1.1 For aluminum frame work, the length of each member of the frame shall be measured
correct to half a centimeter. The weight shall then be calculated on the basis of unit
weight specified in the manufacturer’s catalogue.
4.1.2 The actual weight per metre of the respective aluminium sections shall be measured for
three random samples collected for each type of aluminium section used in the work,
cut to require lengths and weighed and average weight calculated and recorded. The
average weight for each type of aluminium section shall be taken as the actual weight
per metre for that aluminium section. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as
regards the random samples and average weight shall be final and binding on the
Contractor and no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor in this
regard.
4.1.3 The quantity of the aluminium, to be paid for, shall be the least of the two weights calculated
on the basis of above two paras19.12.1 and 19,12.2
4.1.4 For glazing, the actual area of the glass panels excluding the portion in the beading shall be
measured in sqm up to two decimal places, for payment.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 165

4.1.5 Stainless steel adjustable friction hinges and the aluminium handles for the openable
side-hung windows shall be of "Earl Bihari”, make or equivalent as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. 2 nos. friction hinges shall be provided per shutter.
4.1.6 The cost of designing and preparation of shop drawings, all the samples, mock up of
window etc. is deemed to be included in the cost of the relevant items. Nothing extra
shall be payable on this account.
4.1.7 The item for aluminium for fixed portions for aluminium windows, frame work for
partitions and wooden rafter ceiling shall include cost of all inputs of labour, material
(anodized aluminium sections, including cleats, other fixtures, weather silicone sealants,
stainless steel screws, nuts, bolts, rawl plugs, backer rods, polyethylene tapes etc. which
shall be required for fabrication and erection of aluminium work) T & P, all incidental
charges, wastages etc.
Involved in the work. However, for the purpose of payment, the weight of aluminium
sections for the fixed window frame, frame work for partitions and wooden rafter ceiling,
shall be measured in Kg. The aluminium cleats, stainless steel screws, nuts, bolts,
separators etc. shall not be measured separately for payment and their cost is deemed
to be included in the cost of this item. The item for aluminium for frame work for fixed
partitions and wooden rafter ceiling shall also include cost of providing and fixing
stainless steel anchor fasteners as required.
4.1.8 The item of aluminium for the openable aluminium shutters for windows and doors etc.,
shall include cost of all inputs of labour, material (anodized aluminium sections, including
such as cleats / angles, other fixtures, stainless steel screws nuts, bolts, stainless steel
hinges, weather silicone sealant etc. which shall be required for fabrication of aluminium
work) T & P, all incidental charges, wastages etc. involved in the work. However, for the
purpose of payment, the weight of aluminium sections for the window shutter (sash
frame) shall be measured in Kg. The aluminium cleats, stainless steel anchor fasteners,
screws, nuts, bolts, separators, stainless steel hinges, etc. shall not be measured
separately for payment and their cost is deemed to be included in the cost of this item.
The anodized aluminium snap beading for fixing glass panels in the openable shutters of
the windows shall be measured separately (on weight basis) and paid under this item of
aluminium frame work for window shutters.
4.1.9 The glass shall be paid for separately under relevant item. The cost providing and fixing
neoprene gasket, felt etc. is included in the cost of this item and shall not be measured
separately for payment.
4.1.10 The item for the aluminium frame work includes cost of making provision for fixing
fittings, wherever required, as per the item description (The cost for providing fitting
(handle and buffer) shall be paid for separately under relevant item).

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 166

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACOUSTIC & SOUND

PROOFING WORK

CHANNELED WOODWORKS:- The contractor should follow the following

specifications and guidelines for installation procedure which can be
mentioned below as:

1. Installation Procedure: -

i. Horizontal Installation: - Install Aluminium extruded nail in vertical direction,

securing them to the wall with appropriate fasteners. If wall is not straight or
plumb, you can use wooden battens above the wall or pad the location of nail
adequately to ensure that the nail is in plumb and in absolute level. The
distance between any two nails should not be exceeded 600 mm. The nail
should be placed at a distance of 150 mm from ends of the wall and wherever
the panel ends, the nail should not be away from the border by more
than150mm.

ii. There must be at least 5 nos of Aluminium nail present to hold the plank of
length 2400 mm. A typically out is shown below. A wooden batten needs to be
fixed at the bottom end of the wall near the floor level in horizontal direction.
The same is required for holding the bottom panel at its place.

iii. Place the Woodworks channelled panel with the tongue side facing the bottom
(at the floor level). Ensure that the bottom panel is perfectly horizontal taking
into account the variation of the floor level. Secure the panel to the wooden
batten with the help of headless nail. Wall skirting. (After placing the bottom
panel, swivel and slide the Inside panel clips (onto the nail in the downward
direction to maximum possible extent to ensure a positive locking of the panel in the
desired position. If required, secure the clips to the nail using 4mm machine screw

iv. Continue installing subsequent panels by inserting the tongue end of the
subsequent panel into the groove of the previous panel and use inside clip to
secure it. Proceed installing all the panels till you reach the top of the
installation. You may need to cut or trim the last panel to fit as per the layout.

v. To preserve the linear visual in the front of the panels, the holes in the back of
the panels must line up from top to bottom, panel to panel. You must make sure
the first row of hole sat the end of the panel you are installing lines up with the
holes in the panel under it.

vi. Once your each the top of the installation, you may have to use the inside clips
to secure the panel to the aluminium nail using 4mm machine screw.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 167

vii. When installing the panels adjacent to each other, it is advisable to maintain a
gap of minimum 10mm between two panels or butt joint the panels using a
standard industrial glue. Alternately, you can also use the Aluminium nail as a
transition profile to connect between the two adjacent panels.

viii. You can use a moulding (to be supplied by manufacturer) to plug the groove in
the transition profile. When an angular installation of 90 degree has to be done,
Inside Corner profile and Outside corner profiles are to be used. For more
details, you can refer to the manufacturer’s website.

2. Vertical Installation: -

i. Install Aluminium extruded nail in horizontal direction, securing them to the wall
with appropriate fasteners. If wall is not straight or plumb, you can use wooden
battens above the wall or pad the location of nail adequately to ensure that the
nail is in plumb and in absolute level. The distance between any two nails should
not exceed 600 mm. The nail should be place data distance of 150mm from
bottom of the floor end and wherever the panel ends, the nail should not be
away from the border by more than 150 mm. The last aluminium nail at the top
should be below the ceiling by maximum of150mm.

ii. There must be at least 5 nos of Aluminium nail present to hold the plank of
length 2400mm. A typical layout is shown below. A wooden batten needs to be
fixed at the bottom end of the wall near the floor level in horizontal direction. The
same is required for holding the bottom panel at its place.

iii. Strike a plumb line on the wall to guide the placement of the first channelled
panel. Line up the groove detail of the first panel with the plumb line. Place the
Woodworks channelled panel with the tongue side facing left. Ensure that the
bottom panel is perfectly horizontal taking into account the variation of the floor
level. The tongue end of the first panel can be trimmed to make it flush to the
wall. Secure the panel to the wooden batten with the help of headless nail. Edge
Moulding (to be provided by manufacturer) can be used at the bottom end. After
placing the first panel, swivel and slide the Inside panel clips onto the nail in the
leftward direction to maximum possible extent to ensure a positive locking of the
panel in the desired position. If required, secure the clips to the nail using 4mm
machine screw. Continue installing subsequent panels by inserting the tongue
end of the subsequent panel into the groove of the previous panel and use
inside clip to secure it. Proceed installing all the panels till you reach the end of
the wall.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 168

iv. You may need to cut or trim the last panel to fit as per the layout. Of the wall is
higher than the plank length you must butt the short ends of the panels after you
cut them to the desired length. It is desirable to butt factory ends and not cut
ends. To preserve the linear visual in the front of the panels, the holes in the
back of the panels must line up from top to bottom, panel to panel. You must
make sure the first row of holes at the end of the panel you are installing lines up
with the holes in the panel under it. Once you reach the end of the wall you may
have to secure the panel to the wall with the help of headless nails. When an
angular installation of 90 degree has to be done, Inside Corner profile and
Outside corner profiles are to be used. For more details, you can refer to the
Manufacturers website.

3. Ceiling Installation
i. Ceiling installations are limited to runs (the direction of the run of the panels) of 2.4
metres or less. If the area is longer than that, you must interrupt the run with a break in
the ceiling.

ii. Install wall moulding on a level line around the room at the height of the finished
ceiling. Install the main beams (Prelude 43) at a distance of 600mm between each of
them in a direction perpendicular to the direction of the woodworks channelled panels
being installed. The first main runner should not be at a distance greater than 300mm
from the side wall. Bend the hanger wires so the bottom of the mains is 15mm above
the face of the moulding. Connect the mains with 600mm cross tees at every
1200mm.

iii. Stretch a string from one side wall to the other to align the first row of the
panels. The string should be no more than 120mm from the end wall.

iv. Measure from the end of the wall to the string several times and mark the first
panel so you can cut it to width, after the width is adjusted, make another cut it
required so the panels end under a main beam. Lay the panels such that the
groove edge of the panel is directly above the guide string.

v. Twist an inside panel clip onto the flange of the main beam and slide the clip into
the groove edge of the panel. Perform the same action on every main beam
resulting in proper securing of the panel onto the grid.

vi. Measure and cut the second panel to the width if required. But the end of the
second panel against the end of the first. Install an inside clip at the butt joint
(ensure that the panel ends on the main beam). You can apply industrial
based glue to join two butt ends together. It is desirable to but factory ends
and not cut ends. Finish the first row by
cuttingthelastpanelapprox.10mmfromtheothersideof the wall.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 169

vii. After the first row of panels has been installed, start the second row with full
width panels. You may have to trim the end of the panels so the holes on the
back of the panel line up with the holes in the first row. When making the
alignment cut in the first panel in each row, try to end the panel under the main
beam. Once the first panel ends under a main beam, the rest of the panels in
that row will also. If the panels does not end under a main beam, place an
inside clip at the butt joint to help in the alignment. Continue in this manner to
the other end of the room. Cut the last row of panels 10mm short of the end
wall.

4. Cutting: -When you cut a plank to length, you can use normal woodworking tools,
(e.g., circular saws, saber saws, hole saws, etc.). Penetrations for sprinklers (or
other fixtures) can be accomplished by simple interruption of the wood planks at
those locations or by using normal woodworking tools to cut access in the planks.

5. Certifications: -The contractor should submit the following certification or other required
test certificate in original to the Engineer-in-charge of all supplies brought by him to the site
for the works.

Warranty Certificate- 1 Year warranty Certificate on manufacturer’s letter head has

to be submitted by the contractor.

Acoustics- The certificate of NRC to be confirmed by The Automotive Research

Association of India.

Approved Make- USG/Top Akustik/ Knauf Ceiling Solutions/ Anutone or eqivalent.

6. CAUTION: WOODDUST., sanding and machining wood products can produce

dust. Airborne wood dust can cause respiratory, eye and skin irritation.

7. Precautionary measures: If power tools are used, they should be equipped with a
dust collector. If high dust levels are encountered, use an appropriately designed
dust mask. Avoid dust contact with eyes and skin.

8. First Aid measure in case of irritation: In case of irritation, flush eyes or skin with
water for at least 15minutes.

9. Handling& other precautionary measures: -

i. All ceiling and wall components should be stored in a dry interior location and
shall remain in the original packaging prior to installation to avoid damage. The
materials shall be stored off the floor in a flat, level condition. Do not store in
unconditioned spaces with humidity greater than 55% or lower than 25% or with
temperatures above 30°C or lower than20°[Link] proper care when handling to
avoid damage or soiling.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 170

ii. Use proper care and caution when handling suspension systems due to the
sharp edges on all exposed clips.

iii. As with other architectural features located at the ceiling, Wood Works
Channeled may obstruct or skew the planned fire sprinkler water distribution
pattern, or possibly delay or accelerate the activation of the sprinkler or fire
detection systems by channeling heat from a fire either toward or away from the
device. Designers and installers are advised to consult a fire protection
engineer, and their local codes for guidance where automatic fire detection and
suppression systems are present.

10. The contractor should conform that Panel, accessories and profile has to be from single
manufacturer.

11. Measurement: –Only plan area shall be measured and paid. Nothing extra shall be paid for
rounding of at junction and alongside of beams and walls. Length and Breadth shall be
measured correct to one centimetre and area shall be worked out to nearest 0.01 Sq. Mt.
No deduction in measurements shall be made for either opening or recesses for chimnies,
stacks, roof lights and the like for areas upto as decided by E-i-C upto 0.40 Sq. mt. nor
anything extra shall be paid for forming such openings. For similar areas exceeding 0.40
Sq. Mt. deduction will be made in measurements for full opening and nothing extra shall be
paid for making such openings.

12. RATE:- The rate include all the cost of labour and materials i.e scaffolding, AL Nail,
Channelled Woodworks Panel, Grid, Wall Angle, Hanger Wire, Anchor Fasteners, Hook
Clip, Inside Corner, Outside Corner Profile, Outside Corner Moulding, Edge Moulding, AL
Nail Transition, screw etc. involved in all the operations describe above.

OPTRA CEILING:-The contractor should follow the following specifications and guidelines for
installation procedure which can be mentioned below as:

Installation Procedure-

1. Planning Grid Layout-Wall to wall (with field and border tiles)

This is one of the most important step before commencement of actual ceiling installation.
Here grid layout is arrived by taking into consideration room dimensions {length(l) x
breadth(b) x height(h)}.

2. Mark Perimeter Trim Lines-

a. Measuring the ceiling height is the most crucial stage before commencing
installation.
b. The minimum plenum height from the ceiling slab should not be less than 100mm
for lay-in system.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 171

c. The reference ceiling level should be established by the main contractor with the
help of all other services vendors like light fixtures, Air condition grilles, sprinklers,
speakers etc.
d. Using a plumb mark as a reference point, place line laser leveller on it. Then with
the help of laser point, mark wall angle level on all sides of the room.

3. Installing Perimeter Trims (Wall Angle)

a. The marking with the help of line laser leveller has to be done above the wall angle
level on all the walls.
b. Post marking used hand drill to installed the wall angle.
c. The first and the last fasteners on wall angle should be installed at 150mm from the
wall.
d. At the corners of the room, the conjunction area of wall angle should be miter cut
for a clean finish.

4. Mark Hanger Positions-

a. The hanger on the main runner should be placed at or within 600mm distance from
the wall angle (450mm is recommended in case of heavier ceilings) and then
subsequently at 1200mm centres.
b. There should also be a hanger within 150mm of any main runner to runner
connection.

5. Installation of Hangers-
a. Use a rotary hammer machine to drill and install the hangers from the concrete
ceiling slab.
b. If the hanger wire plumb more than 1.8 meter then use counter splaying wire.
c. In counter splaying, two hanger wires from the structural slab form an angle of 450
near the main runners. One suspension countering another in the same plane.
d. Suspension hanger wire shall be pre-straightened with minimum 2.5mm dia.
e. Insert wire of required length into hanger wire hole and encircle the wire 3 times
within 75mm.
f. Installation Under Duct- If AC duct is greater than 1200mm in length, then ensure
you suspend a separate bracket under the duct and from it, a hanger-wire can be
suspended for ceiling installation.

6. Installation Of Grid-
a. Run a string line the length of your first main runner offset to the edge flange. This
will help to keep the main runner set distance of the wall.
b. Cut the main runner to the length with respect to the border tile, so that the rout
hole on the adjacent main runner matches.
c. Cut the main runner at inclination of 30-45 degree to avoid obstruction of protruding
screws.
d. The first main runner should be less than 600mm from the perimeter wall.
e. The distance between next main runner shall be at 1200 mm maximum.
f. You may incline the first suspension system slightly to push the main runner in one
direction so that the rout holes are better aligned.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 172

g. Hangers with hook clip options can be inserted in alternate direction on the main
runner for better stability.
h. Border cross tees should be more than 300mm but less than 600mm in length.
i. Insert an additional row of main runner or alternatively suspend all border cross
tees longer than 600mm.
j. Install border cross tees temporarily to the wall moulding using a clamp to keep
them intact.
k. Install two 1200 cross tees between the two main runners at an distance of
600mm.
l. A click sound confirms that the cross tee has been properly locked into the main
runner.
m. Measurements should be taken diagonally in the 600 x 1200mm module. Both the
diagonals must be of the same length.
n. In case of any deviation in the measurement of the diagonals gently tap at the
corners.
o. This will ensure that the entire ceiling grids will be in a perfect shape.
p. Once the system is in perfect shape run another string line at the first cross tee slot
on the main runner to the far adjacent wall angle using the first two square mains
as the guide. This ensure the tee rout holes on all the main runners stay in aligned.

7. Installation of field service tile-

a. Check the level once again using line laser leveller.
b. Ensure that all the services placed on service tiles are tested and confirmed by the
principal contractor. Only after that, laying of field tiles can be commenced.
c. Use fresh / clean Gloves while installing the ceiling tiles.
d. Ensure that there are no dust and stain marks on the gloves.
e. While installing down lighters, spotlights, sprinklers, speakers, smoke detectors etc.
6mm plywood (pattress backing must be placed on the grid).
f. It is mandatory to independently suspend modular light fixtures.
g. GI wire 2.5 mm is recommended to suspend the light fixtures.
h. Hook Clips and Chains are not recommended.

8. Measure and cut border tiles-

a. Measure the border tile size.
b. Mark the border size on back side of the tile.
c. Use a grid or a steel ruler (2 ft long) to mark and cut the border tiles.
d. While installing, slightly tilt the tile and gently rest it on the main runner and
adjacent cross tee and wall angle.

9. How to make tegular and curved shape edges on border tile

a. Tegular edge-
• Use a sharp knife.
• Lay the tile on a smooth surface.
• Make vertical cut into face of the tile.
• Make horizontal cut to form tegular edge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 173

b. Curved Shape-
• Use a sharp knife.
• Lay the tile on a smooth surface.
• Use a cardboard or plywood template.
• Mark outline of the template.
• Use a sharp knife to cut through.

10. The contractor should conform that Tile, Grid and suspension has to be from single
manufacturer.

11. Certifications: -The contractor should submit the following certification or other required
test certificate in original to the Engineer-in-charge of all supplies brought by him to the site
for the works.

Warranty Certificate- 5 Year warranty Certificate on manufacturers letter head has to be

submitted by the contractor.

Fire- Class 0/ Class 1 as per BS 476 Pt - 6 & 7 Class A as per ASTM E-84 The certificate
of fire rating from Warrington fire has to be submitted by the vendor/contractor.

Acoustics- The certificate of NRC to be confirmed by The Automotive Research

Association of India.

12. Bio solubility: - The compressed glass wool used in the tile should not be classifiable as
to its carcinogenicity to humans and be classified as Group 3 according to International
Agency for Research on Cancer

13. Approved Make- USG/ST Gobain/ Knauf Ceiling Solutions/ Anutone or equivalent

14. Handling: -
a) Ceiling panels must be kept clean, dry, and protected from the elements. Remove the
panels from the cartons 24 hours before installation to acclimatize to interior
conditions.

b) The installation site must be free from debris and dust.

c) Irrespective of varying temperature and humidity recommendations which vary from
product to product, all products must be stored in an interior space and not exterior
space.

15. Measurement Criteria-Only plan area shall be measured and paid. Nothing extra shall be
paid for rounding of at junction and alongside of beams and walls. Length and Breadth
shall be measured correct to one centimetre and area shall be worked out to nearest 0.01
Sq. Mt. No deduction in measurements shall be made for either opening or recesses for
chimnies, stacks, roof lights and the like for areas upto as decided by E-i-C upto 0.40 Sq.
mt. nor anything extra shall be paid for forming such openings. For similar areas

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 174

exceeding 0.40 Sq. Mt. deduction will be made in measurements for full opening and
nothing extra shall be paid for making such openings.

16. RATE: -The rate includes all the cost of labour and materials i.e scaffolding, Ceiling Tile,
Grids, Wall Angle, Anchor Fastener, Hook Clip, Wire, screw etc. involved in all the
operations describe above.

MINERAL FIBRE CEILING: -The contractor should follow the following specifications
and guidelines for installation procedure which can be mentioned below as:
Installation Procedure-

1. Planning Grid Layout-Wall to wall (with field and border tiles)

This is one of the most important steps before commencement of actual ceiling installation.
Here grid layout is arrived by taking into consideration room dimensions {length(l) x
breadth(b) x height(h)}.

2. Mark Perimeter Trim Lines-

a. Measuring the ceiling height is the most crucial stage before commencing
installation.
b. The minimum plenum height from the ceiling slab should not be less than 100mm
for lay-in system.
c. The reference ceiling level should be established by the main contractor with the
help of all other services vendors like light fixtures, Air condition grilles, sprinklers,
speakers etc.
d. Using a plumb mark as a reference point, place line laser leveller on it. Then with
the help of laser point, mark wall angle level on all sides of the room.

3. Installing Perimeter Trims (Wall Angle)-

a. The marking with the help of line laser leveller has to be done above the wall angle
level on all the walls.
b. Post marking used hand drill to installed the wall angle.
c. The first and the last fasteners on wall angle should be installed at 150mm from the
wall.
d. At the corners of the room, the conjunction area of wall angle should be miter cut or
a clean finish.

4. Mark Hanger Positions-

a. The hanger on the main runner shall be placed at or within 600mm distance from
the wall angle (450mm is recommended in case of heavier ceilings) and then
subsequently at 1200mm centres.
b. There should also be a hanger within 150mm of any main runner to runner
connection.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 175

5. Installation of Hangers-
a. Use a rotary hammer machine to drill and install the hangers from the concrete
ceiling slab.
b. If the hanger wire plumb more than 1.8 meter then use counter splaying wire.
c. In counter splaying, two hanger wires from the structural slab form an angle of 450
near the main runners. One suspension countering another in the same plane.
d. Suspension hanger wire shall be pre-straightened with minimum 2.5mm dia.
e. Insert wire of required length into hanger wire hole and encircle the wire 3 times
within 75mm.
f. Installation Under Duct- If AC duct is greater than 1200mm in length, then ensure
you suspend a separate bracket under the duct and from it, a hanger-wire can be
suspended for ceiling installation.

6. Installation Of Grid-
a. Run a string line the length of your first main runner offset to the edge flange. This
will help to keep the main runner set distance of the wall.
b. Cut the main runner to the length with respect to the border tile, so that the rout
hole on the adjacent main runner matches.
c. Cut the main runner at inclination of 30-45 degree to avoid obstruction of protruding
screws.
d. The first main runner should be less than 600mm from the perimeter wall.
e. The distance between next main runners shall be at 1200 mm maximum.
f. You may incline the first suspension system slightly to push the main runner in one
direction so that the rout holes are better aligned.
g. Hangers with hook clip options can be inserted in alternate direction on the main
runner for better stability.
h. Border cross tees should be more than 300mm but less than 600mm in length.
i. Insert an additional row of main runner or alternatively suspend all border cross
tees longer than 600mm.
j. Install border cross tees temporarily to the wall moulding using a clamp to keep
them intact.
k. Install two 1200 cross tees between the two main runners at a distance of 600mm.
l. A click sound confirms that the cross tee has been properly locked into the main
runner.
m. Measurements should be taken diagonally in the 600 x 1200mm module. Both the
diagonals must be of the same length.
n. In case of any deviation in the measurement of the diagonals gently tap at the
corners.
o. This will ensure that the entire ceiling grids will be in a perfect shape.
p. Once the system is in perfect shape run another string line at the first cross tee slot
on the main runner to the far adjacent wall angle using the first two square mains
as the guide. This ensures the tee rout holes on all the main runners stay in
aligned.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 176

7. Installation of field service tile-

a. Check the level once again using line laser leveller.
b. Ensure that all the services placed on service tiles are tested and confirmed by the
principal contractor. Only after that, laying of field tiles can be commenced.
c. Use fresh / clean Gloves while installing the ceiling tiles.
d. Ensure that there are no dust and stain marks on the gloves.
e. While installing down lighters, spotlights, sprinklers, speakers, smoke detectors etc.
6mm plywood (pattress backing must be placed on the grid).
f. It is mandatory to independently suspend modular light fixtures.
g. GI wire 2.5 mm is recommended to suspend the light fixtures.
h. Hook Clips and Chains are not recommended.

8. Measure and cut border tiles-

a. Measure the border tile size.
b. Mark the border size on back side of the tile.
c. Use a grid or a steel ruler (2 ft long) to mark and cut the border tiles.
d. While installing, slightly tilt the tile and gently rest it on the main runner and
adjacent cross tee and wall angle.
9. How to make tegular and curved shape edges on border tile
a. Tegular edge-
• Use a sharp knife.
• Lay the tile on a smooth surface.
• Make vertical cut into face of the tile.
• Make horizontal cut to form tegular edge
b. Curved Shape-
• Use a sharp knife.
• Lay the tile on a smooth surface.
• Use a cardboard or plywood template.
• Mark outline of the template.
• Use a sharp knife to cut through.
10. The contractor should conform that Tile, Grid and suspension has to be from single
manufacturer.

11. Certifications: The contractor should submit the following certification or other required
test certificate in original to the Engineer-in-charge of all supplies brought by him to the site
for the works.

Warranty Certificate- 5 Year warranty Certificate on manufacturer’s letter head has to be

submitted by the contractor.

Fire- Class 0/ Class 1 as per BS 476 Pt - 6 & 7 Class A as per ASTM E-84 The certificate of
fire rating from Warrington fire has to be submitted by the vendor/contractor.

Acoustics- The certificate of NRC to be confirmed by The Automotive Research Association

of India/ National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 177

Approved Make- USG/ST Gobain/Knauf Ceiling Solutions Anutone or equivalent

12. Handling-
a) Ceiling panels must be kept clean, dry, and protected from the elements. Remove the
panels from the cartons 24 hours before installation to acclimatize to interior
conditions.
b) The installation site must be free from debris and dust.
c) Irrespective of varying temperature and humidity recommendations which vary from
product to product, all products must be stored in an interior space and not exterior
space.
13. Measurement Criteria-Only plan area shall be measured and paid. Nothing extra shall be
paid for rounding of at junction and alongside of beams and walls. Length and Breadth
shall be measured correct to one centimetre and area shall be worked out to nearest 0.01
Sq. Mt. No deduction in measurements shall be made for either opening or recesses for
chimnies, stacks, roof lights and the like for areas upto as decided by E-i-C upto 0.40 Sq.
mt. nor anything extra shall be paid for forming such openings. For similar areas
exceeding 0.40 Sq. Mt. deduction will be made in measurements for full opening and
nothing extra shall be paid for making such openings.

14. RATE:-The rate include all the cost of labour and materials i.e scaffolding, Ceiling Tile,
Grids, Wall Angle, Anchor Fastener, Hook Clip, Wire, screw etc. involved in all the
operations describe above.

FABRIC WRAPPED WALL PANEL: -The contractor should follow the following specifications
and guidelines for installation procedure which can be mentioned below as:

1. Installation Procedure
a. Installation of Impalers- For precise alignment between wall panels, flush mount
impaler clips are recommended to be located approximately 100mm from the panel
edges.
b. Place top edge on set line. Carefully swing bottom edge to meet impaler heads.
With the panel resting on the impaler darts, apply inwards and downward pressure.

2. Standard Portrait Installation

a. Horizontal distance between impaler hook shall not exceed 1250mm.
b. After determining the fixing position for impaler hook, carefully swing bottom edge
to meet impaler heads, with the panel resting on the impaler darts, apply inwards
and downward pressure.
c. Hold the panel against the wall and adjust into final position.
d. If applicable, secondary mounting can be used to hold the panel edge in place.

3. Certifications: The contractor should submit the following certification or other required
test certificate in original to the Engineer-in-charge of all supplies brought by him to the site
for the works.

Warranty Certificate- 1 Year warranty Certificate on manufacturers letter head has to be

submitted by the contractor.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 178

Fire- Class A as per ASTM E-84 The certificate of fire rating from Intertek has to be
submitted by the vendor/contractor.

Acoustics- The certificate of NRC to be confirmed by The Automotive Research

Association of India.
Approved Make- USG/Top Akustik/Knauf Ceiling Solutions/Anutone or equivalent
4. Handling: - Moist walls to be avoided. The installation surface to be kept dry at all times.
5. Measurement Criteria: -Only elevational area covered shall be measured and paid.
Nothing extra shall be paid for rounding of at junction and alongside of beams and walls.
Length and Breadth shall be measured correct to one centimetre and area shall be worked
out to nearest 0.01 Sq. Mt. No deduction in measurements shall be made for either
opening or recesses for chimnies, stacks, roof lights and the like for areas upto as decided
by E-i-C upto 0.40 Sq. mt. nor anything extra shall be paid for forming such openings. For
similar areas exceeding 0.40 Sq. Mt. deduction will be made in measurements for full
opening and nothing extra shall be paid for making such openings.
6. RATE: -The rate includes all the cost of labour and materials i.e scaffolding, Panel,
Impaler, screw etc. involved in all the operations describe above.
Scaffolding, centring, shuttering if needed will be arranged by the contractor itself
no extra payment will be done in this account.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 179

Special Conditions for construction and preconstruction activity

1. The contractor shall not store/dump construction material or debris on metalled road.
2. The contractor shall get prior approval from Engineer-in-Charge for the area where the
construction material or debris can be stored beyond the metalled road. This area shall not
cause any obstruction to the free flow of traffic/inconvenience to the pedestrians. It should
be ensured by the contractor that no accidents occur on account of such permissible
storage.
3. The contractor shall take appropriate protection measures like raising wind breakers of
appropriate height on all sides of the plot/area using CGI sheets or plastic and / or other
similar material to ensure that no construction material dust fly outside the plot area.
4. The contractor shall ensure that all the trucks or vehicles of any kind which are used for
construction purposes / or are carrying construction material like cement, sand and other
allied material are fully covered. The contractor shall take every necessary precaution that
the vehicles are properly cleaned and dust free to ensure that enroute their destination, the
dust, sand or any other particles are not released in air / contaminate air.
5. The contractor shall provide make to every worker working on the construction site and
involved in loading, unloading and carriage of construction material and construction debris
to prevent inhalation of dust particles.
6. The contractor shall provide all medical help, investigation and treatment to the workers
involved in the construction of building and carry of construction material and debris
relatable to dust emission.
7. The contractor shall ensure that C&D waste is transported to the C & D Waste site only and
due record shall be maintained by the contractor.
8. The contractor shall compulsorily use of wet jet in grinding and stone cutting.
9. The contractor shall comply all the preventive and protective environmental steps as stated
in the MoEF guidelines, 2010.
10. The contractor shall carry out on-Road –Inspection for black smoked generating machinery.
The contractor shall use cleaner fuel.
11. The contractor shall ensure that all DG sets comply emission norms notified by MoEF.
12. The contractor shall use vehicles having pollution under control certificate. The emissions
can be reduced by a large extent by reducing the speed of a vehicle to 20 kmph. Speed
bumps shall be used to ensure speed reduction. In cases where speed reduction cannot
effectively reduce fugitive dust, the contractor shall divert traffic to nearby paves areas.
13. The contractor shall ensure that the construction material is covered by tarpaulin. The
contractor shall take all other precaution to ensure that no dust particles are permitted to
pollute air quality as a result of such storage.
14. Special Condition for Preconstruction activity.
Diversion of Services:
a. The work is to be executed in a already occupied and running educational campus.
The area on which buildings constructed may contain the services such as sewer
line, manhole, water supply line, electrical lines, telephone lines etc.
b. The agency shall reroute all service lines causing hindrance for the the work and
make the existing services functional in all respect.
c. All works pertaining to services including rerouting/diversion of services, routine
testing, installation etc., embracing in one or more than one process shall be

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 180

subject to examination and approval to each stage thereof by the Engineer-in-

charge or concerned department as would be notified by the Engineer-in-charge or
his accredited representative when such stage is ready.
d. The contractor will not have any claim in case of any delay in removal of trees or
shifting, raising, removing of telegraph, telephone or electric lines (overhead or
underground), water and sewer lines and other structures etc., if any, which may
come in the way of the work.

• No extra payment will be made for operation/activity mentioned at Sl. No. 1 to14 above.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 181

ANNEXURE-V

GUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR REMOVAL OF

DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION IN RESPECT OF FIRE CHECK DOORS AND
STRUCTURAL GLAZING WORKS
This agreement made this.................... day of ................. Two Thousand
……………… between . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M/s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (hereinafter c a l l e d t h e
GUARANTOR on the one part) and the President of India (hereinafter called the Government on the
other part)
WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a Contract No.
....................................................................................................................................................
dated
................... (Hereinafter called the Contract) and made between the GUARANTOR ON THE ONE
PART AND the Government on the other part whereby the contractor inter alia undertook to render
the work in the said contract structurally stable, workmanship, finishing and use of sound materials.
AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the affect that the said
work will remain structurally stable and guaranteed against faulty workmanship, finishing and
materials for five years to be reckoned from the date after the expiry of maintenance period
prescribed in the contract.
NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantee that work executed by him will remain
structurally stable and defect free for minimum period of five years to be reckoned from the date after
the expiry of maintenance period prescribed in the contract.
During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects to the satisfaction
of the Engineer-in-charge calling upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got
done by the Department by some other contractor at the Guarantor‟s cost and risk. The decision of
the Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost payable by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.
That if the guarantor fails to make good all the defects, commits breach there under, then the
guarantor will indemnify the principal and his successor against all loss, damage, cost expense or
otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of the GUARANTOR in
performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and/or
damage and or cost incurred by the Government, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final
and binding on both the parties.
IN WITHNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligator
....................... and ........................................ by ................................. for and on behalf of the
President of India on the day, month and year first above written.
SIGNED, sealed and delivered by OBLIGATOR in the presence of:
1. ................................................ 2. ...........................................

SIGNED FOR AND BEHALF OF THE PRESIDENT OF INDIA BY ................................... in the

presence of:

1. ............................................... 2. ..........................................

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)…

 182

ANNEXURE-VI

GUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTORFOR

REMOVAL OF DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION IN
RESPECT OF WATER PROOFING WORKS

This agreement made this.................... day of ................. Two Thousand ..............

Between M/s ................................ (hereinafter called the GUARANTOR on the one
part) and the PRESIDENT OF INDIA (hereinafter called the Government on the other
part)

WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a Contract No................... dated

................... (Hereinafter called the Contract) and made between the GUARANTOR
on the one part and the Government on the other part whereby the contractor inter
alia undertook to render the building and structures in the said contract completely
water and leak-proof.

AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the affect

that the said work will remain water and leak proof, for Ten Years from the date of
completion of the work under the contract.

NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantee that work executed by him will
render the structures completely leak proof and the minimum life of such water
proofing treatment shall be Ten years to be reckoned from the date of completion of
the work under the contract.

Provided that the guarantor will not be responsible for leakage caused by
earthquake or structural defects or misuse of roof or alteration and for such purpose:

(a) Misuse of roof shall mean any operation which will damage proofing treatment,
like chopping of firewood and things of the same nature which might cause
damage to the roof;

(b) Alteration shall mean construction of an additional storey or a part of the

roof or construction adjoining to existing roof whereby proofing treatment is
removed in parts;

(c) The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge with regard to nature and cause of
defect shall be final.

During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and
in case of any defect being found render the building water proof to the satisfaction of
the Engineer-in- Charge calling upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work
shall be got done by the Department by some other contractor at the Guarantor’s cost
and risk. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost payable by the
Guarantor shall be final and binding.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 183

That if the guarantor fails to execute the water proofing or commits breach
there under, then the guarantor will indemnify the principal and his successor against
all loss, damage, cost expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason
of any default on the part of the GUARANTOR in performance and observance of this
supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and/or damage and or cost
incurred by the Government, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and
binding on both the parties.

IN WITHNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligator

....................... and ........................................ by ................................. for and on behalf
of the
PRESIDENT OF INDIA on the day, month and year first above written.

SIGNED, sealed and delivered by OBLIGATOR in the presence of:

1. ................................................ 2.
...........................................

SIGNED FOR AND BEHALF OF THE PRESIDENT OF INDIA BY

...................................
in the presence of:

1. ............................................... 2.
..........................................

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 184

ANNEXURE-VII

GUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR

REMOVAL OF DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION IN RESPECT
OF SANITARY INSTALLATIONS / WATER SUPPLY /
DRAINAGE WORK AND ALUMINIUM/u-PVC WORK

This agreement made this.................... day of ................. Two Thousand..............between

M/s (hereinafter called the GUARANTOR on the one part) and the
PRESIDENT OF INDIA (hereinafter called the Government on the other part)
WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a contract (Hereinafter called
the Contract) dated .................................. and made between the GUARANTOR ON
THE ONE PART AND the Government on the other part, whereby the contractor inter
alia, undertook to render the work in the said contract structurally stable, leak proof and
sound material, workmanship, anodizing, colouring, sealing etc.
AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the affect that the
said work will remain structurally stable, leak proof and guaranteed against faulty
material and workmanship, defective anodizing / Powder coat colouring and finishing
for
...................................................................................................................................... y
ears from
the date of completion of work.

NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantee that work executed by him will be free from
any leakage, seepage, cracks in pipes and guaranteed against faulty material
and workmanship, defective galvanizing for ten years to be reckoned from the date
after the expiry of maintenance period prescribed in the contract.
The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge with regard to nature and cause of defect
shall be final.
During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and in case

any defect to satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge at his cost and shall commence the work
for such rectification within seven days from the date of issue of the notice from the
Engineer-in-Charge calling upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got
done by the Department by some other contractor at the guarantor‟s cost and risk. The
decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost payable by the Guarantor shall be final
and binding.
That if the guarantor fails to make good all defects or commits breach there under, then the
guarantor will indemnify the principal and his successor against all loss, damage, cost
expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of
the GUARANTOR in performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to
the amount of loss and/or damage and or cost incurred by the Government, the decision
of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding on both the parties.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 185

IN WITHNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligator......................

....................................................... and ................................................... by

. ........................................... for and on behalf of the PRESIDENT OF INDIA on the day, month
and
year first above written.

SIGNED, sealed and delivered by OBLIGATOR in the presence of :-

1. .................................................... 2.
............................................

SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF OF THE PRESIDENT OF INDIA BY......................... in the

presence of :-

1. ................................................... 2.
............................................

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 186

LIST OF PREFFERED MAKES

Note:
1. The contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Engineer-in-Charge before placing
order for any specific material or engaging any of the specialized agencies. The contractor
shall make a detailed submittal with catalogues and highlighted proposed specification,
clearly showing the compliance with nomenclature of item as well as tender specifications;
as well as full details of the works executed by the specialized agencies, as specified.
2. Unless otherwise specified, the brand/ make of the material as specified in the item
nomenclature, in the particular specification and in the list of approved materials/
preferred makes, attached in the tender, shall be used in the work.
3. In case of non-availability of the brand specified in the contract the contractor shall be
allowed to use alternate equivalent brand of the material subject to submission of
documentary evidence of non-availability of the specified brand. The necessary cost
reductions, if any, on account of above change shall be made for the material.
4. The Engineer-In-Charge shall verify that manufacturers must have valid IS Certification as
on date of purchase for materials wherever applicable.
5. The preferred makes are subjected to the compliance of Make in India norms.
6. The makes approved by SDG (Mumbai) is also considered as part of this list unless the
cost variation is more than 10% from highest in the same category.
7. The material for which makes are not specified can be approved by Engineer-in-charge
considering compliance of the same as per latest IS codes and specifications.
8. The mentioning of particular make under preferred makes does not fulfil automatically for
acceptance. they make shall comply all the particular specifications, item of work and
other conditions of the contract

The following brands shall be used if not otherwise mentioned in the items.

LIST OF PREFERRED MAKE / BRAND

MATERIALS PREFERRED MAKE/ BRAND

Ordinary Portland Cement / Portland Ultra Tech, A.C.C., Ambuja, Birla, Vikram.
Pozzolana Cement
White Cement J.K., Birla, ACC
Reinforcement Steel Tata Steel, SAIL, RINL, Jindal Steel & Power Ltd., JSW
Steel Ltd.
Parallel Threaded Couplers DEXTRA, G-TECH, Spplicetek,
ISHITA
Re-barring Chemical HILTI, 3M INDIA, Fischer
Structural Steel/Tubes Tata Steel, SAIL, RINL, JSPL, APL Apollo
Plasticizer, Super Plasticizer, Sika, Fosroc, BASF, PIDILITE, MYK
Admixtures, Other construction
chemicals
AAC Block Ultratech, Aerocon, ACC, B.G Shirke, Wonder, J.K
(Only ISI marked with Density more than 551 Kg/Cum)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 187

ACC Block Adhesive ACC, ULTRA TECH, J.K., FERROUS CRETE, ARDEX
ENDURA
Polymer modified cementitious grout / ARDEX ENDURA, LATECRETE, FERROUSCRETE,
Tile Adhesive FOSROC, BASF, ACC, ECO GREEN, MYK
List of RMC producers A.C.C., ULTRA TECH, READY MIX INDIA (PVT.) LTD,
Godrej & Boyce Ltd., J. K
Waterproofing Compound DOCTOR FIXIT (Pidilite), BASF, CICO, Fosroc, MYK,
Penetron, Kryton
Waterproofing membrane Fosroc, Dr. Fixit (Pidilite), MYK, Sika, Mapei

Silicon based water repellent/ GE Plastics, Dow Comings, Wacker,

Weather Sealant BASF (product must be approved by ASI)
Poly-Sulphide Sealant Fosroc, Pidilite, Sika, BASF
Plywood Green ply, Century, Greenlam (Mikasa), Merino (Only
ISI Approved makes is allowed)
Flush door shutters Greenply, Century Ply, Greenlam (Mikasa), Merino(The
factory shall be having valid IS certification at the time
of manufacturing of Doors)
High-pressure laminate Formica, Merino, Century, Greenlam
GI HMPS Fire and Non-Fire rated NAVAIR, ICLEAN, SHAKTI HORMANN
Door, Frames, Over Head Panels etc.
Fire rated vision panels SAINT-GOBAIN, PILKINGTON, SCHOTT, FERILITE,
PYROGUARD (OEM only allowed)
GLAZED FIRE DOOR PROMAT, SAINT GOBAIN, GODREJ, SHAKTI MET,
Pacific fire controls, NAVAIR
Rolling Shutter with Grills STANDARD, SWASTIK, SHUBDHWAR, SONA
Aluminium Extrusions HINDALCO, INDALCO, JINDAL
Dash Fastners HILTI, FISHER, CANON, WURTH
SS Glass Railing KICH, Godrej, Q Railing, D-Line, Hafele, Ozone
SS Hardware and accessories for DORMA, BECKER, IR, Briton (Min 304 SS grade is to
Flush Doors and fire doors be used else otherwise specified in BoQ)
Stainless Steel Salem Steel, Jindal or equivalent
Hardware for Kitchen cabinet, ward Godrej, Hettich, GEZE, HAFELE, DORMA
robe and shelves
Hermitically sealed performance glass AUTHORIZED FABRICATORS of MODI GUARD,
toughened Glass, DGU SAINT GOBAIN, TATA ASAHI, PILKINGTON.
Particle board Action TESA, Greenlam, Merino
Melamine Polish ASIAN PAINTS (MELAMYNE GOLD), PIDILITE
INDUSTRIES (WUDFIN), ICI DULUX (TIMBERTONE)
Cement Based Wall putty Birla wall care, JK White, SAKARNI (ISI only)
Oil Bound Washable Distemper / Dry Asian paint :(Professional Acrylic Distemper),
Distemper NEROLAC: Beauty Acrylic Distemper
Berger: Bison Acrylic Distemper

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 188

Dulux ICI: Maxilite

1st Quality Acrylic Distemper / Dry Asian Paints :( Tractor Aqua Lock Paint),
Distemper Berger: Commando
Or equivalent paints of Nerolac or ICI-Dulux.
Acrylic Emulsion Paints Asian Paints :(Professional
Premium Interior Emulsion Paints),
Nerolac: Beauty Gold
Berger: Rangoli total care
ICI-Dulux: Super Cover, PEARL, KLASSIC
Plastic Emulsion Paint Asian Paints :(Apcolite Heavy Duty Premium Emulsion
Paint),
Nerolac : Impression
Berger: Easy Clean
ICI-Dulux: 3 in 1
Premium Acrylic Emulsion Paints Asian Paints :(Royal Luxury Emulsion), Nerolac:
(Interior) Impression
Berger: Silk
ICI-Dulux: Velvet touch
Stone Chip/ dust/ powder Texture Asian paints, Nerolac, Ultratech, Luxture, SPECTRUM,
including paint INSPIRA, HERITAGE.
Acrylic Smooth Exterior Paint Asian Paints :(Apex/Professional Premium Exterior
Emulsion), Nerolac : XL
Berger: weather Coat, PEARL, PEARL-ULTIMA
(Advance Anti-Algal Weather Proof Paint)
ICI-Dulux: Weather Shield
Premium Acrylic Smooth Exterior Asian Paints: Apex Ultima
Paint with Silicon additive Nerolac : XL Total
Berger: weather Coat all guard,
ICI-Dulux: Weather Shield max, SNOWCRYL-XT
Synthetic Enamel Paint Asian Paints: Apcolite Premium Gloss Enamel,
Nerolac : Synthetic Hi Gloss
Berger: Luxol Hi Gloss
ICI-Dulux: Gloss Synthetic Enamel
Cement Primer NEROLAC, Berger, BP White (Berger), Decoprime WT
(Asian), White primer (ICI), SNOWCEM
Steel Primer (Red Oxide Zinc Asian paints, ICI NEROLAC
Chromate Primer)
Wood Primer Asian paint (Wood Primer- White/Pink), ICI, NEROLAC
Epoxy Paint ICI, NEROLAC, ASIAN, BERGER, Kansai Akzo Nobel.
Fire Paint ASIAN PAINTS, Akzonobel Coatings India Ltd,
PROMAT, Jotun
Gypsum Plaster Gyproc, Birla, Ferrous Crete, Ultra Tech.
Gypsum Board SAINT GOBAIN, BORAL
Cement based Ready Mix Plaster Ultratech, Wallplast, Buildwell, ACC.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 189

EPDM Gasket Amee Rubber Industries Pvt. Ltd., Bohra Rubber,

Osaka
Dash / Anchoring Fasteners Hilti, Fischer, Wurth
Mortice lock, pin cylinder and lever Dorma, Becker, IR, Briton, Yale, Total Hardware
handle
SPIDER FITTINGS DORMA, Becker, IR, Briton

Aluminium Structural Members - Hindalco, Indalco, Jindal Aluminium Ltd.

Windows, Glazing and Partitions
Aluminum composite panel (ACP) ALSTRONG, ALDEKO, ALUCOBOND, ALUDECOR,
EUROBOND
FLOOR SPRING/ DEAD LOCK/ DORMA, Becker, IR, Briton
DOOR CLOSERS /PANIC BAR
ALL TYPE OF SILICONE DOW CORNING, GE SILICON, WURTH, BECKER

Gypsum/ Metallic False Ceiling Armstrong, Hunter Douglas, SAINT GOBAIN, Knauf

Floor & Wall Tiles: Ceramic / Vitrified KAJARIA, JOHNSON, NITCO, RAK
tiles / Antiskid / Matt / Glazed
Chequered Tiles Super Tiles, Hind Mosaic, Kajaria, Ultra Designer Tile,
Nitco, Vitco
Vitrified paver tiles Kajaria, Pavit, Johnson, Nitco

Paver Block & Kerb Stone Nikhil, Gajanan, Ultra, Spectra

Clear / Float / Frosted Glass / Mirror ST. GOBAIN, MODIGUARD, ASAHI, PILKINGTON
Vitreous Chinaware sanitary work Jaquar, Kohler, Grohe, Duravit
Bathroom accessories (Towel ring, Jaquar, Kohler, Kich, Euronics
Towel rack, Soap Dish Holder, etc)
GULLY TRAPS(S.W.) PERFECT, PARRY, CHERRY
Water supply CP Fittings & Jaquar, Kohler, Grohe
Accessories
PVC water tank Sintex, National Plastic, Kaveri
Stainless Steel Sink Nirali, Neelkanth, JAYNA
GI Pipes Zenith / Tata / Jindal, SURYA, ASIAN
GI Fittings Unik, Zoloto, AVR, R-BRAND
Valves Zoloto, Sant, KIRLOSKAR, LEADER
HDPE Pipe Reliance, Jain Pipes, ORIPLAST, Supreme
DI Pipes AND Fittings ELECTROSTEEL, Kesoram, JINDAL, TATA
DUCTURA, Neco, Kapilansh.
Centrifugally Cast (Spun) Iron Pipes & Neco, Kapilansh, SKF, BIC, RPMF
Fittings
Hubless CI Pipes & Fittings Neco, Kapilansh, SKF, BIC, RPMF
CI Manhole covers, Frames & GI Neco, Kapilansh, SKF, RPMF

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 190

Gratings
SFRC Covers KK spun pipes, Jain spun pipes, SS industries
RCC Pipes Jain Spun Pipes, LAKSHMI, SOOD& SOOD, PRAGATI,
[Link] Pipe, The Indian Hume Pipe [Link]., Patel
Hume Pipes, Deccan Concrete (Only ISI pipes are
allowed)
UPVC / CPVC Pipe & Fittings Finolex Supreme, Prince, Astral, Ashirwad
UPVC DOORS & windows (OEM only Fenesta, Kommerling, VEKA, Saint Gobain
allowed)
UPVC DOORS & windows Hardware Rotto, Kinlong, Fenesta, Veka, Saint Gobain
FRP chajja, FRP Shutters & Frame Freeways, Bhutt FRP
Anodised Aluminium Doors Fittings Classic, Shalimar, Prestige
(ISI Marked only)
PVC Shutters & Frame Rajashree, Plastiwood, Accucel, DUROPLAST,
POLYLINE, POLYWOOD, Vijay Doors.
Steel Door / Window Frames AGEW, SenHarvik , Shiv Mular, Steel Plast
SBR COMPOUND (For REPAIR MASTER EMACO SBR2 OF BASF, SIKA LATEX
MORTAR & WATER PROOFING POWER, CICO LATEX sbr
SLURRY)
Acrylic Polymer FOR BOND COAT Anuvi Chemical, Sunanda Specialty Coating Pvt. Ltd,
AND POLYMER MODIFIED
MORTAR
Rust remover Anuvi Chemical, Sunanda Specialty Coating Pvt. Ltd,
Rust Passivator Anuvi Chemical, Sunanda Specialty Coating Pvt. Ltd,
READYMADE SINGLE MASTER EMACO S 348 OF BASF, ANUVI
COMPONENT POLYMER CHEMICAL, SUNANDA SPECIALITY COTING
MODIFIED REPAIR MORTAR [Link], SKG CONSTN.
MICRO CONCRETE DR. FIXIT, BASF, FOSROC
Stone Ware Pipes Grade-A (ISI Sonya, Supertech, Cherry
Marked only)
PTMT (ISI Marked only) Prayag, Polytuf
Veeners Greenlam (Smoked Oak, Smoked Burma Teak,
Smoked Cocobolo, Smoked Makore) or equivalent in
Duro, Ekbote, Century
Toilet Cubicles Merino (Titan Series) or equivalent in Greenlam, Durian
Acoustical Wall Panelling Armstrong, Anutone, USG Boral Ecophone, Techno
Acoustical false ceiling Armstrong, Ecophone, USG Boral, Anutone
PUF Panel insulated double skin Jindal, Metacno
Epoxy Flooring SIKA, Fosroc, or Equivalent
WPC Doors/ Frames Greenply, Century, Alstone, Fenesta
Structural Glazing Work Ajit India, Rachana BuiltArt, Heramb
RFID Electronic Lock Dorma, Godrej, Onity, Salto, Briton, Tesa
Wooden Fire cum Acoustical Doors/ Naviar, Godrej, Shakti Horman
Frame

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 191

PVC Edge binding tape Rehau, Smartedge

Epoxy Grout for tile work MYK, Sika, Fosroc, Pidilite
Horizontal roller blinds Vista Levator, Mac, Aurolux
Wet Shower system Klenzaid / I Clean / HT Airtec / Nicomac / K Pass
Bio safety doors Klenzaid / I Clean / HT Airtec / Nicomac / K Pass
Dynamic Pass Box / Dunk Tank Klenzaid / I Clean / HT Airtec / Nicomac / K Pass
Normal Clean Room Doors NICOMAC/ ICLEAN/ MRC/ Klenzaid
BioSafety Cabinets ESCO / New Air / Thermo Fisher
Aluminium SGU/ DGU partition Dorma, Bene, Jeb
system and Doors
Post Tension Tendon Tata, Usha Martin
PVC Vinyl Flooring Armstrong, LG, Tarkett
Gypsum Partition Gyproc, USG Boral, Hunter Douglas
Carpet tile/ roll Welspun, Tarkett, Tuntex, Armstrong, Shaw
Stone Polymer Composite Flooring Welspun, Responsive, Tarkett

Note: - (1) For any other items not included in the above list, the sample for the same shall be got
approved from Engineer-in-Charge before procurement & use in the work.
Note: - The Superintending Engineer-Pune, CPWD, Pune reserves the right of to add or delete any
material and brands in the list of preferred makes of civil work.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 192

Schedule of Quantities for Civil

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 193

Name of Work- Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and cafeteria
at NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1
Description of work
Sr.
Unit Quantity Rate Amount
No.

1.0 Carriage of Materials

By Mechanical Transport including
1.1 loading,unloading and stacking
Disposal of excavated earth/
moorum/building rubbish/ malba/
similar unserviceable, dismantled or
waste material by mechanical transport
including loading, transporting,
unloading to approved municipal
dumping ground for lead upto 10 km
1.1.1 cum 3320.00 544.89 1809035
for all lifts, complete as per directions
of Engineer-in-charge.
Note - Item to be applicable in urban
areas having directions for restricted
hours for movement/plying of load
carrying motor vehicle of 3.5 cum or
more.
Total of Carriage of Materials 1809035
2.0 EARTH WORK
Earth work in excavation by
mechanical means (Hydraulic
excavator)/ manual means over areas
(exceeding 30 cm in depth, 1.5 m in
2.1 width as well as 10 sqm on plan)
including getting out and disposal of
excavated earth lead upto 50 m and for
all lift, as directed by Engineer-in-
charge.
2.1.1 All kinds of soil cum 4134 195.75 809231
Earth work in excavation by
mechanical means (Hydraulic
excavator)/ manual means over areas
(exceeding 30 cm in depth, 1.5 m in
2.2 width as well as 10 sqm on plan)
including getting out and disposal of
excavated earth lead upto 50 m and lift
upto 1.5 m, as directed by Engineer-in-
charge.
2.2.1 Ordinary rock cum 1393 550.19 766415
2.2.2 Hard rock (blasting prohibited) cum 253 1,580.26 399806

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 194

Earth work in excavation by

mechanical means (Hydraulic
excavator) / manual means in
foundation trenches or drains (not
exceeding 1.5 m in width or 10 sqm on
2.3
plan), including dressing of sides and
ramming of bottoms, for all lift,
including getting out the excavated soil
and disposal of surplus excavated soil
as directed, within a lead of 50 m.
2.3.1 All kinds of soil. cum 1040 287.06 298542
Excavating trenches of required width
for pipes, cables, etc including
excavation for sockets, and dressing of
sides, ramming of bottoms, depth up to
1.5 m, including getting out the
excavated soil, and then returning the
2.4
soil as required, in layers not
exceeding 20 cm in depth, including
consolidating each deposited layer by
ramming, watering, etc. and disposing
of surplus excavated soil as directed,
within a lead of 50 m :
2.4.1 All kinds of soil /rocks
2.4.1. Pipes, cables etc, not exceeding 80
metre 300 237.76 71328
1 mm dia.
2.4.1. Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm
dia. but not exceeding 300 mm dia metre 1262 388.35 490098
2
Filling available/ excavated earth
/Moorum/ rock (excluding boulders) in
trenches, plinth sides of foundation etc.
2.5 in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth, cum 7070.00 216.15 1528181
consolidating each deposited layer by
ramming and watering, lead up to 50 m
and lift up to 1.5 m.
Extra for every additional lif of 1.5 m or
2.6 part thereof in excavation / banking
excavated or stacked materials.
2.6.1 All kinds of soil. cum 1380 139.84 192979
2.6.2 Ordinary or hard rock cum 444 250.78 111346
Total of EARTH WORK 4667926
CEMENT CONCRETE (CAST IN
3.0
SITU)
Providing and laying in position
excluding cement concrete of level:
3.1
specified grade the cost of centering
and shuttering - All work up to plinth
1:4:8 (1 Cement : 4 coarse sand
3.1.1 (zone-Ill) derived from natural sources: cum 500.00 7,512.27 3756135
8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 195

nominal size derived from natural

sources)
Providing and laying cement concrete
in retaining walls, return walls, walls
(any thickness) including attached
pilasters, columns, piers, abutments,
pillars, posts, struts, buttresses, string
3.2
or lacing courses, parapets, coping,
bed blocks, anchor blocks, plain
window sills, fillets, sunken floor etc.,
up to floor five level, excluding the cost
of centering, shuttering and finishing:
1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand
(zone-Ill) derived from natural sources:
3.2.1 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm cum 70 10,268.61 718803
nominal size derived from natural
sources)
1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand
(zone-Ill) derived from natural sources
3.2.2 : 10 graded Brick bat aggregate 40 cum 440 9,394.97 4133787
mm nominal size derived from natural
sources).
Making plinth protection 50 mm thick
of cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement :
3 coarse sand (zone-Ill) derived from
natural sources : 6 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived
3.3 from natural sources) over 75 mm thick sqm 490.00 826.33 404902
bed of dry brick ballast 40 mm nominal
size, well rammed and consolidated
and grouted with fine sand, including
necessary excavation, levelling &
dressing & finishing the top smooth.
Total of CEMENT CONCRETE (CAST
9013627
IN SITU)
4.0 REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE
Reinforced cement concrete work in
beams, suspended floors, roofs having
slope up to 15 degree landings,
balconies, shelves, chajjas, lintels,
bands, plain window sills, staircases
and spiral stair cases above plinth level
4.1 up to floor five level, excluding the cost cum 100.00 12,688.27 1268827
of centering, shuttering, finishing and
reinforcement with 1:1.5:3 (1 cement :
1.5 coarse sand (zone-III) derived from
natural sources : 3 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived
from natural sources).
Centering and shuttering including
4.2 strutting, propping etc. and removal of
form for

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 196

Foundations, footings, bases of

4.2.1 columns, etc. for mass concrete sqm 1120.00 432.46 484355
Walls (any thickness) including
4.2.2 attached pilasters, butteresses, plinth sqm 7190.00 929.11 6680301
and string courses etc.
Suspended floors, roofs, landings,
4.2.3 balconies and access platform sqm 8530.00 1,022.57 8722522
Lintels, beams, plinth beams,
4.2.4 girders, bressumers and cantilevers sqm 9760.00 812.10 7926096
Columns, Pillars, Piers, Abutments,
4.2.5 sqm 475.00 961.30 456618
Posts and Struts
Stairs, (excluding landings) except
4.2.6 sqm 500.00 843.59 421795
spiral-staircases
Extra for shuttering in circular work
4.2.7 (20% of respective centering and sqm 100.00 212.02 21202
shuttering items)
Small lintels not exceeding 1.5 m clear
span, moulding as in cornices, window
4.2.8 sqm 100.00 432.46 43246
sills, string courses, bands, copings,
bed plates, anchor blocks and the like
Edges of slabs and breaks in floors
4.2.9
and walls
4.2.9. Under 20 cm wide
metre 400.00 208.55 83420
1
Extra for additional height in centering,
shuttering where ever required with
adequate bracing, propping etc.,
including cost of de-shuttering and
4.3
decentering at all levels, over a height
of 3.5 m, for every additional height of
1 metre or part thereof (Plan area to be
measured).
Suspended floors, roofs, landings,
4.3.1 beams and balconies (Plan area to be sqm 3330.00 423.81 1411287
measured)
Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work
including straightening, cutting,
4.4 bending, placing in position and
binding all complete above/ below
plinth level.
Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of
4.4.1 grade Fe-500D or more. kg 683500 118.94 81295490

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 197

Providing and laying in position ready

mixed or site batched design mix
cement concrete for reinforced cement
concrete work; using coarse
aggregate and fine aggregate derived
from natural sources, Portland
Pozzolana / Ordinary Portland
/Portland Slag cement, admixtures in
recommended proportions as per IS:
9103 to accelerate / retard setting of
concrete, to improve durability and
workability without impairing strength;
including pumping of concrete to site of
4.5 laying, curing, carriage for all leads; but
excluding the cost of centering,
shuttering, finishing and reinforcement
as per direction of the engineer-in-
charge, for the following grades of
concrete.: Note: Extra cement up to
10% of the minimum specified cement
content in design mix shall be payable
separately. In case the cement content
in design mix is more than 110% of the
specified minimum cement content, the
contractor shall have discretion to
either re-design the mix or bear the
cost of extra cement.
4.5.1 All works upto plinth level
4.5.1. Concrete of M30 grade with minimum
cement content of 350 kg /cum cum 1260.00 10,648.31 13416871
1
All works above plinth level upto floor V
4.5.2
level
4.5.2. Concrete of M30 grade with minimum
cement content of 350 kg /cum cum 3230.00 11,040.52 35660880
1
Add for using extra cement in the items
4.6 of design mix over and above the Qtl 898.00 808.90 726392
specified cement content therein.
Extra for R.C.C./ B.M.C/ R.M.C. work
4.7 above floor V level for each four floors cum 330.00 392.21 129429
or part thereof.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 198

The cover plate shall be designed of

width and thickness required to satisfy
projects movement and loading
requirements and secured to base
members by utilizing manufacturer’s
pre-engineered self- centering
arrangement that freely rotates /
moves in all directions. The Self -
centering arrangement shall exhibit
circular sphere ends that lock and slide
4.8 inside the corresponding aluminum
extrusion cavity to allow freedom of
movement and flexure in all directions
including vertical displacement.
Provision of Moisture Barrier
Membrane in the Joint System to have
watertight joint is mandatory
requirement all as per the
manufactures design and as approved
by Engineer -in- Charge. (Material shall
confirm to ASTM 6063).
4.8.1 Floor Joint of 100 mm gap metre 40 7,049.70 281988
Total of REINFORCED CEMENT
159030719
CONCRETE
5.0 MASONRY WORK
Extra for brick work / AAC block
masonry / Tile brick masonry in
5.1 superstructure above floor V level, for cum 200 186.87 37374
each four floors or part thereof by
mechanical means.
Extra for half brick masonry in
superstructure, above floor V level for
5.2 sqm 710.00 16.54 11743
every four floors or part thereof by
mechanical means.
Brick work with non modular fly ash
bricks conforming to IS:12894, class
5.3 designation 10 average compressive
strength in super structure above plinth
level up to floor V level in :
Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6
5.3.1 cum 1020.00 9,652.31 9845356
Coarse sand)
Half brick masonry with non modular
fly ash bricks of class designation 10,
5.4 conformingio IS :12894, in super
structure above plinth and upto floor V
level.
Cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4
5.4.1 sqm 2680.00 1,219.48 3268206
coarse sand)
Coursed rubble masonry with hard
5.5 stone (first or second sort) in
superstructure above plinth level and

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 199

upto floor five level.

Masonry work (second sort) , in

5.5.1 cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 cum 500.00 11,169.27 5584635
coarse sand)

Total of MASONRY WORK 18747314

6.0 CLADDING WORK
Providing and fixing 18 mm thick
gang saw cut, mirror polished,
premoulded and prepolished, machine
cut for kitchen platforms, vanity
counters, window sills, Jambs, facias
and similar locations of required size,
approved shade, colour and texture
6.1 laid over 20 mm thick base cement
mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand),
joints treated with white cement, mixed
with matching pigment, epoxy touch
ups, including rubbing, curing,
moulding and polishing of edges to
give high gloss finish etc. complete at
all levels.
Granite stone slab of colour galaxy
6.1.1 black, Cherry, Ruby red, Lakha Red,
Jet Black.
6.1.1. Area of slab of any size
sqm 1048 5,664.31 5936197
1
Extra for fixing marble /granite stone,
over and above corresponding basic
item, in facia and drops of width upto
6.2 metre 171 627.00 107217
100 mm with epoxy resin based
adhesive, including cleaning etc.
complete.
Extra for providing opening of required
size & shape for wash basin/ kitchen
sink in kitchen platform, vanity counter
and similar location in marble/ Granite/
6.3 each 62 1,079.31 66917
stone work, including necessary holes
for pillar taps etc. including moulding,
rubbing and polishing of cut edges etc.
complete.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 200

Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic

glazed wall tiles conforming to IS:
15622 (thickness to be specified by the
manufacturer), of approvedmake, in all
colours, shades except burgundy,
bottle green, black of any size as
approved by Engineer-in-Charge, in
6.4 sqm 3072.00 1,398.30 4295578
skirting, risers of steps and dados, over
12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3
(1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and jointing
with grey cement slurry @ 3.3kg per
sqm, including pointing in white cement
mixed with pigment of matching shade
complete.
Total of CLADDING WORK 10405909
7.0 WOOD AND P. V. C. WORK
Providing wood work in frames of
doors, windows, clerestory windows
and other frames, wrought framed and
7.1 fixed in position with hold fast lugs or
with dash fasteners of required dia &
length (hold fast lugs or dash fastener
shall be paid for separately).
7.1.1 Second class teak wood Cum 10.05 157,644.93 1584332
Providing and fixing ISI marked flush
door shutters conforming to IS : 2202
(Part I) decorative type, core of block
board construction with frame of 1st
7.2 class hard wood and well matched
oak/ walnut/ teak 3 ply veneering with
vertical/ horizontal grains or cross
bands and grooved face veneers on
both faces of shutter
35 mm thick including ISI marked
7.2.1 Stainless Steel butt hinges with sqm 184 3,830.96 704897
necessary screws.
30 mm thick including ISI marked
7.2.2 Stainless Steel butt hinges with sqm 173 3,493.62 604396
necessary screws
Extra for providing lipping with 2nd
class teak wood battens 25 mm
7.3 minimum depth on all edges of flush sqm 482.00 509.88 245762
door shutters (over all area of door
shutter to be measured).
Extra for providing vision panel in all
type of flush doors (cost of glass
7.4
excluded) (overall area of door shutter
to be measured):
7.4.1 Rectangular or square sqm 15.00 219.62 3294

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 201

Providing and fixing wooden moulded

beading to door and window frames
7.5 with iron screws, plugs and priming
coat on unexposed surface etc.
complete :
7.5.1 2nd class teak wood
7.5.1. 50 x 20 mm
metre 396.00 299.69 118677
1
Providing & Fixing decorative
Premium quality high pressure
laminated sheet of plain / wood grain in
gloss / matt/ suede finish with high
density protective surface layer and
reverse side of adhesive bonding
quality conforming to IS : 2046 Type S,
including cost of adhesive of approved
7.6 quality. All the lamination work on
doors shall be done in factory of
Original equipment manufacture of
door manufacture using hot process
machine of 50T or more in true size. (A
deduction of Rs 100/ sqm will be made
from quoted rates if pressing of
laminate is done at site with out using
hot press machine)
7.6.1 1.0 mm thick. sqm 4711 989.54 4661723
Providing and fixing stainless steel soft
closing spring hinges at 0 degree
hinges (hydrarlic type) of approved
make/brand to cupboard shutters with
7.7 each 2600.00 299.96 779896
full threaded steel screws including
making necessary recess in board and
finished etc. complete as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge.
Providing and fixing stainless steel soft
closing heavy type telescopic drawer
7.8 channels of approved make400/ 500 sets 715.00 976.09 697904
mm long with screws etc. complete as
per directions of Engineer- in-charge.
Providing and fixing 2 mm thick 9 to 19
mm wide PVC edge binding tape of
approved quality and matching shade
for cuboard/wardrobe/ furniture items,
7.9 metre 3250.00 48.30 156975
including necessary synthetic resin hot
pressed to edges on binding machine
etc. complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 202

Providing 40x5 mm flat iron hold fast

400 mm long including fixing to frame
with 10 mm diameter bolts, nuts and
wooden plugs and embedding in
7.10 Each 1518.00 252.38 383113
cement concrete block 300x100x150
mm 1:3:6 mix (1 cement : 3 coarse
sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size)
Providing and fixing ISI marked flush
door shutters conforming to IS : 2202
(Part I) non-decorative type, core of
block board construction with frame of
7.11
1st class hard wood and well matched
commercial 3 ply veneering with
vertical grains or cross bands and face
veneers on both faces of shutters:
35 mm thick including ISI marked
7.11.
Stainless Steel butt hinges with sqm 40 2,638.61 105544
1
necessary screws
30 mm thick including ISI marked
7.11.
Stainless Steel butt hinges with sqm 85 2,395.39 203608
2
necessary screws

Total of WOOD AND P. V. C. WORK 10250121

8.0 STEEL WORK
Structural steel work riveted, bolted or
welded in built up sections, trusses and
framed work, including cutting,
8.1 kg 500.00 147.44 73720
hoisting, fixing in position and applying
a priming coat of approved steel primer
all complete.
Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of
approved make, made of required size
M.S. laths, interlocked together
through their entire length and jointed
together at the end by end locks,
mounted on specially designed pipe
shaft with brackets, side guides and
arrangements for inside and outside
8.2
locking with push and pull operation
complete, including the cost of
providing and fixing necessary 27.5 cm
long wire springs manufactured from
high tensile steel wire of adequate
strength conforming to IS: 4454 - part 1
and M.S. top cover of required
thickness for rolling shutters.
80x1.20 mm M.S. laths with 1.20 mm
8.2.1 sqm 18 3,647.01 65646
thick top cover
Providing and fixing ball bearing for
8.3 each 6 542.96 3258
rolling shutters.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 203

Extra for providing mechanical device

8.4 chain and crank operation for
operating rolling shutters.
Exceeding 10.00 sqm and upto 16.80
8.4.1 sqm 18 1,413.07 25435
sqm in the area
Extra for providing grilled rolling
shutters manufactured out of 8 mm dia
8.5 M.S. bar instead of laths as per design sqm 4 847.23 3389
approved by Engineer-in- charge,
(area of grill to be measured).
Steel work in built up tubular (round,
square or rectangular hollow tubes
etc.) trusses etc., including cutting,
hoisting, bending, fixing in position and
8.6
applying a priming coat of approved
steel primer, including welding and
bolted with special shaped washers
etc. complete.
8.6.1 Hot finished welded type tubes kg 7000 214.38 1500660
Providing and fixing M.S. fan clamp
type I or II of 16 mm dia M.S. bar, bent
to shape with hooked ends in R.C.C.
8.7 each 83 249.23 20686
slabs or beams during laying, including
painting the exposed portion of loop, all
as per standard design complete.
Providing and fixing circular/
Hexagonal cast iron or M.S. sheet box
for ceiling fan clamp, of internal dia 140
mm, 73 mm height, top lid of 1.5 mm
thick M.S. sheet with its top surface
hacked for proper bonding, top lid shall
8.8 each 119 243.33 28956
be screwed into the cast iron/ M.S.
sheet box by means of 3.3 mm dia
round headed screws, one lock at the
corners. Clamp shall be made of 12
mm dia M.S. bar bent to shape as per
standard drawing.
Steel work welded in built up sections/
framed work, including cutting,
8.9 hoisting, fixing in position and applying
a priming coat of approved steel primer
using structural steel etc. as required.
In stringers, treads, landings etc. of
8.9.1 stair cases, including use of chequered kg 500 136.31 68155
plate wherever required, all complete
In gratings, frames, guard bar,
8.9.2 ladder, railings, brackets, gates and kg 4457 190.34 848345
similar works

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 204

Providing and fixing carbon steel

galvanised ( minimum coating 5
micron) dash fastener of 10 mm dia
double threaded 6.8 grade (yield
strength 480 N/mm2), counter sunk
8.10
head, comprising of 10 mm dia
polyamide PA 6 grade sleeve,
including drilling of hole in frame ,
concrete/ masonry, etc. as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
8.10. 10 x 140 mm
each 813 200.93 163356
1
Providing and fixing stainless steel (
Grade 304) railing made of Hollow
tubes, channels, plates etc., including
welding, grinding, bufing, polishing and
making curvature (wherever required)
and fitting the same with necessary
stainless steel nuts and bolts complete,
i/c fixing the railing with necessary
accessories & stainless steel dash
8.11 kg 1467 851.80 1249591
fasteners , stainless steel bolts etc., of
required size, on the top of the floor or
the side of waist slab with suitable
arrangement as per approval of
Engineer-in-charge, (for payment
purpose only weight of stainless steel
members shall be considered
excluding fixing accessories such as
nuts, bolts, fasteners etc.).
Total of STEEL WORK 4051197
9.0 FLOORING
Providing and fixing glass strips in
9.1 joints of terrazo/ cement concrete
floors.
9.1.1 25mm wide and 4 mm thick metre 4311 101.18 436187
Kota stone slab flooring over 20 mm
(average) thick base laid over and
jointed with grey cement slurry mixed
9.2 with pigment to match the shade of the
slab, including rubbing and polishing
complete with base of cement mortar 1
: 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) :
9.2.1 25 mm thick sqm 314 2,148.53 674638
Kota stone slabs 20 mm thick in risers
of steps, skirting, dado and pillars laid
on 12 mm (average) thick cement
9.3 mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) sqm 5 2,596.76 12984
and jointed with grey cement slurry
mixed with pigment to match the shade
of the slabs, including rubbing and

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 205

polishing complete.
Providing and laying Ceramic glazed
floor tiles of size 300x300 mm
(thickness to be specified by the
manufacturer) of 1st quality conforming
to IS : 15622 of approved make in
colours such as White, Ivory, Grey,
9.4 sqm 241 1,209.28 291436
Fume Red Brown, laid on 20 mm thick
cement mortar 1:4 (1 Cement :4
Coarse sand), Jointing with grey
cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/sqm including
pointing the joints with white cement
and matching pigment etc., complete.
Providing and laying Vitrified tiles in
floor in different sizes (thickness to be
specified by the manufacturer) with
water absorption less than 0.08% and
conforming to IS:15622, of approved
brand & manufacturer, in all colours
and shade, laid on 20 mm thick cement
mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand)
jointing with grey cement slurry @3.3
9.5
kg/sqm including grouting the joints
with white cement and matching
pigments etc. The tiles must be cut
with the zero chipping diamond cutter
only . Laying of tiles will be done with
the notch trowel, plier, wedge, clips of
required thickness, leveling system
and rubber mallet for placing the tiles
gently and easily.
Double charge vitrified tile polished
9.5.1
finish of size
9.5.1. Size of Tile 800 x 800 mm
sqm 692 1,692.63 1171300
1
Providing and laying Vitrified tiles/full
body vitrified tile in different sizes
(thickness to be specified by the
manufacturer), with water absorption
less than 0.08%and conforming to IS:
15622, of approved brand &
manufacturer in all colours and shade
9.6
in skirting, riser of steps, laid with
cement based high polymer modified
quick set tile adhesive (water based)
conforming to IS: 15477, in average 6
mm thickness, including grouting of
joints(Payment for grouting of joints to
be made separately).
9.6.1 Size of Tile 800x800 mm sqm 227 2,458.42 558061

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 206

Grouting the joints of flooring tiles

having joints of 3 mm width, using
epoxy grout mix of 0.70 kg of organic
coated filler of desired shade(0.10 kg
9.7
of hardener and 0.20 kg of resin per
kg), including filling/grouting and
finishing complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
9.7.1 Size of Tile 800X2400 mm sqm 1736.00 192.44 334076
Providing and laying full body vitrified
tile in floor of minimum thickness 15
mm with water absorption less than
0.06% and conforming to IS: 15622, of
approved make, brand and
manufacturer, laid on 20 mm thick
base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4
coarse sand) jointing with grey cement
slurry @3.30 kg / sqm including
9.8
grouting the joints with white cement
and matching pigments etc. The slab
must be cut with the zero chipping
diamond cutter only. Laying of slab will
be done with the help of notch trowel,
wedge, clips of required thickness,
vacuum cups for lifting, leveling system
and rubber mallet for placing the slab
gently and easily.
Size of tile 800x2400mm of all colours
9.8.1 sqm 1578.00 3,996.49 6306461
and shades
Providing and laying machine cut,
mirror polished Marble stone flooring,
in required design (Simple geometrical,
abstract etc.) and in patterns in
combination with Italian marble stones
of different colours, shades and
finished surface texture etc., in linear
portions of the building, all complete as
per the architectural drawings, with 18
9.9 mm thick stone slab laid over 20 mm
(average) thick base of cement mortar
1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and
jointed with white cement slurry @ 4.4
kg/sqm including pointing with white
cement slurry admixed with pigment to
match the marble shade including
rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all
complete as specified and as directed
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
18 mm thick Italian Marble stone slab,
9.9.1 Perlato, Rosso verona, Fire Red or sqm 737.00 7,639.48 5630297
Dark Emperadore etc.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 207

Providing and laying Lapato/Leathered/

Polished Granite stone flooring in
required design and patterns, in linear
as well as curvilinear portions of the
building all complete as per the
architectural drawings with 18 mm
thick stone slab over 20 mm (average)
9.10 thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and
jointed with cement slurry and pointing
with white cement slurry admixed with
pigment of matching shade including
rubbing , curing and polishing etc. all
complete as specified and as directed
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Polished/Leathered/ Lappato finish
9.10. Granite stone slab jet Black, Galaxy
sqm 2481 4,941.98 12261052
1 Black, Cherry Red, Elite Brown, Lakha
Red or equivalent.
Total of FLOORING 27676492
10.0 ROOFING
Making khurras 45x45 cm with average
minimum thickness of 5 cm cement
concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse
sand : 4 graded stone aggregate of 20
mm nominal size) over P.V.C. sheet 1
10.1 m x1 m x 400 micron, finished with 12 each 54 328.91 17761
mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3
coarse sand) and a coat of neat
cement, rounding the edges and
making and finishing the outlet
complete.
Providing and fixing on wall face
unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water
pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A,
10.2 including jointing with seal ring
conforming to IS : 5382, leaving 10 mm
gap for thermal expansion, (i) Single
socketed pipes.
10.2. 110 mm diameter
metre 598 416.20 248888
1
Providing and fixing on wall face
unplasticised - PVC moulded fittings/
accessories for unplasticised Rigid
PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS
10.3
: 13592 Type A, including jointing with
seal ring conforming to IS :5382,
leaving 10 mm gap for thermal
expansion.
10.3. Bend 87.5°
1

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 208

10.3. 110 mm bend

each 108 165.81 17907
1.1
10.3. Shoe (Plain)
2
10.3. 110 mm Shoe
each 54 145.40 7852
2.1
Providing and fixing unplasticised -
PVC pipe clips of approved design to
unplasticised - PVC rain water pipes by
means of 50x50x50 mm hard wood
10.4 plugs, screwed with M.S. screws of
required length, including cutting brick
work and fixing in cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) and making
good the wall etc. complete.
10.4. 110 mm
each 240 409.47 98273
1
Providing and fixing false ceiling at all
heights including providing and fixing
of frame work made of special
sections, power pressed from M.S.
sheets and galvanized with zinc
coating of 120 gms/sqm (both side
inclusive) as per IS : 277 and
consisting of angle cleats of size 25
mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of
27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre
to centre, one flange fixed to the ceiling
with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x 50
mm long with 6 mm dia bolts, other
flange of cleat fixed to the angle
hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required
length with nuts & bolts of required size
and other end of angle hanger fixed
10.5 with intermediate G.I. channels
45x15x0.9 mm running at the spacing
of 1200 mm centre to centre, to which
the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom
wedge of 80 mm with tapered flanges
of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm,
at 450 mm centre to centre, shall be
fixed in a direction perpendicular to G.I.
intermediate channel with connecting
clips made out of 2.64 mm dia x 230
mm long G.I. wire at every junction,
including fixing perimeter channels 0.5
mm thick 27 mm high having flanges of
20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter
of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the
help of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre,
with 25 mm long dry wall screws @
230 mm interval, including fixing of

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 209

gypsum board to ceiling

section and perimeter channel with the
help of dry wall screws of size 3.5 x 25
mm at 230 mm c/c, including jointing
and finishing to a flush finish of tapered
and square edges of the board with
recommended jointing compound ,
jointing tapes , finishing with jointing
compound in 3 layers covering upto
150 mm on both sides of joint and two
coats of primer suitable for board, all
as per manufacturer's specification and
also including the cost of making
openings for light fittings, grills,
difusers, cutouts made with frame of
perimeter channels suitably fixed, all
complete as per drawings,
specification and direction of the
Engineer in Charge but excluding the
cost of painting with :
10.5. 12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum
moisture resistant board sqm 7081 1,686.29 11940619
1
Providing and fixing to the inlet mouth
of rain water pipe PTMT (an
Engineering Thermoplastic) grating
10.6 each 54 93.24 5035
square (Slit) 150 mm square with a
height of 8 mm and weighing not less
than 100 gms.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 210

Providing and fixing tiled false

ceiling of specified materials of size
595x595 mm in true horizontal level,
suspended on inter locking metal grid
of hot dipped galvanized steel sections
( galvanized @ 120 grams/ sqm, both
side inclusive) consisting of main "T"
runner with suitably spaced joints to
get required length and of size 24x38
mm made from 0.30 mm thick
(minimum) sheet, spaced at 1200 mm
center to center and cross "T" of size
24x25 mm made of 0.30 mm thick
(minimum) sheet, 1200 mm long
spaced between main "T" at 600 mm
center to center to form a grid of
1200x600 mm and secondary cross
"T" of length 600 mm and size 24x25
mm made of 0.30 mm thick (minimum)
sheet to be interlocked at middle of the
10.7 1200x600 mm panel to form grids of
600x600 mm and wall angle of size
24x24x0.3 mm and laying false ceiling
tiles of approved texture in the grid
including, required cutting/making,
opening for services like difusers, grills,
light fittings, fixtures, smoke detectors
etc. Main "T" runners to be suspended
from ceiling using GI slotted cleats of
size 27 x 37 x 25 x1.6 mm fixed to
ceiling with 12.5 mm dia and 50 mm
long dash fasteners, 4 mm GI
adjustable rods with galvanised
butterfly level clips of size 85 x 30 x 0.8
mm spaced at 1200 mm center to
center along main T, bottom exposed
width of 24 mm of all T-sections shall
be pre-painted with polyester paint, all
complete for all heights as per
specifications, drawings and as
directed by Engineer-in-charge.
GI Metal Ceiling Lay in plain Tegular
edge Global white color tiles of size
595x595 mm, and 0.5 mm thick with 8
mm drop; made of G I sheet having
10.7.
galvanizing of 100 gms/sqm (both sqm 521 2,098.57 1093355
1
sides inclusive) and electro statically
polyester powder coated of thickness
60 microns (minimum), including
factory painted after bending.
Total of ROOFING 13429690
11.0 FINISHING

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 211

Cement plaster 1:3(1 cement: 3 coarse

11.1 sand) finished with a floating coat of
neat cement.
11.1. 12 mm cement plaster
sqm 100.00 495.76 49576
1
Extra for plastering exterior walls of
height more than 10 m from ground
11.2 sqm 4120.00 96.05 395726
level for every additional height of 3 m
or part thereof.
White washing with lime to give an
11.3
even shade:
11.3. New work (three or more coats)
sqm 7000.00 43.06 301420
1
Finishing walls with ready mixed
Premium acrylic emulsion paint
(Company Depot Tinted) having VOC
11.4 less than 50 gm/litre and UV resistance
as per IS 15489:2004, Alkali & fungal
resistance, dirt resistance exterior paint
of required shade with silicon additives.
New work (Two or more coats applied
11.4. @ 1.43 litre/ 10 sqm over and including
sqm 1000.00 199.88 199880
1 priming coat of exterior primer applied
@ 0.90 litre/10 sqm.
Finishing with Epoxy paint (two or
more coats) at all locations prepared
and applied as per manufacturer's
11.5
specifications including appropriate
priming coat, preparation of surface,
etc. complete.
11.5. On steel work
sqm 800.00 266.60 213280
1
Providing and applying 12 mm thick
(average) premixed formulated one
coat gypsum lightweight plaster having
additives and light weight aggregates
as vermiculite/ per liter respectively
13000.0
11.6 conforming to IS: 2547 (Part- 1 & II) sqm 517.10 6722300
0
1976, applied on hacked / uneven
background such as bare brick/block/
RCC work on walls & ceiling at all
floors and locations, finished in smooth
line and level etc. complete.
Wall painting with premium acrylic
emulsion paint of interior grade, having
VOC (Volatile Organic Compound )
content less than 50 grams/ litre of
11.7
approved brand and manufacture,
including applying additional coats
wherever required to achieve even
shade and colour.
11.7.1 Two coats sqm 13000.00 157.48 2047240

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 212

Applying priming coats with primer of

approved brand and manufacture,
11.8
having low VOC (Volatile Organic
Compound ) content.
With water thinnable cement primer on
11.8. 13000.0
wall surface having VOC content less sqm 81.55 1060150
1 0
than 50 grams/litre
Polishing in high gloss/matt finish
melamine clear polish on wood work in
11.9 required color/wooden shade texture
with following process in the sequence
as detailed below:
1. The surface to be polished is rubbed
with sand paper 80/120 no. and then
with sand paper of 160/180 nos.
2. Applying two coats of sealer with
spray gun and allowing sufficient
drying time for 1st coat and 2nd coat is
allowed to dry for 8 to 12 hrs.
3. On drying of sealer coat, wet
rubbing with emery cloth of finer
grading with water to remove excess
sealer layer and make the surface
further smooth after this wet rubbing,
then surface is applied with special
grade melamine fillers to fill all the
small and big holes/grooves etc. Filler sqm 2825 1,500.30 4238348
coat to be allowed to dry for 4 to 6 hrs
on which again a light wet rubbing is
done this surface is further allowed to
dry for 12 hrs.
4. On this, 1st coat of melamine polish
is applied with spray gun using
melamine clear polish and melamine
thinner in required proportion. This 1st
coat is allowed to dry for 24 hrs then
this dry surface is again fine wet
rubbed smooth, which is further
allowed to dry for 12 hrs. The final
melamine polish is applied with
compressor pressure spray gun using
melamine clear polish and melamine
thinner mixed in required proportion
complete as per direction of Engineer-
in-Charge. (Finalo coat to be done in 1
or 2 layers without gap of time.)
Total of FINISHING 15227920
12.0 ROAD WORK

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 213

Preparation and consolidation of sub

grade with power road roller of 8 to 12
tonne capacity after excavating earth
to an average of 22.5 cm depth,
12.1 dressing to camber and consolidating sqm 2111.00 241.40 509595
with road roller including making good
the undulations etc. and re- olling the
sub grade and disposal of surplus
earthwith lead upto 50 metres.
12.2 Supplying and stacking at site.
12.2. Moorum.
cum 6900.00 847.23 5845887
1
Providing and applying 2.5 mm thick
road marking strips (retro-reflective) of
specified shade/ colour using hot
thermoplastic material by fully/ semi
automatic thermoplastic paint
applicator machine fitted with profile
shoe, glass beads dispenser, propane
12.3 tank heater and profile shoe heater, sqm 50 824.67 41234
driven by experienced operator on
road surface including cost of material,
labour, T&P, cleaning the road surface
of all dirt, seals, oil, grease and foreign
material etc. complete as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge and accordance
with applicable specifications.
Providing and laying at or near ground
level factory made kerb stone of M-25
grade cement concrete in position to
the required line, level and curvature,
jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1
cement: 3 coarse sand), including
making joints with or without grooves
(thickness of joints except at sharp
12.4 curve shall not to more than 5 mm), cum 21 11,157.69 234311
including making drainage opening
wherever required complete etc. as per
direction of Engineer- in-charge (length
of finished kerb edging shall be
measured to calculate volume for
payment). (Precast C.C. kerb stone
shall be approved by Engineer-in-
charge).

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 214

Providing and laying C.C. pavement of

mix M-25 with ready mixed concrete
from batching plant. The ready mixed
concrete shall be laid and finished with
screed board vibrator , vacuum
dewatering process and finally finished
by floating, brooming with wire brush
12.5 etc. complete as per specifications and cum 317 10,833.69 3434280
directions of Engineer-in-charge. (The
panel shuttering work shall be paid for
separately). (Note:- Cement content
considered in this item is @ 330
kg/cum. Excess/ less cement used as
per design mix is payable/ recoverable
separately).
Providing and laying factory made
chamfered edge Cement Concrete
paver blocks in footpath, parks, lawns,
drive ways or light traffic parking etc, of
required strength, thickness & size/
shape, made by table vibratory method
using PU mould, laid in required colour
& pattern over 50 mm thick compacted
12.6 bed of sand, compacting and proper
embedding/laying of inter locking paver
blocks into the sand bedding layer
through vibratory compaction by using
plate vibrator, filling the joints with sand
and cutting of paver blocks as per
required size and pattern, finishing and
sweeping extra sand. complete all as
per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
60mm thick Cement concrete paver
12.6.
block of M-35 grade with approved sqm 500 1,153.14 576570
1
colour, design & pattern
Providing and erecting 2.00 metre high
temporary barricading at site; each
panel of size 2.50m x 2.00m made of
40x40x6 mm angle iron or 50x50x3
mm hollow MS tube posts/ horizontal
members/ bracings covered with 1.63
mm thick MS sheet. The sheet shall be
fixed with 30x5 mm MS flat by suitable
12.7 welding / riveting. The panels shall be metre 750.00 3,793.08 2844810
made so that gap of 50 cm above the
ground is available making over all
height as 2.50m. MS channel ISLC 75
@ 5.70 kg/m, 50 cm long shall be
provided at the bottom having oval
shaped holes of size 50x25 mm at both
ends with 50 cm long MS angle
40x40x6 mm bracing.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 215

Suitable arrangement shall be made to

fix the barricading to avoid from
overturning by providing 250 mm long
expansion fasteners at both ends.
The work shall be executed as per
drawing/ direction of Engineer-in-
Charge which includes writing and
painting, arrangement for traffic
diversion such as traffic signals during
construction at site for day and night,
glow lamps, reflective signs, marking,
flags, caution tape as directed by the
Engineer-in- Charge. The barricading
provided shall be retained in position at
site continuously i/c shifting of
barricading from one location to
another location as many times as
required during the execution of the
entire work till its completion. Rate
include its maintenance for damages,
painting, all incidentals, labour,
materials, equipments and works
required to execute the job. The
barricading shall not be removed
without prior approval of Engineer-in-
Charge.
(Note :- One time payment shall be
made for providing barricading from
start of work till completion of work i/c
shifting. The barricading provided shall
remain to be the property of the
contractor on completion of the work).
Total of ROAD WORK 13486687
13.0 SANITARY INSTALLATIONS
Providing and fixing Stainless Steel A
ISI 304 (18/8) kitchen sink as per
IS:13983 with C.I. brackets and
13.1 stainless steel plug 40 mm, including
painting of fittings and brackets, cutting
and making good the walls wherever
required :
13.1. Kitchen sink without drain board
1
13.1. 610x510 mm bowl depth 200 mm.
each 13 5,448.71 70833
1.1
Providing and fixing P.V.C. waste pipe
13.2 for sink or wash basin including P.V.C.
waste fittings complete.
13.2. Semi rigid
1
13.2. 40 mm dia each 13 128.70 1673

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 216

1.1
Providing and fixing M.S. holder bat
clamp of approved design to sand cast
iron/ cast iron (spun) pipes comprising
of M.S. flat brackets made of 50x5 mm
flat of specified shape, projecting 75
mm outside the wall surface and fixed
on wall with 4nos, 6mm dia expansion
hold fasteners, including drilling
13.3 necessary holes in brick wall/ CC/RCC
surface and the cost of bolts etc. The
pipes shall be fixed to the already fixed
brackets with the help of 30 mm x1.6
mm galvanised M.S. flats of specified
shape and of total length 420 mm and
shall be fixed with M.S. nuts, bolts, &
washers of size 25x6 mm, one bolts on
each side of the pipe.
Total bracket length 580 mm of
13.3.
approved shape and design (for single each 360 335.31 120712
1
100 mm dia pipe).

Total of SANITARY INSTALLATIONS 193218

14.0 WATER SUPPLY
Providing and fixing Chlorinated
Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes,
having thermal stability for hot & cold
water supply and all CPVC plain &
brass threaded fittings, including fixing
14.1 the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m
spacing. This includes jointing of pipes
& fittings with one step CPVC solvent
cement and testing of joints complete
as per direction of Engineer in Charge.
Internal work - Exposed on wall
14.1. 20 mm nominal dia Pipes
metre 294 369.44 108615
1
14.1. 25 mm nominal dia Pipes
metre 100 442.83 44283
2
14.1. 32 mm nominal dia Pipes
metre 218 572.08 124713
3
14.1. 40 mm nominal dia Pipes
metre 186 775.21 144189
4
14.1. 50 mm nominal dia Pipes
metre 195 1,030.18 200885
5

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 217

Providing and fixing Chlorinated

Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes,
having thermal stability for hot & cold
water supply, including all CPVC plain
& brass threaded fittings and fixing the
pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing.
This includes jointing of pipes & fittings
14.2
with one step CPVC solvent cement
and the cost of cutting chases and
making good the same including
testing of joints complete as per
direction of Engineer in Charge.
Concealed work, including cutting
chases and making good the walls etc.
14.2. 20 mm nominal dia Pipes
metre 1274 592.87 755316
1
14.2. 25 mm nominal dia Pipes
metre 71 691.73 49113
2
Providing and fixing Chlorinated
Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes,
having thermal stability for hot & cold
water supply including all CPVC plain
& brass threaded fittings. This includes
14.3
jointing of pipes & fittings with one step
CPVC solvent cement, trenching,
refilling & testing of joints complete as
per direction of Engineer in Charge :
External work
14.3. 75 mm nominal inner dia. Pipes.
metre 400 2,389.05 955620
1
Fixing water meter and stop cock in
G.I. pipe line including cutting and
threading the pipe and making long
14.4 each 2 895.80 1792
screws etc. complete (cost of water
meter and stop cock to be paid
separately).
Providing and fixing gun metal gate
14.5 valve with C.I. wheel of approved
quality (screwed end) :
14.5. 20 mm nominal bore
each 10 595.46 5955
1
Providing and fixing uplasticised PVC
14.6 connection pipe with brass unions :
14.6. 45 cm length
1
14.6. 15 mm nominal bore
each 400 107.80 43120
1.1
Total of WATER SUPPLY 2433601
15.0 DRAINAGE

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 218

Providing and fixing square-mouth

S.W. gully trap class SP-1 complete
with C.I. grating brick masonry
chamber with water tight C.I. cover
15.1 with frame of 300 x 300 mm size
(inside) the weight of cover to be not
less than 4.50 kg and frame to be not
less than 2.70 kg as per standard
design:
15.1. 150 x 100 mm size P type
1
15.1. With sewer bricks conforming to IS :
each 41 2,990.46 122609
1.1 4885
Providing and laying non-pressure NP2
class (light duty) R.C.C. pipes with
collars jointed with stiff mixture of
15.2
cement mortar in the proportion of 1:2
(1 cement : 2 fine sand) including
testing of joints etc. complete :
15.2. 150 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe
metre 50 613.65 30683
1
15.2. 250 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe
metre 1212 992.30 1202668
2
Constructing brick masonry manhole in
cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4
coarse sand ) with R.C.C. top slab with
1:1.5:3 mix (1 cement : 1.5 coarse
sand (zone-III) : 3 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size),
foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1
cement : 4 coarse sand (zone-III) : 8
graded stone aggregate 40 mm
15.3 nominal size), inside plastering 12 mm
thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement
: 3 coarse sand) finished with floating
coat of neat cement and making
channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1
cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded
stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
finished with a floating coat of neat
cement complete as per standard
design :
Inside size 90x80 cm and 45 cm deep
including C.I. cover with frame (light
duty) 455x610 mm internal
15.3.
dimensions, total weight of cover and
1
frame to be not less than 38 kg (weight
of cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15
kg) :
15.3. With Sewer bricks conforming to IS :
each 30 14,018.57 420557
1.1 4885

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 219

Inside size 120x90 cm and 90 cm deep

including C.I. cover with frame
(medium duty) 500 mm internal
15.3.
diameter, total weight of cover and
2
frame to be not less than 116 kg
(weight of cover 58 kg and weight of
frame 58 kg) :
15.3. With Sewer bricks conforming to IS :
each 48 28,942.66 1389248
2.1 4885
15.4 Extra for depth for manholes :
15.4. Size 90x80 cm
1
15.4. With Sewer bricks conforming to IS :
metre 7 9,543.91 66807
1.1 4885
15.4. Size 120x90 cm
2
15.4. With Sewer bricks conforming to IS :
metre 12 11,448.66 137384
2.1 4885
Constructing brick masonry circular
manhole 1.52 m internal dia at bottom
and 0.56 m dia at top in cement mortar
1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) inside
cement plaster 12 mm thick with
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3
coarse sand) finished with a floating
coat of neat cement, foundation
15.5 concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse
sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 40
mm nominal size) and making
necessary channel in cement concrete
1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4
graded stone aggregate 20 mm
nominal size) finished with a floating
coat of neat cement, all complete as
per standard design :
2.30 m deep with SFRC Cover and
frame (heavy duty HD- 20 grade
designation) 560 mm internal
diameter conforming to I.S. 12592,
total weight of cover and frame to be
not less than 182 kg. fixed in cement
15.5.
concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse
1
sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size) including centering,
shuttering all complete. (Excavation,
foot rests and 12 mm thick cement
plaster at the external surface shall be
paid for separately) :
15.5. With Sewer bricks conforming IS :
each 2 57,639.83 115280
1.1 4885

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 220

Extra depth for circular type manhole

15.6 1.52 m internal dia (at bottom) beyond
2.30 m :
15.6. With Sewer bricks conforming IS :
metre 2 24,579.32 49159
1 4885
Providing M.S. foot rests including
fixing in manholes with 20x20x10 cm
cement concrete blocks 1:3:6 (1
15.7
cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded
stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
as per standard design :
15.7. With 20 mm diameter round bar
metre 10 547.54 5475
1
Making connection of drain or sewer
line with existing manhole including
breaking into and making good the
walls, floors with cement concrete
1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4
graded stone aggregate 20 mm
15.8
nominal size) cement plastered on
both sides with cement mortar 1:3 (1
cement : 3 coarse sand), finished with
a floating coat of neat cement and
making necessary channels for the
drain etc. complete :
15.8. For pipes 250 to 300 mm diameter
each 2 1,017.22 2034
1
Constructing brick masonry road gully
chamber 45x45x77.5 cm with bricks in
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
15.9
coarse sand ) with precast R.C.C.
vertical grating complete as per
standard design :
With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non
15.9.
modular) bricks of class designation each 48 7,598.07 364707
1
7.5
Total of DRAINAGE 3906611
16.0 ALUMINIUM WORK
Providing and fixing aluminium work for
doors, windows, ventilators and
partitions with extruded built up
standard tubular sections/ appropriate
Z sections and other sections of
approved make conforming to IS: 733
16.1 and IS: 1285, fixing with dash
fasteners of required dia and size,
including necessary filling up the gaps
at junctions, i.e. at top, bottom and
sides with required EPDM rubber/
neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium
sections shall be smooth, rust free,

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 221

straight, mitred and jointed

mechanically wherever required
including cleat angle, Aluminium snap
beading for glazing / panelling, C.P.
brass / stainless steel screws, all
complete as per architectural drawings
and the directions of Engineer-in-
charge. (Glazing, paneling and dash
fasteners to be paid for separately) :
16.1. For fixed portion
1
Powder coated aluminium
16.1.
(minimum thickness of powder coating kg 2778 585.48 1626463
1.1
50 micron)
For shutters of doors, windows &
ventilators including providing and
fixing hinges/ pivots and making
16.1.
provision for fixing of fittings wherever
2
required including the cost of EPDM
rubber / neoprene gasket required
(Fittings shall be paid for separately)
Powder coated aluminium
16.1.
(minimum thickness of powder coating kg 500 699.67 349835
2.1
50 micron)
Providing and fixing glazing in
aluminium door, window, ventilator
shutters and partitions etc. with EPDM
rubber / neoprene gasket etc. complete
16.2
as per the architectural drawings and
the directions of engineer-in-charge .
(Cost of aluminium snap beading shall
be paid in basic item):
With float glass panes of 5 mm
16.2.
thickness (weight not less than 12.50 sqm 51 1,659.99 84659
1
kg/sqm)
Providing and fixing 12 mm thick
frameless toughened glass door
shutter of approved brand and
manufacture, including providing and
fixing top & bottom pivot & double
16.3 acting hydraulic floor spring type fixing sqm 52 5,873.40 305417
arrangement and making necessary
holes etc. for fixing required door
fittings, all complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge (Door handle, lock
and stopper etc. to be paid separately).
Total of ALUMINIUM WORK 2366374
17.0 WATER PROOFING

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 222

Providing and laying water proofing

treatment in sunken slab by applying
cement slurry mixed with water
proofing cement compound consisting
of applying:
(a) after surface preparation, first layer
of slurry of cement @ 0.488 kg/sqm
mixed with water proofing cement
compound @ 0.253 kg/sqm.
(b) laying second layer of Fibre glass
cloth when the first layer is still green.
17.1 Overlaps of joints of fibre cloth should sqm 525 759.72 398853
not be less than 10 cm.
(c) third layer of 1.5 mm thickness
consisting of slurry of cement @ 1.289
kg/sqm mixed with water proofing
cement compound @ 0.670 kg/sqm
and coarse sand @ 1.289 kg/sqm. This
will be allowed to air cure for 4 hours
followed by water curing for 48 hours.
The entire treatment will be taken upto
10 cm on parapet wall and tucked into
groove in parapet all around.
Providing and laying integral cement
based water proofing treatment
including preparation of surface as
required for treatment of roofs,
balconies, terraces etc consisting of
following operations: (a) Applying a
slurry coat of neat cement using 2.75
kg/sqm of cement admixed with water
proofing compound conforming to IS.
2645 and approved by Engineer-in-
charge over the RCC slab including
adjoining walls upto 300 mm height
including cleaning the surface before
treatment. (b) Laying brick bats with
17.2 mortar using broken bricks/brick bats
25 mm to 115 mm size with 50% of
cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5
coarse sand) admixed with water
proofing compound conforming to IS :
2645 and approved by Engineer-in-
charge over 20 mm thick layer of
cement mortar of mix 1:5 (1 cement :5
coarse sand) admixed with water
proofing compound conforming to IS :
2645 and approved by Engineer-in-
charge to required slope and treating
similarly the adjoining walls upto 300
mm height including rounding of
junctions of walls and slabs. (c) After

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 223

two days of proper curing applying a

second coat of cement slurry using
2.75 kg/ sqm of cement admixed with
water proofing compound conforming
to IS : 2645 and approved by
Engineer-in-charge.
(d) Finishing the surface with 20 mm
thick jointless cement mortar of mix 1:4
(1 cement :4 coarse sand) admixed
with water proofing compound
conforming to IS : 2645 and approved
by Engineer-in-charge including laying
glass fibre cloth of approved quality in
top layer of plaster and finally finishing
the surface with trowel with neat
cement slurry and making pattern of
300x300 mm square 3 mm deep. (e)
The whole terrace so finished shall be
flooded with water for a minimum
period of two weeks for curing and for
final test. “All above operations to be
done in order and as directed and
specified by the Engineer-in-Charge”:
With average thickness of 120 mm and
17.2.
minimum thickness at khurra as 65 sqm 2605 1,857.78 4839517
1
mm.
Providing and mixing integral
crystalline admixture for water proofing
treatment to RCC structures like
basement raft, retaining walls,
reservior, sewage & water treatment
plant, tunnels / subway and bridge
deck etc. at the time of transporting of
concrete into the drum of the ready-mix
truck , using integral crystalline
admixture @0.80% (minimum) to the
weight of cement content per cubic
meter of concrete) or higher as
recommended by the manufacturer’s
17.3 kg 10 427.89 4279
specification in reinforced cement
concrete at site of work. The material
shall meet the requirements as
specified in ACI- 212-3R-2010 i.e. by
reducing permeability of concrete by
more than 90%, compared with control
concrete as per DIN 1048 and resistant
to 16 bar hydrostatic pressure. The
crystalline admixture shall be capable
of self- healing of cracks up to a width
of 0.50 mm. The work shall be carried
out all complete as per specification
and the direction of the Engineer- in-

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 224

charge. The product performance shall

carry guarantee for 10 years against
any leakage.
Providing and applying integral
crystalline slurry of hydrophilic in
nature for waterproofing treatment to
the RCC structures like retaining walls
of the basement, water tanks, roof
slabs, podiums, reservior, sewage &
water treatment plant, tunnels / subway
and bridge deck etc., prepared by
mixing in the ratio of 5 : 2 (5 parts
integral crystalline slurry : 2 parts
water) for vertical surfaces and 3 : 1 (3
parts integral crystalline slurry : 1 part
water) for horizontal surfaces and
applying the same from negative
(internal) side with the help of synthetic
17.4
fiber brush. The material shall meet the
requirements as specified in ACI-212-
3R-2010 i.e by reducing permeability of
concrete by more than 90% compared
with control concrete as per DIN 1048
and resistant to 16 bar hydrostatic
pressure on negative side. The
crystalline slurry shall be capable of
self-healing of cracks up to a width of
0.50 mm. The work shall be carried out
all complete as per specification and
the direction of the engineer-in-charge.
The product performance shall carry
guarantee for 10 years against any
leakage.
17.4. For vertical surface two coats @ 0.70
kg per sqm per coat sqm 55 521.51 28683
1
17.4. For horizontal surface one coat @1.10
sqm 130 400.10 52013
2 kg per sqm.
Total of WATER PROOFING 5323345
RAIN WATER HARVESTING &
18.0
TUBEWELLS
Boring/drilling bore well of required dia
for casing/ strainer pipe, by suitable
method prescribed in IS: 2800 (part I),
including collecting samples from
different strata, preparing and
18.1 submitting strata chart/ bore log,
including hire & running charges of all
equipments, tools, plants &
machineries required for the job, all
complete as per direction of Engineer-
in-charge, upto 90 metre depth below

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 225

ground level.
18.1. Rocky strata including Boulders
1
18.1. 300 mm dia
metre 360 1,869.36 672970
1.1
Supplying, assembling, lowering and
fixing in vertical position in bore well,
unplasticized PVC medium well casing
(CM) pipe of required dia, conforming
18.2 to IS: 12818, including required hire
and labour charges, fittings &
accessories etc. all complete, for all
depths, as per direction of Engineer -
in-charge.
18.2. 150 mm nominal size dia
metre 240 874.80 209952
1
Supplying, assembling, lowering and
fixing in vertical position in bore well
unplasticized PVC medium well screen
(RMS) pipes with ribs, conforming to
18.3
IS: 12818, including hire & labour
charges, fittings & accessories etc. all
complete, for all depths, as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
18.3. 150 mm nominal size dia
metre 120 890.46 106855
1
Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling
stone boulders of size range 5 cm to
20 cm, in recharge pit, in the required
18.4 Cum 4 1,665.01 6660
thickness, for all leads & lifts, all
complete as per direction of Engineer-
in-charge.
Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling
gravels of size range 5 mm to 10 mm,
in the recharge pit, over the existing
18.5 layer of boulders, in required thickness, Cum 4 1,696.38 6786
for all leads & lifts, all complete as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling
coarse sand of size range 1.5 mm to 2
mm in recharge pit, in required
18.6 Cum 4 1,696.38 6786
thickness over gravel layer, for all
leads& lifts, all complete as per
direction of Engineer -in-charge.
Gravel packing in tubewell construction
in accordance with IS: 4097, including
providing gravel fine/ medium/ coarse,
18.7 in required grading & sizes as per Cum 4 2,232.62 8930
actual requirement, all complete as per
direction of Engineer- in-charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 226

Providing and fixing factory made

precast RCC perforated drain covers,
having concrete of strength not less
than M-25, of size 1000 x 450x50 mm,
reinforced with 8 mm dia four nos
longitudinal & 9 nos cross sectional
18.8 each 4 1,543.86 6175
T.M.T. hoop bars, including providing
50 mm dia perforations @ 100 to 125
mm c/c, including providing edge
binding with M.S. flats of size 50 mm x
1.6 mm complete, all as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge.
Total of RAIN WATER HARVESTING
& TUBEWELLS 1025114
STRUCTURAL GLAZING
19.0 ALUMMINIUM COMPOSITE PANEL
Providing and supplying aluminium
extruded tubular and other aluminium
sections as per the architectural
drawings and approved shop drawings
, the aluminium quality as per grade
6063 T5 or T6 as per BS
1474,including super durable powder
coating of 60-80 microns conforming to
AAMA 2604 of required colour and
19.1 kg 5060 456.89 2311863
shade as approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge. ( The item includes cost of
material such as cleats, sleeves,
screws etc. necessary for fabrication of
extruded aluminium frame work.
Nothing extra shall be paid on this
account). The weight of aluminium
extruded section shall be taken for
purpose of payment.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 227

Designing, fabricating, testing,

protection, installing and fixing in
position semi (grid) unitized system of
structural glazing (with open joints) for
linear as well as curvilinear portions of
the building for all heights and all
levels, including: (a) Structural
analysis & design and preparation of
shop drawings for the specified
design loads conforming to IS 875 part
III (the system must passed the proof
test at 1.5 times design wind pressure
without any failure), including
functional design of the aluminum
sections for fixing glazing panels of
various thicknesses, aluminium cleats,
sleeves and splice plates etc.
gaskets, screws, toggles, nuts, bolts,
clamps etc., structural and weather
silicone sealants, flashings, fire stop
(barrier)- cum-smoke seals,
microwave cured EPDM gaskets for
water tightness, pressure equalisation
& drainage and protection against fire
hazard including: (b) Fabricating and
supplying serrated M.S. hot dip
19.2 sqm 844 3,871.38 3267445
galvanised / Aluminium alloy of 6005
T5 brackets of required sizes, sections
and profiles etc. to accommodate 3
Dimentional movement for achieving
perfect verticality and fixing structural
glazing system rigidly to the RCC/
masonry/structural steel framework of
building structure using stainless
steel anchor fasteners/ bolts, nylon
seperator to prevent bimetallic
contacts with nuts and washers etc. of
stainless steel grade 316, of the
required capacity and in required
numbers. (c) Providing and filling, two
part pump filled, structural silicone
sealant and one part weather silicone
sealant compatible with the structural
silicone sealant of required bite size in
a clean and controlled factory / work
shop environment, including double
sided spacer tape, setting blocks and
backer rod, all of approved grade,
brand and manufacture, as per the
approved sealant design, within and all
around the perimeter for holding
glass. (d) Providing and fixing in

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 228

position flashings of solid aluminium

sheet 1 mm thick and of sizes, shapes
and profiles, as required as per the
site conditions, to seal the gap
between the building structure and all
its interfaces with curtain glazing to
make it watertight. (e) Making
provision for drainage of moisture/
water that enters the curtain glazing
system to make it watertight, by
incorporating principles of pressure
equalization, providing suitable gutter
profiles at bottom (if required), making
necessary holes of required sizes and
of required numbers etc. complete.
This item includes cost of all inputs of
designing, labour for fabricating and
installation of aluminium grid,
installation of glazed units, T&P,
scaffolding and other incidental
charges including wastages etc.,
enabling temporary structures and
services, cranes or cradles etc. as
described above and as specified. The
item includes the cost of getting all the
structural and functional design
including shop drawings checked by a
structural designer, dully approved by
Engineer-in-charge. The item also
includes the cost of all mock ups at
site, cost of all samples of the
individual components for testing in an
approved laboratory, field tests on the
assembled working structural glazing
as specified, cleaning and protection
till the handing over of the building for
occupation. In the end, the Contractor
shall provide a water tight structural
glazing having all the performance
characteristics etc. all complete as
required, as per the Architectural
drawings, as per item description, as
specified, as per the approved shop
drawings and as directed by the
Engineer- in-Charge. Note:- 1. The
cost of providing extruded aluminium
frames, shadow boxes, extruded
aluminium section capping for fixing in
the grooves of the curtain glazing and
vermin proof stainless steel wire mesh
shall be paid for separately under
relevant items under this sub- head.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 229

However, for the purpose of payment,

only the actual area of structural
glazing (including width of grooves) on
the external face shall be measured in
sqm. up to two decimal places. Note:-
2. The following performance test are
to be conducted on structural glazing
system if area of structural glazing
exceeds 2500 Sqm from the certified
laboratories accreditated by
NABL(National Accreditation Board
for Testing and Calibration
Laboratories), Department of Science
& Technologies, India. Cost of testing
is payable separately. The NIT
approving authority will decide the
necessity of testing on the basis of
cost of the work, cost of the test and
importance of the work. Performance
Testing of Structural glazing system
Tests to be conducted in the NABL
accredited lab or any other
accreditation body which operates in
accordance with ISO/IEC 17011 and
accredits labs as per ISO/IEC 17025
1. Performance Laboratory Test for Air
Leakage Test (-50pa to - 300pa) &
(+50pa to +300pa) as per ASTM E-
283-04 testing method for a range of
testing limit 1 to 200 mVhr 2. Static
Water Penetration Test. (50pa to
1500pa) as per ASTME- 331-09
testing method for a range up to 2000
ml. 3. Dynamic Water Penetration
(50pa to 1500pa) as per AAMA
501.01- 05 testing method for a range
upto 2000 ml 4. Structural
Performance Deflection and
deformation by static air pressure
test (1.5 times design wind pressure
without any failure) as per ASTME-
330-10 testing method for a range upto
50 mm 5. Seismic Movement Test
(upto 30 mm) as per AAMA 501.4-09
testing method for Qualitative test,
Tests to be conducted on site. 6.
Onsite Test for Water Leakage for a
pressure range 50 kpa to 240 kpa
(35psi) upto 2000 ml

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 230

Providing, assembling and

supplying vision glass panels
(IGUs) comprising of hermetically-
sealed 6-12- 6 mm insulated glass
(double glazed) vision panel units of
size and shape as required and
specified, comprising of an outer heat
strengthened float glass 6 mm thick, of
approved colour and shade with
reflective soft coating on surface # 2 of
approved colour and shade, an inner
Heat strengthned clear float glass 6
mm thick, spacer tube 12 mm wide,
dessicants, including primary seal and
secondary seal (structural silicone
sealant) etc. all complete for the
required performances, as per the
Architectural drawings, as per the
approved shop drawings, as specified
and as directed by the Engineer- in-
Charge. The IGUs shall be assembled
in the factory/ workshop of the glass
19.3 sqm 844 4,100.98 3461227
processor. (Payment for fixing of IGU
Panels in the curtain glazing is
included in cost of item No.25.2) For
payment, only the actual area of glass
on face # 1 of the glass panels
(excluding the areas of the grooves
and weather silicone sealant) provided
and fixed in position, shall be
measured in sqm. (i) Coloured tinted
float glass 6 mm thick substrate with
reflective soft coating on face # 2, + 12
mm Airgap + 6 mm Heat Strengthened
clear Glass of approved make having
properties as visible Light
transmittance (VLT) of 25 to 35 %,
Light reflection internal 10 to 15%, light
reflection external 10 to 20 %, shading
coefficient (0.25- 0.28) and U value of
3.0 to 3.3 W/m2 degree K etc. The
properties of performance glass shall
be decided by technical sanctioning
authority as per the site requirement.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 231

Extra for openable side / top hung

vision glass panels (IGUs) including
providing and supplying at site all
accessories and hardwares for the
openable panels as specified and of
the approved make such as heavy duty
stainless steel friction hinges, min 4 -
point cremone locking sets with
19.4 sqm 101 4,048.93 408942
stainless steel plates, handles, buffers
etc. including necessary stainless steel
screws/ fasteners, nuts, bolts, washers
etc. all complete as per the
Architectural drawings, as per the
approved shop drawings, as specified
and as directed by the Engineer- in-
Charge.
Providing, fabricating and supplying
shadow box of required size and
shape, for fixing in the spandrel portion
of the structural glazing, in linear as
well as curvilinear portions of the
building by providing semi -rigid,
inorganic, non-combustible fibre glass
wool insulation 50 mm thick,
conforming to IS: 8183 and BS: 3958
Part 5. The insulation layer shall have
facing (factory bonded on surface # 1
19.5 sqm 166 2,381.66 395356
of the fibre glass insulation layer), of
black non-woven fibre glass tissue of
nominal thickness 0.5 mm and nominal
mass not less than 60 gm /sqm, made
of randomly oriented glass fibres
distributed in a binder by a wet-lay
process including fixing 1.5 mm thick
solid aluminum sheet backing using, 6
mm thick cement board including SS
rivets, nuts, bolts, washers etc
complete.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 232

Providing and supplying Spandrel

Glass Panels comprising of 6 mm thick
heat strengthened monolithic float
glass of approved colour and shade
with reflective soft coating on surface #
2 of approved colour and shade so as
to match the colour and shade of the
IGUs in the vision panels etc. ,all
complete for the required
performances as specified, as per the
Architectural drawings, as per the
approved shop drawings, as specified,
and as directed by the Engineer- in-
Charge. For payment, only the actual
area of glass on face # 1 of the glass
panels (but excluding the area of
19.6 grooves and weather silicone sealant) sqm 166 2,702.03 448537
provided and fixed in position, shall be
measured in sqm. (Payment for fixing
of Spandrel Glass Panels in the curtain
glazing is included in cost of relevent
Item*).“(i) Coloured tinted float glass 6
mm thick substrate with reflective soft
coating on face # 2, having properties
as visible Light transmittance (VLT) of
25 to 35 %, Light reflection internal 10
to 15%, light reflection external 10 to
20 %, shading coefficient (0.25- 0.28)
and U value of 3.0 to 3.3 W/m2 K etc. .
The properties of performance glass
shall be decided by technical
sanctioning authority as per the site
requirement.
TOTAL OF Structural Glazing and
Aluminium Composite panel 10293370

20.0 New Technologies and Materials

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 233

Providing and fixing factory made

single extruded WPC (Wood Polymer
Composite) solid door/ window/
Ceosetory windows & other Frames/
Chowkhat comprising of virgin PVC
polymer of K value 58-60 (Suspension
Grade), calcium carbonate and natural
fibers (wood powder/ rice husk/ wheat
husk) and non toxic additives
(maximum toxicity index of 12 for 100
gms) fabricated with miter joints after
applying PVC solvent cement and
screwed with full body threaded star
20.1
headed SS screws having minimum
frame density of 750 kg/cum, screw
withdrawal strength of 2200 N (Face) &
1100 N (Edge), minimum compressive
strength of 58 N/mm2, modulus of
elasticity 900 N/mm2 and resistance to
spread of flame of Class A category
with property of being termite/ borer
proof, water/ moisture proof and fire
retardant and fixed in position with M.S
hold fast/ lugs/ SS dash fasteners of
required dia and length complete as
per direction of Engineer-In- Charge.
(M.S hold fast/ lugs or SS dash
fasteners shall be paid for separately).
Note: For WPC solid door/ window
frames, minus 5mm tolerance in
dimensions i.e depth and width of
profile shall be acceptable. Variationin
profile dimensions on plus side shall be
acceptable but no extra payment on
this account shall be made.
20.1. Frame size 45 x 70 mm
metre 44 778.41 34250
1

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 234

Providing and fixing factory made

single extruded WPC (Wood Polymer
Composite) solid decorative type flush
door shutter of required size
comprising of virgin polymer of K value
58-60 (Suspension Grade), calcium
carbonate and natural fibers (wood
powder/ rice husk/wheat husk) and non
toxic additives (maximum toxicity index
of 12 for 100 gms) having minimum
density of 650 kg/cum and screw
withdrawal strength of 1800 N (Face) &
900 N (Edge), minimum compressive
strength 50 N/mm2, modulus of
20.2 elasticity 850 N/mm2 and resistance to
spread of flame of Class A category
with property of being termite/borer
proof, water/moisture proof and fire
retardant. WPC to be laminated with
PVC foil of minimum 14 microns thick
of approved design pasted with hot
melt adhesive on both faces of shutter
and fixing with stainless steel butt
hinges of required size with necessary
full body threaded star headed counter
sunk S.S screws, all as per direction of
Engineer-In- Charge. (Note: stainless
steel butt hinges and necessary S.S
screws shall be paid separately)
20.2. 30 mm thick
sqm 23 5,253.96 120841
1
Total of New Technologies and
155091
Materials

21.0 NON SCHEDULED ITEMS

Providing and Fixing waste coupling
32mm size full thread with 130mm
height Model No: ALD-CHR-705L130
21.1 Each 22 740.65 16294
OF MAKE Jaquar or equivalent
including necessary fittings as per
direction of Engineer in charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 235

Providing fixing white vitreous china

Rimless blind installation wall hung
water closet with soft close slim seat
cover, hinges, with accessories set of
size 360X500X330 mm of make jaquar
Model No. KUS-WHT- 35953BIUFSM
or equivalent and single piece slim
concealed cistern with wall mounting
frame, installation kit S-type drain pipe
21.2 Each 105 29,927.05 3142340
connection set for the WC of make
jaquar Model No. JCS-WHT-2400FS
Or equivalent with the control plate for
operation of flush with flush plate of
make jaquar model no. JCP-CHR-
352415 or equivalent including cutting
chase in walls wherever required and
making good the walls complete as per
the direction of the engineer-in-charge
Providing and Fixing 2-way bib cock
with wall flange (Model No: KUP-CHR-
35041PM) of Jaquar or equivalent of
21.3 Each 105 2,870.59 301412
15mm nominal bore with all necessary
fittings and fistures all complete and as
directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
Providing and fixing hand shower
(health faucet) with 8mm dia 1 meter
long flexible tube and wall hook :
21.4 Each 105 1,737.29 182415
(Model No: ALD-CHR-573) of Jaquar
continental series or equivalent as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge
Providing and fixing angular stop cock
with wall flange (Model No. KUP-CHR-
21.5 Each 364 1,784.67 649620
35053PM) or equivalent as per the
direction of Engineer-in-charge
Providing & Fixing undercounter wash
basin CNS-WHT-705 of Jaquar or
equivalent, (Model No: KUP-CHR-
35001PM) of Jaquar or eQUIVALENT ,
waste coupling 32mm size full thread
with 130mm height (Model No: ALD-
CHR-705L130) of Jaquar OR
equivalent, bottle trap (with internal
21.6 each 49 10,079.83 493912
partition) 32mm size with 300mm &
190mm long wall connection pipes &
wall flange (Model No: ALD-CHR-
769L300X190) of Jaquar allied series
or equivalent including cutting and
making good the walls wherever
require as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge complete.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 236

Providing & Fixing table top basin size

: 565x425x140 mm KUS-WHT-35935
of Jaquar or equivalent,pillar cock
(Model No: KUP-CHR-35001PM) of
Jaquar or eQUIVALENT , waste
coupling 32mm size full thread with
130mm height (Model No: ALD-CHR-
705L130) of Jaquar OR equivalent,
21.7 Each 62 17,594.50 1090859
bottle trap (with internal partition)
32mm size with 300mm & 190mm long
wall connection pipes & wall flange
(Model No: ALD-CHR-769L300X190)
of Jaquar allied series or equivalent
including cutting and making good the
walls wherever require as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge complete.
Providing and fixing white vitreous
china urinal of size 385 x 325 x 635
mm with accessories set of make
jaquar (model no. URS-WHT-13253N)
or equivalent including fixing at the
21.8 Each 22 8,562.70 188379
required position including cutting walls
and installing at site by connecting
flush cock and provision of drainage,
etc. complete as per the direction of
the Engineer-in-Charge.
Providind and fixing SENSOR
CONCEALED TYPE FLUSH VALVE
FOR URINAL COMPLETE SET WITH
INSTALLATION BOX & CONTROL
21.9 Each 22 15,745.85 346409
VALVE (9V TRANSFORMER) (Model
No. SNRSTL- 51077E) or equivalent
as per the direction of Engineer-in-
charge

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 237

Providing & fixing maze overhead

shower 240mm round shape single
flow (body & face plate stainless steel
with chrome finish) with rubit cleaning
system of Make jaquar( Model OHS-
CHR-1623) or equivalent, shower arm
400x25x25mm square shape for wall
mounted showers with flange of jaquar
SHA-CHR-455L400 or equivalent,
single lever exposed parts kit of
diverter consisting of operating lever,
cartridge sleeve, wall flange (with
seals) & button assembly sleeve &
21.10 Each 60 16,928.15 1015689
button (compatible with ald-065m)
(Model no- KUP-CHR-35065MKPM) of
Jaquar or equivalent,CONCEALED
BODY FOR SINGLE LEVER
DIVERTER 40MM CARTRIDGE WITH
BUTTON ASSEMBLY (BUTTON ON
TOP) BUT WITHOUT EXPOSED
PARTS(Model no- ALD-CHR-065M)
kubix prime bath tubspout with wall
flange (model no-SPJ-CHR- 35429PM)
or equivalent with neccceeary all
fittings & as directed by Engineer-in-
Charge.
Providing and fixing bottle trap (with
internal partition) 32mm size with
300mm & 190mm long wall connection
pipes & wall flange (Model No: ALD-
21.11 CHR-769L300X190) OR Equivalent Each 22 2,151.23 47327
similar catagory of branded/ reputed
make of Kohler, Jaquar or equivalent
with necessary all fittings & as directed
by Engineer-in-Charge.
Providing and fixing Stainless steel
toilet roll holder (Model No: ACN-
21.12 Each 105 1,156.19 121400
CHR-1151N)of Jaquar or equivalent as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge
Providing and fixing push button Soap
dispenser (Model No: SDR-WHT-
21.13 Each 95 1,764.02 167582
DJ0010F) of Jaquar or equivalent as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge
Providing and fixing towel rack 600mm
long without hangers stainless steel
21.14 (Model No: ACN-CHR-1181FS)of Each 60 3,233.29 193997
Jaquar or equivalent as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 238

Providing fixing white vitreous china

Rimless blind installation wall hung
water closet with soft close slim seat
cover, hinges, with accessories set of
size 370X525X350 mm of make jaquar
Model No. LAS-WHT- 91953BIUFSM
or equivalent and single piece slim
concealed cistern with wall mounting
frame, installation kit S-type drain pipe
21.15 connection set for the WC of make Each 6 39,124.53 234747
jaquar Model No. JCS-WHT-2400FS
Or equivalent with the control plate
kubix for operation of flush with flush
plate again of make jaquar model no.
JCP-BLM-912415 or equivalent
including cutting chase in walls
wherever required and making good
the walls complete as per the direction
of the engineer-in-charge
Providing and Fixing 2-way bib cock
with wall flange (Model No:OPP-BLM-
15041PM) of Jaquar or equivalent of
21.16 Each 6 3,581.90 21491
15mm nominal bore with all necessary
fittings and fistures all complete and as
directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
Providing and fixing hand shower
(health faucet) with 1 meter long easy
flex tube & wall hook with nrv (back
21.17 Each 6 2,086.92 12522
flow preventer) : (Model No: ALD-BLM-
579) of Jaquar or equivalent as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge
Providing and fixing hand shower
24mm round shape single flow (abs
body & face plate chrome plated) with
rubit cleaning system : (Model No:
21.18 HSHBLM- 5537N) with EASY FLEX Each 6 2,569.18 15415
TUBE 1.5M LONG WITH NUTS
(model:SHA-BLM-571) of Jaquar or
equivalent as directed by the Engineer-
in-charge
Providing and fixing SLIDING RAIL
700X30X10MM FLAT SHAPE WITH
HAND SHOWER HOLDER : (Model
21.19 Each 6 8,163.25 48980
No: SHA-BLM-1183) of Jaquar or
equivalent as directed by the Engineer-
in-charge
Providing and fixing angular stop cock
with wall flange (Model No. KUP-BLM-
21.20 Each 36 2,568.32 92460
35053PM) or equivalent as per the
direction of Engineer-in-charge

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 239

Providing & Fixing table top basin size:

600x380x130 mm shape: rectangular
LAS-WHT-91905 of Jaquar or
equivalent, Single lever tall boy cock
of Jaquar LAG-BLM-91005B of Jaquar
or equivalent in or Kohlar, 32 mm
[Link] coupling 32mm size full
thread with 130mm height (Model No:
ALD-BLM-705L130) of Jaquar OR
21.21 Each 6 34,461.17 206767
equivalent, bottle trap (with internal
partition) 32mm size with 300mm &
190mm long wall connection pipes &
wall flange (Model No: ALD-BLM-
769L300X190) of Jaquar allied series
or equivalent including cutting and
making good the walls wherever
require as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge complete.
Providing & fixing maze overhead
shower 240mm round shape single
flow (body & face plate stainless steel
with chrome finish) with rubit cleaning
system of Make : OHS-BLM-1623,
shower arm 400x25x25mm square
shape for wall mounted showers with
flange of jaquar SHA-BLM-455L400,
single lever concealed diverter for bath
& shower system with button on top
(Model no- LAG-BLM-91065N) of
21.22 Jaquar, CONCEALED BODY FOR Each 6 32,324.00 193944
SINGLE LEVER DIVERTER 40MM
CARTRIDGE WITH BUTTON
ASSEMBLY (BUTTON ON TOP) BUT
WITHOUT EXPOSED PARTS(Model
no- ALD-CHR-065M) ,bath tub spout
with button attachment for hand
shower with wall flange (model no-
SPJ-BLM-91463) or similar to Kohler
or equivalent with neccceeary all
fittings & as directed by Engineer-in-
Charge.
Providing and fixing toilet roll holder
black matt (Model No: ACN-BLM-
21.23 Each 6 1,541.99 9252
1151N) of Jaquar or equivalent as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge
Providing and fixing towel rack 600mm
long without hangers stainless steel
21.24 (Model No: ACN-BLM-1181FS)of Each 6 4,463.01 26778
Jaquar or equivalent as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 240

Providing and Fixing 8mm thick TSG

Urinal Partition of Jaquar model no.
21.25 each 44 6,630.93 291761
JSE-CHR-810UC450X or equivalent
as per direction of Engineer in Charge
Providing and fixing machine cut 30
mm - 40 mm thick Cuddapah stone
slab for horizontal shelves, verticals
cooking platform top & stand, window
sills, soap racks etc., fixed with cement
21.26 mortar 1:3 ( 1 Cement : 3 coarse sand sqm 368 1,366.80 502982
) including the cost of making
necessary grooves in the walls &
making good the same after fixing the
slabs all complete as per direction of
the Engineer-in-charge.
Providing and fixing 50 mm wide
yellow/ other colour high intensity
reflective colour contrasting strips
21.27 (glow in the dark , retroflective kinds) of metre 855 141.60 121068
make 3M or equivalent at the edge of
nosing of steps as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge complete.
Providing and fixing machine cut,
mirror/ eggshell polished , granite
stone work for wall lining (veneer work)
including wet wall cladding, dado,
skirting, risers of steps and similar etc.,
in required design and pattern
wherever required, stones of different
finished surface texture, on 12 mm
(average) thick cement mortar 1:3 (1
21.28 cement : 3 coarse sand) laid and
jointed with white cement slurry @ 3.3
kg/sqm including pointing with white
cement slurry admixed with pigment of
matching shade,including rubbing,
curing, moulding and polishing to
edges to give high gloss finish
whereever required at all levels, as
per Architectural drawings, and as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
18 mm thick Polished/Leathered/
21.28 Lappato finish Granite stone slab jet
sqm 562 7,782.68 4373866
.1 Black, Galaxy Black, Cherry Red, Elite
Brown, Lakha Red or equivalent

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 241

Providing & fixing Stainless steel Glass

Railing System comprosing of SS AISI
304 grade handrail having size 42.4
mm in dia x 1.5 mm thick , the handrail
shall be supported over 10 X 50 mm
AISI 304 Grade S.S. Flat Baluster (at
maximum spacing of 1200mm c/c)
including provision for bracket to hold
double glass of 11.52mm (5+1.52+5)
[Link] railing shall have minimum
950 mm high PVB laminated fully
toughened glass panel fixed as per
drawings & design with all exposed
21.29 metre 204 14,698.70 2998535
edges polished. The Balusters shall be
rested over SS 304 grade 100x100x 8
mm thick base plate with minimum 4
nos. Hilti GI M10x100mm anchor
fastner, etc. for execution of this item in
complete shape as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge. The item includes
cost of all required material, fittings &
Fixtures, carriage&transporation to at
level, labour charges i/c its security,
cleaning etc. till the handing over of the
railing work to client. etc. complete as
per direction of Engineer in charge.
Providing & fixing SS 304 grade Glass
Railing System complete in line & level
at all floors using 50 mm dia x 1.5 mm
thick 304 grade SS modular handrail
pipe with gasket, Top mounted
aluminium channel system, 86 x98mm
(75mm block) with both cover profile
(Black finish powder coating), 2 No.
Hilti frame Anchor HRD-C M10 X 100
mm including double glass (11.52mm
(5+1.52+5) thick and 950 mm high
21.30 metre 541 12,272.20 6639260
PVB laminated fully toughened glass
panel fixed as per design with exposed
edges polished) The item includes
cost of all material including laminated
glass & labour components, fixing in
line and level,the cost of all mock ups
at site, cost of all samples of the
individual components for testing in an
approved laboratory, cleaning etc.
complete as per direction of engineer
in charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 242

Providing & Fixing of Carpet Tiles of

size not less than 500 x 500mm of
Welspun, Tuntex, Tarkett or Shaw,
having total thickness of tile more than
7.5 mm and pile thickness not less
than 4 mm. The yarn shall be of PET
having tufted weight not less than 400
gm, density shall be more than 4900
suitable for heavy traffic. The Carpet
tile shall be stain resistance, bleach
resistance etc. The carpet tile flooring
21.31 shall have PVC backing type. The item sqm 1447 2412.44 3490801
includes its fixing in the line and level
on floor as well as in skirting as per
approved design pattern, along with
required tools/plants, fittings,
adhesives, backing foam and required
for fixing the same etc. for execution of
this item in complete shape as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge. ( The
sample shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge before
commencement of work.)
Providing & Laying 6 mm Thick stone
Polymer Composite Flooring With Glue
FREE Click Conect Joinery System in
handscraped/ brushed/oiled finish
including covering the expansion gaps
with beading & finishing the juction of
21.32 adjoing floor with R or T profile Of sqm 1528 3876.32 5923017
WPC Complete as per manufactures
specifications & direction of engineer in
charge. The sample shall be got
approved from the Engineer-in-charge
before commencement of work.(
Welspun,Responsive or Equivalent)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 243

Providing and placing 12mm thick

plaster work on the interior/ exterior
face /rough side of block / brick work
with premixed readymade cement
mortar of approved brand / make,
manufactured in automated dry mix
batching plant where cement, sand
and polymer additive are mixed in pre
determined ratio ( as per manufacturer
specification) in one coat.6 to 7 liter
21.33 water (as per manufacturer sqm 566.72 2210208
3,900.00
specification ) shall be added to 40kg
of readymix dry motor mixing G.I. tray
and shall be mixed well for 4-5
minutes. The mortor shall be left
undisturbed for 3-5 minutes to dissolve
additive and shall be mixed once again
to form cohesive and consistent mix.
All including labour and making plaster
in line and level complete etc. as per
direction of Engineer in charge.
Providing and applying 6 mm thick
(average) premixed formulated one
coat gypsum lightweight plaster having
additives and light weight aggregates
as vermiculite/ perlite respectively
conforming to IS: 2547 (Part - 1 & II)
21.34 sqm 7000.00 308.50 2159500
1976, applied on hacked / uneven
background such as bare brick/ block/
RCC work on walls & ceiling at all
floors and locations, finished in smooth
line and level etc. complete as per
direction of Engineer in charge.
Providing and fixing 5 mm thick mirror
of superior glass (of approved quality)
with fixing on wall over 6mm thk
plywood or plastic/ fibre base, round up
21.35 sqm 338 3,182.44 1075665
mirror edge and corner fixed C.P.
brass screws/adhesive and washers
complete as per direction of Engineer
in charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 244

Providing, Fixing, testing &

commissioning class 3 SWR UPVC
Pipe ISI marked brand as per IS
13592 type- B complete including
pushfit jointing & hydraulic testing the
joints & pipes as mentioned in the
specification etc including wall face
unplasticised - PVC moulded fittings/
accessories for SWR uPVC Pipes
conforming to IS : 14735 like
coupler,bend of any degree angle with
door or without door,single Y ,Single
Equal Plain Junction of Required
Degree,Double Equal Plain Junction
of Required Degree,union,Cowl,
connnector, reducer etc, and any other
fittings required for connecting pipes
21.36
and traps for proper execution of item
etc. complete. It also includes making
connection with downtake wherever
required with proper care, protecting
fittings & pipes etc. complete as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge as per
specifications & drawing provided for
all places, all heights & all [Link]
rate shall be including all the
engineered support (support, hanger,
nuts/bolts, anchor fasteners, vertical
Suspenders from ceiling with pipe
holding clamp (about 0.5m on each
side of joint, at bottom of P trap) , fixing
clamp/channels with U-bolts on vertical
faces, etc) as per detail technical
specification etc. complete the job.
21.36 50 mm dia
metre 111.00 547.71 60796
.1
21.36 75 mm dia
metre 930 572.79 532695
.2
21.36 110 mm dia
metre 609 815.35 496548
.3
Providing and fixing UPVC P Trap
confirming to IS 14735 of self
cleansing design with screwed down or
hinged grating with or without vent arm
21.37
complete, including cost of cutting and
making good the walls and floors : ,
including cost of cutting and making
good of wall and floors
21.37 100 mm inlet and 100 mm outlet UPVC
each 111 555.75 61688
.1 Trap
21.37 75 mm inlet and 75 mm outlet UPVC
each 255 315.61 80481
.2 Trap

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 245

Providing and fixing Chlorinated

Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes,
having thermal stability for hot & cold
water supply, including all CPVC plain
& brass threaded fittings, including
21.38 fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m
spacing. This includes jointing of pipes
& fittings with one step CPVC solvent
cement and testing of joints complete
as per direction of Engineer in Charge.
: Internal work - Exposed on wall
Internal work - Exposed on wall
21.38 65 mm nominal outer dia Pipes
mtr 131 2,039.48 267172
.1
ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELLING:
Providing and Fixing of Acoustical Wall
Panel with square edges made of fibre
glass substrate 25mm thick, wrapped
on the front side with an acoustically
transparent fabric as per the approved
shade (Husk, Copper, Sangria,
Sesame, Coffee, Charcoal, Titanium,
Flame, Peanut and Shell). The panel
shall be classified for Fire Class A, as
per ASTM E84. The Acoustical Wall
Panel shall be of sizes 600x600mm
(Nominal) or 600x1200mm (Nominal)
and shall achieve an NRC of 0.85
(Average value of Absorption Co-
efficient readings taken at 250 Hz, 500
Hz, 1000 Hz and 2000 Hz) with 50mm
21.39
airgap as per ASTM C423 to be fixed
to wall on a framework of wooden
battens and using Wall panel Impalers
(supplied by the manufacturer) or by
using construction adhesives (as per
the instructions laid down by the
manufacturer). The fibre glass
substrate shall have a recycle content
of 85%. Installation:An appropriate
vapour barrier (rate included) shall be
applied/installed on the vertical surface
before the installation to properly seal
against entry of any moisture. Vapour
barrier (rate included) shall be installed
as per Manufacturer’s
recommendation. Install wooden
batten grid (rate included) of section

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 246

50x50mm or as approved by the

Architect on the solid wall/partition to
provide level and plumb surface. The
Impalers shall be fixed to the battens
using self-tapping screws, 3 nos. in
case of 600x600mm and 4 nos. in case
of 600x1200mm. Silica based
construction adhesive (rate included)
to be dabbed on to the projecting
elements (spikes) of the Impalers. Wall
Panels shall be pierced through the
sqm 414 6,645.00 2751030
spikes of the Impalers ensuring the line
and level of the panels are maintained
for complete execution of work as per
direction of Engineer in charge. The
rate includes the necessary frame work
required for mounting/ installation of
the accoustic panel system and
nothing extra will be paid.(The sample
shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge before
commencement of work.)
ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELLING:
Providing and Fixing Channelled
perforated panels of width 192mm,
thickness of 15mm
and length 2400 mm, made of a
Moisture resistant fibre board substrate
with a laminated facing as per the
approved shade (Portland Maple, Sea
Beech, Siam Wood & Mystique
Walnut, Interior White, Alumina Pearl)
and a melamine balancing layer on the
reverse side. The boards shall have a
special perforation pattern where the
reverse surface has a “Helmholtz”
fluted perforation with consecutive
21.40
3mm wide groove followed by 13mm or
21mm of visible pane (G-13/ G-21).
The edges of the panel shall be
“tongue-and-grooved”to fix special
clips for installation and seamless
visual. The back of the perforated
panel shall have sound absorbing non-
woven Soundtex acoustical fleece hot
pressed to achieve NRC of 0.5. for G-
21 and 0.6 for G-13. (Average value of
Absorption Co-efficient readings taken
at 250 Hz, 500 Hz, 1000 Hz and 2000
Hz) as per ASTM C423 and Humidity
Resistance (RH) of 70% with camber
limit less than 1mm/1000mm and bow

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 247

less than 1mm/300m One Metric

Tonnehe panels shall be mounted on
special aluminium splines (keel) using
inside clips provided by Manufacturer
and approved by the
Architect/Engineer-in-Charge.
As directed by Engineer in charge One
SquareMetre 5001 02046 Installation:
An appropriate vapour barrier (rate
included) shall be applied/installed on
the vertical surface before the
installation to properly seal against
entry of any moisture. Vapour barrier
(rate included) shall be installed as per
Manufacturer’s recommendation.
Install wooden batten grid (rate
included) of section 50x50mm or as
approved by the Architect on the solid
wall/partition to provide level and
plumb surface for fixing Keel. Install
Keel vertically using screws and plugs
at spacing of not more than 600mm
centre-tocentre. The first and last keel
should not be more than 150mm from
the ends. Trim the tongue of the first
bottom panel and install using
headless nail with groove side upward.
Subsequent panels are installed with
tongue side downward by engaging sqm 1242 5,001.00 6211242
with each other using tongue and
groove mechanism and secured by
inside clip. Continue this process until
required height is achieved. Shorter
butt edges need to be joined using
industrial/wood glue. The keel shall
also be used for transition of the butt
end of adjacent panel at every 7.2m.
Install the Skirting (provided by others)
of width 50mm or more as required by
the Architect/ Engineer-in-Charge.
Finish off the edges using wooden
moulding of matching colour.
Installation should be carried out as
per Manufacturer recommended
procedure. The rate includes the
necessary frame work required for
mounting/ installation of the accoustic
panel system and nothing extra will be
paid. (The sample shall be got
approved from the Engineer-in-charge
before commencement of work.)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 248

ACCOUSTICAL CEILING: Providing

and Fixing Soft Fibre Acoustical
Suspended Ceiling System with Optra
(Bevelled Tegular) Edge Tiles of size
15mm Exposed Grid. The tiles should
have Humidity Resistance (RH) of
95%, NRC 0.9 - 1.0, Light Reflectance
-85%, Colour White, Fire Performance
UK Class 0 / Class 1 (BS 476 pt - 6
&7) in module size of 600 x 600 x
15mm , suitable for Green Building
application, with Recycled content of
66% GW and 74% RW. The tile shall
be laid on precoated G.I channel 32
21.41 with 15 mm wide T -section flanges sqm 1309 3,086.00 4039574
colour white having rotary stitching on
all T sections i.e. the Main
Runner,1200 mm and 600 mm Cross
Tees with a web height of 32 mm and
a load carrying capacity of 7
Kilograms/M2 with a minimum pull out
strength of 100 Kilograms. The T
Sections have a Galvanizing of 90
grams per M2 and need to be installed
with Suspensionsystem The Tile and
Grid system used together should
carry a 10 year warranty. products
approved as per GRIHA and BS 476
etc. complete.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 249

Providing and laying waterproofing

treatment to horizontal surface of Raft
of pits by using 1.2 mm thick
membrane HDPE-P of FOSROC or
equivalent manufacturer pre-applied
HDPE pressure sensitive adhesive
waterproofing membrane which bonds
integrally to poured concrete,
remaining in place if settlement of
substrate occurs. The membrane shall
provide basement waterproofing
protection to grades 1,2 and 3 as
defined in BS 8102: 2009 & IS 16471 :
2017, water vapour protection to water
excluding structures and protects
concrete from aggresive ground salts,
chemicals and hydrocarbons.
Membrane HDPE -P (Smooth) is a
HDPE membrane with a release film
over pressure sensitive adhesive which
21.42
allows poured concrete to bond fully
with the membrane, also supplied with
a self adhesive selvedge along one
side of the roll to provide sealed laps
and a comprehensive range of
auxiliary products to simplify the
application process. Typical application
includes surface preparation by
removing loose aggregates from PCC,
foreign material, cleaning the surface
etc., cutting to convenient length,
carefully aligning the membrane over
blind concrete and rolling it out with
print coated side facing up, laying
adjacent sheets by keeping overlap of
minimum 100 mm and firmly rolled to
ensure complete adhesion between
layers, for all vertical section, where
the retaining wall is abuting the shored
or gunnited or piled surfaces.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 250

The membrane to be dropped down on

to the vertical surfaces and anchored
mechanically. etc. Any hot applied
materials or protective screed not
permitted. The complete operation
includes necessary cleaning of raft
surface and other related activities
required during water proofing
including all the labour and sundries
required for execution of this item. etc.
complete as per direction of Engineer
in charge. Fully bonded membrane
sqm 55.00 971.00 53405
shall be exhibit following technical
properties i.e. Tensile Strength (ASTM
D412) >25 Mpa, Puncture Resistance
(ASTM E154) – >1000 N + 5 %,
Elongation (ASTM D 412) > 500 %,
Peel Adhesion to concrete(ASTM
D903)- >1000 N/m, Resistance to
hydrostatic Head(ASTM D751-
06(2011))- >70 Mtr, Low temperature fl
exibility : < -25oC, no crack (ASTM
C765), Lap joint strength 1500 N/metc
including
Providing and applying waterproofing
treatment to basement retaining walls
by using 1.2mm thick membrane
HDPE- S of FOSROC or equivalent
Post Applied Self Adhesive
waterproofing membrane for vertical
reinforced concrete members for below
ground structures, provides water,
water vapour protection, protects
concrete from aggressive ground
salts,chemicals and hydrocarbons.
Membrane HDPE is supplied as a
membrane with 1.2 mm thickness
having a self adhesive glue which
21.43 sqm 130 998.00 129740
helps in bonding to all the casted RC
members. The membrane shall provide
protection to grade 1, grade 2 and
grade 3 type structures as defined per
BS 8102-2009. Typical application
includes surface preparation by
removing loose concrete, foreign
material, cleaning the concrete surface
etc., treatment to tie rod hole and
construction joint treatment, cutting the
material to convenient length, carefully
fixing the membrane over retaining wall
concrete by removing back release film
and roll it out with print coated side

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 251

facing up, lay adjacent sheets by

keeping side overlap of 75 mm and
end overlaps to 100 mm etc. complete.
Membrane HDPE shall exhibit
following properties: Tensile Strength
(ASTM D412)-21+5 Mpa, Elongation-
>400 % (ASTM D412),Puncture
Resistance – >600 N (ASTM D412),
Peel Adhesion to concrete(ASTM
D903
Modified)->880 N/m, Resistance to
hydrostatic Head(ASTM D751-06)- >70
Mtr,.Ecotoxicity-
The complete operation includes
necessary cleaning of raft surface and
other related activities required during
water proofing including all the labour
and sundries required for execution of
this item. etc. complete as per direction
of Engineer in charge. The protection
is then covered with 0.5mm thick
HDPE dimpled sheet with minimum
dimple height of 7 to 8 mm, laid over
waterproofing membrane with a
minimum lap of 100mm and
conforming to the following
parameters.
(i) Minimum weight of 500
g/sq.m
(ii) Compressive strength greater
than or equal to 200KN/sq.m
(iii) Air-gap volume between
dimples 5 l/sq.m
(iv) Thermal stability of -40°C to
80°[Link] backfilling of trenches shall
be paid seperately.
Brick work with non modular fly
ash(F.P.S.) bricks having class
21.44
designation 10 average compressive
strength in foundation and plinth.
21.44 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
coarse sand) cum 280.00 10862.80 3041584
.1
Providing and fixing pvc chicken wire
mesh with (minimium thickness
0.4mm) at the junction of concrete and
masonry work or wherever required at
all the heights with necessary
21.45 sqm 200 650.85 130170
scaffolding, including cutting to
required sizes, fixing in position with
galvanized wire nails, etc. all complete
as per the direction of Engineer-in-
Charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 252

Core Cutting of RCC slab, walls,

Beams etc. for holes of up to 200 mm
dia and for any depth/ thickness for
passing of drainage pipe etc. including
Sealing/ packing of all joints of core
cutting made for drain pipes, etc. with a
non-shrink cementitious grout
(Conbextra GP 2 / Powergrout or
equivalent) or microconcrete and
topping it with waterproofing
21.46 membrane including providing each 366 1,138.10 416545
necessary formwork for packing the
bore & applying a bonding coat to
enhance adhesion between the
packing material and other surfaces.
as per manufactures specification and
direction of Engineer in Charge. The
payment of this item is limited to those
cores whose requirement was not
predecided and arose during the
currency of the work.
Supply & fixing of Mortice dead lock
288a of dormakaba or equivalent with
55mm backset, 20mm square forend
and prepared for euro profile cylinder
including strike plate in satin stainless
steel finish as per EN 12209, CE
21.47 marked, dormakaba or equivalent Euro each 253.00 7042.00 1781626
Profile Cylinder with one side Key or
coin release & other side thumb
turn/[Link] Length = 70mm
(35mm+35mm)Change Keys - 3 Nos
including master key system facility as
per direction of Engineer in Charge
Providing and fixing White epoxy
SWING HANDICAP GRAB BAR (flip
up & down grab bar) of DIA: 32MM OD
& 700mm arm support of the approved
brand and make and to be installed on
the rear wall, at a height of 750mm
from FFL at adistance of 500mm from
21.48 the centre of the WC as per each 2.00 9538.71 19077
accessibility standards and to be
installed firmly as per the installation
instructions given by the
manufacturer,of Jaquar(WAC-WHT-
BG0800) or equivalent make using the
specified hardware and complete as
per direction of Engineer-in- Charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 253

Providing and fixing 1 nos. White

epoxy GRAB Bar/RAIL (600 MM),OD
32MM DIA. of the approved brand and
make, to be installed vertically on the
rear wall of the wash basin at a
distance of 150mm from the edges of
the wash basin and to be fixed at a
position such that the centre of the
21.49 vertical grab bar is at a height of each 2.00 4732.97 9466
950mm from FFL and to be installed
firmly as per the installation
instructions of the product issued by
the manufacturer,of Jaquar(WAC-
WHT-BR0600) or equivalent make
using the specified hardware and
complete as per direction of Engineer-
in- Charge.
Providing and fixing of door closers
standard Arm of TS-71 DORMA or
equivalent with hold open accesories
21.50 each 256.00 10243.00 2622208
including required fittings and screws
etc complete as per direction of
Engineer in charge
Providing and fixing wall / floor
mounted S.S. door stopper with
magnetic catcher as per the approval
and direction of Engineer-in-charge
21.51 (Look and shape similar to code no.- each 253 520.90 131788
DST75S of KICH make series), fixed
to door with necessary SS screws etc.
complete as per direction of Engineer-
in-charge.
Providing & fixing SS 316 grade satin
finished Push-Pull Handle, in door/
window (glass shutter/ aluminium /
21.52
wooden flush shutters) with necessary
SS screws, etc. all complete as per
the direction of the Engineer in charge.
300mm (centre to centre distance of
supports) length and 25 mm outer dia.
21.52 as per the approval and direction of
pair 86 2793.95 240280
.1 Engineer-in-charge (Look and shape
similar to code no.PH2512 Of KICH or
equivalent)
250mm (centre to centre distance of
supports) length and 22 mm outer dia.
21.52 as per the approval and direction of
pair 146 2263.15 330420
.2 Engineer-in-charge (Look and shape
similar to code no.PH2210 Of KICH or
equivalent

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 254

450mm (centre to centre distance of

supports) length and 25 mm outer dia.
21.52 as per the approval and direction of
pair 31 3177.35 98498
.3 Engineer-in-charge (Look and shape
similar to code no.PH2518 Of KICH or
equivalent
Providing and fixing SS Aldrop (
21.53 Grade 304) with nuts and screws, etc.
complete.
21.53 250x16 mm of make KICH code no-
PRAD12610C or equivalent. each 166 978.60 162448
.1
Providing and fixing stainless steel ball
bearing hinges of size 101x76x3 mm of
21.54 make KICH or Equivalent with 4 Nos each 30 890.55 26717
bearings ,stainless steel screws etc.
complete.
Providing and fixing filming of
approved quality with adhesive in
existing glass panels of door/ windows/
21.55 partitions, as per approved pattern,
by means of laser cutting, etc all
complete as per direction of Engineer -
in charge .
21.55 Frosted glass film
sqm 100 892.00 89200
.1
Manufacturing, assembeling, and
placing/ fixing in position custom size
machine made modular furniture such
as drawer units, boxes, side racks,
shelves, confrence table, racks, class
room tables, ward robes, cupboard
shutters etc and TV unit, wall panels,
with necessary screws/ minifix/ dowell
bars/ nuts & bolts/ nails/ pvc buffers
and supports and fixed on
wooden/steel frame work, complete as
per direction of Engineer-in- charge.
configured from panels of BWP grade
21.56
marine plywood board (confirming to
IS: 710 with min 8 years of waranty of
manufacturing defects) of required
thickness with necessary joinery
fittings complete as per architectural
drawings, specifications and direction
of Engineer-in-charge. (Ply board
panels of different thickness will be
classified under respective sub items
below for the purpose of payment.)
The surface of ply shall be coated with
wood primer where no lamnation or
veneer is pasted.
21.56 19 mm thick BWP grade marine ply as sqm 2569.00 1817.80 4669928

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 255

.1 per IS 710
21.56 12 mm thick BWP grade marine ply as
sqm 2142.00 1371.45 2937646
.2 per IS 710
21.56 6 mm thick BWP grade marine ply as
sqm 300.00 1052.10 315630
.3 per IS 710
Providing & Fixing Balancing
laminated sheet of plain/ wood grain in
gloss/ matt/ suede finish with high
density protective surface layer and
21.57
reverse side of adhesive bonding
quality conforming to IS : 2046 Type S,
including cost of adhesive of approved
quality.
21.57 0.8 mm thick Laminate
sqm 3020.00 664.10 2005582
.1
Providing and fixing 12 mm thick
toughened glass of approved brand
and manufacture, in partitions/
Staircase railing including SS patch
fittings / U channel if required and
21.58 sqm 98.00 4560.95 446973
making necessary holes for fixing of
required fittings etc all complete as per
direction of Engineer -in charge. (for
payment purpose only Glass area
shall be measured )
Providing & fixing special quality Nickel
plated multi purpose Wardrobe /drawer
/ storage lock as per direction of
21.59 Engineer in charge (Look & Shape each 715.00 482.05 344666
similar to KICH code no.DL211S or
equivalent) with necessary screws etc.
complete .
Providing and fixing stainless steel
cabinet/drawer handle of make of size
10 mm X160 mm of make KICH code
21.60 each 260.00 342.60 89076
no-CHF106 or equivalent , fixed with
SS screws etc. complete as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Providing and fixing stainless steel
cabinet/drawer handle of make of size
10mm X96 mm of make KICH code
21.61 each 975.00 120.50 117488
no-CHF104 or equivalent , fixed with
SS screws etc. complete as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 256

Providing & fixing premium quality wall

paper of minimum 300 micron
thickness of approved quality, design,
make, pattern and shade to be fixed on
wall, ceiling or any firm surface in
sufficient adhesive / double side tape
etc. complete as per direction of
21.62 Engineer-in-Charge. The rate shall sqm 200 1,196.71 239342
inclusive of all the material, labour and
necessary scaffolding/ tools & plants
required during the course of execution
of work. The sample of the wallpaper
shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge before execution at
work.
Supplying, providing & fixing non
reflective, matt, frosted /horizontal
strip, scratch resistant, high
performance resin coated polyster film
of minimum 30 micron thickness of any
shade and colour as approved by
Engineer-in-charge. It includes pasting
of film on the glass surfaces of
21.63 sqm 200 1,136.70 227340
partitions, door shutters etc at any
level. complete as per direction of
Engineer-incharge. (Payment shall be
made for the finished area of the film
actually provided. No deduction shall
be made for openings up to 0.10 sqm
area each and nothing shall be paid
extra for making such openings)
Providing and laying weather and
Ultravoilet Resistant, Water Repellent,
Dust, Dirt and Stain Resistant, Fungus
and Algae Resistant natural none
pigmented crushed granite Chips
(100% natural crushed Granite
chips/powder) of approved make with
final coat of texture with stone chips
(attainable thickness: 0.90 to 1.350mm
to offer grooved finish) applied with
21.64 Spray over a coat of texture without sqm 6691 895.00 5988445
chips (attainable thickness: 0.75 to
1.20mm to offer smooth surface as
base coat) over a repair check with
exterior grade cement mixed with
acrylic primer over a coat of acrylic
primer mixed with wall sealer in the
ratio of 1:1 complete as approved by
Engineer-in-charge. Finally one coat of
water base acrylic protection coat
applied with roller and brush to make

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 257

surface streak resistance.

Providing and fixing ISI marked
insulated fire rated GI Sheet doors
conforming to FD 120-PI classification
of IS 3614 :2021 with fire rating of 120
minutes integrity and 30 minutes
insulation. The factory manufactured
door frame and shutter assembly shall
be made out of minimum 1.50 mm
thick GI Sheet with minimum 120 g/m2
coating as per IS: 277. The Door
should be finished with powder coating
in standard RAL shade finish having
DFT of minimum 50 microns. The door
should carry a minimum 500 Hrs of salt
spray test. All accressesories like
hardware, vision panel, fire & smoke
seal etc to be supplied by Fire door
manufacturer only as per the
guidelines laid down in IS 3614:2021.
Every door must be ISI labeled
confirming to type of door & its fire
[Link]. complete as per direction of
Engineer in charge.
21.65 NO 8 190,256.30 1522050
The Door frame shall be single rebate
grooved profile to accomodate
10x4mm Fire Seal, Size of Frame to be
minimum 125mm x 75mm made out of
minimum 1.50mm thick galvanized
steel sheet. Frames shall be butt /
mitered joint and field assembeled with
bolting system. The frame should also
be provided with fire rated smoke seal
as per IS: 3614:2021 or as per test
evidence. It shall be pasted on surface
and perimeter of main frame. All
provisions should be mortised &
provided with necessary inbuilt
reinforcement to receieve appropriate
hardware. Frames should be provided
with back plate bracket for anchor
fastner with 8-10 mm dia and minimum
80 mm long HDG fasteners, with
Polyamide sleeves for installation of
frame in finished plastered masonary
wall opening. Rate are Excluding
Grouting.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 258

Door leaf should be minimum 60mm

thick fully flush double skin door. Door
leaf must be manufactured from
1.2mm(18gauge) thick galvanised steel
sheet. The infill material shall be
mineral wool of minimum density 96
kg/cum. All doors shall be factory
prepped for receiving appropriate
hardware and provided with necessary
reinforcement for hinges, locks, and
door closers. The edges should be
interlocked with a bending radius of
1.4mm. For double leaf doors
integrated astragals has to be provided
on the meeting stile for both active and
inactive leaf. The shutters shall be
mounted to the frame with SS 304
grade ball bearing type hinges of size
100x89x3 mm alongwith all suitable
hardware.
Vision lite glass size 200mm x 300mm
(max area upto 0.06sqm) should be
provided with single layered clear fire
rated glass panes as per guidelines
laid down under IS 3614 : 2021 vide
clause no. 7.2.7 table no. 2 with a
clipon [Link] glass will be
provided with fire rated ceramic tape of
suitable size alround on either face.
Every Glass pane must carry a
permanent marking of manufacturer.
1500mm X 2400mm- Double equal leaf
door
(1) minimum 8 nos SS Ball Bearing
Hinges of size 100 x 89 x 3mm
complete with SS Screws of Dorma
Make or equivalent - (2) minimum 2
nos Door Closer Concealed - G 96 N
Slide Arm EN 2-4,Finish: Silver with
Cushion Limit Stay of make Dorma or
equivalent (3) minimum 1 nos Triple
point panic bar PHCR 1000+1500 of
make Dorma or equivalent (4)
minimum 1 nos External trim PHT
2905 with 42mm half cylinder of make
Dorma or equivalent (5) minimum 7
nos Smoke Seal/ perimeter seal
IS1212 (6) minimum 2 nos Door
bottom seal RP8Si-Raven / Enviro (7)
minimum 7 nos Fire seal of size 10X 4
(8) minimum 2 nos Vision panel of size
200mm X 300mm X6mm thick single

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 259

glazed 120min fire rated glass of make

saint gobain or equivalent with all
acessories

Wooden Fire cum Acoustic doors -

21.66 (32db Acoustical Properties)
Providing and fixing of fully Insulated
Wooden Fire cum Acoustic doors as
per IS 3614:2021, for 120 min integrity
& 120 min insulation. The factory
manufactured door is made out of
thoroughly seasoned hard wood. The
moisture content of any material
used in the construction of wooden
composite fire door sets comprises of
both frame and shutter shall not be
more than 15% approx. in
accordance with IS 287. Door and
frame shall be finished with fire
retardent primer FR880. The offered
door must carry seperate acoustic
properties certification test evidence
from CSIR Delhi/equivalent lab
approved by Engineer in Charge. All
accressesories like hardware, fire
seal etc to be supplied by Fire
door manufacturer only as per the
guidelines laid down in IS 3614:2021
etc. complete as per direction of
Engineer in charge.
The Door frame shall be Single rebate
profile of section 140 x 90 mm made
out of Hard wood - Red meranti / Ivory
Coast or equivalent with factory made
groove of suitable size so as to
accomodate intumuscent Fire seal of
size 20x4mm. Smoke seal also to be
provided in the frame to check spread
of smoke. The frame must be primed
with Fire retardant primer FR880 .
The frame to be fixed to fire exit
opening with minimum 10 nos. 10 mm
dia and minimum 140 mm long HDG
(hot dip galavanized) CSK Philps
headed screws with polyamide
sleeves.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 260

Wooden shutter must be of minimum

77mm of thickness finished with 6mm
thick commercial ply on both faces. If
required, the Commercial ply may be
replaced with teak ply or may be
pasted with 1mm thick Laminate on
both faces in desired SF grade of
Merino/ Greenlam/ Century make.
The composite thickness of the core
insulation will be 63mm consists of
minimum 10mm thick Calcium Silicate
boards of Hilux / Pamtech make
and wool Insulation material. The
shutter should be provided with
heat activated intumescent fire seal
strip of size 20mm x 4 mm
mounted in the suitable grooves all
three sides except bottom provided
on Exposed OR concealed wooden
lipping. To achieve apporx. 32db
properties necessary Acoustic seal set
needs to be provided both in frame
and shutter such as Perimeter seal
in rebate of the main frame,
Automatic drop down seal in bottom of
the shutter and for double leaf
application Artragal seal needs to be
provided. These seals along with all
hardware will be payable in extra
items. The shutters shall be
mounted to the frame with SS 304
grade ball bearing type hinges of
size 100x 89x3 mm alongwith all
suitable hardware.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 261

1500x2400 MM
Note: The above mentioned rate per
door are inclusive of the following:
1. Single rebated Hardwood Red
Mirandi frame of section 140x 90mm
finished with Primer Finish 2. 77mm
thick Wooden shutter cladded with
3mm thick Commercial ply on both
faces of shutter and 1mm thick
Laminte of Merino/ Greenlam/Century
on both side of the Shutter.
Hardwares and Glass Will be As
follows:
(1) Hardwares and Glass Will be As
follows:(2) minimum 8 nos. SS Ball
Bearing Hinges of size 100 x 89 x 3mm
complete with SS Screws of make
Dorma or equivalent - (3) minimum 2
21.66
nos. Door Closer Concealed - G 96 N NO 10 209,245.65 2092457
.1
Slide Arm EN 2-4,Finish: Silver with
Cushion Limit Stay of make Dorma
equivalent (4) Supply of Dead Lock
288a with 110mm long cylinder both
side key operation of make Dorma or
equivalent- 1 No. Per Door (5) 2 pair/
nos. H- Type pull handle TGDIH 25
X450mm (B-B) of make Dorma or
equivalent (6) Concealed Flush Bolt/
Expose tower bolt 600mm of make
Dorma or equivalent- 1 No. Per Door
(TOP) (7) Concealed Flush Bolt/
Expose tower bolt 300mm of make
Dorma or equivalent- 1 No. Per Door
(BOTTOM)(8) Dust Proof Socket of
make Dorma or equivalent - 01 No. Per
Door (9) Door coordinator of make
dorma or equivalent

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 262

1200mm(W) x 2400mm(H) - SINGLE

LEAFNote: The above mentioned rate
per door are inclusive of the
following:Single rebated Hardwood
Red Mirandi frame of section 140x
90mm finished with Primer Finish
77mm thick Wooden shutter cladded
with 3mm thick Commercial ply on both
faces of shutter and 1mm thick
Laminte of Merino/ Greenlam (Any
regular Shade) on both side of the
Shutter.(1) minimum 4 nos. SS Ball
Bearing Hinges of size 100 x 89 x 3mm
complete with SS Screws of Dorma
Make -(2) minimum 1 nos. Door Closer
Concealed - G 96 N Slide Arm EN 2-
21.66 4,Finish: Silver with Cushion Limit
NO 2 133,044.97 266090
.2 Stay. -Dorma(3) minimum 1 nos.
Supply of Dead Lock 288a with 110mm
long cylinder both side key operation of
Dorma Make - 01 No. Per Door(4)
minimum 1 nos. H- Type pull handle
TGDIH 25 X450mm (B-B) -Dorma(5)
minimum 6 nos. Smoke Seal/
perimeter seal IS1212(6) minimum 1
nos. Door bottom seal RP8Si-Raven /
Enviro(7) minimum 1 nos. Vision panel
of size 400mm X 300mm X6mm thick
single glazed 120min fire rated glass
od siant gobain make with all
acessories(8) minimum 10 nos. Supply
of HRD H Fastners of size 10X 140mm
of Hilti Make for Fixing of Frame along
with Sims and Hole Plugs.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 263

1000mm(W) x 2400mm(H) - SINGLE

LEAF

Note: The above mentioned rate per

door are inclusive of the following:
1. Single rebated Hardwood Red
Mirandi frame of section 140x 90mm
finished with Primer Finish 2. 77mm
thick Wooden shutter cladded with
3mm thick Commercial ply on both
faces of shutter and 1mm thick
Laminte of Merino/ Greenlam/ Century
on both side of the Shutter.
(1) minimum Hardwares and Glass Will
be As follows:(2) minimum 4 nos SS
Ball Bearing Hinges of size 100 x 89 x
21.66 3mm complete with SS Screws of
NO 2 125,975.89 251952
.3 Dorma or equivalent -(3) 1 nos Door
Closer Concealed - G 96 N Slide Arm
EN 2-4,Finish: Silver with Cushion
Limit Stay of Dorma or equivalent (4) 1
nos Supply of Dead Lock 288a with
110mm long cylinder both side key
operation of Dorma or equivalent - 01
No. Per Door(5) 1 nos/ pair H- Type
pull handle TGDIH 25 X450mm (B-B) -
Dorma or equivalent (6) minimum 6
nos Smoke Seal/ perimeter seal
IS1212 (7) 1 nos Door bottom seal
RP8Si-Raven / Enviro (8) 1 nos Vision
panel of size 400mm X 300mm X6mm
thick single glazed 120min fire rated
glass od siant gobain make with all
acessories
Providing and fixing 18mm thick
granite strip of thickness 50mm on
back of/ under main granite of treads of
steps, vanity counters, wash basin
counters [Link] required adhesive
of epoxy resin quality like Araldite etc,
duly rounded for full thickness of
double moulding including high gloss
21.67
polishing to edge all complete as per
direction of Engineer in charge. The
rate includes making double nosing
having overall thickness of 36mm
including pre-grinding and pre-
polishing incl. making 3 parallel groove
lines to make tread of steps anti skid of
size 3x3mm each.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 264

18 mm thick Polished/Leathered/
21.67 Lappato finish Granite stone slab jet
metre 1025 642.48 658542
.1 Black, Galaxy Black, Cherry Red, Elite
Brown, Lakha Red or equivalent
Extra over corresponding basic item for
providing 18mm thick granite of gang
saw cut, mirror polished, premoulded
and prepolished, machine cut for
21.68 sqm 150 394.10 59115
kitchen platforms, vanity counters,
window sills, Jambs, facias and similar
locations having slab size less than 0.5
sqm of granite stone slab.
Extra for providing ceramic wall tile of
size greater 595mm x 595mm upto
600mm x 1200mm in the dado work
21.69 sqm 2893 480.90 1391244
complete as per manufacturers
specification including adhesive and
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Providing, pasting and fixing in factory,
using hydralic hot press machines,
0.5mm thick natural veener flitch
(Smoke Oak or equivalent) over
plywood/ blockboard for making
decorative veenered plywood
confirming to Type I of IS 1328/
21.70 blockboard. The adhesive for pasting/ sqm 2291 919.45 2106460
fixing/ bonding veeners should be
green certified, Low VoC, BWP type
type systhetic resin adhesive
confirming to IS 848 and as per IS 710.
The rate is inclusive of adhesive.
(Plywood/ blockboard shall be paid
seperately in respective item)
Cement concrete flooring 1:2:4 (1
cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded
stone aggregate) finished with a
21.71
floating coat of neat cement, including
cement slurry, but excluding the cost of
nosing of steps etc. complete.
21.71 30 mm thick with 20 mm nominal size
stone aggregate sqm 2838 565.05 1603612
.1

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 265

Providing and fixing in position tensile

fabric of minimum 850 GSM over mild steel
tubular structure as per standard laying
procedure / method with material of
approved make and brand 'France Serge
Ferrari or equivalent' with 7 Year warranty
etc. The rate includes providing and fixing
21. 8mm tensioning cable of desired length for
tensioning of fabric/membrane including
sqm 280 3,214.60 900088
72
cost of all labour involved. The rate also
includes providing and fixing membrane
tensioning plates of required shape and
size for connecting fabric to tensioning
cable including cost of all labour involved
complete as per the direction of Engineer-
in-Charge.
Providing and fixing factory made
uPVC glazed/wire mesh
windows/doors comprising of lead free
uPVC multi-chambered frame, sash
and mullion/coupler (where ever
required) extruded profiles having
minimum wall thickness of 1.70 mm for
Series R1 and R2 profiles and 2.10
mm for Series R3 and R4 profiles
conforming to EN: 12608 in any shape,
colour and design duly reinforced with
galvanized mild steel section made of
required shape & size as per CPWD
Specification, uPVC extruded glazing
beads, interlocks and Inline sash
adaptor (where ever required) of
appropriate dimension, EPDM gasket,
hardware, SS 304 grade fasteners of
minimum 8 mm dia with countersunk
head, comprising of matching
polyamide PA6 grade sleeve for fixing
frame to finished wall as per IS 1367 :
Part 1 to 14, plastic packers, plastic
caps and necessary stainless steel
screws etc. Profile of frame, sash &
mullion (if required) shall be mitred cut
and fusion welded/mechanically jointed
duly sealed at all corners, including
drilling of holes for fixing hardware and
drainage of water etc. After fixing
frame, the gap between frame and
adjacent finished wall shall be filled
with weather proof silicon sealant over
backer rod pf approved size and
quality, all complete as per approved
drawing conforming to CPWD
specification & direction of Engineer-in-
21.73 Charge. Section of steel reinforcement

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 266

and cross sections of uPVC profiles to

be as per design approved by
Engineer-in-Charge. Rate is inclusive
of Wire/ Fabric mesh / Glazing of plain/
toughened/ laminated/ double glass
unit (6-12-6) with / without high
performance coatings as per design
requirements and conforming to IS:
3548 & IS:16231. Nothing extra shall
be payable for [Link] rate is also
inclusive of the required accessories
like steel roller, lock, hinges, handles,
channel etc. Nothing extra shall be
payable for these acessories..Note:-
Structural design proof checked from a
Government Engineering Institute, to
be provided by the manufacturer for: (i)
Sites with basic wind speed > 45 m/sec
as per IS 875 - Part 3 (ii) Sites with
structure height more than 20m for all
wind speeds.
Three track three panels sliding
window with two glazed (Toughened
DGU (6-12-6)& one wire/ fabric mesh
panels (one glazed
(ToughenedDGU(6-12-6) panel to be
fixed) with Aluminium channel for roller
21.73 track, wool pile, nylon rollers with SS
.1 304 body.
Using R2 series with frame (70mm &
above) x (40mm & above) & both
glazed (DGU(6-12-6))and fly screen
sash (25mm & above) x (50mm &
21.73 above) with zinc alloy (zamak) powder
.1.1 coated touch locks with hook.
21.73 Window Size: 0.7m (width) x0.9m
(height) each 6 16420.80 98525
.1.1.1
Using R3 series with frame (98mm &
above) x (40mm & above) & both
glazed (Toughened DGU (6-12-6)and
fly screen sash (30mm & above) x
(55mm & above) with zinc alloy
(zamak) powder coated handle on
21.73 every glazed panel along with multi-
.1.2 point locking system.
21.73 Size: 1.5m (width) x 1.8m (height)
each 11 43220.80 475429
.1.2.1
21.73 Size: 2.4m (width) x 1.8m (height)
each 1 60653.90 60654
.1.2.2

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 267

Three track three panels sliding

window/door with two
glazed(Toughened DGU (6-12-6))&
one wire/ fabric mesh panels (one
glazed (Toughened DGU (6-12-6)panel
to be fixed) with Aluminium channel for
roller track, wool pile, zinc alloy
(zamak) powder coated handle on two
panels along with multi-point locking
21.73 system, adjustable nylon rollers with
.2 SS 304 body.
Using R3 series with frame (98mm &
above) x (40mm & above) & both
glazed (Toughened DGU (6-12-6)and
21.73 fly screen sash (30mm & above) x
.2.1 (74mm & above)
21.73 Size: 1.5m (width) x 2.4m (height)
each 8 62543.20 500346
.2.1.1
21.73 Size: 1.8m (width) x 2.4m (height)
each 2 70165.30 140331
.2.1.2
21.73 Size: 2.8m (width) x 2.4m (height)
each 80 96358.10 7708648
.2.1.3
21.73 Size: 3.0m (width) x 2.4m (height)
each 4 101358.50 405434
.2.1.4
Casement cum fixed panel window
having one single casement panel &
one fixed panel with S.S. 304 friction
hinges as per size and weight of sash,
multi point locking system, zinc alloy
(zamak) powder coated handles.
21.73 Glazing shall be Toughened DGU 6-
.3 12-6.
Using R4 series with frame (64mm &
above ) x (50mm & above) & sash
(64mm & above) x (70mm & above) &
21.73 mullion (64mm & above) x (70mm &
.3.1 above).
Size: 1.0m (width) x 2.4m (height).
21.73 Casement openable panel to be atleast each 14 36392.90 509501
.3.1.1 1.8m of height
Fixed window with mullion / transom.
21.73 Glazing shall be Toughened DGU 6-
.4 12-6.
Using R3 series with frame (55mm &
21.73 above ) x (45mm & above) & mullion
.4.1 (55mm & above) x (65mm & above)
Size: 1.0m (width) x 2.4m (height).
21.73 Mullion/ transom should be placed at each 70 25499.70 1784979
.4.1.1 minimum 1.8m from bottom.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 268

Size: 1.5m (width) x 2.4m (height).

21.73 Mullion/ transom should be placed at each 5 38249.60 191248
.4.1.2 minimum 1.8m from bottom.
Ventilator Casement window single
panel with or without fixed panel with S
S. 304 friction hinges as per size and
weight of sash, single point locking
zinc alloy (zamak) powder coated
21.73 handles. Glazing shall be 5mm
.5 toughened frosted glass.
Using R1 series with frame (33mm &
above ) x (35mm & above) & sash
21.73 /mullion (33mm & above) x (50 mm &
.5.1 above).
21.73 Size: 0.6m (width) x 0.7m (height)
each 120 4579.10 549492
.5.1.1
Supply, Installation, Testing and
21. Commissioning of RFID electronic
74 lock, offering the BLE technology
directly integrated in the reader.
Supply, Installation, Testing and
Commissioning of Wirefree Handheld
Battery Operated Reader with privacy
thumb turn wire-free standalone reader
embedded with RF (Mifare / Mifare
Desfire EV2 / Mifare Ultralight) + BLE +
NFC credentials, support svn platform
for data privacy, having a clutch
mechanism to support the door
thickness 32 mm - 120 mm along with
the possibilities of the mechanical key
cylinder for emergency access &
manual thumb-turn for privacy control,
battery lifecycle upto 50000 door
openings, temperature strength +5 to
21.75 +50 degree Celcius (without each 66 19,419.00 1281654
condensation)- Battery operated RFID
electronic lock, offering the BLE
technology directly integrated in the
reader. Heavy duty electronic lockset
(mortise) and built-in contactless RFID
reader. High Security features such as:
• High security and tamperproof design
• 1” solid deadbolt • Staff monitoring
(Keycard Audits) • Emergency
access: Emergency keycard,
mechanical key and electronic
override. Technical data: ADA
Standard levers: bright chrome, bright
brass, satin chrome, satin brass, dark
mahogany

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 269

Supply, Installation, Testing and

Commissioning of Programmable
device to configuration, data backup
and emergency access. Portable
Programable Device required to
configure wire free readers &
emergency access. Certificate Before
Installtion - M-Unit™ is a portable
programming device for lock
programming, interrogations, lock
diagnostics .
System Features such as:
• USB connectivity; increased capacity
and speed
• Storage capacity: 500+rooms
• Unit can be pre-programmed for the
day
• Load a 300+ room property in
seconds
• Interrogate 1000 lock events under 2
minutes
• Advanced diagnostics
• Interrogation reports can be viewed
on the display
• Integrated with Ambiance Access
Management Software
• Power off and backlight timer settings
Supply, Installation, Testing and
Commissioning of encoder for
credentials assignment - Network RFID
Encoder
• Connects directly to PC via USB or to
Ethernet network via TCP/IP
• Supports Mifare Classic (4 byte
NUID) Mifare Plus and Mifare Ultralight
C credentials
• Operates in accordance with ISO
14443A
• Encodes a variety of RFID
credentials, such as keycards, fobs,
wristbands, etc.
• Used in conjunction with Saflok RFID
locks
The rate includes supply installation of
complete package including software,
RFID cards (66 nos.) carpentry work
complete as per direction of Engineer
in Charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 270

Providing and Fixing CP brass Grating

of Rectangular type with openable
circular lid 150 mm nominal size
square 100 mm diameter of the inner
21.76
hinged round grating. including setting
in floor with cement mortar to match
with floor finish as per direction of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
21.76 For Floor Trap & P Trap
each 255 625.15 159413
.1
Providing ,Fabricating, testing,
installing and fixing in position Curtain
Wall with Aluminium Composite Panel
Cladding, with open grooves for linear
as well as curvilinear portions of the
building , for all heights and all levels
etc. including:
(a) Providing, fabricating and supplying
and fixing panels of aluminium
composite panel cladding in pan shape
in metalic colour of approved shades
made out of 4mm thick aluminium
composite panel material consisting of
21.77 each 200 3718.80
3mm thick FR grade mineral core
sandwiched between two Aluminium
sheets (each 0.5mm thick). The
aluminium composite panel cladding
sheet shall be coil coated, with Kynar
500 based PVDF / Lumiflon based
fluoropolymer resin coating of
approved colour and shade on face # 1
and polymer (Service) coating on face
# 2 as specified using stainless steel
screws, nuts, bolts, washers, cleats,
weather silicone sealant, backer rods
etc.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 271

(b) The fastening brackets of

Aluminium alloy 6005 T5 / MS with Hot
Dip Galvanised with serrations and
serrated washers to arrest the wind
load movement, fasteners, SS 316
Pins and anchor bolts of approved
make in SS 316, Nylon separators to
prevent bi-metallic contacts all
complete required to perform as per
specification and drawing. The item
includes cost of all material & labour
component, the cost of all mock ups at
site, cost of all samples of the
individual components for testing in an
approved laboratory, field tests on the
assembled working curtain wall with
aluminium composite panel cladding,
cleaning and protection of the curtain
wall with aluminium composite panel
cladding till the handing over of the
building for occupation. Base frame
work for ACP cladding is payable
under the relevant aluminium item.s
The Contractor shall provide curtain
wall with aluminium composite panel
cladding, having all the performance
characteristics all complete , as per the
Architectural drawings, as per item
description, as specified, as per the
approved shop drawings and as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
However, for the purpose of payment,
only the actual area on the external
face of the curtain wall with Aluminum
Composite Panel Cladding (including
width of groove) shall be measured in
sqm. up to two decimal places.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 272

Providing and fixing frame work for

false ceiling at all heights made of
special sections, power pressed from
M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc
coating of 120 gms/sqm (both side
inclusive) as per IS : 277 and
consisting of angle cleats of size 25
mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of
27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre
to centre, one flange fixed to the ceiling
with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x
50mm long with 6mm dia bolts, other
flange of cleat fixed to the angle
hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required
length with nuts & bolts of required size
and other end of angle hanger fixed
with intermediate G.I. channels
45x15x0.9 mm running at the spacing
of 1200 mm centre to centre, to which
the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom
wedge of 80 mm with tapered flanges
21.78 of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm, sqm 1259.00 626.40 788638
at 450 mm centre to centre, shall be
fixed in a direction perpendicular to G.I.
intermediate channel with connecting
clips made out of 2.64 mm dia x 230
mm long G.I. wire at every junction,
including fixing perimeter channels 0.5
mm thick 27 mm high having flanges of
20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter
of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the
help of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre,
with 25mm long dry wall screws @ 230
mm interval, including fixing of ply to
ceiling section and perimeter channel
with the help of dry wall screws of size
3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c, including
the cost of making openings for light
fittings, grills, diffusers, cutouts made
with frame of perimeter channels
suitably fixed, all complete as per
drawings, specification and direction of
the Engineer in Charge.

Credit for hard rock received from the

excavation including its
21.79 loading/unloading and removal from CUM 253 -415.18 -105041
site as per direction of Engineer in
charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 273

Providing and Fixing of SS 304 grade

Shower drain channel of size 600 x
100mm of make Euronics model no.
21.80 EFGT6 or equivalent including setting
in floor with cement mortar to match
with floor finish as per direction of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
21.80 For Floor Trap & P Trap
each 65 3,626.30 235710
.1

22.0 Supply and Fixing Items

Providing, supplying and fixing of Mid
Back Chair. SEAT ASSEMBLY: The
seat is made up of 1.5 ± 0.1 cm thick
hot - pressed plywood upholstered with
fabric and moulded polyurethane
[Link] ASSEMBLY: 47.00CM (W)
X 45.70CM(D)BACK ASSEMBLY: The
Back is injection moulded in Glass
filled Polypropylene which is
upholstered with Mesh [Link] back
consist of adjustable lumbar support
made of injection moulded
Polypropylene having a nominal
thickness of 0.3 ±0.02 [Link] SIZE:
48.00 cm(W) x 57.60
cm(H).POLYURETHANE FOAM: The
polyurethane foam for seat is of
density= 48 ± 3kg/[Link]
(FIXED): The armrest is made of
injection moulded Polypropylene which
22.1 is connecting seat and back each 646 11560.73 7468232
.MECHANISM : The mechanism is
designed with the following
features:*360° revolving type.*Centre -
Tilt.*Tilt with upright [Link]
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT: The
pneumatic height adjustment has a
stroke of 10 ± [Link]
ASSEMBLY: The pedestal is injection
moulded Polyamide and fitted with 5
[Link] wheel castors. The pedestal is
66.1 ±0.5 cm [Link] WHEEL
CASTORS: The twin wheel castors are
injection moulded in black Polyamide
having 6.0± 0.1 cm wheel
[Link] (W) - 75.6
CMDEPTH (O) - 75.6 CMHEIGHT (H) -
88.5-98.5 CMSEAT HEIGHT (SH) -
41.0-51.0 CM. The product shall be of
Godrej Sally Mid back / Featherlite
Amaze / Durian Delight make etc. as

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 274

per direction of Engineer in charge.

This product should be certified by
GREENGUARD, Indoor Advantage
GOLD & GREENGUARD GOLD.
Providing, supplying and fixing of High
Back Chair apo. SEAT/BACK
ASSEMBLY: The seat should be
made up of 1.2 ±0.1cm. thick hot
pressed plywood upholstered with
fabric or synthetic leather and moulded
Polyurethane Foam. The back should
be made up 1.2 ±0.1cm. thick hot
pressed plywood and upholstered
with replaceable fabric or synthetic
leather upholstery covers and moulded
polyurethane foam. The back ply and
foam should be designed with
contoured lumber support for
comfortable seating posture.
BACK SIZE: 48cm.(W) X 76.0cm.(H)
SEAT SIZE: 51.0cm.(W) X 48.0cm.(D)
HIGH RESILIENCE (HR)
POLYURETHANE FOAM: The HR
polyurethane foam for seat and back
should be moulded with density = 45
+/-2 kg/m³ and Hardness load 16 ± 2
kgf for 25% compression. ARMRESTS
:The armrest top should be made of
22.2 each 24 27064.63 649551
moulded polyurethane (P.U) and
mounted on to a drop lift height
adjustable type M.S. tubular armrest
support chrome plated. The armrest
height should be adjustable up to
6.5±0.5cm. in 5 steps . KNEE TILT
SYNCHRO mechanism WITH SEAT
DEPTH ADJUSTMENT mechanism:
The mechanism should be designed
with the following features:
• 360° revolving type single point
control.
• Front pivot for tilt with feet resting
on ground ensuring more comfort.
• Tilt tension adjustment.
• 4-position locking with anti-shock
feature.
• Seat back tilting ratio of 1:2
• Seat depth adjustment of 6.0
±0.5cm. can be locked in 6 positions
ADJUSTABLE BACKREST: The
backrest consshould be ts of a sliding
up down mechanism, which can be
adjusted in the range of 7.5±0.5cm.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 275

and can be locked in 5 positions for

correct position of lumber support.
PNEUMATIC HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT:
The pneumatic height adjustment has
an adjustment of 10.0±0.3cm.
PEDESTAL ASSEMBLY: The
pedestal should be fabricated from 0.2
± 0.02 cm thick HR sheet . chrome
plated and assembled with injection
moulded black polypropylene hub cap
and 5 nos. twin wheel castors. The
pedestal should be 66.0±0.5cm. Pitch-
center dia. (76.0±1.0 cm with castors).
TWIN WHEEL CASTORS The twin
wheel castors should be injection
moulded in black Nylon.
Overall Dimensions of Chair : Seat
Height - min 47.5 to max 57.5cm.
Height - min 103.5 to max 120.5cm.
Width & Depth of Chair as measured
from pedestal - Width-76.0 cm and
Depth-76.0 cm. The product shall be of
Godrej Kareen High back / Featherlite
FP invention / Durian MMPL-70008
make etc. as per direction of Engineer
in charge. This product should be
certified by GREENGUARD, Indoor
Advantage GOLD & GREENGUARD
GOLD.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 276

Providing, supplying and fixing of High

Back Chair [Link]/BACK
ASSEMBLY: The Cushioned seat
should be made of Injection molded
Plastic outer & inner. Plastic Inner
should be upholstered with stitched
cover and moulded High Resilience
Polyurethane foam of Density 45±2
kg/m3,and hardness load 16 ± 2 kgf
for 25% [Link] stitched
cover should be made from spacer
fabric and leatherette. Cushioned back
should be made of PU Foam with
insitu molded MS E.R.W Round Tube
of size 1.9±0.03cm x 0.16 ±0.0128cm.
It upholstered with spacer fabric and
leatherette. SeatSIZE :
47.0cm.(W)x48.0cm. (D) .BACK
ASSEMBLY: The Cushioned back is
made of PU Foam with insitu molded
MS E.R.W Round Tube of size
1.9±0.03cm x 0.16 ±0.0128cm. It
upholstered with spacer fabric and
leatherette. BACK SIZE : 45 cm. (W) x
75.5 cm. (D) ARMRESTS : The
armrest top should be moulded from
22.3 each 1 23619.05 23619
polyurethane(PU) and mounted on to a
drop lift adjustable type tubular armrest
support made of 03.81±0.03 cm x
0.2±0.01 cm thk MS E.R.W tube. The
armrest height adjustable up to
6.5±0.5cm in 5 [Link] Armrest
structure should be powder coated
(DFT 40-60 micron).ACTIVE BIO-
SYNCHRO mechanism : The
adjustable tilting mechanism should be
designed with the following features:•
360° revolving type.• Front-pivot for tilt
with feet resting on ground and
continuous lumbar support ensuring
more comfort.• Tilt tension adjustment
can be operated in seating position.• 5-
position Tilt limiter giving option of
variable tilt angle to the chair.•
Seat/back tilting ratio of 1: 2• The
mechanism housing should be made
up of HPDC Aluminium black powder
coated. SEAT DEPTH ADJUSTMENT
Seat depth adjustment should be
integrated in the seat through a sliding
mechanism. Seat depth adjustment
range should be of 6.0±0.5 cm.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 277

ADJUSTABLE BACK SUPPORTBack

Frame should be connected to the
Up/Dn mechanism housed in Plastic T
spine. It can be adjusted in the range
of 7.42±0.5 cm for the comfortable
back support to suit individual
[Link] HT. ADJUSTMENT
The pneumatic ht adjustment has an
adjustment stroke of 10.0±0.3 cm.
PNEUMATIC HT. ADJUSTMENT : The
pedestal is injection moulded in black
33% glass-filled Nylon 66 and fitted
with 5 nos. twin wheel castors. The
pedestal is 66.1±0.5cm. pitch-center
dia.(76.1±1.0 cm. With castors.) TWIN
WHEEL CASTOR : 5 Nos. twin wheel
castors should be injection moulded in
plastic having 6.0±0.1cm wheel
Diameter and assembled to pedestal.
Overall Dimensions of Chair Seat
Height - [Link] - 113.6-
[Link]-76.1 cm and Depth-
76.1 cm. The product shall be of
Godrej Versa Neo High Back /
Featherlite FP invention / Durian RICH-
37816 make etc. as per direction of
Engineer in charge. This product
should be certified by GREENGUARD,
Indoor Advantage GOLD &
GREENGUARD GOLD.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 278

Providing, Supplying and fixing in

position meeting table apo of the
following specifications. Work top-
Made of 25mm Thick Pre-laminated
twin board of E1-P2 grade and
approved shade conforming to IS-
12823:1990, Edge banded with
matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping.
Soft closing dual access flap provided
for access to power supply and data
cables.
Understructure-The Under-structure
consists of mixture of 25mm and
18mm Pre-laminated twin board of E1-
P2 grade and approved shade
conforming to IS-12823:1990, Edge
banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC
lipping. Anodised aluminium alloy
63400 - WP profile is added at bottom
edges for improving the aesthetics.
22.4 The product has a knock-down each 2 58868.67 117737
construction.
Wire Management- A wire raiser made
of 0.8mm CRCA MS IS:513. It is epoxy
polyester powder coated (DFT 40-60
microns) for flow of wires and cables. A
Power box with 2 cutouts on either
sides for standard 8 module Anchor
Roma is provided. Beside each cutout,
an additional cutout with plate is
provided for mounting Audio Visual
Cables(eg. HDMI,VGA-A,etc). The
product shall be of Godrej Mingle
Unitized or Featherlite zen/versaline
meeting table etc of lenght not less
than 3.00m± 2% etc. complete as per
direction of Engineer in charge.
This product should be certified by
GREENGUARD, Indoor Advantage
GOLD, GRIHA & SVAGRIHA &
GREEN PRO.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 279

Providing, supplying and fixing of

Dining chair suitable for the dining
table with minimum dimensions as
under-
Chair Width – 450 mm
Chair Depth – 400 mm
Chair Height – 950 mm. The chair shall
have Solid Rubberwood + PU coating
22.5 each 20 7088.46 141769
(UV cured) in matt finish. The Chair
shall be cushioned with good quality
PU Foam and having Fabric upholstery
of godd quality in royal blue shade etc.
of Godrej Allure Dining chair or
equivalent in Durian/ Featherlite etc.
complete as per direction of Engineer
in charge.
Providing, Supplying and fixing in
position the centre table of Godrej
Bloom or equivalent having size not
less than : Width : 100cmm Depth :
60cmm Height : 42cm. The table shall
have solid rubber wood legs and
frame, a provision of bottom shelf of
22.6 each 56 18617.99 1042607
MS or wood with a glass of 08 mm thk
tempered. The table shall have PU
coating to the rubber wood parts, clear
glass. The product shall be of Godrej
Bloom Centre Table / Durian hopper or
equivalent etc complete , as per
direction of Engineer in charge.
Providing, Supplying and fixing in
position the dining table of Godrej
Arctic or equivalent. The table top
shall of be Round or square/
rectangular with dimensions not less
than 1050mm with height not less than
750mm. The supporting legs shall be
22.7 of Solid rubberwood with PU costing in each 5 27206.86 136034
matt/ satin finish. The table top shall be
of MDF + MIP lamination + PU coating
(UV cured) in high gloss finish. The
product shall be of Godrej Arctic Dining
table / Durian havlock or equivalent
etc complete , as per direction of
Engineer in charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 280

Providing, Supplying and fixing in

position the dining Chair of Godrej
Grande or equivalent from Durian/
featherlite. The material of chair shall
be Sheesham solid wood with
polished. The dimension of chair shall
not be less than Length : 45cm Width :
22.8 each 152 9576.69 1455657
45cm Height : 95cm and dimension of
Cushion Seat shall not be less than :
Length : 45cm Width : 45cm Height :
50cm. The cusion shall be fitted with
good quality upholstery in fabric of any
colour and shade as per the approval
of the Engineer in Charge.
Providing, Supplying and fixing in
position the 1 seater sofa having
dimensions not less than as under
Width : 640mm
Depth : 860mm
Height : 880mm
Seating Height : 450mm
Seating Height : 450mm
The sofa shall have Distinct-looking
mid-back with a curved backrest and
shall be having angular wooden
22.9 each 5 46644.70 233224
armrests.
The sofa framework shall be made in
Sheesham wood and any further
treatment to wood to resilient to
insects, fungus, and mold.
The sofa shall have Recron-filled
cushions for back support, and soft
foam for comfortable seating. The Sofa
model shall be of Godrej Cedar or
equivalent in Durian/ featherlite etc. as
per direction of Engineer in charge.
Providing, Supplying and fixing in
position the 1 seater sofa having
dimensions not less than as under W x
H x D (cm) - 85 x 83 x 81
Finish Color - Burgundy
Primary Material - Synthetic Leather
22.10 each 88 29502.39 2596210
Upholstery Material - Synthetic
Leather. The product shall be of Godrej
Eliptic 1 seater sofa / Featherlite
converse single seater/ Durian
celement etc. as per direction of
Engineer in charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 281

Providing, Supplying and fixing in

position the 3 seater sofa having
dimensions not less than as
underWidth : 1920mm Depth :
860mm Height : 880mm Seating
Height : 450mmThe sofa shall have
Distinct-looking mid-back with a curved
backrest and shall be having angular
wooden [Link] sofa framework
22.11 shall be made in Sheesham wood and each 10 97877.40 978774
any further treatment to wood to
resilient to insects, fungus, and
[Link] sofa shall have Recron-filled
cushions for back support, and soft
foam for comfortable seating. The Sofa
model shall be of Godrej Cedar or
equivalent in Durian/ featherlite etc. as
per direction of Engineer in charge.

Supplying and fixing in position sofa

apo with specifications
Overall Size : Width : 1520mm, Depth :
840mm, Height : 760mm
Upholstery : Composite Leather. Pure
Leather at touch points – seat and
backrest and Syn Lth at non touch
point matching with the pure leather
• Leather Type : Pigmented
• Syn Leather : PVC
• Thickness of upholstery : Leather : 1
mm Syn Lth : 1 mm
22.12 each 2 89157.13 178314
• Shade :Cherry
• Frame : Material - Solid wood frame
with ply wood cross section
Moisture Content : 12%
• Foam Density : Seat : 28 kg/ cubic
meter
• Webbing : S spring
• Legs : Rubber wood The make of
sofa shall be Godrej Majesta Plus 2
seater sofa or equivalent in Durian /
Featherlite etc. as per diretion of
Engineer in charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 282

Supplying and fixing in position sofa

apo with specifications
Overall Size not less than 105(L) x
75(W) x 83(H) cm :
Upholstery : Composite Leather. Pure
Leather at touch points – seat and
backrest and Syn Lth at non touch
point matching with the pure leather
• Leather Type : Pigmented
• Syn Leather : PVC
• Thickness of upholstery : Leather : 1
mm Syn Lth : 1 mm
22.13 each 2 71511.68 143023
• Shade :Cherry
• Frame : Material - Solid wood frame
with ply wood cross section
Moisture Content : 12%
• Foam Density : Seat : 28 kg/ cubic
meter
• Webbing : S spring
• Legs : Rubber wood. The make of
sofa shall be Godrej Majesta Plus 1
seater sofa or equivalent in Durian /
Featherlite etc. as per diretion of
Engineer in charge.
Providing, supplying and fixing of High
Back Chair apo. SEAT/BACK
ASSEMBLY : The Cushioned seat
should be made of Injection molded
Plastic outer & inner. Plastic Inner
should be upholstered with leatherette
and moulded High Resilience (HR)
Polyurethane foam of Density 45±2
kg/m3,and hardness load 16 ± 2 kgf as
per IS:7888 for 25% [Link]
Cushioned back should be made of PU
Foam with insitu molded MS E.R.W
Round Tube of size 1.9±0.03cm x 0.16
±0.0128cm. It upholstered with
22.14 each 5 31840.73 159204
LeatheretteSeat SIZE : 47.0 cm. (W) x
48.0 cm. (D)HIGH BACK SIZE: 47.7
cm. (W) x 76.4 cmARMRESTS : The
armrest top should be moulded from
polyurethane(PU) and mounted on to a
drop lift adjustable type tubular armrest
support made of 03.81±0.03 cm x
0.2±0.01 cm thk M.S. E.R.W tube
having chrome plated [Link]
armrest height adjustable up to
6.5±0.5cm in 5 [Link] BIO-
SYNCHRO MECHANISM : The
adjustable tilting mechanism should be
designed with the following features:•

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 283

360' revolving type. • Front-pivot for tilt

with feet resting on ground and
continuous lumbar support ensuring
more comfort. • Tilt tension adjustment
can be operated in seating position. •
5-position Tilt limiter giving option of
variable tilt angle to the chair. •
Seat/back tilting ratio of 1: 2 • The
mechanism housing should be made
up of HPDC Aluminium black powder
[Link] DEPTH ADJUSTMENT :
Seat depth adjustment should be
integrated in the seat through a sliding
mechanism. Seat depth adjustment
range should be of 6.0±0.5
[Link] BACK SUPPORT:
Back Frame should be connected to
the Up/Dn mechanism housed in
Plastic T spine. It can be adjusted in
the range of 7.42±0.5 cm for the
comfortable back support to suit
individual [Link] HT.
ADJUSTMENT: The pneumatic ht
adjustment has an adjustment stroke
of 10.0±0.3 [Link]
ASSEMBLY: The pedestal should be
High Pressure Die cast polished
Aluminium and fitted with 5 nos. twin
wheel castors. The pedestal should be
65.0 ± 0.5cm. pitch-center dia.(75.0 ±
1.0cm. With castors.)TWIN WHEEL
CASTORS: The twin wheel castors
should be injection moulded in black
PP having 6.0± 0.1cm wheel
[Link] Dimensions of
ChairSeat Height -43.1-53.1cmHeight -
[Link] & Depth of Chair
as measured from base - Width-76.1
cm and Depth-76.1 cmThis product
should be certified by Indoor
Advantage GOLD, GREENGUARD
GOLD, BIFMA Level 2 & GREEN
PRO.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 284

Providing, supplying and fixing of High

Back Chair apo. SEAT/BACK
ASSEMBLY : The Cushioned seat
should be made of Injection molded
Plastic outer & inner. Plastic Inner
should be upholstered with leatherette
and moulded High Resilience (HR)
Polyurethane foam of Density 45±2
kg/m3,and hardness load 16 ± 2 kgf as
per IS:7888 for 25% [Link]
Cushioned back should be made of PU
Foam with insitu molded MS E.R.W
Round Tube of size 1.9±0.03cm x 0.16
±0.0128cm. It upholstered with
Leatherette
Seat SIZE : 47.0 cm. (W) x 48.0 cm.
(D)
HIGH BACK SIZE: 47.7 cm. (W) x 76.4
cm
ARMRESTS : The armrest top should
be moulded from polyurethane(PU)
and mounted on to a drop lift
adjustable type tubular armrest support
made of 03.81±0.03 cm x 0.2±0.01 cm
thk M.S. E.R.W tube having chrome
plated [Link] armrest height
22.15 each 41 47510.30 1947922
adjustable up to 6.5±0.5cm in 5 steps.
ACTIVE BIO-SYNCHRO MECHANISM
: The adjustable tilting mechanism
should be designed with the following
features:
• 360' revolving type. • Front-pivot for
tilt with feet resting on ground and
continuous lumbar support ensuring
more comfort. • Tilt tension adjustment
can be operated in seating position. •
5-position Tilt limiter giving option of
variable tilt angle to the chair. •
Seat/back tilting ratio of 1: 2 • The
mechanism housing should be made
up of HPDC Aluminium black powder
coated.
SEAT DEPTH ADJUSTMENT : Seat
depth adjustment should be integrated
in the seat through a sliding
mechanism. Seat depth adjustment
range should be of 6.0±0.5 cm.
ADJUSTABLE BACK SUPPORT: Back
Frame should be connected to the
Up/Dn mechanism housed in Plastic T
spine. It can be adjusted in the range
of 7.42±0.5 cm for the comfortable

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 285

back support to suit individual need.

PNEUMATIC HT. ADJUSTMENT: The
pneumatic ht adjustment has an
adjustment stroke of 10.0±0.3 cm.
PEDESTAL ASSEMBLY: The pedestal
should be High Pressure Die cast
polished Aluminium and fitted with 5
nos. twin wheel castors. The pedestal
should be 65.0 ± 0.5cm. pitch-center
dia.(75.0 ± 1.0cm. With castors.)
TWIN WHEEL CASTORS: The twin
wheel castors should be injection
moulded in black PP having 6.0±
0.1cm wheel Diameter.
Overall Dimensions of Chair
Seat Height -43.1-53.1cm
Height -112.7-130.2cm.
Width & Depth of Chair as measured
from base - Width-76.1 cm and Depth-
76.1 cm
This product should be certified by
Indoor Advantage GOLD,
GREENGUARD GOLD, BIFMA Level
2 & GREEN PRO. The chair shall be of
Godrej Marvel or equivalent of Durian/
featherlite.
Providing, supplying and fixing of Mid
Back Chair SEAT/BACK ASSEMBLY:
The back is made up of 1.2 ±0.1cm.
thick hot-pressed plywood & seat is
made up of 1.5 ±0.1cm. thick hot-
pressed plywood measured and
upholstered with fabric upholstery
covers and moulded Polyurethane
foam. The back foam is designed with
contoured foam lumbar support. The
seat has extra thick foam on front edge
to give comfort to popliteal area. The
chair seat & back size are
22.16 each 60 13611.07 816664
FULL BACK SIZE 51.5 cm. (W) x 69.0
cm. (H)
SEAT SIZE 53.5 cm. (W) x 51.0 cm.
(D). HIGH RESILIENCE (HR)
POLYURETHANE FOAM: The HR
polyurethane foam is moulded with
density = 45±2 kg/m3 and hardness
load 14 ± 2 kgf as per IS:7888 for 25%
compression.
ARMRESTS : The adjustable armrest
is designed with the following features
· Up-Down adjustment– 6 steps (7.2 ±
0.5cm range)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 286

· Armrest top is mounted on Armrest

structure made of glass filled Nylon.
· Armrest Top is PU moulded over
glass filled Nylon insert.
CENTER TILT SYNCHRO
MECHANISM WITH MULTI LOCK :
The mechanism is designed with the
following features:
· 360° revolving type.
· 3 position locking with anti shock
mechanism.
· Tilt tension adjustment
PNEUMATIC HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
: The pneumatic height adjustment has
an adjustment stroke of 9.5 ± 0.3 cm
PEDESTAL ASSEMBLY : The
pedestal is injection moulded in black
glass-filled Nylon and fitted with 5 nos.
twin wheel castors. The pedestal is
66.1 ±0.5cm. pitch-center dia. (76.1
±1.0cm with castors).
TWIN WHEEL CASTORS : The twin
wheel castors are injection moulded in
Black Nylon.
WIDTH (W): 76.1 CM. DEPTH (D):
76.1 CM. HEIGHT (H): 101.5-111.5
CM. SEAT HEIGHT (SH): 46.0-56.0
CM. This product should be certified by
Indoor Advantage GOLD,
GREENGUARD GOLD, BIFMA Level
2 & GREEN PRO. Chair of Godrej
Thrill or equivalent of
Durian/featherlite.
Providing, supplying and fixing in
position centre table of size not less
than W x H x D (cm)-89 x 39 x 89.
The table shall be made up of 18 mm
thk prelaminated particle board with 10
mm thick black coloured toughned
glass top. The construction of table
shall be of Knock down type and shall
have finishes as under-
22.17 each 10 36294.17 362942
1) MIP lamination in Black ink shade
with matching lipping in Matt finish
2) Digitally printed glass which is
matching with PLT etc.
The table shall be similar to look as
Godrej Skyline coffee table or
equivalent of Durian/ Featherlite etc.
complete as per direction of Engineer
in Charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 287

Providing, supplying and fixing in

position Canteen table of the following
specifications. 8 Seater PU Coated
size shall be 2329 Width mm x 1175
Depth mm x 750 Height mm . Top
shall be 25 mm thick base material
shall be 25 mm MDF board . On top
PU painting of minimum 2H hardness
with 75% glass as per color chart
.Combination color graphics on the
centre . Brown Laminate on bottom
22.18 specially profiled edges for comfort . each 38 62860.23 2388689
The Understructure shall be having
bend pipe structure of MS powder
coated . Pipe dia 38 mm , 2 mm thick
and it shall be fitted with top by SS
machine screws . Legs shall be of MS
powder coated and 38 mm dia. pipe
legs are fixed with inderstructure and
table top . Glide shall be of Plastic
fixed at the understructure to prevent
the damage of table top during
stacking .
Providing, supplying and fixing of Café
Chair apo. The Seat and Back should
be made up of injection moulded
indoor grade PolyPropylene compound
SEAT SIZE : 52.5 cm. (W) x 53.2 cm.
(D) BACK SIZE : 51.6 cm. (W) x 40.5
cm. (H) The powder coated ( DFT
50±10 microns ) welded tubular frame
should be made from 0 2.22 ± 0.03 cm
x 0.16 ± 0.0128 cm and 3.5 ± 0.03 cm
22.19 x 1.5 ± 0.03 cm x 0.16 ± 0.0128 cm each 395 4955.05 1957245
MSERW tube. The shoes should be
made of indoor grade PolyPropylene
compound and snap fitted with tubular
frame. Overall Dimensions of
ChairSeat Height - 45.0 [Link] -
[Link]-52.5 cm and Depth-55.8
[Link] product should be certified by
Indoor Advantage GOLD,
GREENGUARD GOLD, GRIHA &
SVAGRIHA & GREEN PRO.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 288

Providing, Supplying and fixing in

position Main Table with ERU of the
following specifications apo. Its size
shall be 1650 Width x 700 Depth x
743 Height (Main Desk) 1000 Width X
450Depth X 743 Height (ERU).Top
shall be of 18 mm thickness made of
PLT board with 2 mm Edge banding.
Wenge and savannah Maple PLT
board shall be used. The
Understructure shall be in pre-
22.20 each 4 70217.86 280871
laminated panels made with PLT
boards . 2- Drawerand 3 - Drawer
storage units with different
combinations to support tops made
with 18 mm PLT boards of different
[Link] and back panels
made with 18 mm PLT boards. The
pedestals / storages shall be fitted with
necessary locks. The make shall be
Godrej Trident or equivalent of Durian,
Featherlite etc
Providing, Supplying and fixing in
position the Orthopedic mattress for
queen size bed with matress thickness
of 5''.
The smart/intelligent mattress shall be
made up of special foam for ortho with
convoluted foam in the topmost layer
maintains airflow and enhances the
comfort level by giving a feeling of
22.21 each 60 28798.04 1727882
acupressure to the body. A bonded
foam in the base provides direct
support, while a layer of softy foam in
(5” variant) the middle provides indirect
support to the reclining body. Size - 72
x 60 x 5 inch. Make shall be
Godrej/sleepwell/ Curlon or equivalent
as per the directin of Engineer in
charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 289

Providing, Supplying and fixing in

position the Orthopedic mattress for
king size bed with matress thickness
of 5''.
The smart/intelligent mattress shall be
made up of special foam for ortho with
convoluted foam in the topmost layer
maintains airflow and enhances the
comfort level by giving a feeling of
22.22 each 5 31196.84 155984
acupressure to the body. A bonded
foam in the base provides direct
support, while a layer of softy foam in
(5” variant) the middle provides indirect
support to the reclining body. Size - 78
x 60 x 5 inch. Make shall be
Godrej/sleepwell/ Curlon or equivalent
as per the directin of Engineer in
charge.
Supplying and fixing in position Main
table apo of the following
specifications. Its size shall be of 1800
Width mm x 900 Depth mm x 750
Height [Link] table top shall be 25
mm thick MFC (Melamine Faced
Chipboard) also there should be 30
mm MDF (Medium density fiberboard)
black [Link] modesty panel shall be
of 18 mm thick MFC (Melamine faced
chipboard).The leg of the main desk
shall be of 25 mm MFC plus 30 mm
MDF right and left [Link] main table
should be of duck noise profile edge in
order to enhance the workspace
aesthetics.
Supplying and fixing in position
22.23 each 1 176654.94 176655
pedestal of the following
specifications..Its size shall be of 400
Width mm x 560 Depth mm x 560
Height [Link] top panel shall be 25
mm thick MFC (Melamine Faced
Chipboard) plus all the other panels
shall be 18 mm thick coated with MFC
(Melamine Faced Chipboard). In
Mobile pedestal all other panels shall
be of 18 mm thick MFC (Melamine
Faced Chipboard).In Mobile pedestal
lock and Castors shall be Provided.
The handle shall be of Metal.
Supplying and fixing in position ERU of
the following [Link] size shall
be of 1200 Width mm x 600 Depth mm
x 730 Height [Link] top panel shall

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 290

25 mm thick MFC (Melamine Faced

Chipboard) .The Modesty panel shall
be 18 mm thick MFC coated. The leg
of the return desk shall be 25 mm thick
MFC (Melamine faced chipboard) plus
the right and left pad should be 30 mm
thick MDF (medium density fiber )
coated. The make shall be similar to
Godrej Maestro Table with RU and
Pedestal and equivalent of Durian/
Featherlite etc.
Providing, supplying and fixing of High
Back Chair [Link]/BACK
ASSEMBLY: The Cushioned seat
should be made of Injection molded
Plastic outer & inner. Plastic Inner
should be upholstered with stitched
cover and moulded High Resilience
Polyurethane foam of Density 45±2
kg/m3,and hardness load 16 ± 2 kgf
for 25% [Link] stitched
cover should be made from spacer
fabric and leatherette. Cushioned back
should be made of PU Foam with
insitu molded MS E.R.W Round Tube
of size 1.9±0.03cm x 0.16 ±0.0128cm.
It upholstered with spacer fabric and
leatherette.
SeatSIZE : 47.0cm.(W)x48.0cm. (D) .
BACK ASSEMBLY: The Cushioned
back is made of PU Foam with insitu
22.24 molded MS E.R.W Round Tube of size each 4 13923.06 55692
1.9±0.03cm x 0.16 ±0.0128cm. It
upholstered with spacer fabric and
leatherette.
ARMRESTS : The armrest top should
be moulded from polyurethane(PU)
and mounted on to a drop lift tubular
armrest support made of 03.81±0.03
cm x 0.2±0.01 cm thk MS E.R.W
[Link] Armrest structure should be
powder coated (DFT 40-60 micron).
Overall Dimensions of Chair
Seat Height - 44.8cm.
Height - 99.5cm.
Width-60.9 cm and Depth-64.3 cm
This product should be certified by
Indoor Advantage GOLD,
GREENGUARD GOLD, BIFMA Level 2
& GREEN PRO. The chair shall be of
make Godrej Versa Neo visitor or
equivalent of Durian/Featherlite etc.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 291

Supplying and fixing in position Main

Table & ERU Supplying and fixing in
position of the following
[Link] Dimension
1650x1950x750 Primary Work
Surface:Made of 25mm Thick Pre-
laminated twin board of E1-P2 grade
and approved shade confirming to IS-
12823:1990, Edge banded with
matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping.
Secondary Work Surface:Made of
25mm thick MDF one side pre-aminate
board confirming to IS-14587:1998
with 0.4mm PVC membrane pressed
on to top. Softclosing access flap with
in-build power box are provided on
work surface for wire management.
Modesty Panel:Made of 25mm thick
MDF one side pre-laminate board
confirming to IS-14587:1998 with
0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to
top
Under- structure:Made of 25mm Thick
Pre-laminated twin board of E1-P2
grade and approved shade confirming
22.25 to IS-12823:1990, Edge banded with each 1 227505.30 227505
matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping.
Integrated Pedestal:Made of 25mm
Thick Pre-laminated twin board of E1-
P2 grade and approved shade
confirming to IS-12823:1990, Edge
banded with matching 2 mm thick PVC
lipping. Drawer fronts made of 25mm
thick MDF one side pre-laminate board
confirming to IS-14587:1998 with
0.4mm PVC membrane pressed on to
top Pedstal construction is BOX-BOX-
FILE type which Uses powder coated
400 MM long metal Panel Drawer
Slides. Drawer extension is 325
[Link] have a soft closing & anti
slam mechanism. Handles are
provided for ease of opening. Pedestal
is provided with lock for security. Back
Unite Size : 1650x500x1800 mm
This product should be certified by
GREENGUARD, Indoor Advantage
GOLD & GREEN [Link] table shall
be of make Godrej Cignus Table with
Back unit or equivalent of
Durian/featherlite etc.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 292

Supplying and fixing in position the

pillow having size not less than 42X65
cm. Box shaped pillow with side walls
& extra filling for Premium support. The
22.26 each 130 917.60 119288
fibre filling is soft and comfortable. ut
offers support for your head and neck
that is essential for a
good night’s sleep.
Preparation of Building Information
Modelling(BIM) model. The scope of
work includes preparing BIM model,
3D design/ walkthrough and
coordinated drawing of entire
Architectural, Structural, MEP, HVAC,
other E&M services etc. as per
direction of Engineer in Charge by
using latest software like Revit or
equivalent. Preliminary architectural
and structural drawings will be
provided by department. Other
22.27 drawings like MEP,HVAC, E&M
services etc. and detailed architectural
& structural drawings will have to be
prepared by agency after discussion/
meeting/ direction of Engineer in
Charge or his representative which will
used as input for BIM. The level of
detail in BIM to be done is LOD 400 i.e.
up to Fabrication and shop drawing
after approval of Good for Construction
drawing. All the construction drawings
are to be generated from BIM software
only.
22.27 LOD 350 level
Job 1 752319.00 752319
.1
22.27 LOD 400 level
Job 1 752319.00 752319
.2
Total Non Schedule 132455671
GRAND TOTAL 445949032

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 293

PART - C
ELECTRICAL (E &M)
Works

Name of Work: Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic

Building and cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 294

PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES CPWD

PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES (E & M WORKS-MINOR COMPONENT)

(Separate Performa for Civil, Electrical & Horticultural Works in case of Composite Tenders)
(Operative Schedules to be supplied separately to each intending tenderer)

SCHEDULE ‘A’
Schedule of quantities - : From Page No_____ to Page No.----
SCHEDULE ‘D’

Extra schedule for specific requirements : NIL

/ document for the work, if any

SCHEDULE ‘E’

Reference to General Conditions of : As per part ‘A’ of NIT.

contract

PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES CPWD

NAME OF WORK: -

Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH:
Package 1

Estimated cost of work (E & M Works) : 12,95,62,414/-

(i) Earnest Money : As per part ‘A’ of NIT

(ii) Performance Guarantee : As per part ‘A’ of NIT

(iii) Security Deposit : As per part ‘A’ of NIT

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 295

SCHEDULE ‘F”

GENERAL RULES &DIRECTIONS:

Officer inviting tender Executive Engineer, Pune-II, CPWD, Pune
or his successor there of
Maximum percentage for quantity of items of Defined under Clause 12 hereinafter.
work to be executed beyond which rates
are to be determined in accordance with
Clauses 12.2 &12.3:
Definitions:
2(v) Engineer-in-Charge For Electrical works –

Executive Engineer (E), PED, CPWD, Pune

or his successor there of

2(viii) Accepting Authority As per part ‘A’ of NIT

2(x) Percentage on cost of materials and 15%

labor to cover all overheads and profits:
2(xi) Standard Schedule of Rates D.S.R. 2022 with correction slips issued up
to previous day of last date of submission of
bid + MR
2(xii) Department Central Public Works Department.
9(ii) Standard CPWD Contract Form CPWD form 7 of General conditions of
contracts 2023 for Construction Work
modified & corrected up to previous day of
the last date of submission of Bid.
Clause 1
(i) Time allowed for submission of performance As per part ‘A’ of NIT
guarantee, programme chart (time and
progress) and applicable labour licenses,
registration with EPFO, ESIC and BOCW
Welfare Board or proof of applying thereof from
the date of issue of letter of acceptance.
(ii) Maximum allowable extension with late As per part ‘A’ of NIT
fee at 0.1% per day of performance
guarantee amount beyond the period
provided in (i) above
Clause 2
Authority for fixing compensation under As per part ‘A’ of NIT
clause 2
Clause 5

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 296

Number of days from the date of issue of As per part ‘A’ of NIT
letter of acceptance for reckoning date of
start
Schedule of rate of recovery for delay in As per part ‘A’ of NIT
submission in Time, Progress Chart & Progress
report. (Per Day)

Mile Stone Table (Electrical):

Period for Amount to be with

Sr. Description of Milestone Completion from held In case of non
No. (Physical Progress) date of start in achievement of mile
months stone

As Per Part ‘A’ of NIT

 Note:- The intending bidders/Agencies may also refer the Preamble of the NIT.

Authority to decide:

(i) Authority to convey the decision : As per part ‘A’ of NIT

of shifting of milestone and
Extension of time
(ii) Authority to decide rescheduling : As per part ‘A’ of NIT
of milestone and extension of
time
(iii) Authority to decide Shifting of : As per part ‘A’ of NIT
date of start in case of delay in
handing over of site

Clause 6,

Clause applicable - (6) : As per part ‘A’ of NIT

Clause 7
Gross work to be done together with net : Rs. 90, 00, 000/-
payment /adjustment of advances for
material collected, if any, since the last such
payment for being eligible to interim
payment.
Clause 7 A

Whether Clause 7 A shall be applicable : Yes, Applicable

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 297

Clause 8A
Authority to decide compensation on
account of if contractor fails to submit : Engineer-in-Charge.
completion plan.
Clause 10A
List of testing equipment to be provided : HT & LT Meger, Lux meter ,Earth Tester,
By the contractor at site lab Tong Tester, Thermometer, Anemometer,
Vernier caliper.
Clause 10B (ii)
Whether Clause 10 B (ii) shall be applicable : As per Part ‘A’

Clause 10C : As per Part ‘A’

Component of labour expressed as percent : 15%

of value of work

Clause 10CA : Not applicable

Nearest Materials (other

than cement, Base price and its
Material covered reinforcement bars and corresponding period of
Sr. No. under this clause the structural steel) for all materials covered
which All India Wholesale under clause 10 CA *
Price Index to be followed
--- Nil ---

Clause 10 CC : Not Applicable

Schedule of component of other Materials, : (For Electrical or E&M works)

Labour, POL etc. for price escalation

Component of Electrical construction Materials : 85%

expressed as percentage of total value of
Electrical and E&M work.

Component of Labour expressed as percentage : 15%

of total value of Electrical and E&M work
Clause 11
Specifications to be followed for execution of : CPWD General Specification for
work electrical work

1) Part-I Internal – 2023,

2) Part-II External-2023,
3) Part III Lifts and Escalators–
2003
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 298

4) Part IV Sub-station– 2013,

5) Part V Wet-riser & Sprinkler
Systems – 2020,
6) Part – VI Fire Detection &
Alarm System – 2018,
7) Part VII D.G. Sets – 2013,
8) Heating, Ventilation & Air-
Conditioning(HVAC) – 2017

All the publications as

amended up to previous day of
last date of submission of bid.

Building information model (BlM) is applicable : As per Part ‘A’ of NIT

and BIM professional to be deployed by
contractor
Clause 12

Clause 12.2. & 12.3

Deviation Limit beyond which clauses12.2 & 12.3 : As per part ‘A’ of NIT
Shall apply
Clause 12.5

(i) Deviation Limit beyond which Clause - 12.2 & : As per part ‘A’ of NIT
12.3 shall apply for Foundation Work. (Except
Earth Work).
(ii) Deviation Limit for items in earth work : As per part ‘A’ of NIT
subhead of DSR or related items.
Clause 16

Competent Authority for deciding reduced rates : As per part ‘A’ of NIT

Clause 18

List of mandatory machinery tools & plants to be : Bench vice, conduit bending machine
deployed by the contractor at site. and any other equipment as per
requirement of work.

Clause 19C : As per part ‘A’ of NIT

Clause 19D : As per part ‘A’ of NIT

Clause 19G : As per part ‘A’ of NIT

Clause 19K : As per part ‘A’ of NIT

Clause 25 : As per part ‘A’ of NIT

Clause 32

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 299

Rate at which recovery shall be

Technical Representative
made from the contractor in the
Minimum Qualification of

Designation (Principal
event of not fulfilling provision of

Technical / Technical
clause 32 (i)

Representative)

Experience

Figures (in

Words Per
Discipline

Minimum

Number

Rs. Per
Month)
Sl. No.

Month
As per Part A of the tender

NOTE
1. Engineer(s) and / or overseer(s) deployed as per stipulation in the contact shall look
afteronly the work under contract and no other work and shall be available fully during
execution of work.
2. Even if contractor (or partner in case of firm / company) is himself an engineer / overseer, it
is necessary on part of contractor to employ Engineer(s)/ overseer for the supervision of
the work(s) as per stipulation.
3. Executive Engineer/Assistant Engineers retired from Government services that are holding
Diploma will be treated at par with Graduate Engineers. Diploma holder with minimum 10-
year relevant experience with a reputed construction co. can be treated at par with
Graduate Engineers for the purpose of such deployment subject to the condition that such
diploma holders should not exceed 50% of requirement of degree engineers

Clause 38 : As per Part – A of NIT

RECOVERY RATES FOR QUANTITIES BEYOND PERMISSIBLE VARIATION

Sl. Description of Rates in figures and words at which recovery shall be made from
No Item the Contractor.
Excess beyond
Less use beyond the permissible variation
permissible variation
---NIL---

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 300

CHAPTER: 1- General Information for Electrical Works

Note: Electrical work or E &M works have been interchangeably used. They mean the same
thing.

Name of work: Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and cafeteria at NIBM,
Pune. SH: Package 1

Structure of the tender document:

The E&M works have been sub-divided in to following packages.

Package: (C1) Internal EI, Street Light and Water Pump Set
Package: (C2) Fire Alarm & PA System
Package: (C3) Fire Fighting & Sprinkler System
Package: (C4) Substation Equipment
Package: (C5) DG Set
Package: (C6) UPS System
Package: (C7) VRV/ VRF Airconditioning System
Package: (C8) LAN System
Package: (C9) IP-EPABX System
Package: (C10) CCTV System
Package: (C11) Audio Video System
Package: (C12) Lift
Package: (C13) Heat Pump based Water Heating system
Package: (C14) Roof Top Solar Power Generation System

Package C1 to C14

In the work for Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and cafeteria at NIBM, Pune.
SH: Package 1, CPWD intends to provide E&M services and civil works, through this tender. This E&M
works comprising of packages C1 to C14 deals with Electrical and Mechanical Services as below.

1.1 Package C1: Internal EI, Street Light and Water Pump Set- This package covers wiring for light
points/ power points including conducting for TV / Telephone/ELV system, providing fans & light
fixtures, MCB distribution boards, Sub main wiring to Distribution boards, Rising mains, street lighting,
emergency lighting, Floor trunking, lightening protection with earthing including Drinking water supply
system,

Estimated cost: Rs. 2,36,15,415 /-

1.2 Package C2: Fire Alarm& PA system- This sub head covers SITC addressable intelligent Fire
Alarm System with networkable independent addressable main fire alarm panel, Detectors, manual call
points, speaker system along with necessary wiring,

Estimated cost: Rs. 30,681,38 /-

1.3 Package C3: Fire Fighting System– The scope of work includes SITC Terrace Booster Pump and
control panels , internal hydrants with hose reels, Fire brigade connection along with necessary piping
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 301

with MS pipes & cabling, portable fire extinguishers, emergency evacuation signages as per the NBC
2016 requirements.

Estimated cost: Rs. 30,42,232 /-

1.4 Package C4: Substation Equipment: The scope of work includes providing 2x 800 KVA 22/0.433
KV substation consisting Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of providing 2 nos. 800
KVA oil type transformer with HT VCB panel, LT panels, APFC panel, Essential and Non-essential
panels for Academic and EDP building, VRV/ VRF system Panels, synchronization panel for
synchronization of existing 320 KVA DG set with 250 KVA DG set and allied HT and LT cables,
earthing and loop earthing and Substation safety equipment etc. as required.

Estimated cost: Rs. 2,43,11,553/-

1.5 Package C5: DG set: The scope of work includes Supplying, Installation, Testing and
Commissioning of providing 1 Nos. 250 KVA Silent type DG set with earthing, control cabling and
providing of suitable size foundation for DG set as per relevant norms.

Estimated cost: Rs. 31,44,267/-

1.6 Package C6: UPS System: The scope of work includes Supplying, Installation, Testing and
Commissioning of providing 1 Nos. 20 KVA Modular type UPS system with battery for emergency
power backup to the EDP building and SITC of 10 KVA Modular type UPS system with battery for
emergency backup supply to academic building with necessary wiring etc as required.

Estimated cost: Rs. 21,05,006 /-

1.7 Package C7: VRV/ VRF Air conditioning System: Scope of work includes providing SITC of 346
HP capacity VRF System and allied accessories along with indoor and outdoor units, ductable units,
TFA units, necessary copper and drain piping, necessary ducting and SITC of split type A/c for HOD
room, Deans room and Server room. etc.

Estimated cost: Rs. 1,90,00,103/-

1.8 Package C8 : LAN system- The scope of work includes providing Local area Networking complete
with RJ-45 I/O sockets, Wiring with CAT-6A UTP cable, necessary access network switches, cabling
and passive components for Wi-fi system, Next Generation Fire Wall, patch panels, Patch cords,
Network racks and OFC cabling with accessories for connectivity between switches etc. as required.

Estimated cost: Rs. 1,12,83,329/-

1.9 Package C9: IP - EPBAX system- The scope of work includes SITC f microprocessor based, IP
based EPABX System with PRI Lines, Trunk lines, IP Phones for academic block, Digital Phones and
Analogue Phones for EDP hostel, necessary license and cabling with 2 Pair telephone cable, MDF
boxes with termination module, armoured telephone cables for interconnection between MDF boxes
with jelly filled armourd cable, Digital and analog telephone instruments etc.

Estimated cost: Rs. 6,11,210/-

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 302

1.10 Package C10: CCTV system- The scope of work includes providing IP based CCTV system
consisting 5MP Dome cameras for internal areas, 5 MP Bullet camera for outdoor areas, NVR with
HDD storage, LED display, CCTV cabling with CAT-6 UTP cable, necessary network switches, patch
panels, Patch cords, Network racks and OFC cabling with accessories for connectivity between
switches etc. as required.

Estimated cost: Rs. 27,84,728/-

1.11 Package C11: Audio Video system- The scope of work includes SITC Audio video system for 2
Nos Classrooms In EDP Hostel and 06 Nos Classrooms in the Academic Building consisting of 130”
LED video wall for Academic block classrooms and 98” LED display for EDP classrooms, Audio system
with Amplifier & DSP, Wireless Handheld Microphones and Lapel Microphones, Line array column
speakers, 15.6” interactive tablet, HDMI matrix switchers, HDMI wall plate, necessary cabling for
speakers, microphones, HDMI connections along with other accessories etc.

Estimated cost: Rs. 2,60,24,968/-

1.12 Package C12: Lift: Scope of work is SITC 01 No. 08 Passenger 544 Kg capacity MRL lift serving
7 (G+6) Floors having speed 1.25 MPS in fire tower of EDP building, 02 No. 13 Passenger 884 Kg
capacity MRL lift serving 7 (G+6) Floors having speed 1.25 MPS for EDP Building and 01 Nos 16
Passenger 1088 Kg capacity MRL lift serving 2 (G+1) Floors having speed 1.25 MPS for academic
building complete in all respect etc. as required.

Estimated cost: Rs. 78,82,371/-

1.13 Package C13: Heat Pump based Water Heating system: The Scope of work is SITC of Heat
pump based Water Heating System with heat 12kW heat pump capable to deliver 350 ltr/hr complete
with 1500 ltr insulated storage tank with electrical heating backup including mounting arrangement,
Non return Valves, Ball valves, strainer Air Vent and horizontal end suction pump for recirculation of
hot water etc. as required.

Estimated cost: Rs. 8,73,102/-

1.14 Package C14: Roof Top Solar System: The Scope of work is SITC of 30 kWp capacity on grid
Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant consisting of Mono/Poly Crystalline silicon solar cells, net metering
facility, Power conditioning Unit, necessary protections, earthing Aluminium/ GI structure mounting
structure, necessary cabling etc.

Estimated cost: Rs. 19,47,750/-

* * * *

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 303

CHAPTER: 2 - GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR ALL E&M PACKAGES

2.1 Mode of Submission of Tenders.

2.1.1 The tender documents as called for the tender for all the Sub Heads of Civil and E&M works shall
be submitted together to the Executive Engineer, Pune Central Division-II, CPWD, Pune before
the date stipulated for opening of tenders.
2.2.1 The tenderer is advised not to leave blank or write irrelevant information in the schedules. In
event no rate has been quoted for any item(s), leaving space both in figure(s), word(s) and
amount blank, it will be presumed that the contractor has included the cost of this/ those item(s)
in other items and rate for such items will be considered as “zero” and work will be required to be
executed accordingly.
2.3 The competent authority on behalf of President of India reserves to himself the right of accepting
the whole or any part of the tender and the tenderers shall be bound to perform the same at the
rate quoted. In such case, the Department also reserves the right to award the balance part of
the tender and / or any other contracts to other agencies at the sole discretion of the Department.
The decision of the Department in this regard shall be final and binding on the contractor and
no claim of whatsoever nature shall be entertained from the contractor on this account.
2.4 The Contractor shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise in connection with his contract and
shall protect and indemnify the Department from any and all damages and claims that may arise
on any account. The Contractor shall indemnify the Department against all claims in respect of
patent rights, royalties, design, trademarks of name or other protected rights, damages to
adjacent buildings, roads or members of public in course of execution of work or any other
reason whatsoever and shall himself defend all actions arising from such claims and shall keep
the department saved harmless and indemnified in all respect from such actions, costs and
expenses. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
2.5 Before commencing the work, the Contractor shall, without in any way limiting his obligations and
liabilities, insure at his own cost and expense against any damage or loss or injury, which may be
caused to any person or property. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
2.6 Intending Bidders are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and satisfy
themselves before submitting their bids. The department shall not bear responsibility for the lack
of knowledge and also the consequences thereof to the Contractor. The information and data
shown in the drawings and mentioned in the tender document have been furnished in good faith
and for general information and guidance only. The Engineer-in-Charge in no case shall be held
responsible for the accuracy thereof and / or interpretations or conclusions drawn there from
by the Contractor and all consequences shall be borne by the Contractor and no claim,
whatsoever, shall be entertained from the Contractor, if the data or information furnished in
tender document is different from data / drawing for actual construction issued after the award of
work or in-correct otherwise. It is presumed that the Contractor has satisfied himself for all
possible contingencies, situations, bottlenecks and acts of coordination, which may be required
between different agencies.
2.7 INCIDENTAL CHARGES: All incidental charges of any kind including cartage, storage, wastage
and safe custody of material etc. shall be borne by the Contractor and no claim whatsoever shall
be entertained on this account.
2.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
The Contractor shall make available, on request from the Department, for record, copies of
challans, cash memos, receipts and other certificates, if any, vouchers towards the quantity and
quality of various materials procured and the same shall be kept in record. These shall also
provide information on the name of the manufacturer, manufacturer’s product identification,
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 304

manufacturer's instructions, warning, date of manufacturing and test certificates from

manufacturers for the product for each consignment delivered at site, shelf life, if any, for the
department to ensure that the material have been procured from the approved source and of the
approved quality, as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Day to day account of receipt of such
material shall be maintained at site of work and shall be regulated by the department. Nothing
extra shall be payable on this account.
2.9 STORAGE OF MATERIALS:
Storage and safe custody of all materials shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
2.10 QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING OF MATERIALS:
2.10.1 All the material to be used on works shall bear ISI certification mark unless otherwise the make
is specified in the item or special conditions appended with this tender document. In case ISI
mark material or the materials mentioned in the tender documents are not available, the opinion
of Engineer-in-charge, which shall be final and binding, the material to be used shall conform to
CPWD specifications applicable in this tender or IS Code. In such cases Engineer-in-charge shall
satisfy himself about the quality or such material and give his approval in writing. Only articles
classified as first quality by the manufacturers shall be used unless otherwise specified. All
material not having ISI mark shall be tested as per relevant ISI specification. The Engineer in
charge may relax the condition regarding testing if the quantity of the materials required for the
work is small. In all cases of use of ISI marked materials proper proof of procurement of
materials from authentic manufacturers shall be provided by the contractor to the entire
satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. All materials equivalent to the one specified should be got
approved by the Engineer-in-charge before using the said materials in the work.
2.10.2 If the department desires to send any samples of materials for testing in an accredited
laboratory, the Contractor at his own expense shall supply all materials, labour for preparing and
testing samples as required by the Engineer-in-Charge. The testing shall be carried out in the
presence of the representative of the Engineer- in- Charge. The testing charges shall be borne
by the Department only when the samples satisfy the provision specified and conform to the
requirement of the relevant specifications. If the results show that the samples do not satisfy the
relevant specification, the testing charges shall be borne by the contractor.
2.11 No foreign exchange shall be made available by the department for importing (purchase) of
equipment’s, plants, machinery, materials of any kind. No delay and no claim of any kind shall
be entertained from the Contractor on account of variation in the foreign exchange rate and/or
any Custom duties / charges or any other levies.
2.12 COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES
The Contractor shall carry out his work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress or
completion of the work being performed by other Contractors or by the Engineer in charge and
shall as far as possible arrange his work and shall place and dispose off the materials being used
or removed so as not to interfere with the operations of other Contractors or shall arrange his
work with that of the others in an acceptable and coordinated manner and shall perform it in
proper sequence to the complete satisfaction of others.
2.13 NO WAIVING OF LEGAL RIGHTS AND POWERS
The Engineer-in-Charge shall not be precluded or stopped from taking any measurements, and
framing of estimates or detaining any certificates made either before or after the completion and
acceptance of the work and payment, from showing the true amount and character of the works
performed and materials furnished by the Contractor and from showing that any such
measurements, estimates or certificates untrue or incorrectly made and that Engineer-in-

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 305

charge shall not be precluded or stopped from recovering from the Contractor such damages
as it may be sustained by reasons of his failure to comply with the terms and conditions of
thecontract.
2.1 The tenderers shall take into account the element of wastage(s) those are likely to be there in all
elements of the work and quote his price, taking that into account. The tenderers shall study all
the items from the point of view of wastage(s), which are likely to take place.
2.15 Electric Power Supply and Water Supply
It is the responsibility of the contractor to arrange required power supply and water supply for
installation and testing purposes during the contract period. Nothing extra shall be paid on this
account.

CHAPTER – 3 : ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS (GENERAL) FOR ALL E&MPACKAGES

3.1 Unless otherwise specified following specifications shall be followed for the E & M works:
i) CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part I Internal – 2023, amended upto date.
ii) CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part II External – 2023, amended upto date.
iii) CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part III Lifts and Escalators–2003, amended
upto date.
iv) CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part IV Sub-station– 2013, amended upto
date.
v) CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part V Wet-riser & Sprinkler Systems – 2020,
amended upto date.
vi) CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part VI Fire Detection & Alarm System –
2018, amended upto date.
vii) CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part VII DG Set – 2013, amended upto date.
viii) CPWD General Specifications for Heating, Ventilation& Air-Conditioning (HVAC) - 2017
amended upto date.
ix) Any additional item of work, if taken up subsequently, shall also confirm to the relevant
CPWD specifications mentioned above.

3.2 Should there be any difference or discrepancy between the description of items as given in the
schedule of quantities, particular specifications for individual items of work (including special
conditions) and I.S. Codes etc., the following order of preference shall be observed :
i) Description of items as given in Schedule of quantities.
ii) Additional conditions
iii) Particular Specification and Special Condition, if any
iv) Drawings
v) CPWD Specifications.
vi) Indian Standard Specifications of B.I.S.

3.3 Taxes and duties

i) The work shall be treated on indivisible works contract basis and the rates tendered shall be for
complete items of works inclusive of all taxes, duties, and levies etc. and all charges for items
contingent to the work, such as packing, forwarding, insurance, freight and delivery, installation,
testing, commissioning etc at site i/c temporary constructional storage, risk, overhead charges,
general liabilities/ obligations etc.
ii) The rates quoted by the agency are inclusive of all taxes and duties. Nothing extra shall be paid
on this account.
iii) All Statutory deductions as applicable rates will be made from the Contractors bill.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 306

3.4 INSPECTION OF SITE

The Contractors are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and satisfy
themselves with the nature of site, the means of access to the site, the constraints of space for
stacking material / machinery, labour etc. constraints put by local regulations, if any, weather
conditions at site, general ground / subsoil conditions etc. or any other circumstances which may
affect or influence their tenders. The site is available for work. The contractor shall, immediately
on issue of letter of acceptance of tender, make arrangements for starting the work.
3.5 The nomenclature of the item given in the schedule of quantities gives in general the work
content but is not exhaustive i.e. does not mention all the incidental works required to be carried
out for complete execution of the item of work. The work shall be carried out , all in accordance
with true intent and meaning of the specifications and the drawings taken together, regardless of
whether the same may or may not be particularly shown on the drawings and / or described in
the specifications, provided that the same can be reasonably inferred there from. There may be
several incidental works, which are not mentioned in the nomenclature of each item but will be
necessary to complete the item in all respect. All these incidental works / costs which are not
mentioned in item nomenclature but are necessary to complete the item shall be deemed to have
been included in the rates quoted by the contractor for various items in the schedule of
quantities. No adjustment of rates shall be made for any variation in quantum of incidental
works due to variation / change in actual working drawings. Also, no adjustment of rates shall
be made due to any change in incidental works or any other deviation in such element of work
(which is incidental to the items of work and are necessary to complete such items in all
respects) on account of the directions of Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on
this account.
3.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Schedule of Quantities, the rates quoted by the Contractor shall
be inclusive of carrying out the works at and / or upto all heights, lifts, leads and depths. The
contractor shall make all arrangements for the same. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
3.7 All ancillary and incidental facilities required for execution of work like labour camp, stores,
fabrication yard, offices for Contractor, watch and ward, temporary ramp, temporary
structure for plants and machineries, installation and consumption charges of temporary
electricity, telephone, water etc. required for execution of the work, liaison and pursuing for
obtaining various No Objection Certificates, completion certificates from local bodies etc.,
protection works, barricading, testing facilities / laboratory at site of work, facilities for all field
tests and for taking samples etc. during execution or any other activity which is necessary ( for
execution of work and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge), shall be deemed to be included in
rates quoted by the Contractor, for various items in the schedule of quantities. Nothing extra
shall be payable on these accounts.
3.8 INTEGRATED PROGRAMME CHART
The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer-in-charge, an integrated programme
chart. The integrated programme chart submitted by the contractor shall not have any
discrepancy with the financial milestones attached in the contract agreement. The contractor
shall execute the work according to the programme submitted to and approved by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
3.9 INTEGRATED SERVICE DRAWINGS
Before taking up the work, the contractor shall prepare integrated drawings for various civil and
electrical works showing details of lay out plan including sectional elevations and submit the
same for the approval of Engineer- in-Charge. Integrated drawings shall be prepared and

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 307

submitted by the Contractor as per local Byelaws and as per the site conditions to facilitate
convenient installation as well as maintenance. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
3.10 PROCEDURE FOR APPROVAL OF MATERIALS, SHOP FLOOR DRAWINGS AND
COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
Within prescribed time period as per the mile stone the contractor shall visit the site and submit
following documents for approval
i) List of makes & Model numbers of all items of equipments and accessories for
Packages C1 to C14.
ii) Catalogues of the equipments to be supplied. along with design details, Technical
specification, safety certifications etc. as required for each product.
iii) Shop floor drawings of each packages shall be submitted separately for approval. It is
the responsibility of the tenderer to get the makes, models and shop floor drawings approved
by the department. The makes and models offered should be as per the specification and BOQ
of the NIT. The decision of Engineer-in –charge is final in this regard. The materials can
be brought to site only after the due approval of drawings, makes, models from the
department.
3.11 SUPERVISION OF WORK:
The Contractor shall depute Site Engineers & skilled workers as required for the work. He
shall submit organization chart along with details of Engineers and supervisory staff. It shall be
ensured that all decision making powers shall be available to the representatives of the
Contractor at site (NIBM, Pune) itself to avoid any likely delays on this account. The Contractor
shall also furnish list of persons for specialized works to be executed for various items of work.
The Contractor shall identify and deploy key persons having qualifications and experience in the
similar and other major works, as per the field of their expertise. If during the course of
execution of work, the Engineer-in-Charge is of the opinion that the deployed staff is not
sufficient or not well experienced; the Contractor shall deploy more staff or better-experienced
staff at site to complete the work with quality and in stipulated time limit.

3.12 SPECIALISED AGENCIES:

The main Contractor has to associate approved specialized agencies for the E&M components
Packages C1 to C14, as listed in “ information and instructions for contractors for e-
Tendering” of NIT .
The contractor shall ensure that the all the specialized agencies under him shall fulfill all the
conditions of previous clause (Supervision of work) for the entire period of the contract.
3.13 PROTECTIVE / SAFETY MEASURES:
Necessary protective and safety equipments shall be provided to the Site Engineer, workers &
Supervisory staff by the Contractor at his own cost for use at site.
3.14 DISPLAY PERMISSIONS:
The Contractor shall display all permissions, licenses, registration certificates, bar charts, other
statements etc under various labour laws and other regulations applicable to the works, at his
site office.
3.15 TOOLS AND PLANTS:
No tools and plants including any special T&P etc. shall be supplied by the Department and the
Contractor shall have to make his own arrangements at his own cost. No claim of hindrance
(or any other claim) shall be entertained on this account.
3.16 The Contractor shall maintain all the work in good condition till the completion of entire work.
The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall make good, all damages and repairs, rendered
necessary due to fire, rain, traffic, floods or any other causes. The Engineer-in-Charge shall not

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 308

be responsible for any claims for injuries to person/workmen or for structural damage to property
happening from any neglect, default, want of proper care or misconduct on the part of the
Contractor or of any other of his representatives, in his employment during the execution of the
work. The compensation, if any, shall be paid directly to the Department / authority / persons
concerned, by the Contractor at his own cost.
3.17 For completing the work in time, the Contractor might be required to work in two or more
shifts (including night shifts). No claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this account, not
with-standing the fact that the Contractor may have to pay extra amounts for any reason, to
the labourers and other staff engaged directly or indirectly on the work according to the
provisions of the labour and other statutory bodies regulations and the agreement entered
upon by the Contractor with them.
3.18 SUBMISSION OF AS BUILT DRAWINGS:
The Contractor shall submit 3 sets of “AS BUILT” drawings for all packages (laminated
hard copies + soft copy) complete with equipment layout, cable routing, Single line
Diagram / Flow chart etc on completion of the work.
3.19 DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD
3.19.1 The defect liability / free maintenance period shall be 12 months after the date of
completion of work of this contract agreement.
3.20 DEALING WITH INCONSISTENT RATES:
There are certain items of work which are appearing in Schedule of Quantities of more than
one package like laying of conduits, cable laying etc. The Contractors shall quote the same
rates for the identical items which appear in more than one place. If different rates are
quoted by the tenderers for such identical items, the same shall be rationalized by
considering the lowest quoted rate for such items, for evaluation and acceptance of
tender.

3.21 Payment terms for E&M packages: The following percentage of contract rates shall be
payable against the stages of work shown herein:

Stage Items
On initial inspection of
materials and delivery

statutory compliances
On completion of pro-

Handing over of E&M

condition on pro-rata

On completion of

installation with
rata installation

commissioning
at site in good

testing and
basis

Package Percentage of Rate on pro rate basis

Internal EI, S/L and
C1 Drinking water As per work progress
Pump
Fire Alarm & PA
C2 70 10 10 10
System
Fire Fighting &
C3 70 10 10 10
Sprinkler system
C4 Substation 70 10 10 10
C5 DG set 70 10 10 10
C6 UPS 70 10 10 10
C7 VRF A/C system 70 10 10 10
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 309

C8 LAN System 70 10 10 10
C9 IP-EPABX System 70 10 10 10
C10 CCTV System 70 10 10 10
C11 Audio Video System 70 10 10 10
Solar Water Heating
C12 70 10 10 10
System
Heat Pump based
C13 Water Heating 70 10 10 10
system
Roof Top Solar
C14 70 10 10 10
system

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 310

CHAPTER – 4 : SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR E&M WORKS FOR COMPOSITE

TENDER

4.1 Association of Other Agencies for Execution of Specialized E&M

Works by Main Contractor

1. If the main contractor does not fulfil the minimum eligibility criteria, the
main contractor has to enter into MoU with agencies /contractor(s) associated
by him who is found eligible as per the eligibility criteria, and obtain approval of
the Engineer in charge. Copy of such MoU shall be submitted to EXECUTIVE
ENGINEER (E), PUNE in charge of each relevant component as well as to
Executive Engineer, PCD-II, Pune in charge of major component. In case of
change of associate contractor, the main contractor has to enter into
agreement with the new contractor associated by him, only after the written
approval of the Engineer in charge.
2. In case the main contractor intends to change any of the above
agency/agencies during the operation of the contract, he shall obtain prior
approval of Engineer-in-charge of relevant specialized component(s). The new
agency/agencies shall also have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In
case Engineer-in-charge is not satisfied with the performance of any agency,
he can direct the contractor to change the agency executing such items of work
and this shall be binding on the contractor.
3. The department reserves the right to allow the main firm to submit
additional Documents/additional names of the associates in case of the
deficiencies in documents or in case of no associate getting qualified in respect
of certain subheads or the performance of specialised agency is not found
appropriate. The same will have to be complied with the main contractor within
the time allowed. The decision of the department shall be firm & binding on the
intending bidders.
4. The main firm should submit the willingness from eligible
electrical/specialized contractors to get associated with them for execution of
the electrical component of works in wholesome manner and as per the
conditions set out in the MOU to be entered into, between the one who is
awarded the work and the associated eligible electrical contractor.
5. In support of the eligibility conditions of the proposed associated
electrical Agencies, copy of their registration documents, Electrical Contractor’s
License, GST documents, eligibility documents, Experience Certificate by
competent authority, shall have to be submitted. Such associate electrical
Agencies will certify that they are not debarred as on the day of application by
Central Govt /State Govt. Dept., Central/State Govt. PSU/ Autonomous Bodies.

6. In event of the concerned E&M agency not performing satisfactorily or

failure of associate/ sub-contractor to complete the E&M work, the main
contractor on the written direction of the department, shall remove the
Associate/ sub-contractor deployed on the work and shall submit name of new
associate who fulfills the conditions mentioned in NIT to execute the leftover
work without any loss of time or variation in cost to the department in this
regard. Such associates shall also enter into Agreement with the main tenderer
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 311

and shall meet all the guarantee for the equipment already supplied for which
payment has been released by the department in part. If any equipment
supplied for the work, during the currency of the earlier Associate/sub-
contractor and paid partly by the department, becomes redundant /not in a
position to be installed and commissioned and put to beneficial use due to
change in agency for execution of E&M work, the main contractor shall be
liable for replacement of the equipment(S) at no cost to Department, No
change of Electrical Contractor will be allowed without prior approval of the
Executive Engineer (E), CPWD, Pune.
7. Executive Engineer (E), Pune shall be the Engineer-in-charge for all
E&M Services.
8. The main contractor shall be responsible and liable for proper and
complete execution of all E&M Services, and ensure coordination and
completion of both civil and electrical works.
9. The main contractor has to enter into agreement with contractor(s)
associated by him for execution of E&M subheads. Copy of such agreement
shall be submitted to Executive Engineer (E), Pune in charge of work as well
as to Executive Engineer, PCD-I, Pune. In case of change of associate
contractor, the main contractor has to enter into agreement with the new
contractor associated by him.
10. The associate or sub-contractor shall attend the inspection of the work
by the Engineer-in- charge of E&M works as and when required. The agencies
executing the electrical work should have valid license for LT/HT as applicable
and as described in eligibility criteria.
11. Verifiable completion certificates of the work eligibility documents as
the case may be, duly attested by the applicant shall be submitted. Valid
Electrical Contractor’ license, as the case may be, duly countersigned by the
applicant as well as signed by the associate contractors shall also be
submitted. Self-attested GST documents in respect of the associated agencies
as well as signed by associate firms shall be submitted after the award of work.
12. For components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for specialized
agencies to be associated by the main contractor after award of work will be as
detailed below.
13. Class 1 category Electrical license issued by competent authority is
required to execute any HT work. Class 2 category Electrical license issued by
competent authority is required to execute any LT work. Main
contractor/associate contractor shall submit the eligibility documents
accordingly.
14. For the different E&M subheads, the main contractor will have
to engage the associate electrical contractor/specialized agency in the field
after award of work as per following: -
(a) The main firm should either himself meet the eligibility conditions for
the respective E&M packages or otherwise he will have to associate an agency
meeting the eligibility requirements given below. They will have to submit
willingness certificate for each of the component of the Electrical work for
Associate agencies by clearly indicating the applicable component of the work.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 312

(b) The firm should have successfully completed similar works as

mentioned below during the last Seven years ending last day of the month
previous to the one in which tenders are invited for each sub heads:
(c) The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level
by enhancing the actual value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum,
calculated from the date of completion to the last date of submission of bid.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 313

WILLINGNESS CERTIFICATE FROM CONCERNED COMPETENT

ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
(Separate for each sub head of E&M work)

“Name of work: Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building

and cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1”

I hereby give my willingness to work as E&M Contractor for Package

________ ________of the above-mentioned work. I will execute the work as
per specifications and conditions for the agreement and as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge. Also, I will employee full time technically qualified
supervisor for the works.

I will attend inspection of officers of the department as and when

required.

Dated:

Signature of Main Contractor

Address:
Telephone:
Email:

Signature of Associate Electrical Contractor

and Registration detail Address:
Address:
Telephone:
Email:

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 314

MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING [M.O.U] BETWEEN

(Separate for each sub head of E&M work)

1] M/S [Name of the firm with full address] [Henceforth called the main
contractor]
And
2] M/S [Name of the firm with full address]
[Henceforth, called Associated Electrical Contractor or Electrical Contractor]

For the execution of Work:

“Name of work: Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building

and cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH: Package 1”

We state that M.O.U between us will be treated as an agreement and has

legality as per Indian Contract Act [amended up to date] and the department
[CPWD] can enforce all the terms and conditions of the agreement for
execution of the above work. Both of us shall be responsible for the execution
of work as per the agreement to the extent this MOU allows. In case of any
dispute, either of us will go for mediation/arbitration by the CE or above,
CPWD. Any of us may appeal against the edition/arbitration to the CE or
above, CPWD, His decision shall be final and binding on both of us.

We have agreed as under:

1. The electrical contractor will execute all electrical works in the
wholesome manner as per terms and conditions of the agreement. The
electrical contractor shall be paid as per standard procedure followed by the
department and the agreement between parties. Any type of internal
transaction between the electrical contractor and the main contractor shall be
as per their convenience and mutual understanding without involving the
department.
2. The electrical contractor shall be liable for disciplinary action if he failed
to discharge the action[s] and other legal action as per agreement.
3. All the machinery and equipment, tools and tackles required for
execution of the electrical works, as per agreement, shall be the responsibility
of the electrical contractor.
4. The site staff required for the electrical work shall be arranged by the
electrical contractor as per terms and conditions of the agreement.
5. Site order book maintained for the said work shall be signed by the
main contractor as well as by the Engineer of the Associated Contractor and by
Associated Contractor himself.
6. All the correspondence regarding execution of the electrical work shall
be done by the Department with the Associated Contractor with a copy to the
main contractor. In case of non- compliance of the provisions of agreement, the
main contractor, as well as the associated contractor shall be responsible. The
action under clauses 2 and 3 shall be initiated and taken against the main
contractor.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 315

• Name of the Package to be indicated:

Signature of Main Contractor

Address:
Telephone: FAX: Email:

Signature of Associate Electrical Contractor

and Registration detail Address:

Address
Telephone: FAX: Email:

Countersigned
EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E), PUNE

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 316

Minimum Eligibility Criteria for Association of Specialized E&M Agencies

1. After award of work within next 60 days, the main contractor will have
to submit Name (s) of the proposed associate contractor (for each component
of the E&M works), who fulfill set eligibility criteria for the relevant sub-head/
Component of electrical part ending last day of previous month of submission.
The documents will have to be submitted in detail as required, which will be
checked as per NIT for approval of the associate contractors. It will be
essential that proposed electrical associate agency qualify the eligibility criteria
for sub - head given in NIT.

2. The department reserves the right to allow the main firm to submit
additional Documents/ additional names of the associates in case of the
deficiencies in documents or in case of no associate getting qualified in respect
of certain subheads. The same will have to be complied with the main
contractor within the time allowed. The decision of the department shall be firm
& binding on the intending bidders.

3. The main Contractor should submit the willingness from eligible

electrical contractors to get associated with them for execution of the electrical
component of works in wholesome manner.

4. In support of the eligibility conditions of the proposed associated

electrical contractor, copy of their registration documents, Electrical
Contractor’s License, GST documents, eligibility documents by competent
authority shall have to be submitted. Such associate electrical contractor will
certify that they are not debarred as on the day of application for sale of tender.

5. In event of the concerned E&M agency not performing satisfactorily or

failure of associate/sub-contractor to complete the E&M work, the main
contractor on the written direction of the department, shall remove the
Associate/sub-contractor deployed on the work and shall submit name of new
associate who fulfills the conditions mentioned in NIT to execute the leftover
work without any loss of time or variation in cost to the department in this
regard. Such associates shall also enter into Agreement with the main tenderer
and shall meet the entire guarantee for the equipments already supplied for
which payment has been released by the department in part. If any equipment
supplied for the work, during the currency of the earlier Associate/sub-
contractor and paid partly by the department, becomes redundant /not in a
position to be installed and commissioned and put to beneficial use due to
change in agency for execution of E&M work, the main contractor shall be
liable for replacement of the equipment(S) at no cost to Department,

6. EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E), PUNE shall be the Engineer-in-charge

as far as electrical works are concerned.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 317

7. For components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for Electrical/

specialized agencies to be associated by the main contractor after award of
work will be as detailed below:

8. For the different E&M subheads, the main contractor will have to
engage the associate electrical contractor/specialized agency in the field after
award of work as per following: -

i. The Composite /main firm should either himself meet the eligibility
conditions for the respective E&M packages or otherwise he will have to
associate an agency meeting the eligibility requirements given below. They will
have to submit willingness certificate for each of the component of the
Electrical work for Associate agencies by clearly indicating the applicable
component of the work.

ii. The firm should have successfully completed similar works during the
last 7 years ending upto previous day of last date of submission of tender for
each sub heads with completion certificate issued by an officer not below the
rank of Executive Engineer or Equivalent duly attested.

iii. The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level
by enhancing the actual value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum,
calculated from the date of completion to the last date of submission of bid.

NOTE: Sub-head/ individual component wise total cost is taken as below which
is rough cost for the purpose of eligibility criteria only, and should not be used
or interpreted for any other purpose.

9. SITC means: Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning.

10. The Composite category contractor is also be eligible to carry out

himself / herself any or all of these works without associating any specialized
agency provided:
(a) He fulfils the prescribed eligibility criteria respectively for these work(s).

11. The composite contractor and the associated specialized agencies

shall give required affidavit on Rs 100/- legal stamp paper to confirm their
association.
12. The lowest tenderer shall submit an undertaking from the OEM
regarding:
(a) Authorization certificate.
(b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically
throughout the execution of contract as well as for
maintenance/comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the
system.
(c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the
equipment for at least seven years from the date of supply of equipment.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 318

Sl Name of Component Eligibility criteria Similar Work

.no. Component Cost for
qualifying
specialized
agency (in
lakh)

C1 Internal EI, Rs. 236.15 The firm should

Street Light & Lacs submit details of
Water Pump Eligibility criteria.
They should either
possess valid
Electrical License
issued by
Competent
Authority of
appropriate class
OR
the main contractor
should engage an
agency registered
in CPWD in
appropriate class &
category having
valid electrical
license.
C2 Fire Alarm & PA Rs. 30.68 Lacs One similar SITC of Fire
System completed works Alarm & PA
costing of value not System
less than 80% of
cost of Component
OR
Two similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
60% of cost of
Component
OR
Three similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
40% of cost of
Component
C3 Fire Fighting & Rs. 30.42 Lacs One similar Fire Fighting &
Sprinkler completed works Sprinkler
System costing of value not System
less than 80% of
cost of Component
OR
Two similar
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 319

completed works
costing each of
value not less than
60% of cost of
Component
OR
Three similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
40% of cost of
Component
C4 Substation Rs. 243.11 One similar SITC of
equipments Lacs completed works Substation
costing of value not
less than 80% of
cost of Component
and capacity of
each transformer
not less than 750
KVA
OR
Two similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
60% of cost of
Component and
capacity of each
transformer not less
than 750 KVA
OR
Three similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
40% of cost of
Component and
capacity of each
transformer not less
than 750 KVA
C5 DG Set Rs. 31.44 Lacs One similar SITC of DG
completed works Set
costing of value not
less than 80% of
cost of Component
and each DG set of
capacity not less
than 200 KVA
OR
Two similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 320

60% of cost of
Component and
each DG set of
capacity not less
than 200 KVA

OR
Three similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
40% of cost of
Component and
each DG set of
capacity not less
than 200 KVA

C6 UPS System Rs. 21.05 Lacs One similar SITC of UPS

completed works System.
costing of value not
less than 80% of
cost of Component
OR
Two similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
60% of cost of
Component

OR
Three similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
40% of cost of
Component
C7 VRF A/C Rs. 190.00 One similar SITC of VRF/
System Lacs completed works VRV
costing of value not Airconditioning
less than 80% of system
cost of Component
OR
Two similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
60% of cost of
Component
OR
Three similar
completed works
costing each of
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 321

value not less than

40% of cost of
Component
C8 LAN System Rs. 112.83 One similar SITC LAN
Lacs completed works system
costing of value not
less than 80% of
cost of Component
OR
Two similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
60% of cost of
Component
OR
Three similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
40% of cost of
Component.
C9 IP-EPABX Rs. 6.11 Lacs One similar SITC EPABX
System completed works system
costing of value not
less than 80% of
cost of Component
OR
Two similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
60% of cost of
Component
OR
Three similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
40% of cost of
Component.
C10 CCTV System Rs. 27.84 Lacs One similar SITC CCTV
completed works system
costing of value not
less than 80% of
cost of Component
OR
Two similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
60% of cost of
Component
OR
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 322

Three similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
40% of cost of
Component.
C11 Audio Video Rs. 260.24 One similar SITC of Audio
System Lacs completed works Video System
costing of value not
less than 80% of
cost of Component
OR
Two similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
60% of cost of
Component
OR
Three similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
40% of cost of
Component.
C12 Lift Rs. 143.30 OEM of the Lift SITC of Lift.
Lacs meeting the
Eligibility Criteria for
lift specified in the
tender document.
C13 Heat Pump Rs. 5.37 Lacs One similar SITC Solar
based Water completed works Water Heating
Heating System costing of value not System
less than 80% of
cost of Component
OR
Two similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
60% of cost of
Component
OR
Three similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
40% of cost of
Component.
C14 Rooftop Solar Rs. 19.48 Lacs One similar SITC Solar
Generation completed works Photovoltaic
System costing of value not Power
less than 80% of Generation
cost of Component System
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 323

OR
Two similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
60% of cost of
Component
OR
Three similar
completed works
costing each of
value not less than
40% of cost of
Component.

Eligibility criteria of Lifts:

i) The lift manufacturer shall comply with BIS standards, duly certified by
the manufacturer itself.

ii) The manufacturer shall be compliant to the Public Procurement

(Preference to Make in India). Order 2017 (as amended from time to time)
issued by the Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP), Ministry of
Commerce and Industry.

iii) The experience of successful completion of similar works shall be as

per CPWD works Manual/SOP.
One similar completed works costing of value not less than 80% of cost of
Component
OR
Two similar completed works costing each of value not less than 60% of cost
of Component
OR
Three similar completed works costing each of value not less than 40% of cost
of Component
iv) The lift manufacturer shall furnish an undertaking regarding availability
of spares for the entire expected lift to the lift i.e., 15 to 20 years.

v) The complete lift installation including its components, safety devices,

various types of controls etc. testing inspection, operation & maintenance shall
confirm to relevant codes, Standards, code of practices, guidelines, safety
rules, inspection manual(s), rules issued by Bureau of Indian Standards, as
amended up to the last date of receipt of tenders.

vi) Quality standards shall confirm to latest IS/ISO-9001:2015

vii) The down time of installed lifts being maintained by the manufacturer
shall not more than 8 hours (average) in case of minor faults and 7 days
(average) in case of major faults during the last one financial year.

4.2 Bills for the works shall be presented to the Executive Engineer
(Electrical) for Packages C1 to C14 by the main contractor. The Executive

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 324

Engineer (Electrical), PED, CPWD, Pune shall examine them for pass and
payment of Running Bills.
4.3 The main contractor shall be responsible for co-coordinating the
activities of all the works and will ensure progress of all works as per the laid
down programme. The main contractor shall also arrange for proper storage of
the accessories at site and will be responsible for their watch ward.
4.4 The Associated Electrical Contractor or his representative is bound to
sign the site order book as and when required by the Engineer-in-charge and
will comply with the remarks therein.
4.5 The work completion certificate for E&M works shall be issued in
favour of the associated E&M contractor engaged for the particular subhead.
4.6 The whole work will be treated as complete only when all the parts are
completed and completion certificate of each component issued by the
competent authority as per CPWD manual. The main contractor is responsible
for making good of all defects as pointed out by the competent authority for
Packages C1 to C14 while inspecting the works for issue of completion
certificate. The main contractor should give warranty of all items of all the
systems for C1 to C14 for 12 months from the date of handing over
installations to the client department. The SD of the main contractor can be
released only after the due certification from EE(E), PCED, Pune that the
system is in good working condition and there is no defect at the end of
warranty period.
4.7 In case the main contractor wants to change the associate electrical
contractor during the currency of the contract he shall obtain prior permission
of the NIT accepting authority. The substitute should fulfill the requisite
qualification as given elsewhere in the documents.
4.8 The contractor shall use any of the makes as per approved makes for
use in the work after obtaining the approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
4.9 After the award of the work, the contractor has to take note of the
inventory of electrical items as per agreement from the Assistant Engineer- in
charge and conduit layout drawing pipe, cable lay out for external lighting
drawing to be submitted to the Assistant Engineer (E) in charge well before the
casting of slab for approval. The main contractor is responsible for necessary
co-ordination in this regard.
4.10 After completion of the work the detailed completion plan to be
submitted in hard copy as well as in AutoCAD format in CD’s, along with test
reports (as per CPWD General Specification for electrical work Part-I internal
2013). Without complying the above requirement the work will be treated as
incomplete.
4.11 All cutting and making holes and finishing the same in building should
be responsibility of the main contractor.
4.12 Drawing of panels /feeder pillar should be approved before placing
order and should be inspected by the Engineer from department before
bringing the same to site.
4.13 All drawing should be submitted in AUTOCAD format only.
4.14 Air Conditioning work to be carried out with proper workmanship so
that cutting of holes in the walls etc. to be made well in advance after due

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 325

approval from the Asst. Engineer- in- charge at site. The main contractor
should be responsible for co-ordination work and making good and proper
finishing.
4.15 The completion Certificate for the whole work can be issued only after
the completion of the all the electrical work as per agreement and specification
only.
4.16 Department reserves the full right to check the genuineness of the
material supplied at site. The materials should be brought to site only after
getting it approved by the Engineer-in-charge well in advance. The test
certificate, delivery challans for materials to be submitted along with material. If
department feels that material to be tested by national test house or
laboratories then the sample to be sent for testing. If the materials fails the
testing then cost of testing should be borne by the contractor.
4.17 The drawings like conduit layout need to be got approved from
Assistant Engineer in charge well before casting slab. The drawings should be
signed by the site engineer of the contractor and to be submitted to the office
well in time for approval.
4.18 All drawings like panels, electrical distribution drawing to be submitted
well before execution of work.

4.19 Any delay in the above will be in the account of contractor only.
4.20 It is the responsibility of the main contractor for the liasoning work with
local bodies like electrical Inspector of state govt. for obtaining lift related
clearances for installation, operation license after final installation, final NOC
for fire protection system for occupation of the building from Fire officer of state
govt. as per local by- laws, obtaining service connection from local distribution
company, Approval from competent authority for Sub station equipments and
DG Set as per statutory/ other requirements. The main contractor is
responsible for all the liasoning work and nothing extra will be paid on this
account. Any delay w.r.t. obtaining license/ NOC/connection etc will be on
account of main contractor only. Statutory inspection charges if any can be
paid by the department on submission of vouchers/bills from appropriate
statutory authorities.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 326

UNDERTAKING FROM OEM/MANUFACTURER

It is to certify that as OEM/Manufacturer giving undertaking to support all the

spare parts and its allied accessories etc. of (Name of equipment)--------------------------
----------------------------------------------------- for (07) Seven year on payment basis for the
healthy functioning of the equipments apart from the one year unconditional guarantee
of the item against any manufacturing defects and malfunctioning under defect liability
period from the date of commissioning of equipment.

(Signature of Contractor/Agency) (Signature of OEM/Manufacturer)

Note: This certificate in regard for following equipments:-

1. DG set
2. UPS
3. VRF system
4. CCTV camera system
5. LAN & EPBAX system
6. Fire Alarm system
7. Audio Visual System.
8. Roof top Solar system
9. Heat Pump based water Heating System

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 327

Package C1 (IEI, Steet Lighting and Water Supply)

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION
The work shall be generally carried out in accordance with tender specifications
and the following specification rules
a) CPWD General Specification for electrical work 2023 Internal – Part- I &
External-II 2023 and as amended up to date.
b) Indian Electricity Act 2003 amended up to date
c) National Electrical Code
d) Indian Electricity Rule 1956 amended up to date
e) National Building Code 2016.
All the items / equipments specifications shall confirm to relevant section of
CPWD General Specification for electrical works 2023 Internal – Part- I &
External-II 2023 and as amended up to date.

1. All materials required to be used on works shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge well in advance.
2. No T & P shall be provided.
3. Earthing, cement concrete works and testing of the installation shall be done in
presence of the Engineer -in-charge or his authorized representative.
4. On completion of work the contractor shall test the installation and produce test
certificate in accordance with the CPWD specification failing which a recovery @
2.5% of Estimated cost subject to a ceiling of Rs. 15000/- shall be made from the
bill of the contractor.
5. Water and electricity shall be arranged by contractor for installation at site of work.
However, on completion of the work, the Department shall provide electricity for the
testing and final handing over of the installation.
6. G.I. pipes shall be medium class as per ISI specification & shall be of single piece
without any
Joints.
7. All debris at site shall have to be removed by the contractor before handing over
the installation to the department.
8. General arrangement of the drawing of switch board shall be got approved from
Engineer-in- charge before commencement of its fabrication.
9. The successful tenderer shall make his own arrangement for storage and watch
and ward of
materials whether the same brought by him or supplied by the department. He
shall remain
responsible for watch and ward of installation and other fittings till these are
commissioned and handed over to the department.
10. Cement required for the work shall have to be procured by the Contractor himself.
Electrical Contractor will make recess in brick work by cutting chases for provision
of conduits and metal boxes according to the elevation drawings for electrical
services. Electrical contractor will fix the conduits and boxes and there after close
the chases up to the surface of masonary work in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4
sand). Thereafter surface of chases shall be plastered and finished by the
contractor to ensure smooth and even surface. Nothing extra shall be paid to the
contractor for above operations irrespective of whether the chases are carried out
before or after plastering of the wall.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 328

11. Contractor is advised to visit the site of work to have an idea for the execution of
work, failure to do so will not absolve him of responsibility to do the work as
specified in agreement.
12. All the light and fans points should be properly earthed with 1.5 sq. mm, FRLS
PVC insulated copper wire.
13. Termination of wiring inside the DB's and main board should be done by crimped
Copper lugs connections, for which no extra payment will made.
14. Ceiling rose shall be provided for all point wiring.
15. All metallic parts must be properly bonded to the earth. Earthing lugs shall be
provided to all copper earth wires and shall be fixed whenever required by means
of anodized bolts and nuts.
16. Any damage made to wall ceiling etc. of the building made by the contractor shall
have to be
made good up to the original finish as per requirement within the tendered amount.
Nothing extra will be paid on this account.
17. The quoted rate should be inclusive of all taxes, levies, works contract taxes,
duties etc.
18. Concealed metal boxes & modular accessories shall be of same make.
19. Number of inspection boxes for conduit should be barest minimum, rather these
should be avoided.
20. Steel Fish wire of proper gauge shall be drawn in the conduit while laying in the
slab or on wall.
21. The shop drawing shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before start
of work.
22. Modular accessories shall be of same make.
23. Size of conduit shall be suitable for provision for insulated copper wire for earthing.
24. Before starting the fabrication, the contractor shall prepare drawings of the Main
Board shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge. The Panel Board shall
be fabricated with sheet metal of thickness as specified in the schedule of quantity
with powder coated painting.
25. The panel / Feeder Pillars shall be provided with M.V. danger notice / plates.
26. Lifting hooks and suitably louvers shall be provided in the panels.
27. All the ceiling fans shall be BLDC type with Regulator. The regulator shall be
of Two modules and of the approved make for Modular accessories. The
contractor has to provide suitable space for the Fan Regulators in the switch
board GI Box and cover plate, where fans are provided without any extra
cost.
28. Any damage made to wall / ceiling etc of the building by the contractor shall have
to be made good in the original finish within the tendered amount.
29. The contractor shall use any of the following makes for use in the work as below
after
obtaining the approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
30. Contractor shall submit the LED fitting test report compliance applicable standard
test IES LM 79 & LM80 for Models to be approved by Engineer In Charge supplied
at site.
31. Contractor shall submit all the test results as per CPWD Specification along with
completion certificate.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 329

32. As Built Drawing, Completion plan and Work completion certificate as per CPWD
specification shall be submitted in triplicate after completion of the work.
33. The contractor must deploy Engineer and electrical Supervisor having proper
certificate as per I.E. rule.
34. The contractor must submit labour license (if applicable) and ESI, EPF etc. as
labour laws to the office before start of work.
35. All materials brought to site should be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge
before being used. Test reports of all the materials should be given. Department
reserve the right to check the genuineness of the materials.
36. Labour laws as per the GCC 2020 must be strictly complied to.
37. Civil works like making repairs of walls and painting of walls after fixing of the
outlets are to be done by the contractor. Completion will be issued only after the
making the walls, ceiling floors etc. in good finished state. The rates quoted should
be inclusive all rates nothing extra will be paid other than quoted rates.
38. The contractor must be submitting sketch drawing of pole before fabrication from
the Engineer-in-charge.
39. Guarantee/Warranty:-The contractor will be required to submit the
guarantee/Warranty of light fixtures from the manufacturer to the department and
the contractor will stand performance guarantee of LED fittings/fixtures supplied
and installed by them for a period of 60 months from the date of completion of the
work/handing over of the installation whichever is earlier. If any light fixture fails to
perform or is out of order will be replaced by the department out of available stock
& the defective fixtures will be handed over to the contractor for
replacement/repair. The defective light fixture will have to be repaired /replaced by
the contractor with in a period of 15 day from the date of handing over otherwise
the amount of this performance guarantee shall be forfeited absolutely. The
guarantee/warranty shall be counted from the day of handing over of the building.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 330

Performa for fixture to be submitted for approval:-

GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF LED LIGHT FIXTURES

1.0 FOR LED INTERNAL LIGHTS/PANELS etc
[Link]. Parameters Technical Specifications for Cool White & Warm
1 Light Source SMD LED Chip or Chip on Board as per BOQ
LED Make NICHIA/ OSRAM/ SEOUL/ PHILIPS/LUMILEDS/
2
LEDNIUM/ CREE
3 Lighting wattage/Type As per BOQ / Make & Model of the fixture
CCT 6000K (+/-500K) cool white AND 2700 to 3000/4000 K
for Warm White as per BOQ
6 Ingress Protection IP20 or as specified in item
7 Rated Luminous flux As per BOQ/Make & Model
9 CRI (Typical) ≥ 80
13 Harmonics < 10%
14 Power Factor Minimum 0.95 or as per BOQ
15 Life expectancy of Driver Minimum 50,000 Hrs or as specified in item nomenclature
16 Rated Voltage 160 V – 270 V
17 Surge Voltage Min 2.5 KV or as per BOQ
19 Working Temp -15 to +50 deg C
20 Working Humidity 10% - 90% RH
21 Luminaries Efficacy As per BOQ
22 Driver Efficiency >85%
LED Life span & 50000 Hrs(LM70) or as specified in item nomenclature
23
Luminaries
LM79 & LM 80 Test LM79,LM80 Test Certificate
25 Certificate.

27 Standard Guaranty/ 5 years

Warranty
28 Test Report Photometric test result and electric test results for NABL
accredited Lab. For makes and models.
NOTE: - Only NABL Acc. Lab. Reports will be accepted as per respective IS
Code/BIS for all items mentioned above.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The light fixtures should meet following technical specifications

i) Driver Type = CCCV

ii) Standard Guaranty/Warranty of light Fixtures =5 Years

iii) CCT mentioned in e.i. BOQ is indicative (Cool white =[Link] White
=3700-4000 and warm white =2700-3000).However Final CCT will have to be
confirmed from the Engineer-in-charge before supply.

iv) Light fixtures shall be suitably hanged/supported from ceiling/wall etc as per
good engineering practice as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Suspension arrangement including wire/chain shall be deemed to be included
in the scope of work and shall be as per standard design of catalogue of the
manufacturer of the fixture.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 331

v) Contractor shall provide models complying with BOQ description and meeting
specifications from the approved makes list. Necessary approval should be
taken in the proforma enclosed in the NIT document from Engineer-in-charge
(Elecrical).

vi) The wiring for internal light fixtures is already available up to location of fitting
which will be connected directly to the driver of the fixtures where as the wiring
for external fixtures will be done with 1.5 Sq mm FRLS PVC insulated copper
conductor cable.

vii) Release of PG and security deposit after the warranty period of LED fittings
/ LED lamps shall be governed by by Office Memorandum No.
DGW/SE(E)(TAS ) / Misc /12 Dated 03.09.2019

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 332

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 333

The following conditions shall be strictly follow

Note:- Models of items of all fixtures should be got approved from the
Engineer in charge well before placing any order to the OEM/its authorized
dealer. The contractor/agency is required to submit all relevant test
certificates documents and along with the proposal. The model along with
sample should be approval by Engineer-in-charge before placing any order
and supply of same to the site. The decision of Engineer-in-charge is binding
in this regard and no variation is acceptable.

Note: If the make of any item to be used in execution is not in the list of
approved make, the agency has to submit the makes for approval from Eng-
in-charge. The decision of the Eng-in-charge in this respect shall be final and
binding to the agency.

Professional/Industrial LED fittings shall have to be part of price list. Model of

fittings shall be acceptable as decided by Eng-In-Charge as model available
or not available in price list.

Release of security deposit after the warranty period of LED fittings/LED

lamps shall be as per OM No. Director/SE (E) TAS/12, dated 03/09/2019
(Enclosed).

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 334

Specification for Package C2 (Fire Alarm & PA System)

All the items / equipments specifications shall confirm to relevant section of

CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part VI Fire Detection and
Alarm System – 2018, National Building Code 2016 and as amended up to date.

SCOPE OF WORK
A.1.1 These specifications shall cover the Design, Supply, Erection, Testing, and
Commissioning of State-of-Art Fire Detection for the proposed Academic Building
and EDP Hostel Building for NIBM, Pune.

A.2. SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS

A.2.1 It is the intent of this specification to define a state-of-art integrated addressable
Fire Alarm System, which is user friendly, modular, flexible and expandable.
The system is to be designed, installed, customised, tested, commissioned and
supported by a local office or agent of the manufacturer by Engineers skilled in
providing functional and efficient solutions to the needs of the Engineer in
charge.
A.2.2 The Vendor shall have an in-place support facility in Pune equipped with
Competent Support Staff, Spare Parts Inventory and all the necessary Test and
Diagnostic Equipment to provide support within 24 hours of any breakdowns.
A.2.3 The entire installation shall be in accordance with the requirements and
stipulations of the Chief Fire Officer and his office. In addition, it shall also be in
accordance with the national and local electrical codes and the Underwriters
Laboratories standards.
A.2.4 All electronic equipment shall conform to the pertinent regulations governing
radio frequency electromagnetic interference and should be so labelled.
A.2.5 All system components and sub-systems are to be fault tolerant and provide
satisfactory operation without damage at + 10% of the rated voltage and at + 3
Hz variation in line frequency.
A.3. TECHNICAL DATA
A.3.1 The Tenderer shall submit comprehensive technical information for all the
equipment and material. This must include but not necessarily be restricted to,
all data as required under “SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL DATA”
A.3.2 Technical catalogues and performance Tables/ Curves of all equipment and
machines must be submitted with the offer.
A.3.3 Information given by the tenderer under chapter "SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL
DATA" is meant for general information only. In case of discrepancies between
tender specifications and details given by the tenderer under chapter
"SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL DATA", the decision of Engineer-in-charge will
be final and binding on Contractor unless departures are indicated by the
Tenderer under chapter "SCHEUDLE OF DEPARTURE FROM
SPECIFICATION” as mentioned here in after.
A.4. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE AND TESTING
A.4.1 The Contractor shall execute the work on the basis of indicative designs hereby
given and accepted by him with or without modifications or new designs
submitted by him at the tender stage and accepted by Engineer in charge, as
the case may be. All Variations, i.e. additions, omissions or substitutions
necessitated at anytime for any reason whatsoever, shall be deemed to have
been accepted by the Contractor as not vitiating the performance based nature
of this contract. If any such variations, irrespective of whether such variations
are intended to be executed by other agencies employed by the Engineer-in-
charge, have any bearing on the performance of this Contract, the same shall
immediately be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-charge by the Contractor in
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 335

writing. In any case the Contractor shall have to guarantee for due and proper
performance of the works agreed to be so erected.
A.4.2 The Fire Detection and alarm System installation shall be designed and
guaranteed to perform as indicted in other parts of these specifications and
drawings read in conjunction with statutory requirements.
A.4.3 All equipment shall be tested at manufacturer's Works as per latest relevant
BIS specifications or in the absence of IS specification approved testing
methods shall be followed and Test Certificates/ Reports submitted to the
Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall intimate in advance the probable date
of such tests to the Engineer-in-charge to enable their representatives to
witness the tests if they so desire. But under no circumstances shall this
absolve the Contractor of his responsibility for Performance of the Equipment
or System.
A.4.4 In addition to the above, all equipment and systems shall be tested after
installation as required by various statutory authorities, certifying agencies and
as required by various sections of these specifications.
A.4.5 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for proper operation of the entire
system including debugging and proper calibration of each component and
sub-system.
A.4.6 The Contractor shall leave necessary provisions required for fixing instruments,
gauges, meters, etc. for testing the installation even if these are not shown on
the drawings. The Contractor at his own cost shall arrange all such
instruments, services etc. needed for the tests.
A.4.7 It is the sole responsibility of Contractor to obtain all the necessary approvals
from the statutory authorities, either prior to, during or after installation as
required. All tests specified herein-after and witnessed/ approved by Engineer-
in-charge, may be deemed to be invalid at the option of Engineer-in-charge, if
the requisite, final and unconditional approvals from the concerned statutory
authorities are not obtained by the Contractor.
A.4.8 The Contractor shall intimate in writing to Engineer-in-charge as and when
individual components of the installation are ready for tests required for further
progress of erection. All such tests shall be carried out as per these
specifications and/ or as directed by Engineer-in-charge and recorded in the
presence of Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representatives.
A.4.9 On completion of erection, the contractor shall thoroughly clean all the
equipment, inspect and check the entire installation for correctness and
completeness and furnish a detailed report on all components of the installation
to Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall also inspect and check the services
required by him and provided by other agencies employed by the Engineer-in-
charge and confirm the completeness and correctness of such services to the
extent necessary.
A.4.10 The Contractor shall intimate in writing to Engineer-in-charge, the proposed
date of initial startup.
A.4.11 The Contractor shall, on approval of Engineer-in-charge, proceed with
necessary pre-commissioning activities and tests and put the installation initial
operation and start-up during which preliminary adjustments and addressing
shall be carried out.
A.4.12 Based on preliminary observations during the initial operation described above,
necessary modifications/ repairs/ replacements/ etc. if any shall be carried out
by the Contractor to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. On
successful completion of initial operation, the Contractor shall proceed with trial
runs.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 336

A.4.13 Notwithstanding approval of tests or equipment or materials by Engineer-in-

charge etc., up to the tests in static state as described here-in above, the
Contractor shall be required to perform site tests to prove correctness of ratings
and performance of equipment and materials supplied and installed by him, in
normal operating condition.
A.4.14 All equipment shall be capable of performing the duties specified in these
specifications without damage, distortion or failure of any component.
A.4.15 Individually, the performance of various equipments shall not be less than
quoted ratings and consumption of power shall not exceed the ratings quoted
by the tenderer, when tested in normal operating conditions. Otherwise the
equipment / material is liable for rejection.
A.4.16 All test instruments shall be calibrated for accuracy prior to taking the
performance tests.
A.4.17 Failing satisfactory performance of equipment and/ or overall installation after
rectification etc. as stated above, the Engineer– in-Charge, at his sole
discretion, reserves the option of charging liquidated damages for such non-
performance or demand supply and installation of new installation all at no
extra cost to Engineer-in-Charge or demand for full refund of all "On Account"
payments made to the Contractor for that part of the work which has failed to
perform, and the Contractor shall be obliged to do so as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
A.5 INSTALLATION:
A.5.1 Installation shall be in accordance with the local and state codes, as shown on
the drawings, and as recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
A.5.2 All conduits, junction boxes, conduit supports and hangers shall be concealed
in finished areas and may be exposed in unfinished areas. Smoke detectors
shall not be installed prior to the system programming and test period. If
construction is ongoing during this period, measures shall be taken to protect
smoke detectors from contamination and physical damage.
A.5.3 All wiring shall be properly supported and run in a neat and workmanship like
manner. All wiring exposed and in equipment rooms shall be parallel to or at
right angles to the building structure. All wiring within enclosures shall be neatly
bundled and anchored to prevent obstruction to devices and terminals.
A.5.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for all electrical installation required for a
fully functional control system and not shown on the electrical plans or required
by the electrical specifications.
A.5.5 All fire detection and alarm system devices, control panels and remote
enunciators shall be flush mounted or surface mounted as per instructions of
the Engineer-in-charge.
A.5.6 Manual call boxes shall be suitable for surface mounting or semi-flush
mounting as shown on the plans, and shall be installed at a height of not less
than 1,000 mm, and not more than 1200 mm above the finished floor level.
A.5.7 The service of a competent, factory-trained engineer or technician authorised
by the manufacturer of the fire alarm equipment shall be provided to technically
supervise and participate during all of the adjustments and tests for the system.
A.5.8 At the final inspection, an authorized representative of the manufacturer of the
major equipments shall demonstrate that the system functions properly in every
respect.
A.6 DEMONSTRATION :
A.6.1 The Contractor shall completely check out, calibrate and test all connected
hardware and software to ensure that the system performs in accordance with
the approved specifications and sequences of operations submitted.

A.6.2 This demonstration shall consist of the following:

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 337

a. Display and demonstrate each type of data entry to show site-specific

customizing capability.
b. Demonstrate parameter changes.
c. Demonstrate scan, update and alarm responsiveness.
A.7 MANUALS
The following manuals will be provided at the time of Handing over:
A.7.1 An Operator’s Manual shall contain graphic explanations of keyboard use for all
operator functions specified under Operator Training.
A.7.2 Computerized printouts of all data file layouts including all point processing
assignments, terminal relationships, scales and offsets, command alarm limits,
program flowcharts, etc.
A.7.3 On completion of works "As Built drawings for completed installation” shall
be prepared by the Contractor and five (5) copies of the same will be supplied
to the Engineer-in-Charge. In addition, Five (5) sets of the followings shall be
supplied to the Engineer-in-charge.
1) Operation Manuals,
2) Technical Literature for the various components of equipment,
3) Controls and Accessories installed,
4) Recommended Spares and Services Manuals
A.8 TRAINING & HANDING -OVER
A.8.1 All training by the Contractor shall utilize manuals and as-built documentation
and the on-line help utility.
A.8.2 Operator training shall include:
d. Sequence of Operation review
e. Sign ON - Sign OFF
f. Selection of all displays and reports
g. Commanding of points, keyboard
h. System initialization
i. Trouble shooting of sensors (determining bad sensors)
j. Password modification
A.8.3 Supervisor training shall include:
a. Password assignment / modification
b. Operator assignment/modification
c. Operator authority assignment/modification
d. Point disable/enable
e. Terminal and data segregation/modification
A.9 GUARANTEE
A.9.1 The contractor shall guarantee the entire Intelligent Addressable Fire Alarm
system installation as per specifications both for components and for system as
a whole. All equipment shall be guaranteed for One year from the date of
completion against unsatisfactory performance or breakdown due to defective
design, manufacture and/or installation. The installation shall be covered by the
conditions that the whole installation or any part thereof found defective within
one year from the date of completion shall be replaced or repaired by the
contractor free of charge as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
A.9.2 The warranty shall cover the following: -
a) Quality, strength and performance of materials used.
b) Safe mechanical and electrical stress on all parts under all specified
conditions of operation.
c) Satisfactory operation during the guarantee period.
d) Performance figures and other particulars as specified by the
tenderer under Chapter – F.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 338

A.9.3 Labour to trouble shoot, repair, reprogram or replace system components shall
be furnished by the contractor at no charge to the Engineer-in-charge during
the guarantee period.
A.9.4 All corrective software modifications made during guarantee period shall be
updated on all user documentation.
A.10. MISCELLANEOUS:
A.10.1 The onus of incorporating the statutory requirements as per local rules and
obtaining necessary approval for the fire alarm systems shall rest fully with the
Contractor.
A.10.2 All the Equipment Supplied and Installed by the Contractor shall have
compatibility to be connected to Standard Building Management System
(BMS). Adequate Potential Free Contacts shall be provided for sending/
receiving digital signals. The Contractor is required to co-ordinate with the BMS
Vendor to ensure that Fire alarm system effectively communicates with the
BMS as per the strategy to be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
A.10.3 The installation shall be carried out using new Equipment/ Materials complying
with applicable standards in a workmanship like manner. Engineer-in-charge
reserves the right to reject any part of installation having poor workmanship.
A.10.4 All minor Masonry, Carpentry and Civil works such as cutting / opening in
Masonry Walls/ Internal Partitions, Chasing on Walls, etc. and making good the
same to match existing surface shall be done by the Contractor. Nothing extra
shall be paid on this account.
A.10.5 All the hardware component for integration with IBMS to be arranged by the
contractor and make it compatible with IBMS. While installating in the system
this aspect must be look in to consideration and in close co-ordination with AE
(E) in-charge and IBMS agency must be carried out with fail.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 339

SECTION - 2
SPECIFICATION ON INTELLIGENT ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
INDEX
CHAPTER DESCRIPTION
CHAPTER “A” SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.1 SCOPE OF WORK AND EXCLUSIONS
A.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF INTELLIGENT FIRE ALARM
SYSTEM
CHAPTER “B” LIST OF APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT AND
MANUFACTURERS
CHAPTER “C” EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
C.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
C.2 ADDRESSABLE DEVICES
C.3 OTHER DEVICES
C.4 BATTERIES
C.5 ELECTRONIC HOOTERS
C.6 STROBE
C.7 CABLE
C.8 CABLE INSTALLATION
CHAPTER “D” LIST OF STANDARDS AND CODES APPLICABLE

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 340

INTELLIGENT ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CHAPTER – A: SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.1 SCOPE OF WORK AND EXCLUSIONS
The work shall comprise entire labour including supervision and all materials
necessary to make a complete installation to the entire satisfaction of the department.
The term complete installation shall mean, not only major items of equipment covered
by these specifications, but also incidental sundry components necessary for complete
execution and satisfactory performance of the installation, with all labour charges,
whether or not these have been mentioned in detail in the tender documents. The work
shall include data entry, programming, start up test and demonstration, training of
personnel for maintenance and operation, submission of construction and installation
drawings and wiring diagrams, as built documents and system guarantee.
A.1.1 The Contractors’ scope of work will include all items of work as per these
specifications, drawings, terms and conditions of contract etc. and briefly
described in schedule of quantities. This shall include, but not be restricted to
the following: -
a) Analog Addressable Thermal Detectors
b) Analog Addressable Photo-Electric cum Thermal Detector
c) Addressable Input Modules and Out put Modules
d) Addressable Manual Call Points.
e) Microprocessor Based Intelligent Analog Addressable Main Fire Alarm
Control Panel for connecting and monitoring the Fire Detectors and
other devices.
f) Strobe
g) Two Tone Piezo Sounder (700 Hz. To 1200 Hz.).
h) Providing suitable compatibility in the Main Fire Alarm Control Panel for
the Public Address System, audio Amplifiers, speakers. (wiring to be
provided by other agencies.)
i) Providing suitable compatibility in the Main Fire Alarm Control Panel
with the proposed Building Automation System to be provided by other
agencies, for AHU, staircase and shaft pressurising fans, lifts and Auto-
dialer to Fire Brigade etc.
j) Electrical works, including Cabling, Earthing etc. for the installation.
k) All other works associated with above items as per specifications and
conditions of contract except those specifically excluded in Schedule
of Quantities.
A.1.2 Unless otherwise indicated in Schedule of Quantities, the Contractor's scope of
work will exclude only the following items of work and services, which will be
arranged by the Engineer-in-charge through other contractors, if required.
a) Provisions of adequate AC, single/ three phase, 230/415 V, 50 HZ
supply with earthing for Fire Control Panels etc. as per drawings.
b) Fire Dampers to be activated by output Modules.
c) Other items specifically mentioned as excluded in the Schedule of
Quantities.
A.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF INTELLIGENT FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
The Proposed Fire Detection and Early Warning System consists of Analog
Addressable Detectors. All the Analog Addressable Detectors, Addressable
Manual Call Points and the Addressable input, output Modules will be looped
together and terminated onto an Analog Intelligent Addressable Main Fire
Alarm Control Panel.
The Fire alarm system consists of the following elements:

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 341

A.2.1 Analog Addressable Photo-Electric cum Thermal Detectors for areas like
Meeting Rooms, Cabins, Stores, open Workstation areas and the areas above
false ceiling AHU Rooms, Electric Rooms, Electrical Shafts, Telecom Room,
BMS Control Room, Fire Control Room, Pump Rooms, Transformer Rooms,
HT Panel Rooms and Lift Machine Rooms.
A.2.2 Analog Addressable Thermal Detectors to detect unusual rate of rise of
temperature for Kitchen and Pantries.
A.2.3 Addressable Manual Call Points are proposed to be installed at each Fire
Exit Staircase on each floor.
A.2.4 Addressable Input Module shall be provided in suitable location for the
purpose of providing location address for flow switch.
A.2.5 Addressable Output Modules shall be provided in suitable location for the
purpose of shutting off Fire Dampers on detection of smoke within its zone and
for increasing the speed of exhaust / ventilation fans.
A.2.6 Entire Floor area of the building shall be divided into suitable number of loops.

A.2.7 Main Fire Alarm Control Panel: All the above Addressable Input Modules,
Addressable Output Modules, Addressable Manual Call Points and the
Addressable Detectors shall be connected to Analog Intelligent Addressable
Panel, which will raise an alarm, in case fire is detected at any of the locations
mentioned above. It shall be provided in Fire control room.
A.2.8 Sounders will be located on each floor and in the basement, which will be
activated in emergency. Sounder Circuit controllers shall be provided for the
purpose of operating sounders at any location on an addressable loop on the
basis of command from control panel. It shall be possible to set a unique
address to the devices fed from sounder circuit controller. Controller shall
monitor open/short circuit in the wiring to the sounders as well as the external
power supply to the sounders.
A.2.9 Power for Modules shall be provided from Main Fire Alarm Control panel.
A.2.10 Sounders, Battery Back-up, Power Transformers, Software, and
Communication link shall be provided.
A.2.11. The general scheme for spatial and logical disposition of the various elements
of the system is as follows:
a) Detectors to be located under the false ceiling and distributed in open
work station areas such that there is one detector in every 50 [Link].
area. The maximum distance between the detectors shall not exceed 8
mtrs and from wall shall not exceed 4mtrs.
b) Detectors to be located above the false ceiling area where the height
exceeds 800mm between ceiling and false ceiling. These detectors
shall be provided with response indicators.
c) Addressable Manual Call Points shall be located near all escape routes
to enable any person to raise a fire alarm.
d) The Fire Panel that connects all the detector devices shall be capable of
polling all the points in its loop so as to register an alarm within 3 to7
seconds. The Fire Panel shall be capable of displaying the
zone/address of the occurrence of the smoke and shall be capable of
initiating action like Voice Evacuation, Activating Hooters, Dampers,
Ventilation /Exhaust Fans and initiating other alarm procedures.
e) It shall be possible to program the Fire Panel such that meaningful
alpha-numeric descriptions can be assigned to each Detector Address.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 342

This shall be useful in identifying the location of Fire very quickly and
easily.
f) Output Modules shall be logically attached to particular AHU or Fans.
As soon as Fire/Smoke is detected in a particular area, the Fire Panel
through its software shall activate the appropriate Output Module
program linked to the affected area.
g) The Output Module on being activated shall immediately shut off the fire
dampers on the supply and return duct of the particular AHU associated
with it. Thus, airflow to the affected problem area shall be immediately
stopped.

CHAPTER B
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

B.1 The equipment and materials to be used in the execution of this contract shall
be selected from the following list unless otherwise specifically agreed by
Engineer-in-charge.
B.2 The successful contractor shall prepare a list of equipment and materials
selected from the approved list, proposed to be used by him for execution of
the contract. Before placing orders on suppliers or delivering the equipment
and materials to site, the Contractor shall obtain approval from Engineer-in-
charge, whose decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
B.3 Any equipment of material not specified under here but required for execution
of the work shall be as per Technical Specification, of best quality, preferably
with ISI approval and from a reputed manufacturer for which the prior approval
of the Engineer-in-Charge is required.

CHAPTER – C - : EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

C.1.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL:

C.1.1.1 The Main Fire Alarm Control Panel shall contain a microprocessor based
Central Processing Unit (CPU). The CPU shall communicate with and control
the following types of equipment used to make up the system: analog
addressable smoke and thermal (heat) detectors, addressable modules,
printer, annunciators, and other system controlled devices.
C.1.1.2 The system shall include four or more loops (Each loop accessing minimum
150 + addressable devices.)
C.1.1.3 The microprocessor shall be a state-of-the-art, high speed, at least 32-bit
device and it shall communicate with, monitor and control all external
interfaces. It shall include an EPROM for system program storage, non-volatile
memory for building-specific program storage, and a "watch dog" timer circuit to
detect and report microprocessor failure.
C.1.1.4 The microprocessor shall contain and execute all control-by-event programs
for specific action to be taken if an alarm condition is detected by the system.
Control-by-event equations shall be held in non-volatile programmable
memory, and shall not be lost even if system primary and secondary power
failure occurs.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 343

C.1.1.5 The microprocessor shall also provide a real-time clock for time annotation of
system displays, printer, and history file. The time-of-day and date shall not be
lost if system primary and secondary power supplies fail.
C.1.1.6 The Main Fire Alarm Control Panel display shall provide all the controls and
indicators used by the system operator and may also be used to program all
system operational parameters.
C.1.1.7 The display shall include Minimum 320 character backlit alphanumeric Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD). It shall also provide Light-Emitting-Diodes (LEDs), that
indicate the status of the following system parameters:
 AC POWER,
 FIRE ALARM,
 PREALARM WARNING,
 LOW BATTERY,
 SUPERVISORY SIGNAL,
 SYSTEM TROUBLE,
 DISABLED POINTS,
 ALARM SILENCED.
C.1.2.8 The Main fire alarm control panel shall include a full featured operator interface
control and annunciation panel that shall include as part of the standard system
a backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), individual color coded system status
LEDs, and an alphanumeric keypad for entry of any alphabetic or numeric
information, for field programming and control of the fire alarm system.
Minimum two different password levels shall be provided to prevent
unauthorized system control or programming.
C.1.1.9 All programming or editing of the existing program in the system shall be
achieved without special equipment and without interrupting the alarm
monitoring functions of the fire alarm control panel. The system shall be fully
programmable, configurable, and expandable in the field without the need for
special tools, PROM programmers or PC based programmers.
C.1.1.10 The main power supply shall continuously monitor all field wires for earth
ground conditions, and shall have the following LED indicators:
 Ground Fault LED
 Battery Fail LED
 AC Power Fail LED
C.1.1.11 The main power supply shall operate on 230 VAC, 50 Hz, and shall provide
all necessary power for the Main Fire Alarm Control Panel. It shall be provided
with SMF Battery for 24 hours along with charger for stand-by supply with a
provision to indicate battery voltage and charging current. It shall provide very
low frequency sweep earth fault detect current capable of detecting earth fault
on sensitive addressable module. It shall be power limiting using positive
temperature coefficient (PTC) resistor.
C.1.1.12 The Main fire alarm control panel shall receive analog information from all
addressable detectors to be processed to determine whether normal, alarm,
pre-alarm, or trouble conditions exist for each detector. The software shall
automatically maintain the detector's desired sensitivity level by adjusting for
the effects of environmental factors, including the accumulation of dust in each
detector. The analog information shall also be used for automatic detector
testing and for the automatic determination of detector maintenance
requirements.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 344

C.1.1.13 To eliminate nuisance alarms each smoke detector shall be provided with
alarm verification with field-adjustable time from 0 to 55 seconds. Only a
verified alarm shall initiate the alarm sequence for the zone.
C.1.1.14 Maintenance alert shall be provided with two levels to warn of excessive
smoke detector dirt or dust accumulation.
C.1.1.15 A means shall be provided for adjusting the sensitivity of any or all Analog
Addressable detectors in the system from the system keypad. Sensitivity
range shall be within the allowed UL window and have a minimum of 9 levels.
C.1.1.16 Day/Night Automatic Adjustment of detector sensitivity shall be possible.
C.1.1.17 Any addressable device or conventional circuit in the system may be enabled
or disabled through the system keypad.
C.1.1.18 Upon command from an operator of the system, a status report will be
generated and printed, listing all system status. The system shall be able to
display or print the following point status diagnostic functions:
a. Device status
b. Device type
c. Custom device label
d. View analog detector values
e. Device zone assignments
f. All program parameters
The printer shall provide hard-copy printout of all changes in status of the
system and shall time-stamp such printouts with the current time-of-day and
date. The printer shall be enclosed in a separate cabinet suitable for
placement on a desktop or table. The printer shall communicate with the control
panel using an interface. Power to the printer shall be 230 VAC @ 50 Hz.
C.1.1.19 The fire alarm control panel shall contain a history buffer that will be capable
of storing up to 1500 events. Each of this activation will be stored and time and
date stamped with the actual time of the activation. The contents of the history
buffer may be manually reviewed, one event at a time, or printed in its entirety.
The history buffer shall use non-volatile memory.
C.1.1.20 The system shall include one serial EIA-232/ Centronics Parallel interfaces.
Each interface shall be a means of connecting multiple printers, CRT monitors
and other similar peripherals.
C.1.1.21 Smoke Detectors (Photo-Electric) and Heat Detectors shall be located as
shown in the drawings. Loop communications and processing scheme shall
assure that in a fully loaded loop, alarms will be detected in no more than 3
seconds.
C.1.1.22 The Output module shall provide auxiliary relay circuits rated at minimum 5
amperes, 28 VDC. An expansion circuit board shall allow expansion to eight
relays per module.
C.1.1.23 The control panel shall be housed in a cabinet suitable for surface or semi-
flush mounting. The cabinet and front shall be corrosion protected, given a rust-
resistant prime coat, and manufacturer’s standard finish.
C.1.1.24 The door shall provide a key lock and shall include a glass or other
transparent opening for viewing of all indicators. The control panel shall be
modular in structure for ease of installation, maintenance & future expansion
C.1.1.25 When a fire alarm condition is detected and reported by one of the system
initiating devices, the following functions shall immediately occur:
• The system alarm LED on the Main fire alarm control panel shall flash.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 345

•
A local piezo electric signal in the Main fire alarm control panel shall
sound.
• A backlit 320character LCD display on the Main fire alarm control panel
shall indicate all information associated with the fire alarm condition,
including the type of alarm point and its location within the protected
premises.
• Printing on the Main fire alarm control panel and history storage
equipment shall log the information associated each new fire alarm
control panel condition, along with time and date of occurrence.
• All system output programs assigned via control-by-event interlock
programming to be activated by the particular point in alarm shall be
executed, and the associated system outputs (alarm notification
appliances and/or relays) shall be activated.
• AHU dampers on that floor shall be closed and basement staircase
pressurization fans will be put on to double speed.
C.1.1.26 The following Operator Control shall be provided:
• Acknowledge Switch: Activation of the control panel acknowledge
switch in response to a single new alarm and/or trouble condition shall
silence the local panel piezo electric signal and change the system
alarm or trouble LED from flashing mode to steady-ON mode. If
additional alarm or trouble conditions exist or are detected and reported
in the system, depression of this switch shall acknowledge and/or
advance the 80-character LCD display to the nest alarm or trouble
condition.
• Alarm Silence Switch: Activation of the alarm silence switch shall
cause all notification appliances and relays, which are programmed to
de so to return to the normal condition after an alarm condition. The
selection of notification circuits and relays that are silence able by this
switch shall be fully programmable within the confines of all applicable
standards.
• Alarm Activate (Drill) Switch: Activation of system drill switch shall
initiate an automatic test of all analog/addressable detectors in the
system. The system test shall activate the electronics in each
analog/addressable sensor, simulating an alarm condition and causing
the transmission of the alarm condition from that sensor to the Main fire
alarm control panel. The Main fire alarm control panel shall interpret the
data from each sensor installed in the system. A report summarizing the
results of this test shall be displayed automatically on the control panels
LCD display, CRT and printer. This report shall display the number of
detectors tested per SLC/Loop, the total number tested in the system,
any detector that failed, or an all “Tested OK” message. Time/Date
stamp of when the test was performed shall also be included in the
report.
• System Reset Switch: Activation of the system reset switch shall
cause all electronically-latched initiating devices, appliances or software
zone, as well as all associated output devices and circuits, to return to
their normal condition. If the alarm conditions still exist, or if they
reoccur in the system after system reset switch activation, the system
shall then respond the alarm condition.
• Lamp Test: Activation of the lamp test switch shall sequentially turn on
all LED indicators, LCD display and local piezo electric signal, and then
automatically return the fire alarm panel to the previous condition.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 346

C.1.1.27 An alarm from a water flow detection device shall activate the appropriate
alarm message on the 500-character display, turn on all programmed notification
appliance circuits and shall not be affected by the signal silence switch.
C.1.1.28 The Main fire alarm control panel shall be capable of mapping diagnostics
with the diagnostic codes so that the alphanumeric description of the same
shall be displayed on the Fire Display Panel.
C.1.1.29 The Response Time for each loop shall not exceed 750 millisecond.
C.1.2 REPEATER PANEL
C.1.2.1 The panel should have 320 character Liquid Crystal Display with backlit
control.
C.1.2.2 It should have on board input,output and status indicators to support
diagnostics.
C.1.2.3 Should be provided with rubberized keypads.
C.1.2.4 It should be provided with the features of display and control center
participation / indication
C.1.2.5 Proper cabinet to house the above devices.
C.2. ADDRESSABLE DEVICES
C.2.1 General
C.2.1.1 Addressable Detectors Shall be of Optical, Photoelectric type, Photoelectric
cum Heat Type and Thermal type .
C.2.1.2 The Detectors shall be Analog Addressable and shall connect with two wires to
the Main fire alarm control panel Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) loops.
C.2.1.3 Detectors will operate in an analog fashion, where the detector simply
measures its designed environment variable and transmits an analog value to
the Main fire alarm control panel based on real-time measured values. The Main
fire alarm control panel software, not the detector, shall make the alarm/normal
decision, thereby allowing the sensitivity of each detector to be set in the Main
fire alarm control panel program and allowing the system operator to view the
current analog value of each detector.
C.2.1.4 The Detectors above false ceiling shall be ceiling-mounted and mount to a
single suitable square/round M.S. box fixed direct on the ceiling and detectors
below false ceiling shall have anchoring arrangement of the base with the false
ceiling with use of a round / square 16 gauge M.S. plate mounted above false
ceiling to which the base shall be screwed and shall have a twist-lock removable
base and insect-resistant screen for field cleaning.
C.2.1.5 The Detectors shall be Compact of a Stylish Design and shall have built-in
tamper-resistant feature.
C.2.1.6 The detectors shall provide automatic electronic address setting.
C.2.1.7 Detectors shall also store an internal identifying type code that the control
panel shall use to identify the type of device (PHOTO, THERMAL, PHOTO cum
THERMAL).
C.2.1.8 The detectors shall be provided with a LED. The LED will flash under normal
conditions, indicating that the detector is operational and in regular
communication with the control panel. The LED shall be placed into steady
illumination by the control panel, indicating that an alarm condition has been
detected. It shall also be possible to connect an external remote alarm LED if
required.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 347

C.2.1.9 Detectors shall have a plug-in wiring connector for ease of installation and
serviceability. Easy wiring using terminal block shall be provided to enable
removing the detector without loss of power to the remaining loop.
C.2.1.10 The detectors will provide a means to test whereby they will simulate an
alarm condition and report that condition to the control panel. Such a test may
be initiated at the detector itself, by activating a magnetic switch, or may be
activated remotely on command from the Control Panel.
C.2.1.11 The detectors shall have fully coated circuit boards, RF/transient protection
circuits and shall withstands air velocities exceeding 1,500 feet-per-minute
without triggering false alarm.
C.2.2 ANALOG ADDRESSABLE PHOTO-ELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTORS
C.2.2.1 The analog addressable Photo-Electric smoke detectors shall use the Photo-
Electric (light- scattering) principal to measure smoke density and shall, on
command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the
analog level of smoke density. The sensors shall be monitored continuously to
measure any change in their sensitivity because of the environment (dirt,
smoke, temperature, humidity, etc.). The sensor shall provide advanced
indication of the analogue value of the level of smoke density to the panel that
maintenance is required thus reducing the maintenance required to inspect
routinely all sensors, in order to ensure normal operation.
C.2.3 ADDRESSABLE THERMAL DETECTORS
The addressable Thermal sensor shall have low profile and operate on the
combination of “rate of rise” and “fixed” temperature principles with fixed
temperature set point at 135°F (58°C) & have a rate-of-rise element rated at
15°F(9.4°C) per minute. It shall connect via 2 wires to the fire alarm control
panel signaling line circuit.
C.2.4 ANALOG ADDRESSABLE PHOTO-ELECTRIC CUM HEAT DETECTORS
The analog addressable photo-electric cum Heat detector shall use both photo-
electric (light scattering) principle as well as on thermal sensing by combination
of rate of rise and fixed temperature.
C.2.5 ADDRESSABLE INPUT MODULE
C.2.5.1 The addressable input module shall allow the connection of simple
contacts to an addressable detection line of the control panel. No separate
power supply shall be required. The addressable monitor module shall
represent one address on the control panel.
C.2.6 ADDRESSABLE OUTPUT MODULE
C.2.6.1 Addressable output Modules shall be provided to allow a compatible Main fire
alarm control panel to switch discrete contacts by code command. The Module
shall mount in a standard electrical box or to a surface mounted back box. The
Module shall provide two isolated sets of Form-C contacts for fan shutdown
and other auxiliary control functions.
C.2.6.2 The Module contact ratings shall support up to 1 Amp/30 VDC of Inductive
load or 2Amps/30VDC (coded) of Resistive load (up to 3 Amps in non-coded
applications). The relay coil shall be magnetically latched to reduce wiring
connection requirements and to insure that 100% of all auxiliary relays or
may be energized at the same time on the same pair of wires.
C.2.6.3 The Module shall provide address-setting and shall also store an internal
identifying code that the Main fire alarm control panel shall use to identify the
type of device. An LED shall be provided that shall flash under normal
conditions, indicating that the Module is operational and is in regular
communication with the control panel.
C.2.6.4 A magnetic test switch shall be provided to test the module without opening
or shorting its internal circuit wiring.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 348

C.2.6.5 The interface unit shall be suitable for connecting normally open (N.O.) alarm
initiating devices such as pressure switch, flow switch, level switch, potential
free contacts etc in the addressable loop.
C.2.6.6 The interface unit shall be a sealed electronic unit with individual address. It
shall be housed in a metallic/high impact plastic enclosure and suitable for
indoor/outdoor installation.
C.2.6.7 The operating voltage shall be 20 v to 28 volts D.C
C.2.7 ADDRESSABLE MANUAL CALL POINT:
C.2.7.1 The manual Call Box units shall be addressable type and suitable to connect
with two wires to the Main fire alarm control panel, Signaling Line Circuit
(SLC) loops.
C.2.7.2 These Units shall be designed for semi-flush mounting.
C.2.7.3 The Units shall be either with Push And Pulling Lever to activate the unit or
with Pulling lever and breakable glass rods such that the front glass rod is
broken on pulling the lever to activate the unit.
C.2.7.4 Manual Call points shall be connected with two wires to one of the control
panel SLC loops. The Manual Station shall, on command from the control
panel, send data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch.
C.2.7.5 The word FIRE shall appear on the front of the stations in 1.75 inches or
larger.
Manual Call Point shall be electrically compatible with standard range of
detectors so that it can be connected directly into the system. The manual
call points shall be addressable and identifiable by the master fire alarm
control panel, Address assignments shall be set electronically and reside
within the station in non-volatile memory.
C.2.7.6 It shall be of pleasant streamlined and flat appearance permitting its use as
flush, surface mounted or semi flush mounting.
C.2.7.7 It shall have a built-in LED lighting up automatically to confirm its actuation.
C.2.7.8 Operating instructions must be clearly marked in the Manual call Point.
C.2.7.9 All Manual Call stations shall be furnished with a spare glass rod.
C.3 OTHER DEVICES:
C.3.1 FAULT ISOLATOR MODULE
C.3.1.1 Fault Isolator Modules shall be provided to automatically isolate wire-to-wire
short circuits on an SLC loop. The Isolator Module shall limit the number of
modules or detectors that may be rendered inoperative by a short circuit fault
on the SLC Loop. At least one isolator module shall be provided after group of
10-20 detectors.
C.3.1.2 If a wire-to-wire short occurs, the Isolator Module shall automatically open-
circuit (disconnect) the SLC loop. When the short circuit condition is corrected,
the Isolator Module shall automatically reconnect the isolated section of the
SLC loop.
C.3.1.3 The Fault isolator module shall be an automatic switch and shall open when the
line voltage drops below 4 volts.
C.3.1.4 The Fault Isolator Module shall not require any address setting, and its
operations shall be totally automatic. It shall not be necessary to replace or
reset an Isolator Module after its normal operation.
C.3.1.5 The Fault Isolator Module shall mount in a standard electrical box or in a
surface mounted back box. It shall provide a single LED that shall flash to
indicate that the Isolator is operational and shall illuminate steadily to indicate
that a short circuit condition has been detected and isolated.
C.3.2 RESPONSE INDICATOR
C.2.2.1 The response indicator shall provide a remote indication for any analogue
addressable detector installed above the false ceiling.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 349

C.2.2.2 The response indicator shall be driven directly from its associated local
detector.
C.2.2.3 The connection to the response indicator shall be monitored for open and short
circuits.
C.2.2.4 Each Response indicator shall be looped with 3 to 5 detectors above the false
ceiling.
C.4 BATTERIES:
C.4.1 The battery shall have sufficient capacity to power the fire alarm system for not
less than 24 hours upon a normal AC power failure.
C.4.2 Battery Capacity Calculation shall be submitted to Engineer – in charge for their
approval.
C.4.3 The batteries are to be completely maintenance free. No liquids are required to
replace.
C.5 ELECTRONIC HOOTERS:
C.5.1 ADDRESSABLE TYPE TWO TONE PIEZO SOUNDERS:
C.5.1.1. The dual tone electronic sounder provided shall be such that it gives
discontinuous /intermittent audible alarm automatically whenever automatic
/manual detector operates and is distinct from the background noise in every
part of the premises.
C.5.1.2 The mode of the alarm sounders shall be quite distinct from any other sounder
to be heard.
All hooters shall produce a similar sound and shall maintain the same during
their operation. Hooter shall be complete with electronic oscillations, magnetic
coil (sound coil) and accessories, ready for mounting (fixing) and confirming to
IS : 2189 – 1999.
Output in Candela and horn output in dB and flash rate etc. are to be
mentioned in the “SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL DATA”
C.6 Deleted
C.7 CABLE
C.7.1 The specification covers the supply and installation of 500V grade cables.
C.7.2 All cables shall be PVC with steel braiding and shall be Flame retardant and
shall comply with the following requirements.
a) The cable shall be a copper conductor cable
b) The outer sheathing shall be of special PVC based compound and shall
be flame retardant.
c) The braiding shall be done with oxidation protected steel wire to provide
high mechanical protection. The steel wire shall be on minimum 0.3mm
diameter. The coverage of braiding shall be minimum 65% and the
elongation shall be greater than 15%. The tensile strength of each wire
shall be minimum 320N/[Link].
d) The external sheath shall be made of special Flame-retardant PVC
compound as per IEC-60332.1 in transparent color.
C.8 CABLE INSTALLATION ON WALL / COLUMNS/ CEILING:
Cables shall be fixed on walls etc. by using M.S. galvanized spacers and G.I.
saddles using screws etc. Drilling on walls should be neatly done with electric
drilling machines and the cable fixed on walls should be done in one straight line
avoiding any bends, sagging and kinks. All cables fixed on walls shall necessary
be done following fire insurance and other Electricity Regulations. Any procedures
as stated in the technical specification shall be complied with. The maximum
allowable distance between two cable supports shall be as under:

Cable Size Horizontal Vertical

Upto 2.5sqmm 350 mm 450 mm
CHAPTER: D
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 350

LIST OF STANDARDS AND CODES APPLICABLE

The Fire Alarm system shall comply with latest requirements of NFPA standard No. 72
for protected premises signaling system, Indian Standards IS 2189, IS 2175, IS 11360
and local Statutory Regulations. The system shall be as per above IS standards but
not limited to it.
The specifications and standards listed below form a part of this specification. The
system shall fully comply with the latest issue of these standards, if applicable.
A. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) – USA Or
B. VdS Approval ( European standard ( LPCB certified )
C. EN 54 Standards

Note:- Models of items of all Fire alarm accessories and PA system items should
be got approved from the Engineer in charge well before placing any order to the
OEM/its authorized dealer. The contractor/agency is required to submit all
relevant test certificates documents and along with the proposal. The model
along with sample should be approval by Engineer-in-charge before placing any
order and supply of same to the site. The decision of Engineer-in-charge is
binding in this regard and no variation is acceptable.

Note: If the make of any item to be used in execution is not in the list of
approved make, the agency has to submit the makes for approval from Eng-in-
charge. The decision of the Eng-in-charge in this respect shall be final and
binding to the agency.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 351

Specification for Package C3 (Fire Fighting system)

GENERAL INFORMTION ABOUT WORKS
1. The work consist of works at NIBM, Pune involving Academic Building
having (G+1) floors, which shall be provided with Hose Reel with down
comer pipes connected to Terrace Booster Pumps (1W+1S) and EDP Hostel
Building having (G+6) floor, which shall be provided with Down Comer
System with Terrace Booster Pumps (1W+1S) as per NBC-2016 and CPWD
General Specification of Wet Riser & Sprinkler System 2006 Part – V. The
work also involves extension of existing cafeteria, which shall be provided
with Fire extinguishers. Necessary self-illuminating Autoglow emergency
signage shall also be provided in the buildings
2. The work shall be executed as per CPWD General Specifications for
electrical Works Part- I, II & IV, V as amended upto date, relevant I.E. Rules,
BIS/ IEC and as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge. These additional
specifications/ conditions are to be read in conjunction with above and in
case of variations, specifications given in these conditions shall apply.
However, nothing extra shall be paid on account of these additional
specifications and conditions, as the same are to be read along with schedule
of quantities for the work.

1.0 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

1.1 SCOPE:
1.1.1 Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment for supply,
installation testing and commissioning of complete fire fighting system. In
general, the item of works shall include but not limited to the following:

a) Electrically operated Terrace Booster Pumps

b) MS (heavy) class `C’ pipes for fire protection system including fittings,
valves, accessories etc.
c) Internal fire hydrants, including valve chambers, fire brigade inlet
connections, air cushion tanks with air release valves, M.S. hose box for
Internal and Fire Brigade connection.
d) Portable Fire fighting equipments
e) Autoglow Emergency evacuation signage’s as per norms
f) Laisoning work with fire department for getting final fire NOC/Approval

1.2 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

All equipment, supply, erection, testing and commissioning shall comply with
the requirements of Indian Standards and code of practice given below as
amended up to the date of submission of Tender. All equipment and material
being supplied shall meet the requirements of BIS and other relevant standard
and codes.

IS 636 Non – percolating flexible firefighting delivery hose

Specification for fire hose delivery couplings, branch pipe
IS 903 nozzle
and Nozzle spanner

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 352

Specification for two – way and three way suction

IS 904 collecting head
for Firefighting purpose
Specification for couplings, double male & double
IS 901 female
instantaneous pattern for firefighting purpose
Specification for portable fire extinguisher water type (gas
IS 940 cartage)
IS 2171 Specification for portable extinguisher, dry powder.
IS 2878 Specification for fire extinguisher, carbon dioxide type.
IS 3582 Specification for basket strainer for firefighting purpose
Specification for unlined flex canvas hose for firefighting
IS 4927 purpose
IS 5290 Specification for hydrant valve ( Landing valve)
Specification for portable fire extinguisher (Dry powder
IS 13849 type)

IS 14609 Specification for ABC dry powder for fire fighting

Specification for first aid hose reel for fire fighting
IS 884 purpose
Specification for extended branch pipe for fire
IS 11101 brigade use.
IS 14846 Specification for gate valve
IS 1239 / 3589 G.I. Pipe / M.S. pipe
BS 5155/ IS 13095 Butterfly valves
IS 5312/API 594/598 Non Return Valves
IS 778 Gun Metal valves
IS 6595 / 12469 Pumps
IS 325 Motors
IS 10001 / 10002 Diesel Engine
IS 10221 Coating / wrapping of underground GI Pipe
BS 336 Specification for hydrant, standpipe for fire fighting.
NBC National Building Code ‐2005
NFPA 13 Sprinkler System
NFPA 14 Stand Pipe System

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 353

1.1 BOOSTER PUMP (ELECTRIC DRIVEN):

Contractor shall provide and install electrically operated booster pump of

capacity and head indicated in the Drawings/Bill of Quantities. Terrace pump
shall be suitable for continuous operation in the system.

The pump shall be end suction horizontally mounted with a tail pieces for proper
connection to suction & delivery line.

The pump construction shall be cast iron, bronze fitted and shall be fitted with
packing. The shaft shall be fitted with stainless steel sleeves.

Bed plate of requisite strength manufactured out of M.S. channel of suitable

size of ISMC including with suitable no. of cushy foot mounting below ISMC
channel with suitable C.C. foundation.

The Base frame & coupling guard shall be of M.S. fabricated with two coats of
red oxide primer.

The contractor shall submit the following details to the consultant / client for
approval:

1. Technical Datasheets for selected pumps

2. Performance characteristics curve.
3. Cross Sectional drawings with part list

1.2 CONTROL PANEL:

1.2.1 Cubical Panel:

The main switch board cubicle panel shall be of floor mounted type, totally
enclosed, dust and vermin proof made from 16 SWG M.S. sheet of suitable size
duly painted with one coat of anti‐ corrosive paint and two coats of synthetic
enamel paint of approved make and shade with stove enameled finish, the
cubical shall comprise of the followings:

a) Incoming main M.C.C.B unit of required capacity.

b) Outgoing MCCB/ MCB one for each motor.
c) Aluminum bus bar of suitable capacity.
d) Fully Automatic “DOL” starter suitable for the motor H.P. with Push
Buttons and ON/OFF indicating light one for each motor.
e) Single phasing preventers one for each motor.
f) 96 mm2 panel type Ampere/ voltmeter meters ‐ one for each motor
complete with CTs.
g) Three LED phase indicating lamps.
h) Rotary switch for manual/auto operation.
i) potential free contact for monitoring the status of pumps through BMS
j) All colour coded internal and inter‐connecting wiring from incoming main
to busbar, switch board panel and power/control cables from switch
board cubicle to motors, engine and batteries etc. complete in all
respect.

All switchgears and accessories shall be approved make to relevant IS codes

and to the satisfaction of Client’s Representative/Consultant and rating of all
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 354

equipment must match the KW of motors included and as per TAC rules. All
electrical work to be carried out as per TAC and CPWD rules/specifications.

1.2.2 Earthing shall be done complete as per CPWD specifications.

1.3. Cabling:
1.3.1 All cables from switch board panel to the motors shall be PVC insulated
and PVC sheathed/ XLPE armoured aluminium/Copper conductor power
cables of 650/1100 V grade conforming to IS: 7098. The cables of required size
shall be suitable for laying on surface of wall or in flooring with suitable clamps.
Necessary cable trays shall be laid in co-ordination with Associate agency
approved for Internal EI work as per site requirements.

1.3.2 The termination shall be with brass compression glands suitable for
PVC sheathed/ XLPE armoured Aluminium/ Copper conductor cable of 1.1 KV
grade of the required size.

1.4 INSTALLATION:
Pump shall be installed as per manufacturer’s recommendations. Pump sets
shall be mounted on machinery isolation cork or any other equivalent vibration
isolation pad. Concrete floating foundation shall be provided by the Owner as
per approved shop drawings and specifications. The isolation pads, foundation
bolts etc. shall be supplied by the Contractor. Contractor shall however ensure
that the foundation bolts are correctly embedded.

Pump sets shall preferably be factory aligned, whenever necessary, site

alignment shall be done by competent persons. Before the foundation bolts are
grouted and the couplings are bolted, the bed plate levels and alignment results
shall be submitted to the Client’s Representative.

1.5 TESTING:

Tenderers shall submit the performance curves of the pumps supplied by them.
They shall also check the capacity and total head requirements of each pump to
match his own piping and equipment layout.

1.6 MEASUREMENT:

1.6.1Pumping sets, and switch board cubicle shall be measured by number and
shall include all item necessary and required and given in the specifications.
1.6.2 Earthing and power/control cabling shall not be measured separately
but included in switchgear cubicle and shall include all items necessary and
required to complete the work as per specification and relevant IS to the
satisfaction of Client’s Representative.
1.6.3Pressure switches and pressure gauges shall not be measured
separately, but included in respective pumping sets and shall include all items
necessary and required to complete the work to the satisfaction of Client’s
Representative.

2.0 FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM:

2.1 SCOPE:
Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labor, materials,
equipment and appliances necessary and required to completely install wet
riser fire hydrant system as required by the drawings and specified hereinafter
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 355

or given in this Bill of Quantities.

Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the fire hydrant system
shall include the following:

a) M.S. ‘C’ Class (Heavy) mains including valves, hydrants and appurtenances.
b) M.S. ‘C’ Class (Heavy) fire risers within the building.
c) Landing valves of 63mm diameter canvas hose pipes, hose reels, hose
cabinets 63mm diameter fire brigade connections, connections to pumps,
appliances and pressure reducing devices, 20mm diameter gunmetal nozzle
for hose reel.
d) Excavation, anchor blocks and valve chamber.
e) Underground pipe protection.

2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

All materials shall be of the best quality conforming to the specifications and
subject to the approval of the Client’s Representative.

Pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required
in a neat workmanlike manner.

Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and
maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passages etc.

Pipes shall be securely fixed to walls and ceilings by suitable clamps at

intervals specified. Only approved type of anchor fasteners shall be used for
RCC ceilings and walls.

Valves and other appurtenances shall be so located that they are easily
accessible for operations, repairs and maintenance.

The system piping shall be supported to resist both lateral and longitudinal
horizontal seismic loads and to prevent vertical motion resulting from seismic
loads.

2.3 INTERNAL FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM:

2.3.1 Scope:

Work under Internal Fire Hydrant System shall consist of furnishing all labour,
materials, equipment and appliances necessary and required to completely
install wet riser, fire hydrant system as required by the drawings and specified
hereinafter or given in the Bill of Quantities.

Without restricting to the generally of the foregoing Internal fire hydrant system
shall include the following:

1. M.S. ‘C’ Class (Heavy) pipe mains including valves, hydrants and
appurtenances.
2. M.S. ‘C’ Class (Heavy) fire risers within the building.
3. Landing valves, canvas hose pipes, hose reels, hose cabinets,
connections to pumps.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 356

2.3.2 Pipes and Fittings:

a) All pipes within the building in exposed locations and shafts including connections
burried under floor shall be M.S. ‘C’ Class (Heavy) tubes conforming to
IS:1239‐1979 with screwed flanged or welded joints as specified by the Client’s
Representative.

b) Pipes (exposed) shall be given one primary coat of red oxide paint and two or
more coats of synthetic enamel paint to give an even look (fire red, shade No.
536 as per IS:5).

c) Fittings for M.S. ‘C’ Class (Heavy) shall be approved type malleable iron (forged
fittings) for tapered screwed joints. Fittings shall be approved type steel fittings
conforming to IS:1239‐1982 Part ‐ II for screwed joints and welded.

d) All fittings such as bends, tees, etc. for 50mm and below shall be standard forged
fittings. Cast iron fittings and fabricated fittings shall not be accepted.

e) All piping laid shall be as follows:

Pipe Size Material Joints & Fittings Sealing Material

Up to 50mm GI. Pipe Screwed Fittings Non‐Hardening

Heavy Class Unions Lubricant

Raised face
IS:1239/1979 Slip‐on 3mm, 3‐ply

Flanges Rubber insertion

65mm to 150mm GI Pipe Welded Fittings ‐‐‐‐‐

Raised face
Heavy Class Slip‐on

Flanges ‐‐‐‐‐

IS:1239/1979 ‐‐‐‐‐ 3mm, 3‐ply

Rubber insertion

200mm to
300mm GI Welded Welded ‐‐‐‐‐

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 357

Pipes

Raised face
Heavy Class Slip‐on 3mm, 3‐ply

Flanges Rubber insertion

IS:3589/1981 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐

350mm and Over GI Welded Welded ‐‐‐‐‐

Pipes

Raised face
IS:3589/1981 Slip‐on 3mm, 3‐ply

Flanges Rubber insertion

‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐

a) Pipes shall be provided with electrical resistance welding. Jointing shall be butt
welded between pipe and pipe and fittings.
b) Joints between C.I. and GI pipes shall be made by provided a suitable
flanged tail or sockets piece and GI flanges on the GI pipe shall have
appropriate number of holes and shall be fastened with nuts, bolts and
1.5mm thick compressed asbestos gaskets.
c) Tee off connections shall be through reducing tees. Drilling and tapping of
the main walls of the main pipe shall not be allowed.
d) All equipment and valve connections shall be through flanges (Welded or
screwed for GI).
e) All welded piping is subjected to the approval of the Client’s Representative
and sufficient number of flanges and unions shall be provided.

2.3.3 Piping Installation:

Tender drawings indicate schematically the size and location of pipes. The
Contractor on the award of the work, shall prepare detailed working drawings,
showing the cross‐section, longitudinal sections, details of fittings, locations of
isolating and control valves, drain valves and all pipe support, structural
supports. He must keep in view the specific openings in buildings and other
structures through which pipes are designed to pass. Drawings to be got
approved from Local Fire Authorities.

Contractor shall submit the Hydraulic calculation for the system in accordance
with Fire Authority By Laws.

Piping shall be properly supported on or suspended from stand clamps,

hangers as specified and as required. The Contractor shall adequately design
all the brackets, saddles, anchors, clamps and hangers, and be responsible for
their structural sufficiency.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 358

Pipe supports shall be of steel, adjustable for height and primer coated with rust
preventive paint and finish coated back. Where pipe and clamps are of
dissimilar materials a gasket shall be provided in between. Spacing of pipe
supports shall not exceed the following:

Pipe Size Spacing between Supports

3 to 12 mm 1.22 meter

19 to 25 mm 1.83 meter

32 to 150 mm 2.44 meter

150 mm & over 3.05 meter

Vertical risers shall be parallel to walls and column lines and shall be straight
and plumb. Risers passing from floor to floor shall be supported at each floor by
clamps or collars steel structural supports attached to pipe and with a 15 mm
thick rubber pad or any resilient material. Where pipes pass through the roof
floor, suitable flashing shall be provided to prevent water leakage. Risers shall
have a suitable clean out at the lowest point and air vent at the highest point.
The Contractor shall coordinate with structural.

Pipe sleeves, 50 mm larger diameter than pipes, shall be provided wherever

pipes pass through walls and slabs, and annular space filled with fire proof
materials like putty, fire seal etc.

Piping work shall be carried out in a workmen like manner, causing minimum
disturbance the existing services, buildings, Roads and structure. The entire
piping work shall be organized in consultation and coordination with other
agencies work so that particular area work shall be carried out in one stretch.

Piping layout shall take due care for expansion and contraction in pipes.

All pipes using screwed fittings shall be accurately cut to the required sizes and
thread in accordance with IS:554 and burrs removed before laying. Wherever
reducers are to be made, eccentric reducers shall be used.

Air valves shall be provided at all high points in the piping system for venting.
Valves shall be of the double float type, with G.M./C.I. body, vulcanite balls,
rubber seating etc. Air valves shall be the sizes specified and shall be
associated with an equal sizes specified and shall be associated with an equal
size gate valve with rising spindle.

Discharge from the air valves shall be piped through an equal sized GI pipe to
the nearest drain or floor waste or as shown.

Drain shall be provided at all low points in the piping system and shall be of the
following sizes:

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 359

Mains Drains

Up to 300mm dia 25mm dia

Over 300mm dia 32mm dia

2.3.4 Vibration Elimination:

Piping installation shall be carried out with vibration elimination fittings wherever
required.

2.3.5 STRAINERS

“Y” strainers up to 50mm shall be of gunmetal and above 50mm shall be of cast
iron body. Strainers shall incorporate a removable bronze screen with 3.175mm
(1/8”) perforations and a permanent magnet. Strainers shall be provided with
flanges at both inlet and outlet. They shall be designed to enable blowing out of
accumulated dirt and facilitate dirt and facilitate removal and replacement of the
screen without disconnection of the main pipe.

All strainers shall be provided with equal size isolating “Slim Seal” butterfly
valves of approved brands as shown in drawings so that the strainer may be
cleaned without draining the system

2.3.6 Valves:

Gate Valves:

Gate valves shall be provided as required or as shown in the applicable shop

drawings conforming to the following specifications:

Pipe Size Material Joints & Fittings Sealing Material

Seat ‐ The
Resilient lining
moulded black
nitrile rubber.

Disc ‐ SG iron to
IS:1865 SG
400/12 and
BS:2789 Gr
420/12

Nylon coated.

Gate valves shall conform to IS:780/1969, Flanges to IS:1536 or as required.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 360

Valves shall have non‐ rising spindles unless otherwise specified and shall be
suitable for 21 Kg/[Link] test pressure.

Sluice valves of sizes 80mm and above shall be cast iron double flanged solid
wedge, outside screw, non-rising stem, yoke type bonnet and two piece gland
construction. The valves shall have renewable screwed body seat rings.
Flanges shall have raised faces and serrated face finish and shall conform to
IS:780‐1984.

Check valves:

Check valves shall be provided as required or as shown on the drawings and

conform to the following specifications:

Size Connection Ends

15mm to 50mm Gunmetal Screwed Female

65mm to Over C.I. Flanged

Check valves shall normally be used in all water services. Lift type valves may
be used in horizontal runs. Air release and clean out plugs shall be provided
whenever required Valves shall be suitable for 21 Kg/[Link] test pressure.

Butterfly Valves:

All the isolation valve 65cm and above on the equipment and water lines, where
specified or shown on drawings shall be wafer type butterfly valves. They shall
be designed to fit without gaskets, the water tight seal being obtained by EPDM
seat projection at the faces compressed between the flanges. The valves shall
be supplied inclusive of GI. pipe flanges and high tensile steel bolts of
dimensions recommended by suppliers of valves. The valves shall comply with
following specifications:

a) Test Pressure Body 24 Bar, Seat 16 Bar

Valve
b) Component Material of Construction

i) Body Cast Iron, Gr. FG 260, IS:210

Nylon or Epoxy powder coated high duty iron, Gr,

ii) Disc FG 260

iii) Stem Stainless Steel or carbon steel – IS:1570, Part‐II.

iv) Seat EPDM

v) Hand Lever Cast Iron

PTFE or Nylon covered S.S. bush bearings at

vi) Bearings stem and pivot.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 361

vii)) Primary Seal Reinforced PTEE slide bearings

viii) Temperature 80 Degree C (max.)

Installation:

• Valve shall be installed in a manner that allows future removal and service of
the valve.
• Packing and gasket shall not contain asbestos.
• The valve shall be of the same size as the pipe to which they are install.
• Valve above 150mm diameter shall be self locking warm gear type water
proof and protory lubricated.
• Provide chain operators w/chain cleats on all valves more than 2.4 meter
above floor.

2.3.7 Pressure Gauges:

Pressure gauge shall be not less than 100/150mm dia dial type with 4 mm cock
and lever handle and of appropriate range and be complete to isolate gauge
and duly calibrated before installation.

Pressure gauge shall be provided at the locations and as indicated on the

drawings and Bill of Quantities. Care shall be taken to protect pressure gauges
during pressure testing.

2.3.8 Pressure Vessel:

M.S. fabricated (vertically) mounted pressure vessels made from required

thickness suitable for required test pressure. M.S. Plate (minimum 8 mm) as per
I.S. 2062, 300mm in diameter and 1.2 Meter high shell with dished ends at top
and flat bottom with floor mounting supports including 25mm outlet, inlet and
Branch for Pressure gauge complete. The interior of the tank surface shall be
coated with suitably graded Non‐Toxic epoxy coating after necessary surface
treatment by sand blasting, etc. to prevent corrosion of the vessel and shall be
painted externally with 3 coats of enamel paint over one coat of Zinc Chromate
primer including all accessories for complete installation.

2.3.9 Internal Hydrants:

Contractor shall provide on each landing and other locations as shown on the
drawings one single headed Stainless steel / gunmetal landing valve with 63mm
dia. outlets and 100mm inlet (IS:5290‐1983) with individual shut off valves and
cast iron wheels. Landing valves shall have flanged inlet and instantaneous
type outlet as shown on the drawings.

Instantaneous outlets for fire hydrants shall be standard pattern approved and
suitable for fire brigade hoses.

Contractor shall provide for each internal fire hydrant station two numbers of
63mm dia, 15 meter long rubberized fabric lined hose pipes with gunmetal male
and female instantaneous type coupling machine wound with CI wire (Hose to
IS:636 type 2 and couplings to IS:903 with IS certification), fire hose reel drum,
1 no. gunmetal branch pipe with nozzle IS:903.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 362

Each hose box shall be conspicuously painted with the letters “FIRE HOSE”.

2.3.10 Fire Hose Reels:

Contractor shall provide standard fire hose reels with 20mm dia, high pressure
rubber hose of 30/40 meters length with gunmetal nozzle with 5mm bore, and
control valve, connected wall mounted on circular hose reel of heavy duty GI
construction and cast iron brackets. Hose reel shall conform to IS:884‐1969.
The hose reel shall be connected directly to the pipe riser with cutoff isolation
valve through an independent connection.

2.3.11 Orifice Plate:

Providing 8mm thick Orifice plate complete in S.S. on the landing hydrant outlet
for necessary pressure reduction to maintain a maximum allowable outlet
pressure including all accessories.

2.3.12 Fire Hose Cabinets & Doors:

Provide hose cabinets for internal hydrants fabricated from 16/18 gauge MS
sheet with single or double glass front door and locking arrangement with
breakable glass key access arrangement, duly painted red with stove enameled
paint fixed to wall or self supported on floor as per site conditions. The cabinet
shall also have a separate chamber to keep the key with breakable glass as per
approved design. Hose cabinets shall be stove enameled fire red paint with
“FIRE HOSE” written on it prominently. Samples of hose cabinet for internal and
external works be got approved from Client’s Representative before installation
at site.

Fire hose cabinet suitable to accommodate double headed landing valves, 2

Nos. 15 meters long hoses, 1 No. first aid reel, 1 Nos. branch pipe and fire
extinguishers.

The contractor shall provide weather proof hose door fabricated from 16g M.S.
Sheet with full glass door and locking arrangement. The door shall be painted
with one coat of primer and finished stove enameled “Fire Red”, Fire Hose
written in front including suitably mounted on a raised masonry platform as
required.

2.3.13 Drain Valve:

Provide 25mm dia, M.S. pipe to IS:1239 (heavy class) with 25mm gunmetal full
way valve for draining any water in the system in low pockets same to be
extended to the nearest drain point as directed by Client’s Representative.

2.3.14 Air Release Valve:

Provide 20mm dia, G.M. single acting type air release valve with screwed ends
on all high points in the system.

2.3.15 Testing:

All piping shall be tested to hydrostatic test pressure of 15 Kg/[Link] or 1.5

times the design pressure whichever is higher for a period of not less than 24
hours. All leaks and defects in joints revealed during the testing shall be
rectified to the satisfaction of the Client’s Representative.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 363

Piping required subsequent to the above pressure test shall be re‐tested in the
same manner.

System may be tested in sections and such sections shall be securely capped.

The Client’s Representative shall be notified well in advance by the Contractor

of his intention to test a section of piping and all testing shall be witnessed by
the Client’s Representative.

The Contractor shall make sure that proper noiseless circulation of fluid is
achieved through the system concerned. If proper circulation is not achieved
due to air bound connections, the Contractor shall rectify the defective
connections. He shall bear all the expenses for carrying out the above
rectification including the tarring‐up and re‐finishing of floors, walls etc. as
required.

The Contractor shall provide all materials, tools, equipment, instruments,

services and labour required to perform the test, and shall ensure that the plant
room and other areas are cleaned up and spill over water is removed.

The Contractor shall give the pressure test of head for external yard hydrant at
ground level and also for hydrant at terrace level.

2.3.16 Painting:

All pipes in exposed locations shall be painted with one coat of red oxide primer
and two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved shade after the
Hydrostatic test pressure of the internal hydrant piping network.

2.3.17 Measurement:

GI pipes shall be measured per linear meter of the finished length and shall
include all fittings, welding, jointing, clamps for fixing to walls or hangers, anchor
fasteners and testing.

Sluice valves with pressure reducing discs, check valves and full way valves
shall be measured by numbers and shall include all items necessary and
required for mixing and as given in the Specifications/Bill of Quantities.

Landing valves, hose cabinets, rubberized fabric linen fire hose pipes. First‐aid
fire hose reels (with gunmetal port way valves) and gunmetal branch pipes shall
be measured by numbers and shall include all items necessary and required for
fixing as given in the Specifications/Bill of Quantities.

Suction and delivery headers shall be measured per linear meter of finished
length and shall include all items as given in the Bill of Quantities. Painting shall
be included in the rate of headers.

Painting of pipes shall be included in the rate for pipes and no separate
payment shall be made. No additional payment shall be admissible for cutting
holes or chases in walls or floors, making connections to pumps, equipment
and appliances.

2.4 EXTERNAL FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM:

2.4.1 Scope:
Work under external fire hydrant system shall consist of furnishing labour,
materials, appliances necessary and required to completely install external fire
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 364

hydrant system as required by the drawings and specified hereinafter or given

in the Bill of Quantities.

Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing the external fire hydrant
system shall include the following:

a) GI (heavy class) mains including valves, yard hydrants.

b) Landing valves, canvass hose pipes, hose cabinets, fire brigade
connections.
c) Excavation, anchor block and valve chamber.
d) Under ground pipe protection

2.4.2 Pipes and Fittings:

a) All pipes within the building in exposed locations and shafts including
connections buried under floor shall be MS Pipe C Class (Heavy)
conforming to IS:1239‐1979 (with screwed flanged or welded joints as
specified by the Client’s Representative.
b) Pipes (exposed) shall be given one primary coat of red oxide paint and two
or more coats of synthetic enamel paint to give an even look (fire red, shade
No. 536 as per IS:5).
c) Fittings for GI pipes shall be approved type malleable iron (forged fittings) for
tapered screwed joints and carbon steel butt weld fittings for welded joints
and slip‐on flanges for flanged joints... Fittings shall be approved type steel
fittings conforming to IS:1239‐1982 Part ‐ II for screwed joints, welded and
other relevant IS.
d) All fittings such as bends, tees, etc. for 50mm and below shall be standard
forged fittings. Cast iron fittings and fabricated fittings shall not be accepted.
e) All piping laid shall be as follows:

Pipe Size Material Joints & Fittings Sealing Material

Up to 50 mm GI Pipes Screwed Fittings Non‐Hardening

Heavy Class Unions Lubricant

Raised face
Slip‐on

IS:1239/1979 Flanges

3mm, 3‐ply

Rubber insertion

65mm to 150mm GI Pipe Welded Fittings ‐‐‐‐‐

Raised face
Heavy Class Slip‐on ‐‐‐‐‐

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 365

Flanges

IS:1239/1979 ‐‐‐‐‐ 3mm, 3‐ply

Rubber insertion

200mm to
300mm GI Welded ‐‐‐‐‐

Pipes

Raised face
Heavy Class Slip‐on 3mm, 3‐ply

Flanges Rubber insertion

IS:3589/1981 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐‐‐‐‐

350mm and Over GI Welded Welded ‐‐‐‐‐

Pipes

Raised face
IS:3589/1981 Slip‐on 3mm, 3‐ply

Flanges Rubber insertion

f) Pipes shall be provided with electrical resistance welding. Jointing shall be

butt welded between pipe and pipe and fittings.
g) Joints between C.I. and GI pipes shall be made by provided a suitable
flanged tail or sockets piece and GI flanges on the GI pipe shall have
appropriate number of holes and shall be fastened with nuts, bolts and
1.5mm thick compressed asbestos gaskets.
h) Tee off connections shall be through reducing tees. Drilling and tapping of
the main walls of the main pipe shall not be allowed.
i) All equipment and valve connections shall be through flanges (Welded or
screwed for GI)
j) All welded piping is subjected to the approval of the Client’s Representative
and sufficient number of flanges and unions shall be provided.

2.4.3 Piping Installation:

Tender drawings indicate schematically the size and location of pipes. The
Contractor on the award of the work shall prepare detailed working drawings
showing the cross‐section longitudinal sections, details of fittings, locations of
isolating and drain valves and all pipe support. Drawings to be got approved
from Local Fire Authorities.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 366

Contractor shall submit the Hydraulic calculation for the system in accordance
with Fire Authority By‐laws.

Piping work shall be carried out in workmen like manner, causing minimum
disturbance to the existing services, building, roads and structure. The entire
piping work shall be organized in consultation and coordination with other
agencies work so that particular area work shall be carried out in one stretch.

Piping layout shall take due care for expansion and construction in pipes.

All buried pipes shall be cleaned and treated by applying one coat of PYPKOTE
primer and shall be covered with 4mm thick PYPKOTE anticorrosive tape after
the hydrostatic test pressure of the piping network.

2.4.4 Excavation:
Excavation for pipe lines shall be in open trenches to levels and grades shown
on the drawings or as required at site. Pipe lines shall be buried to a minimum
depth of 1 meter or as shown on the drawings.

Wherever, required Contractor shall support all trenches or adjoining structures

with adequate timber supports at his own cost.

At joints the trench width shall be widened where necessary. All GI pipes below
ground in trenches minimum cover over pipes shall be 100cm. Covered shall be
measured from top of pipe to the surface of ground. The bed of the trench if in
soft or made-up earth, shall be well watered and rammed before laying the
pipes and depressions if any shall be properly filled with earth and consolidated
in 20cm layers.

If the trench bottom is extremely hard and rocky or loose story soil, the trench
shall be excavated at least 150mm below the trench grade. Rocks, Stone or
other hard substances from the bottom of the trench brought back the required
grade by filling with selected fine earth or sand and compacted so as to provide
smooth bedding for the pipe. When excavation required blasting operation, it
shall be ensured that no pipes have be stacked in the vicinity and completed
pipe in the vicinity has already been covered before starting of blasting
operations; this is necessary to prevent damage to the exposed pipe in the
vicinity by falling stone as result of blasting.

After the excavation of the trench is completed, hollows shall be cut at the
required position to receive the socket of the pipes and these hollows shall be
of sufficient depth to ensure that the barrel of the pipes shall rest throughout
their entire length on the solid ground and that sufficient spaces lift for jointing
the under side of the pipe joint. These socket holes shall be refilled with sand
after jointing the pipe.

The excavated materials shall be placed within 1 meter or half of the depth of
the trench, whichever is greater, from the edge of the trench. The material
excavated shall be separated and stacked so that in refilling they may be re‐laid
and completed the same order to satisfaction of the Client’s Representative.

The filling shall be done in layers not exceeding 15mm in depth. Each layer
shall be wasted, rammed and consolidated. Ramming shall be done with iron
rammers where possible and with blunt end of the crow brass where rammers
can not be used. Special care shall be taken to ensure that no damage is
caused to the pipes, drains, masonry or concrete in the trenches.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 367

Filling in trenches shall be commenced soon after the joints of pipes, cables,
conduits etc. have been tested and approved by Client’s Representative. The
space around the pipes shall be cleared of all debris where the trenches are
excavated in hard/soft soil. The filling shall be done with earth on the sides and
tops of pipes in layers not exceeding 15mm in depth. Each layer shall be
watered rammed and consolidated. The clods and lumps of earth exceeding
8cm in any direction shall be broken or removed before the excavated earth is
used for filling. Generally no test is done to determine the instu diversity of filled
earth but on the discretion of Client’s Representative the 95 proctor’s
compaction test may be done to ensure the in situ density after filling.
Consolidation is removal of water from the pores and compaction is the
explosion of air from the pores. In case of refilling consolidation places most
important role as the watering of the each layer is being done properly. If
required by the Client’s Representative proctors needle may also be used for
the proper checking of the refilling items of in situ density.

2.4.5 Anchor Blocks:

Contractor shall provide suitable cement concrete anchor blocks of ample

dimensions at all bends, tee connections and other places required and
necessary for overcoming pressure thrusts in pipes. Anchor blocks shall be of
cement concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand :4 stone aggregate 20mm
nominal gauge).

2.4.7 External Hydrant:

External Hydrants (Yard Hydrants) shall confirm to and marked IS:5290.

Alongside of each hydrant, there shall be a hose box to accommodate two
numbers of C.P. hoses each of 63mm dia and 15M long confirming to IS:636
complete with instantaneous ISI marked stainless steel / Gun‐metal Male and
Female couplings (IS:903) and 1 no. 63mm dia ISI marked stainless steel /
Gun‐metal Short Branch Pipe with nozzle (IS:903) complete with wall anchors,
chain attached moveable caps and polish brass trim.

2.4.8 Fire Brigade Connections:

The Contractor shall provide gun‐metal Fire Brigade collecting head with 4 Nos.
63mm dia instantaneous type inlets with built in butterfly valves and 150mm dia
flanged outlet connection. The collecting heads shall be connected to
underground Fire water tank for the use of local Fire Brigade.

The contractor shall provide gunmetal fire brigade suction hose coupling (draw
out connection) with nut for female coupling as per IS :902‐1974 complete with
150 mm dia. GI suction pipe and 150 mm dia. 1 no. C.I. foot valve flanged (to
be connected to static water tank)

The contractor shall provide gunmetal fire brigade Siamese connection to

Hydrant ring main with NRV & BFV of 150mm dia on vertical pipes with 2 nos.
63mm dia instantaneous type male couplings with 150mm dia flanged outlet
complete with bolts, nuts, and rubber insertions as required and as per
IS:904‐1983.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 368

2.4.9 Fire Hose Cabinets:

The contractor shall provide weather proof hose cabinet fabricated from 16
Guage M.S. Sheet with full glass door and locking arrangement, suitable to
accommodate twin hydrant landing valve, 2 nos. 15m long hose and 1 no.
branch pipe and coupling. The cabinet shall be painted with one coat of primer
and finished stove enameled “Fire Red”. “Fire Hose” written in front including
suitably mounted on raised masonry platform as required.

The contractor shall provide weather proof cabinet fabricated from 16 Guage
sheet with full front glass door and locking arrangement with one coat of primer
and two or more coat of synthetic enamel paint of approved make and shade
and suitably mounted on a raised masonry platform as required. (Draw out and
inlet connection.

2.4.10 Valve Chamber:

Contractor shall provide suitable brick masonry chamber of size as indicated in

Bill of Quantities in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement :5 coarse sand) on cement
concrete foundations 150mm thick 1:5:10 mix (1 cement :5 fine sand :10 graded
stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) 15mm thick cement plaster inside and
outside finished with a floating coat of neat cement with Cast Iron surface box
approved by Fire Brigade including excavation, back filling complete.

2.4.11 Pipe Protection:

All pipes above ground and in exposed locations shall be painted with one coat
of red‐oxide primer and two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of
approved shade after the hydrostatic test pressure of the piping network.

The pipes buried in soil shall be treated by applying one coat of PYPKOTE
primer and shall be covered with 4mm thick PYPKOTE anticorrosive tape after
the hydrostatic test pressure of the piping network.

2.4.12 Testing:

All piping shall be tested to hydrostatic test pressure of 15 Kg/[Link] or

1.5 times the design pressure whichever is higher for a period of not less
than 24 hours. All leaks and defects in joints revealed during the testing
shall be rectified to the satisfaction of the Client’s Representative.

Piping required subsequent to the above pressure test shall be re‐tested in the
same manner.

System may be tested in sections and such sections shall be securely capped.

The Client’s Representative shall be notified well in advance by the Contractor

of his intention to test a section of piping and all testing shall be witnessed by
the Client’s Representative.

The Contractor shall make sure that proper noiseless circulation of fluid is
achieved through the system concerned. If proper circulation is not achieved
due to air bound connections, the Contractor shall rectify the defective
connections. He shall bear all the expenses for carrying out the above
rectification including the tarring‐up and re‐finishing of floors, walls etc. as
required.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 369

The Contractor shall provide all materials, tools, equipment, instruments,

services and labour required to perform the test, and shall ensure that the plant
room and other areas are cleaned up and spill over water is removed.

The Contractor shall give the pressure test of head for external yard hydrant at
ground level and also for hydrant at terrace level.

2.4.14 Measurement:

MS pipes shall be measured per linear meter of the finished length and shall
include all fittings (except flanges), welding, jointing, clamps for fixing to walls or
hangers, anchor fasteners and testing.

Sluice valves with orifice flanges, check valves and full way valves shall be
measured by numbers and shall include all items necessary and required for
mixing and as given in the Specifications/Bill of Quantities.

Landing valves, hose cabinets, rubberized fabric linen fire hose pipes. First‐aid
fire hose reels (with gunmetal port way valves) and gunmetal branch pipes shall
be measured by numbers and shall include all items necessary and required for
fixing as given in the Specifications/Bill of Quantities.

Suction and delivery headers shall be measured per linear meter of finished
length and shall include all items as given in the Bill of Quantities. Painting shall
be included in the rate of headers.

Painting of pipes shall be included in the rate for pipes and no separate
payment shall be made. No additional payment shall be admissible for cutting
holes or chases in walls or floors, making connections to pumps, equipment
and appliances.

3 COMMISSIONING OF FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM:

3.1 SCOPE:
Work under this section shall consist of pre‐commissioning, commissioning,
testing and providing guarantees for all equipment, appliances and accessories
supplied and installed by the Contractor under this contract.

3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

Work under this section shall be executed without any additional cost. The rates
quoted in this tender shall be inclusive of the works given in this section.

Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, metering and testing devices
required for the purpose.

On award of work, Contractor shall submit a detailed proposal giving methods

of testing and gauging the performance of the equipment to be supplied and
installed under this contract.

Contractor shall get the thread test between the Fire Department Hose and
service connections.

4. PRE‐COMMISSIONING:

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 370

On completion of the installation of all pumps, piping, valves, pipe connections,

electrical wiring, motor control panels and water level controlling devices the
Contractor shall proceed as follows:

Testing of M.C.C.:

Tests to be carried out for motor control centers shall be:

i) Insulation resistance test with 500 volt megger, before and after high voltage
test, on all power and control wiring.
ii) High voltage test at 3000 Volts A. C. for one minute on all power and control
wiring.
iii) Low voltage continuity test (6 volts) on power wiring of each feeder, between
bus bars and outgoing terminals with switches and contractors in closed
position.
iv) Low voltage continuity test (6 volts) on all control wiring.
v) Operation test for all feeders with only control supply made “ON” to ensure
correctness of control wiring, operation of the various equipment used, such
as push buttons, protective devices, indicating lamps and relays, etc. All
contractors shall be checked for the earth bus provided in the M.C.C.
vi) Operation of all instruments and meters provided on the M.C.C.

4.1.1 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM:

i) Check all hydrant valves and close if any valve is open. Check that all
suction and delivery connections are properly made.
ii) Test run and check rotation of each motor and correct the same if required.

4.5 PIPE WORK:

i) Check all clamps, supports and hangers provided for the pipes.

A Fill up pipes with water and apply hydrostatic pressure to the system as given
in the relevant section of the specifications if any leakage is found. Rectify
the same and retest the pipes.

4.6 COMMISSIONING AND TESTING: Fire Hydrant System:

i) Pressurize the fire hydrant system by running the terrace pump and after
attaining the required pressure shutoff the pump.
ii) Open bypass valve and allow the pressure to drop in the system. Check that
the jockey pump cuts in and cuts out at the pre‐set pressures. If necessary
adjust the pressure switch for the jockey pump. Close by pass valves.
iii) Open hydrant valve and allow the water to flow into the fire water tank in
order to avoid wastage of water. The main fire pump should cut in at the
present pressure and should not cut out automatically on reaching the
normal line pressure. The main fire pump should stop only by manual push
button. However, the jockey pump should cut out as soon as the main pump
starts.
iv) Check each landing valves, male and female coupling and branch pipes for
compatibility with each other. Any fitting which is found to be incompatible

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 371

and does not fit into the other properly shall be replaced by the Contractor.
Landing valves shall also be checked by opening and closing under
pressure.

4.8 HANDING OVER:

i) All commissioning and testing shall be done by the Contractor to the

complete satisfaction of the Client’s Representative/consultant, and the
job handed over to the client.
ii) Contractor shall also hand over to the client all maintenance and
operation manuals and all items as per the terms of the contract.
iii) Contractor shall arrange the inspection from Local Fire Authority to
inspect the systems installed by him. Contractor shall arrange to get
the system completion and satisfactory working certificate from the
local Fire Authority after the inspections conducted by the Local Fire
Authority.
iv) Contractor shall train the Facility management staff and security
personnel regarding the operation and maintenance of the overall
system including necessary preventive maintenance, do’s and dont’s for
the system.
v) Contractor shall also perform a mock up drill to demonstrate the use of
complete fire fighting system
vi) All control, drain, test, pumps and alarm valves shall be provided with
signs to identify their purposes, functions, direction of flow the
satisfaction of the Consultants.

5.0 HAND APPLIANCES:

5.1 SCOPE:
Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour, material,
appliances and equipment necessary and required to install fire extinguishing
hand appliances.

Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing the work shall consist of the
following: Installation of fully charged and tested Fire Extinguishing Hand
Appliances CO2, Foam, Dry chemical powder type as required by these
specifications and drawings.

5.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

5.2.1 Fire extinguishers shall conform to the following Indian Standard

specifications and shall be with BIS approved stamp as revised and Amended
up to date.

a) CO2 Type : IS:2878

b) Foam Type : IS:933‐1989

c) Dry Powder Type : IS 2171‐1985

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 372

d) ABC Powder Type : IS 1349‐1993

e) DCP Trolley Mounted : IS 10658

f) CO2 Trolley Mounted : IS:2878

g) Mechanical Foam Trolley Mounted : IS:13386

5.2.2 Fire extinguishers shall be installed as per Indian Standard Code of

practice for selection, installation and maintenance of portable first aid
appliances IS:2190‐1979.

5.2.3 Hand appliances shall be installed in readily accessible locations with the
Appliance brackets fixed to wall by suitable anchor fasteners.

5.2.4 Each appliance shall be provided with an inspection, testing, change of

charge and other relevant data.

5.2.5 All appliances shall be fixed in a true workman like manner truly vertical
and at current locations.

5.3 Measurements:

Fire extinguishers shall be measured by numbers and include installation and

all items necessary and required and given in the Bill of Quantities.

6.0 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

6.1 SCOPE
The scope of work shall include supply , storing, unpacking, fixing of all items
associated with electrical equipment such as Motors, Motor Control Centers,
Starters Cables, interlocks etc. as required.

6.2 APPLICABLE CODES

All applicable codes, standards and statutory regulations shall be used for
design and constructions. In general all equipment materials as well as
construction shall be in accordance with the latest issues of Indian Standards
currently in force and Installation conforming to IE Rules.

Note:- Models of items of all firefighting, Wet Riser & Sprinkler system,
pumps and valves should be got approved from the Engineer in charge
well before placing any order to the OEM/its authorized dealer. The
contractor/agency is required to submit all relevant test certificates
documents and along with the proposal. The model along with sample
should be approval by Engineer-in-charge before placing any order and
supply of same to the site. The decision of Engineer-in-charge is binding
in this regard and no variation is acceptable.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 373

Note:- If the make of any item to be used in execution is not in the list of
approved make, the agency has to submit the makes for approval from
Eng-in-charge. The decision of the Eng-in-charge in this respect shall be
final and binding to the agency.

All the materials used in work shall have to confirmed to relevant IS

strictly.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 374

Specification for Package C4 (Substation Equipment )

Specification for Transformer

General
1.1 Codes and standards
The equipment will be designed, manufactured and tested in compliance with the IEC,
IS and ISO codes and standards and the following codes and standards in particular:
IEC 60076 Series: Power transformers
CENELEC HD 538 Three phase dry type distribution transformers
IS 2026 Power Transformers
ISO 9001
Preference of codes and standards: In case of conflict between this specification and
any of the referenced codes and standards, the following order of preference shall
apply:
This specification
Referenced codes and standards
Acceptable alternative codes and standards
1.2 Service conditions
Service conditions are as follows:
Altitude: Maximum 560 meters above sea level. (Must prevail the Buyer´s site
conditions.)
Maximum ambient temperature:
Never over 50º C and never below - 5º C. (Must prevail the Buyer´s site conditions.)
In addition, an ambient air temperature never exceeding :
30ºC average in any one day. (Must prevail the Buyer´s site conditions.)
20ºC average in any one year. (Must prevail the Buyer´s site conditions.)
(Note: Other enviromental conditions may be accepted upon request)
1.3 System characteristics
The characteristics of the purchaser are as follows:
Rated service voltage: HV: 22_ kV
LV:0.433_kV
Number of phases: 3
Frequency: 50 Hz

1.4 Documentation
With the commercial offer the bidder shall send the following documents:
Technical datasheet
Preliminary Outline Drawing
Product Catalogue

2. Design and construction

Rated power
The transformer shall be designed so that they can deliver continuously its rated
current under steady loading conditions without exceeding the temperature rise,
assuming that the applied voltage is equal to the rated voltage and that the supply is at
rated frequency.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 375

2.1 Core assembly

The core shall be constructed of the best quality, low loss, cold rolled, grain oriented
steel laminations insulated on both sides.
Laminations shall be “step lap” overlapped to minimize core losses and noise.
The entire core assembly shall be covered with heat retardant resin-based lacquer for
corrosion protection before the coils are mounted.

2.4 Windings

All the windings shall be of high conductivity conductors of best quality. The
transformer shall have separate high voltage and low voltage windings. The insulation
system of the windings shall consist of approved materials for assigned temperature
class. The insulation level of the windings shall comply with the stated table:

Highest voltage for Rated short duration power Rated lightning impulse
equipment UmkV frequency withstand voltage withstand voltage
(rms) kV (rms) kV (peak)
< 1.1 3 -
3.6 10 40
7.2 20 60
12 28 75
17.5 38 95
24 50 125
36 70 170
52 95 250

Off circuit tappings

The transformer shall be provided with tapping links on the HV windings. Their position
can be selected whilst the transformer is off circuit. Taping selection shall be by means
of bolted links. The tapping range shall be:
Plus 2.5% and 5%
Minus 2.5%, 5% and 7.5%
Tappings with connection cables are not accepted.
HV and LV windings assembly
The high and low voltage coils of each phase shall be supported and clamped by lower
and upper supporting blocks, each having rubber expansion blocks for thermal
expansion.
The position of the LV terminals shall be either at the opposite side of the HV terminals
at the top or at the bottom of the transformer. The neutral bar terminal, if any, shall be
at the same side as the LV phase terminal.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 376

The design of the complete assembly should be in a way that if necessary, an

exchange of separate high and low voltage coils can be done.

Noise level
Noise level shall be in accordance to the NEMA TR 1 / CENELEC standards.
Earthing terminal
Provision shall be made to connect external earthing at position close to the bottom the
enclosure at two points. Earthing terminal shall be adequately dimensioned to receive
the external earthing conductor/strip.
Internal earthing arrangement
All metal parts of the transformer with the exception of the individual core laminations
and associated individual clamping plates shall be maintained at some fixed potential.
The bottom main core clamping structure shall be connected to the enclosure by
copper cable.
Finishing
The procedure being stated shall be applicable to the metallic parts of the transformer
and enclosure.
Surfaces preparation treatment and painting procedure
Material Steel sheet, completely rust-free
Cleaning and degreasing
Phosphatizing (Zinc)
Water Rinsing
Passivity process
Drying process
Painting through powder coating (epoxy polyester powder)
Polymerization
Average thickness 70 µm, no any point lower than 50 µm
Standard Color RAL 7035 enclosure / RAL 7035 metallic parts of
transformer
Adherence degree 0-1, according to EN ISO2409

Accessories
The transformers shall be equipped with all the accessories deemed necessary for
proper operation by the manufacturer plus the ones specified in the specification.
Additional available accessories shall be quoted as options.
Lifting eyes or lifting lugs.
HV and LV terminals
Earthing terminals
Pulling holes on the under base
Winding temperature control system:
The transformer will be equipped with a thermal protection device. It will consist of
sensors and temperature control unit. The sensors will be supplied assembled and
wired to the terminal block fixed on the upper part of the transformer. The temperature
device provided shall have two numbers of potential free contacts for trip/alarm. In
order to avoid any malfunction due to magnetic interferences, the temperature device
will not be assembled in the transformer, but it will be packed for its transport with the
transformer.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 377

Transformer shall have a rating plate of weatherproof stainless steel material placed in
a clear position. Nameplate information as called for by IEC standards shall be
provided. This includes:
Type of transformer
IEC codes must be stated
Manufacturer’s name
Serial number
Year of Manufacture
Insulation Level
Number of phases
Rated power
Rated frequency
Rated voltage
Rated currents
Vector Group
Impedance voltage at rated current
Type of Cooling
Total Mass
Temperature rise of windings
Enclosures
Standard transformers are supplied without enclosures, protection class IP00.
Additional protection may be added, using an enclosure with protection degree IP21 to
IP44, which provide safety barrier against accidental live contact.
Standard enclosure
The enclosure is made of bolt-on type sheets of steel of the bolt-on type with
removable panels and supported from the transformer framework. Its removable base
can be installed without having to lift the transformer.
Central front and rear handle panels will be provided for access to the tap changer.
Inlet-outlet of cables is situated at the bottom of the enclosure through copper gland
plates to be machined by the customer.
For indoor applications the sheet steel will be painted in grey color, RAL7035 with
average 70 µm powder coating thickness ; for outdoors applications will be will be
painted in grey color, RAL7035 with average 100 µm powder coating thickness.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 378

Package system
The package system will follow different rules depending on the way the transformer
will be transported.
Specially, the transport by ship should be done with a special package containing at
least a thermo-isolating bag involving the whole transformer that should be placed
inside a wooden crate.
The seller shall always submit the package system for the buyer’s approval. The
approval of the package system does not relieve the manufacturer from any of it’s
responsibilities of assure the good quality of the package.
2.16 Inspection and testing
Routine tests
The transformers are subject to inspection during their manufacture. Routine test of
each transformer shall be according to IEC 60076-11 and IS 11171:
Measurement of windings resistance
Measurement of the turns ratio and vector group
Measurement of impedance voltage and load loss
Measurement of no load loss and no load current
Applied voltage dielectric test
Induced voltage dielectric test
Measurement of Partial Discharge Test

The equipment shall be subject to inspection and testing during manufacture

and after completion by one representative from the Buyer. All the expenses for travel,
accommodation, visa, etc. of the representatives in connection with the inspection,
shall be borne by the Buyer.
Acceptance by Buyer’s representative of any transformer shall not relieve the
manufacturer from any of this performance guarantee, or from any of the other
obligations resulting from this contract.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 379

Technical Parameters for Transformer

[Link]. Description UNIT Parameter

1 Name of Manufacturer
2 General Description Oil Type Transformer

3 Reference Standard IS 2026

4 Installation outdoor
5 Duty Continuous
6 Application Distribution
7 Altitude m Approx 560 mtr Above MSL
8 Rated Power (based on AN Cooling) kVA 800
9 Rated No-Load Voltage Ratio (Primary / kV 22 / 0.433
Secondary)
10 Rated Frequency Hz 50
11 Number of Phases Nos. 3
12 Material of Winding (Primary /Secondary) -- CU / CU

13 Vector Group -- Dyn11

14 Connection (Primary /Secondary) -- Delta/Star
15 Tapping Off Load
16 Type of Tap Changer -- Off Circuit Tap Links
17 Tapping Range/Tap step -- +5% to -7.5% @2.5%
18 No. of Steps Nos. +2 / -3 steps
19 For HV Variation / LV Variation -- HV Variation
20 Class of Insulation Class F
21 Method of Cooling -- ONAN

22 Avg. Temp. Rise of Oil /Winding (at Deg.C 40/45 deg.

principal tap)

23 Ambient Temp. (Max. / Mini. / Year / Day) Deg.C 50 / -5 / 32 / 40

Loss at Rated Voltage & Frequency at

24 50% loading kW Latest ECBC Guideline
Full-Load Loss at Rated Current, at 75
25 Deg. C & at kW Latest ECBC Guideline
Principal
Total LossTap (+15%Voltage
at Rated IS Tol) at Principal
26 Tapping, Rated kW Latest ECBC Guideline
27 Frequency,
% Impedanceat at
75Rated
Deg. CCurrent,
& at 100%
at 75load
o
C&
at Principal Tap (±10% IS Tol) % 5.00
35 Degree of protection of Enclosure IP IP 54
36 Termination Arrangements

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 380

37 HV -- Cable Box
38 LV -- Cable Box
39 Orientation between HV & LV Deg. 180
Weights (Approx.)
Core & Winding Kg.
40 As per the OEM Standard
Enclosure & Fittings Kg.
Total Weight Kg.
Over-all Dimensions

Length mm
41 As per the OEM Standard
Breadth mm
Height (With Roller) mm
Rating & Diagram plate, Oil
42 Fittings / Accessories -- Temperature Indicator,
Winding Temperature
Indicator Magnetic Oil Level
Indicator,
Gauge, Buchholz Relay,
Silica Gel Breather (Flange)
List of Tests to be conducted at etc
Routine Test According to IS
43 Manufacturer's Works 1180 and as per E&M
Quality Assurance policy of
CPWD

HT VCB Panel Specification

GENERAL
Technical specification
This specification describes the general requirements governing the design of 12/22kV
LSC 2B, PM, IAC AF-LR Indoor Switchgear and control gear fully type tested
according to IEC 62271-200 standards.
The design of the switchgear shall be exclusive and specific responsibility of supplier
and shall comply with current good engineering practice, the relevant codes and
recommendation, the project specific requirements.
The Circuit Breaker shall confirm to IEC-62271-100.
1. CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATION
1.1. Codes and Standards
The electrical switchgears and the relevant equipment shall be designed,
manufactured and tested according to the latest version of
IEC 62271-1 Common Specifications for Switchgear & Control gear
IEC 62271-100 Circuit Breakers
IEC 62271-200 A.C. metal-enclosed switchgear and control gear for rated voltages
above 1kV and up to and including 72kV and the IEC Code herein
referred

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 381

Any other codes recognized in the country of origin of equipment might be considered
provided that they fully comply with IEC standards.
The design of the switchgear shall be based on safety to personnel and equipment
during operation and maintenance, reliability of service, ease of maintenance,
mechanical protection of equipment, interchangeability of equipment and ready
addition of future loads.
2. SERVICE CONDITIONS
The switchgear and shall be suitable for continuous operation under the basic service
conditions indicated below.
Ambient temperature -5 to +40 oC
Relative humidity up to 95%
Altitude of installation up to 1000m

3. METAL CUBICLES
3.1. STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
The switchgear and control gear panels shall be of the fully arc proof LSC 2B, PM, IAC
AF-LR, free standing, floor mounting, flush fronted, withdrawable type, consisting of
separate panels assembled into one or more sections to form a single structure with a
common busbar assembly. The switchgear shall be IAC 26.3kA/1sec AFLR with
factory fitted exhaust duct.
The panels shall be constructed from prime quality folded and riveted Aluminium Zinc/
Sendzimir GI coated steel sheet or pre-galvanised sheets of 2 mm thickness. Type test
reports should be submitted and offer the same product. Only doors and end covers
shall be painted with paint shade as specified. Doors should be single shot latch type.
No bolted doors shall be provided.
The observation window on the CB compartment door shall be made of special
toughened/ laminated glass of at least 8 mm thick. Observation window shall be of
same material and construction as the type tested design/construction.
The design of the panels shall be such that no permanent or harmful distortion occurs
either when being lifted by eyebolts or when moved into position by rollers or
transpallets.
The switchgear and control gear should have the minimum degree of protection (in
accordance with IEC 60529)
IP 4X for the enclosure
IP 2X for the partition between compartments
The switchgear must be readily extendable in either direction.
Each cubicle shall be equipped with anti-condensation heater controlled by thermostat.

3.3. COMPARTMENTS OF EACH CUBICLE

Metal cubicles shall be divided in the following compartments.
Busbar compartment
Circuit breaker compartment
Cable compartment
LV compartment

Each HV compartment should have individual exhaust channel / pressure relief flaps to
let out over-pressurized hot gases at the top of the switchboard in case of an internal

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 382

fault. Suitable factory fitted arc duct arrangement shall be provided for vending out the
arc out of the switchgear room.
Front access doors with single action operator will be provided to the HV circuit
breaker compartment. Bolted type CB door locking arrangement shall not be accepted.

3.4. BUSBAR COMPARTMENT

Comprising the 3 single phase copper busbars and the connections to the circuit
breaker compartment.
The busbar system shall be air insulated. The bus system is also required to withstand
the specified impulse voltage level without the use of filled compounds, hand wound
tapes etc.
Busbars shall be rated to withstand all dynamic and thermal stresses for the full length
of the switchgear.
Self supported busbar should be used. No use of shroud insulators to avoid tracking.
The frame and all other metallic non-current carrying parts of the switchgear shall be
bonded together and earthed through the external connection to a through going earth
bar along the switchgear. There are terminals for connection to the external station
earth bar at the bottom of each cubicle.
3.5. CIRCUIT BREAKER COMPARTMENT
Comprising the with-drawable Vacuum Circuit Breaker for 22kV voltage level and all
accessories required for its operation.
To ensure the integrity of the arc fault containment requirement, the operations
must be carried out with the switchgear doors closed i.e. circuit breaker for opening
and closing, racking of circuit breaker (or withdrawable voltage transformer) between
service and test position.
Circuit breaker compartment door must be padlockable.
Access between the circuit breaker (or withdrawable voltage transformer) and busbar /
cable compartments shall be made through epoxy encapsulated spout bushings of
uniform shape and dimension. Spouts are covered by automatic metal shutters,
covering all three phases unless the circuit breaker is in service position.
3.5.1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Circuit breakers shall be withdraw-able Vacuum type of floor rolling design.
Each Circuit breakers shall be provided with integral spring charging handle.
Vacuum interrupters of the circuit breakers shall not be openly exposed design and
shall be completely encapsulated in epoxy housing. No partial encapsulation shall be
provided. Vacuum Pressure shall be 10-9 HPa. Vacuum Interrupters should be able to
perform 30000 mechanical operations. Arcing contacts shall be of soild copper
chromium.
Vacuum interrupters shall be sourced from India or Europe. Interrupters sourced from
China shall not be acceptable even if it is from manufacturer of the CB.
The offered circuit breaker should have valid type tests to support the afore-mentioned
duty class.
The circuit breaker shall be isolated by horizontal racking and positively fixing the unit
into any one of the following positions:,
Service position; main and auxiliary circuits connected

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 383

Test position; main circuits disconnected auxiliary circuits connected. Circuit breaker in
its isolated position shall be completely contained in the apparatus compartment with
shutters on main circuit closed and compartment front door closed.
Withdrawn position; main circuits and auxiliary circuits disconnected. Circuit breaker is
removed out of the cubicle.
The circuit breaker control auxiliaries shall be of the plug and socket type.
When the circuit breaker is in the service position removal of the control auxiliaries will
not be possible.
The circuit breaker truck shall ensure earthing in both connected and disconnected
positions.
An electro-mechanical device shall be provided to ensure the auxiliary circuits have
been securely connected between the fixed and moving portions of the switchgear,
before allowing closing operation of the circuit breaker. The voltage rating of the
device shall be the same as the voltage used for the closing circuit.
Tripping and/or release coils shall be continuous rated to ensure longer life.
The switchgear shall be provided with facilities for full operation from a remote point.
Circuit breakers shall be equipped with a motor wound spring stored energy operating
mechanism with opening and closing operations independent of the operator, electric
close and trip releases, manual on/off buttons and manual spring charging facilities.
It shall be possible to manually charge the circuit breaker operating spring in case of
auxiliary supply failure.
Mechanical indication of the spring-charged condition shall be provided.
Circuit breakers shall be provided with a mechanically operated visual indicating
device to display the circuit breaker switching state and a mechanical operation
counter.
The circuit breaker operations of closing and opening shall be possible with the circuit
breaker compartment door closed.
It shall be possible to trip the circuit breaker locally by mechanical means.
Circuit breakers will be provided with at least one spare normally-open and one spare
normally-closed contact, each wired out to terminals for the connection of external
wiring.
Circuit breakers shall be mechanical latching and electrical and mechanical tripping.
The operating mechanism shall be trip-free and shall include an anti-pumping device.
3.5.2. SHUTTERS
Circuit breaker compartment should have automatic shutters, which shall be opened
and closed by the mechanical drive of the circuit breaker.
The busbar and circuit spout covers shall be operated independently of each other.
Padlock facilities can be provided on the metal shutters.
3.6. CABLE COMPARTMENT
This compartment shall have the following components:
current transformers
voltage transformers
cable terminals

It shall be possible to terminate up to a maximum of two single core for 630A HV

cables per phase. The cable termination height should be a minimum of 600mm to
facilitate ease of termination.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 384

The access to the compartment will be possible by removing the front and/or the back
plates, bolted to the main frame.
The entry of the cables shall be from the bottom of the cubicles. To prevent access of
small animals to the live parts cable gland plates needs to be supplied.
Internal arc should be valid also at the rear side of cubicle.
3.6.1. Current Transformers
All current transformers shall comply with IS 2705.
CT ratio, accuracy class and burden shall be as per BOQ.
3.6.2. Voltage Transformers
All voltage transformers shall comply with IS 3156.
Voltage Transformer (VT) shall be cast-resin with built-in primary fuses, VT’s shall be
draw out type. VT fuses should be gun type.
Voltage transformer shall be independent of circuit breaker carriage.
3.7. LOW VOLTAGE COMPARTMENT
All low voltage equipment shall be normally in contained in the low voltage
compartment. In particular :
Terminal blocks and wiring for interconnections between cubicles and for
connecting the auxiliary cables
Instruments, protection relay, metering devices, fuses etc.
On the top of the low voltage compartment, there shall be a cable duct for auxiliary
connections between cubicles and towards the external installation. Similar channel
shall be available at the bottom along the switchgear.
Plug-in type terminal blocks shall do all inter-cabling between cubicles.
Wiring will be done according to relevant IEC/IS standards.
Panel front on inside labelling will be done by using Engraved black labels in English
language.
3.7.1 RELAYS
The offered relay should be of numerical and communicable design and should be of
flush mounting design, The relay should be designed for selective protection of feeders
in utility and industrial power systems in primary as well as secondary distribution
network. Relay shall have built-in protection feature of 50,51,50N,51N,95,86,68. It
should be possible to control the VCB from relay. Relay should have alphanumeric
LCD.
4. TESTS
4.1. TYPE TESTS
Cubicles shall be type tested in accordance with latest IEC standards.
The following type tests have been performed and report must be available.
Short time and peak withstand current test
Temperature rise tests
Dielectric tests
CB make break duty test
Ingress protection test

Cubicle and circuit breakers are to be of supplier's own products. Panels from system
houses are not acceptable.
4.2. ROUTINE TESTS

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 385

Routine tests shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 62271-200 standards. These
tests shall ensure the reliability of cubicle.
Below listed test shall be performed as final acceptance tests before the delivery of
cubicles ;
Withstand voltage at power frequency
Withstand voltage on the auxiliary circuits
Operation of functional locks, interlocks, signalling devices and auxiliary devices
Suitability and correct operation of protections, control instruments and electrical
connections of the circuit breaker operating mechanism
Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit
Verification of wiring
Visual inspection

Specification for LT Panel

4.0. Design of all LT Panels (like Main LT Panel, Synchronization Panel, Main
Essential Panel, Firefighting Panels, Water supply panel, APFC Panel, VRF
Panel, main LT panel for Academic & EDP Building, Essential panel for
Academic & EDP Building ,external feeder pillars, etc.) shall be Type tested/
CPRI approved as per BOQ. All the panels shall be built up from
compartments housing circuit breakers, control gear, relays, busbars, controls
and other items of equipment.
4.1. The main LT panel and Essential Panel Shall be type tested confirming to IEC
61439:2011 Part 1 & 2. The panel shall be manufactured by authorized
vendors of the DV TTA panel OEM or vendors having IEC 61439:2011 Part 1
& 2 certification as per type tested design . Other panels must be
manufactured by CPRI approved vendors as per acceptable make list
according to approved design and CPWD specifications.
4.2. All Switch Boards shall be Modular in construction. If should provide flexibility
of expansion from both sides of panels.
4.3. The degree of Ingress Protection for Main LV Switchboards shall be minimum
IP 42 for indoor application and IP54 for outdoor application which shall not
degrade with time.
4.4. Electrical panel shall be tested IK09 for mechanical impact in accordance with
IEC 62262.
4.5. All busbar shall be Electrolytic high conductivity TP & N (Full Size) copper
conductor busbars as specified in technical specification.
4.6. In Electrical panel all the Bolts and nuts must be of stainless steel only, with
suitable two- sided plate washer and Spring washer.
4.7. In case of any contradiction between specification and Drawings, the decision
of Engineer-In-charge shall be final and binding for the contractor.
4.8. Non-magnetic gland plates of not less than 3.2mm thick with bracing of
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 386

suitable size shall be provided at the top and bottom of the LV main
switchboards for the termination of incoming and outgoing power cables or
busbars.
4.9. All live accessible parts shall be shrouded and all equipment shall be finger
touch proof. SMC/DMC shrouds and busbar supports suitably spaced shall be
used. Hinged doors with padlocking facility shall be provided on all outgoing
feeders with switch handles lockable in OFF condition.
4.10. Earthing all components, frames, glands etc to be common internal earth bar
of appropriate size with Cu busbar as per the approved design.
4.11. All switch gears or DOL starters feeding motors shall have separate suitable
electronic over load relay shall be provided with reset button.
4.12. All the panel must be provided with suitable Surge protection devices based
on the short circuit fault current.
4.13. All the switchgears and monitoring devices of the Panels shall be connected
through IBMS Via Modbus TCP/IP or other applicable protocols. MCCBs shall
be controlled and monitored with IBMS system, ON, OFF and trip status shall
be monitored also potential free contacts shall be provided in the switchgears
for ensuring the control operation through IBMS software. Apart from that type
of fault, status and time stamping is also needs to mapped, including Health of
SPDs.
5.0. INSTRUMENTATION:
(i) Voltmeter shall be of class 1.0 accuracy as per IS-1248 shall be provided as
per requirement, with selector switch. The instrument shall be calibrated for the
ranges specified.
(ii) Energy meters shall be of class 1.0 conforming to IS 722 (Part-IX) and power
factor meter of class 2 accuracy shall be provided.
(iii) Ammeter shall be of specified range and class 1.0 accuracy as per IS-1248
shall be provided with necessary selector switches.
(iv) The panel assembly shall also take care of the following requirement:
(a) Lamp indication shall be proved to indicate ON/OFF (by red/green
respectively) of switch gear.

(b) Mechanical indication with an LED indicating lamp for spring charged status.
(c) Lamp indicating tripping at fault status.
(d) Healthy trip supply shall be indicated by clear lamp.
(e) Separate MCBs shall be provided for lamps, heaters, voltmeters and other
instrumentation etc. on each panel.
(f) Anti-condensation space heaters shall be provided, and shall be suitable for
operation on 240V, 1 Phase, 50 Hz A.C. for each panel wherever required.
(g) Where there is more than one incomer and bus sections, these shall be castle
key interlocked as per interlocking scheme as specified.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 387

5.1. CABLE BOXES

Cable boxes shall be situated in a compartment at the rear / side of the housing,
depending on the cable entry after detailed design of panels.
5.2. Cable entry:
Provision for top (bus ducts preferred for top entry) / bottom or such other side
entry shall be made as per requirement with sufficient head room for cable
termination. 3mm thick removable gland plates shall be provided for cable
termination.
5.3. Earthing:
All metallic components shall be earthed to a common earthing point. It shall be
terminated by an adequate terminal intended for connection to the earth system
of the installation, by way of flexible jumpers/strips & Lug arrangement. The
continuity of the earth system shall be ensured taking into account the thermal
& mechanical stresses caused by the current it may have to carry. The
components to be connected to the earth system shall include:
(i) The enclosure of High voltage switchgear & control gear from the terminal
provided for the purpose.
(ii) The enclosure of Panel body.
(iii) The metal screen & the high voltage cable earth conductor,
(iv) The transformers,
(v) The LT and HT cables (as per the laid length).
(vi) The frame &/or enclosure of low voltage switchgear,

5.4. Installation: The installation work shall cover assembly of panels lining up,
grouting the units etc. in the case of multi panels switch boards after connecting up the
bus bar all joint shall be insulated with HV insulation tape or with approved insulation
compound. A common earth bar shall be run preferably at the back of the switch
indications & metering connections and wirings shall be completed. Where trip of the
batteries. All relay instruments and meters shall be mounted and connected with
appropriate wiring. Calibration checks of units as necessary and required by the
licensee like CTs, VTs energy meters etc. shall be completed before pre-commission
checks are undertaken.

6.0. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

Procedure for testing and commissioning of relay shall be in general accordance with
good practice.
Commissioning checks and tests shall include in addition to checking of all small wiring
connections, relays calibration and setting tests by secondary injection method and
primary injection method. Primary injection test will be preferred for operation of relay
through CTs. Before panel board is commissioned, provision of the safety namely fire
extinguishers, rubber mats and danger board shall be ensured. In addition all routine
megger tests shall be performed. Checks and test shall include following.
(i) Operation checks and lubrication of all moving parts.
(ii) Interlock function checks.
(iii) Continuity checks of wiring, fuses etc. as reqd.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 388

(iv) Insulation tests.

(v) Trip test and protection gear tests.
(vi) The complete panel shall be tested with 5000V megger for insulation between
poles and poles to earth. Insulation test of secondary of CTs and VT to earth shall be
conducted using 500V megger.
(vii) Any other tests as may be required by the Licensee / Inspector shall be
conducted.
(viii) Where specified, the entire switch board shall withstand high voltage test after
installation.
(ix) Any other test required by the consignee / inspecting officer.

7.0. THYRISTOR SWITCH APFC LT CAPACITOR PANEL

7.1. Scope
Design, manufacture, supply of indoor type automatic power factor correction control
panel with thyristor switching as per specification given below:
7.2. Standard
Unless otherwise stated below, the power capacitors shall conform to IS:13925/1998
(Old IS : 2834-1986). The capacitor shall be provided with low loss metallized
polypropylene film as dielectric, impregnated with polyurethane resins.
The temperature rises above the specified ambient (50ºC) of any part of the capacitor
and polyurethane resins associated equipment shall not exceed the permissible
temperature as per IS:13925. Complete technical data sheet including guarantee
details giving the temperature rise, capacity of battery capacitor losses etc, Capacitor
panel GA drawing, indicating mounting of capacitor units shall be furnished with the
shop drg.
7.3. Control Panel
To control the power factor of the system, an automatic Capacitor control panel shall
be provided. This panel shall be provided with necessary MCCBs, Vacuum contactors,
automatic 12 steps relays with associated CT's and power factor meter, indicating
lamps, push buttons etc. Capacitors shall also be housed in the same panel. The panel
shall be free standing type, dead front cubicle and shall be constructed from 2 mm
thick sheet steel. The degree of protection shall be IP 42 and cable entry shall be from
top. This panel shall be standalone Capacitor panel.
7.4. Capacitors & Reactors Rating
i. 1.1KV, capacitor units shall be used to form a bank of capacitors of desired
capacity. All these units shall be connected in a parallel by means of solid copper bus
bars of adequate current carrying capacity. The combination of capacitor unit shall be
such as not to exceed permissible over voltage across the healthy capacitor units in
case of failure of one or more units. Capacitor banks shall be suitable for operation at
110% of rated MS voltage and 150% of rates MS current. Each unit shall satisfactorily
operate at 130% of rated KVAR.
ii. 0.2% Reactance also shall be connected in series with capacitor banks on the
neutral side for suppressing inrush currents. The reactors shall be dry type and shall
be suitable for indoor applications. Reactors in general shall confirm to IS:5553.
iii. General
(a) System should be capable of real time cycle/ Dynamic control.
(b) Power factor maintained from 0.99 to unity

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 389

(c) Thyristors switched

(d) No spikes and transient free system
iv. System configuration & Features
(a) The system has to use Electronic thyristors switching. The connection and
disconnection should occur when the voltage across thyristor is “Zero”. This ensures
smooth connection, which avoids transient’s effect typically created by electro
mechanically switched compensation systems.
(b) Solid State Relay shall be used.
v. Detuned filter
(a) The aluminium conductor used either have dual coat enamel insulation or are
provided with insulation of nomex paper, capable of withstanding temperature
exceeding 180 deg.C.
(b) H- class insulation.
(c) Vacuum impregnated.
(d) Tolerance of inductance should not be more than 5%.
(e) For the temp, protection a Temperature sensor should be provided.
vi. System – Controller (APFC Relay)
(a) The relay should have a microprocessor based sensing having three phase
measurement and thyristor output.
(b) The relay should have a LED display panel and minimum current sensitivity of
40 mA.
(c) It should have RS 232 port interface protocol or RS 485 port with MODBUS.
(d) All measurement should be made with 0.5 class accuracy.
(e) Load V, I and capacitor current THD measurement with ODD harmonic
coefficient upto 19th harmonic, Neutral current analysis too.
(f) Upto 12 output bank control.
(g) Protection to be provided for :-
• Over/under voltage
• Capacitor over/ under current / Thd
• Over/ under frequency
• Load unbalanced
• Over temperature
vii. Switching Module
(a) Thyristor Switching Module (TSM) should be fast electrically controlled,
provided with self-observing thyristors switch for capacitive load and it should be
capable to switch capacitors within few milli second (20 m sec) as often as required.
(b) Reaction time shall be 7-10 milliseconds and PIV of 1100 V to take care of
system voltage, voltage due to crest factor and switching transients across the SCR.
(c) All intelligence needed should be offered within thyristors itself.
(d) Permanent self controlling of Voltage parameter, phase sequence, capacitor
output.
(e) Super-fast semiconductor fuses of suitable ratings shall be used for the
protection of Thyristorized switching module (TSM).
(f) Fast discharge resistance shall be provided with each set of capacitors,
(g) Maximum ambient temp. : 45 deg-C.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 390

(h) The TSM module should be protected against high temperature by the help of
in built thermal cut outs, which ensures disconnection at high temperature and restores
when the temperature becomes normal.
(i) The TSM modules shall be naturally cooled with heat sinks of special
aluminium alloys.
viii. Compartments
(a) The switching module and high speed fuses shall be placed on the front plate.
(b) The capacitors, reactors and discharge module shall be placed behind.
(c) The APFC modules shall be complete with all capacitors / reactors / HRC fuses
and switching devices connected with cables of suitable sizes.
(d) The compartment should ensure proper heat dissipation.

8.0. CABLES
8.1. HT CABLES
8.1.1 General:
The cables shall be supplied, inspected, laid, tested and commissioned in accordance
with Drawings. Specifications, Indian Standard Specifications IS: 7098 - part-II, IS:
1255-1983 and cable manufacturer’s instructions. The cables shall be of reputed
make.
The recommendations of the cable manufacturer with regard to jointing and sealing
shall be strictly followed. The installation of cables shall be done by an approved,
qualified and experienced person in this trade.
8.1.2 Standards:
The following standards and rules shall be applicable.

IS 7098, Part -II, 1985: XLPE insulated HT cables

IS 3975 : Mild steel wires, formed wires and tapes from armouring of
cables.
IS 1255 : Code of Practice for installation and maintenance of Power
cables upto and including 11 KV ratings.
IS 10418 : Drums for Electric Cables
IS 1554 : PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables Part I for working
voltages upto and including 1100 V.
IS 8130, 1984 : Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords.
IS 3961 : Recommended current ratings for cables :( Part 2) PVC
Insulated and PVC sheathed heavy duty cables.
IS 5831 : PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables.
IS 10810 : Methods of Tests for Cables.
IS 4905 : Methods for random sampling
(i) The individual cores shall have continuous numbering of the core all along its
length and also be provided with identification ferrules at both ends. Individual control
cables shall have 20% spare cores.
(ii) FRLS cables shall be used to prevent flame propagation, smoke reduction and
to avoid toxic gas emission in the event of a fire. FRLS compound shall be tested
rigorously for oxygen index as per ASTM D2863, acid gas generation to IEC 754-1,
smoke density to ASTM D 2843 and flammability SS 424 1475 class F3, IEEE 383 and
IEC 332-1.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 391

(iii) Manufacturer's name, ISI Mark, cable size and type shall be clearly embossed
at regular intervals on all cables.
8.1.3 Material:
The H.T. cables shall be 22 KV, Aluminum conductor CROSS LINKED
POLYETHYLENE steel tape armoured cable laid underground and or in masonry
trenches as shown on Drawings. The conductor shall be made of Electrical purity
Aluminum wires and stranded together and compacted. The cable shall be of 3 Core
type. The insulation shall be of high quality cross linked polyethylene applied by
extrusion process. Both conductor and the insulator are provided with shielding made
of Semi Conducting compound. Armouring is applied over inner sheath and shall be of
flat steel strips. The outer sheath shall be of heat resisting tropodur (PVC) compound.
This shall be of black colour.
8.1.4 Inspection:
All cables shall be inspected upon receipt at site and checked for any damage during
transit.
8.1.5 Joints in Cables:
The contractor shall take care to see that all the cables received at site are
apportioned to various locations in such a manner as to ensure maximum utilization
and avoidance of jointing cable. This apportioning shall be got approved by the
Owner/Consultant before the cables are cut to lengths. Where joints are unavoidable,
the location of such joints shall be got approved by the Owner/Consultants.
8.1.6 Jointing Boxes for Cables:
Cable joint boxes shall be of appropriate size, suitable for Aluminum conductor XLPE
insulated cables of 22 KV ratings.

8.1.7 Jointing Cables:

All cable joints shall be made in suitable, approved cable joint boxes. Jointing of cables
in the joint boxes and the filling in of compound shall be done in accordance with the
best practice in trade, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in an
approved manner. All straight T-joints shall be done in epoxy mould boxes with
TROPOLIN / M-SEAL epoxy resin or approved equal. All terminal ends of conductors
shall be heavily soldered upto at least 50mm length.
All cables shall be jointed colour to colour and tested for continuity and insulation
resistance before jointing commences. The seals of cables must not be removed until
preparations for jointing are completed. Joints shall be finished on the same day as
commenced and sufficient protection for the weather shall be arranged. Joints shall be
made by means of suitable solder for conductors, the conductors being firmly butted
into the connections or thimbles or ferrules and the whole soldered with proper solder
and soldering flux or resin. The conductors shall be efficiently insulated with high
voltage insulating tape and use of spreaders of approved size and pattern. The joints
shall be completely filled with epoxy compound being topped as necessary to ensure
that the box is properly filled.
8.1.8 Cable Terminations:
(i) Cable termination shall be done in terminal cable box using cable glands and
the cable ends sealed with sealing compound.
(ii) Cable gland shall be Earthed with suitable branded Cu. Flexible tape.
8.1.9 Bonding of Cables:

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 392

Where a cable enters any piece of apparatus, it shall be connected to the casing by
means of an approved type of armoured clamp and gland. The clamps must grip the
armouring firmly to the gland or casing, so that in the event of ground movement no
undue stress is passed into the cable conductors.
8.1.10 Laying of Cables:
(i) H.T. cables shall be laid either buried directly underground or in
Masonry/Concrete trenches/ RCC Hume Pipes. The cable buried underground shall be
at minimum depth of 1.2 mtr from the ground level.
(ii) LT cable shall be buried at depth not less than 0.8 Mtr from the ground level,
subjective to the depth recommended by OEM for laying of DWC pipes.
(iii) The excavation and backfilling of the cable trench is included in the scope of
contractor. The route is required to be approved from the Engineer In Charge and
requirements like rock cutting, Horizontal directional drilling etc shall be included in the
scope of the agency.
8.1.11 Protection of Cables:
(i) The cable shall be protected by using DWC pipes of strength not more than for
the length of the cable. The size of cable shall be suitable to accommodate required
number of runs. Also at least 50% spacing in each pipe shall not be used and be kept
spare for future laying.
(ii) Cables under road crossings and any surfaces subjected to heavy traffic shall
be protected by running them through NP2 class Hume pipes of suitable size.
8.1.12 Cable Route Markers
Wherever more the cable is laid HT cable route markers shall be provided at
appropriate spacing required by the specifications/NBC. The design of route markers
shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

8.2. LT POWER & CONTROL CABLES

8.2.1 SCOPE
(i) This specification covers the supply & installation of LT power & control cables.
(ii) Cables shall be tested at works and supplied in accordance with drawings,
specifications, relevant Indian Standard Specifications and cable manufacturer's
instructions. The cables shall be delivered at site in original drums with manufacturer's
name clearly written on the drum.
8.2.2 MATERIAL
(i) The LT power cables shall be XLPE insulated, Aluminum conductor armoured
cable conforming to IS: 7098 (Part - I). The Aluminum conductor shall be stranded,
grade H4 class 2 as per IS: 8130.
(ii) The LT control cable shall be PVC insulated copper conducted armoured
stranded cable.
8.2.3 TESTS
(i) Shop Tests:
The cables shall be subjected to shop tests in accordance with relevant standards to
prove the design and general qualities of the cables as below (as per IS 10810):
(a) Routine tests on each drum of cables.
(b) Acceptance tests on drums chosen at random for acceptance of the lot.
(c) Type tests on each type of cable, inclusive of measurement of armour DC
resistance of power cables.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 393

(ii) Test certificates

(a) Test certificates of all the tests carried out at the works shall be furnished for
approval of the Engineer-in-charge before the cables are dispatched from the
manufacturer's works to the site.
(b) Tests reports shall be complete with all details and shall also contain IS
specified limit values wherever applicable to facilitate review.
(iii) Drawings, Data and Manuals
Drawings, data and manuals shall be submitted for the following: -
(a) Manufacturer's catalogues giving cable construction details and characteristics.
(b) Cable current ratings for different types of installation inclusive of derating
factors for ambient temperatures, grouping etc.
(c) Write up on manufacturer's recommended method of splicing, jointing,
termination etc of the cables.
8.2.4 DESIGN CRITERIA
(i) The cables will be used for connection of power circuits of the electrical system
.
(ii) Size of cables shall be minimum 20% above the design current and all cable
sizes shall be approved by E-I-C
(iii) Cables will be generally laid in soft soil, surface or in RCC Hume/GI pipes/
cable tray/ sand cushioning with brick protection
(iv) For continuous operation at specified rating, maximum conductor temperature
shall be limited to the permissible value as per relevant standard and (or this
specification).
(v) The insulation and sheath materials shall be tough enough to withstand
mechanical stresses during handling.
(vi) Armouring shall be single round/flat wire of galvanized steel.
(vii) Core identification for multi core cable shall be provided by colour coding.
8.2.5 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
(i) Drum length & tolerance: the cables shall be supplied in wooden drums, each
containing minimum 500 meters length of cable. Allowable tolerance on individual
drum length is ± 5%.
(ii) Cable identification: cable identification shall be provided by embossing on the
outer sheath the following at regular intervals of 2/3 meters.
(a) Manufacturer's name or brand name or trade mark.
(b) Type of cable and voltage grade.
8.2.6 INSPECTION
All cables shall be inspected upon receipt at site and checked by the Engineer-in-
charge for any damage during transit.
8.2.7 LAYING OF CABLES
(i) The cable laying including necessary jointing etc. shall be carried out in
accordance with the specifications given herein. For details not covered in these
specifications, IS: 1255 - 1967 shall be followed.
(ii) No straight through joints shall be permitted in the L.V. system.
8.2.8 CABLE IDENTIFICATION TAGS
Wherever more than one cable is laid/run side by side, marker tags (pre-approved),
inscribed with cable identification details shall be permanently attached to all the
cables in the manholes/pull pits/joint pits/entry pits in buildings/open ducts etc. These

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 394

shall also be attached to various cables laid direct in ground at suitable intervals, as
decided by the Engineer-in-Charge, before the trenches are filled up.
8.2.9 TERMINATION/ JOINTING
(i) Heat shrinkable ferrule based joints shall be provided for HT cables and Brass
double compression glands shall be provided for LT cable terminals.
(ii) Jointing work shall be carried out only by licensed/experienced cable jointers.
(iii) At the very preliminary stages of laying of cables, a proper jointing position
should be selected.
(iv) Sufficient surplus cable loops (Minimum 3.0 MD) shall be left on each side of
joints, as mentioned above.
(v) Joints shall be staggered by 2 to 3 m, when two or more cables are laid
together, in the same trench.
(vi) All Cable glands shall be earthed with suitable Copper earth clips.
(vii) Jointing pits shall be of sufficient dimensions to allow easy and comfortable
working at site. The sides of the pit shall be well protected from loose earth falling into
it. It shall also be covered by a tarpaulin to prevent dust and other foreign matter on the
exposed joints and jointing materials.
(viii) Sufficient ventilation shall be provided, during jointing operations, to disperse
fumes given by fluxing.
(ix) Jointing materials and accessories like conductor, ferrules, solder, flux,
insulating and protective tapes, filling compound, jointing boxes etc. of right quality and
correct sizes, conforming to relevant Indian Standards, wherever they exist, shall be
used. The design of the joint box and the composition of the filling compound shall be
such as to provide an effective sealing against entry of moisture in addition to affording
proper electrical characteristic to joints. Where special type of splicing connector kits,
or epoxy resin spliced joints are specified, materials pre-approved for such applications
shall only be used and instructions of the manufacturer/supplier of such materials shall
be followed.
(x) Insulation resistance of cables to be jointed shall be measured with 500 V
Megger upto 1.1 KV grade and with 2,500/5,000 V Megger for cables of higher voltage.
Unless the insulation resistance values are satisfactory, jointing shall not be done.
(xi) Before jointing is commenced, all safety precautions like isolation, discharging,
earthing etc., Shall be taken to ensure that the cable would not be inadvertently
charged from live supply. Metallic armour and external metallic bonding shall be
connected to earth. Where "Permit to work" system is in vogue, prescribed safety
procedures shall be complied with.
(xii) Cores of the cables must be properly identified before jointing.
(xiii) Whenever Aluminum conductor is exposed to outside atmosphere, a highly
tenacious oxide film is formed which makes the soldering of Aluminum conductor
difficult. This oxide film should be removed, using appropriate type of flux.
(xiv) The clamps for the armour shall be clean and tight.
(xv) Where a cable is to be jointed with the existing cable, the sequence should be
so arranged as to avoid misplacement of cores while jointing.
(xvi) Cable termination shall be done in terminal cable box, using double Brass
compression glands, and the cable ends sealed with sealing compound. The cable
boxes of transformers shall be filled with bituminous compound of reputed make. For

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 395

all LV cable terminations/joints, Contractor shall provide for brass/copper thimbles,

insulation tape, etc. of pre-approved makes.

8.3. TESTING
8.3.1 As already specified all cables before laying shall be tested with a 500 V
Megger (for 1.1 KV grade), or with a 2,500/5,000 V Megger (for cables of higher
voltages). The cable cores shall be tested for continuity, cross phasing, insulation
resistance to earth/sheath/armour and insulation resistance between conductors.
8.3.2 All cables shall be subjected to above mentioned tests during laying, before
covering the cables by, protective covers and back filling and also before the jointing
operations are carried out.

Note – 1) The scope of work involves all liasoning with local authorities,
electricity supply company and Central Electricity Authority (CEA) for obtaining
the connection and necessary approvals and Nothing extra shall be paid on
these accounts.. However, all statutory charges like supervision charges,
security deposit, CEA certification fees etc. shall be paid by the Department or
reimbursed to agency on submission of original receipt, if paid by agency.

2) Models of items of all Substation equipments & items such as

Transformer, HT VCB panel, Type tested panels, CPRI panel etc should be got
approved from the Engineer in charge well before placing any order to the
OEM/its authorized dealer. The contractor/agency is required to submit all
relevant test certificates documents and along with the proposal. The model
along with sample should be approval by Engineer-in-charge before placing any
order and supply of same to the site. The decision of Engineer-in-charge is
binding in this regard and no variation is acceptable.
3) If the make of any item to be used in execution is not in the list of
approved make, the agency has to submit the makes for approval from Engg-in-
charge. The decision of the Engg-in-charge in this respect shall be final and
binding to the agency.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 396

Package C-5 DG Set

1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
The following is the detailed technical specification for Engines, Alternator and
other accessories. The tenderers are advised to go through the same minutely
and what is/are not applicable for particular capacity of Engine/Alternator, the
same should be brought clearly in their offer.
If any particular item is available as an optional item, the same should be
indicated clearly in their offer no matter if additional cost is involved.
2. Procured from OEM/OEA only
a) Inspection and testing of DG set and AMF panel before dispatch shall be
carried out in the works of OEM/OEA only.
b) At the time of submission of tender documents the contractor shall submit:
i. Written commitment from OEM/OEA to supply the DG sets and delivery
schedule as per requirement of department.
ii. Certificate from OEM/OEA or authorized service provider of engine
manufacture for satisfactory installation and commissioning of DG set
after completion of the work.
iii. Required Guarantee of DG set from OEM/OEA in favor of Engineer-in-
charge to cover defect liabilities.
iv. An undertaking that mandatory free service shall be carried out during
the guarantee period by the authorized service provider of engine
manufacturer.
3.0 Scope of Work:
The detailed scope of supply, installation, testing and commissioning Includes the
following:

3.1.1 One No. Silent type Diesel Generating Set 250 KVA capacity at 0.8 lagging
power factor developing 415 volts + 1% 50 Hz 3 phase 4 wire system and
Indoor type AMF panel.

3.1.2 Exhaust pipe shall be required shall be as per CPCB norms.

3.1.3 Necessary heavy duty lead acid battery for starting including cable work.

3.1.4 Necessary vibration isolation mountings like AVM pads between engine,
alternator and base frame.

3.1.5 Minor building work including cutting and making good, all clamps, supports
grouting etc. if required.

3.1.6 Necessary earthing, comprising of earth bar and loop earthing etc.

3.1.7 Initial first filling of diesel in tank

3.1.8 Obtaining necessary clearance/Permission/ NOC from CEA and other statutory
bodies as per requirement

3.2 Diesel Engine:

3.2.1 Engine Rating:

The Engine shall be multi cylinders, vertical 4 stroke cycle, water cooled, diesel
engine developing suitable B.H.P. for giving a prime output of 250 KVA at 0.8

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 397

lagging P.F. at the load terminals of alternator exclusive of the power

requirements of auxiliaries while running at N.T.P conditions. The engine shall
have 10% overload capacity of one hour in any period of 12 hours continuous
run. It shall be complete with following accessories and be as per BS 5514 as
amended up to date. The DG set shall confirm to CPCB IV norms updated till
previous day of submission of bid.
a) Necessary flexible coupling and guard for alternator and engine.
b) Air cleaner dry type.
c) Corrosion resistor for coolant.
d) Radiator complete with hoses, fan, fan driver, thermostat and guard.
e) Fuel service tank as per manufacturer design for continuous operation
of the engine on full load with inlet, Outlet connections, air vent, folding
tap, drain plug and floor mounting pedestals with hoses connections
including oil level indicator.
f) Fuel pump as required.
g) Necessary governor Electronic.
h) Starter 12 V /24 V DC.
i) 12 V/ 24 V battery charging DC generator with voltage regulator.
j) Set of starting 12 V batteries with leads and terminals.
k) Integral wiring.
l) Double oil filters.
m) Necessary pumps for cooling water and lub oil.
n) Necessary Turbocharger as per manufacturer’s recommendation.
o) Fly wheel with starter gearing and fly wheel housing.
p) Instrument panel of Engine shall be as per standard design of OEM.
q) Necessary provision for speed adjustment and emergency shut off
adjustment.
r) Safety control against low lub oil pressure, high lub oil & cooling water
temperature and over speed.
s) Effective exhaust silencer (residential type) with necessary piping work.
t) Heavy-duty frame of sturdy design made of M.S. steel with necessary
reinforcement and lifting arrangement.
3.2.2Cyclic Variation:
Cyclic variation of set shall be within the time limit specified in B.S.S. 649 and
IS 1601/1960 as amended up to date.
3.2.3 Frequency Variation:
Frequency variation at constant load including no load shall remain within a
band of 4% of rated frequency.

3.2.4 Governor:
It shall be electronic of class A1 and shall be a self-contained unit capable of
monitoring speed as per manufacturer’s recommendation and as per ISO
3046/BS 5514.
3.2.5 Fuel System:
It shall be gravity fed to engine driven fuel pump. A replaceable element of fuel
filter shall be suitably located to permit easy servicing. The daily service tank
shall be complete with necessary supports, gauges, connecting tubing & duly
calibrated and shall be capacity as per manufacturer design.
3.2.6 Lub. Oil System:
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 398

It shall be so designed that when the engine starts after a long shutdown, lub.
failure does not occur. Lub. Oil and coolant drains shall be piped to the exterior
of the canopy for easy maintenance.
3.2.7 Cooling System:
A closed circuit self-contained cooling system shall be provided comprising of
radiator fan driven directly by engine or by independent motor, thermostatic by-
pass-valve etc.
NOTE: In either case i.e. whether the radiator fan is driven directly by the
engine or by an independent electric motor, the net output at the generator load
terminals shall be less than the KVA/KW capacity specified. The capacity of
engine or engine and alternator as the case may be should be suitable
increased.
3.2.8 Starting System: As per manufacturers design
This shall comprise of necessary set of heavy-duty batteries (12/24 Volt D.C)
as suitable, starter motor, axial type gear to match with the toothed ring on the
flywheel. Battery capacity shall be 180 -Ampere Hours and suitable for meeting
the needs of the starting system as well as the requirements of control panel,
indications and auxiliaries etc. The scope shall cover all cabling, terminals,
including initial charging etc.
3.2.9 Acoustic Enclosure: As per manufacturers design
• Sound proofing of enclosure should be done with quality rock wool /
glass wool / mineral wool conforming to IS: 8183. Alternatively insulated with
fire retardant foam as per standard manufacturing practice of the
manufacturer.
• The rock wool / glass wool / mineral wool shall further be covered with
fiberglass cloth / fiber tissue paper fire resistive and perforated powder
coated sheet of 0.6 mm thickness.
• The Acoustic Enclosure shall be as per type tested design approved by
laboratory for compliance of sound level of 75 dBA at 1 meter specified by
Ministry of Environment & forest / CPCB. Relevant test certificates as per
CPWD specification to be submitted along with supply of material.
• Drawing of the type tested enclosure & copy of test certificate shall be
provided at the time of submission of technical bid.
a. Alternator:

3.3.1 Rating:
The alternator shall be rated for a prime output of 1000 KVA at 0.8 P.F. (lag.) at
NTP condition 415 volts, 3 phase, voltage regulation + 1%, 50 cycles suitable
for the 4-wire system exclusive of power requirement of auxiliaries. Winding is
to be star connected and Neutral shall be brought out through a separate
terminal and will be solidly grounded. Speed of the alternator shall match the
engine for a direct drive. The alternator shall have IP 23 protection.
3.3.2 Excitation:
Self-excited, self-regulated and preferably with static excitation facility. The
rectifier shall be suitable for operation at high ambient temperature at site.
3.3.3 Windings:
Class H insulation shall be used for stator / rotor windings. Two numbers earth
terminals, one on each side with vibration proof connections with no ferrous
hard ware, galvanized or plated and passivity washers etc. of 12 mm minimum
dia. shall be provided on the body of the alternator.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 399

3.3.4 Voltage Regulation: Voltage regulation from no load to rated load shall be
within a band of plus/minus 1% of rated voltage. The overload trip and earth
fault trip to be adjusted in accordance with manufacturer’s design.
The performance shall be in accordance with following.
i) IS 4722 for the electrical performance .
ii) IS 4889 for rules declaring efficiency of electrical machines .

The frequency regulation from no load to full load shall be as defined by the
engine governor specifications.
Voltage dip for any addition of sudden load up to and including 90% load shall
not exceed 20% of rated voltage and shall recover within the steady band in not
more than 1.5 seconds. Similarly the frequency shall recover to the steady
state frequency band within 5 seconds.
3.4 Control Panel:
AMF CONTROL PANEL:
AMF control panel shall be fabricated by the manufacturer of the OEM of DG
Set as per standard manufacturing practice. However the technical
specifications of the AMF panel with circuit diagram & drawings shall be
submitted with the technical bid for the acceptance of the department. The
control panel (in single / double module) shall be fabricated with CRCA sheet
steel with 1.6 mm thick totally enclosed, dust, drip, vermin proof, free standing,
integrated with acoustic enclosure / separate unit as per manufacturer / OEM
standard manufacturing practice. Hinged doors shall be provided at the rear as
well as on the front to access for routine inspection / maintenance. It shall be of
compartmentalized construction so as to segregate the control and power
functions and AC & DC wiring except where it is functionally necessary. Degree
of protection will be conforming to IP-42 of IS-2147. The sheet shall be treated
for degreasing, rinsing, pickling, phosphatizing & passivation through 7 tank
process & finally powder coated with Siemens gray paint. It shall have suitable
capacity copper bus bars. The control panel shall have provisions for cable
entries with suitable glands of adequate insulation & protection.
The DG set operation shall be checked with the synchronization panel
provided in the contract under Package C-4. The associate agency shall co
ordinate with agency for sub station work for testing and commissioning
of the DG set

EQUIPMENT & REQUIREMENT:

The AMF control cubicle panel shall incorporate assembled equipments duly
wired and systems as under:
i. 1600A ACB
ii. Control MCBs suitable capacity – 6 Nos
iii. Flush mounted digital VAF meters of nominal size 96 mm square of
suitable range.
iv. Flush mounted digital ammeters of nominal size 96 mm square of
suitable range with selector switch.
v. 10 A 12 V./ 24 V DC automatic battery charger with inbuilt trickle/boost
facility.
vi. 12 V. DC 4 point alarm annunciator with inbuilt hooter, test, accept and
reset push button.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 400

vii. Solid state single element earth fault relay with 2 C/O contact.
viii. 12 V/24 V DC AMF Controller.
ix. Thermal over load relay with inbuilt SPP feather.
x. Equipment and relay with visual indications for testing the healthiness of
the generating set with test mode and with “load on” mode.
xi. Indicting lamps for “Mains ON”, “GEN ON” &LOAD ON”
xii. Instrument fuses (MCB/HRC fuse type) for circuit protection.
xiii. Test / Auto / Manual selector switch.
xiv. Push button for engine start / stop / reset,
xv. Suitable range of CT’s 15 VA burden, class-I for metering & class 5P10
for protection.
xvi. All internal wiring for various meters / equipment, battery charger etc,
shall be done with insulated copper wire of not less than 2.5 sq mm. cross
sectional area and with markers for easy identification.
xvii. Any other relay if necessary to make the control panel complete
and functional and to meet the site requirement as specified in the scope of
work under additional condition.

3.4.1 Gland Plates:

Removable gland plates sectionalized for receiving various cables that are to
enter on to the section and undrilled or with suitable knock out shall be
provided at the bottom of the panel sections. Where heavy cables are to be
brought and terminated, suitable clamps shall also be incorporated to relieve
the stress on the glands due to the weight and bends of the cable covers.
3.4.3 Labels:
All internal components shall be provided with suitable identification labels
suitably engraved. Labels shall be fixed on buttons, indication lamps etc.
3.4.4 Painting:
The entire panel shall be given primer coat after proper treatment and two
coats of final paint of approved shade before assembly of various items.
3.5 Test on Generating sets:
It should be as per CPWD General Specific for electrical works (Part-VII) DG
set 2013 only.

3.6 The hardware like back net or any interfacing media for connection with IBMS
to be provided by the DG set manufacturers and contractor must include its
cost with the DG set. Therefore nothing extra to be provided. The agency must
co-ordinate with IBMS agency for interconnection.

LIST OF MANDATORY TOOLS)

(Required for maintenance of Engine and to be supplied within the quoted rate)

1. Tool Bag.
2. Adjustable Wrench --- 10” Long.
3. 7/16” Ring & Open End Combination Wrench.
4. 1 / 2” Ring & Open End Combination Wrench.
5. 9/16” Ring & Open End Combination Wrench.
6. 3 /4” Ring & Open End Combination Wrench.
7. 15/16 Ring & Open End Combination Wrench.
8. Screw Driver --- 12” Long.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 401

9. Semi rotary pump for filling the daily service fuel tank.

Note:- Models of items of all DG set and accessories should be got

approved from the Engineer in charge well before placing any order to the
OEM/its authorized dealer. The contractor/agency is required to submit all
relevant test certificates documents and along with the proposal. The
model along with sample should be approval by Engineer-in-charge
before placing any order and supply of same to the site. The decision of
Engineer-in-charge is binding in this regard and no variation is
acceptable.

If any E&M items left in the preferred make list, then the agency
has to submit the make of the material and in this regard the decision of
Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding to the agency.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 402

Package C-6 UPS

The scope of work includes supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Online
modular type Un-Interrupted (UPS) power supply of with 20 KVA Modular type UPS for
EDP hostel building and 10 KVA conventional UPS for uninterpted power supply for
the Academic building

General requirement:

For 20 KVA UPS

(i) Transformer less, IGBT Rectifier & IGBT Inverter Modular Hot swappable and
Scalable UPS System

(iii) Each UPS Frame shall be modular architecture with fully rated pluggable Static
switch.

(iv) It shall be possible to insert & remove (Plug In-Plug Out) sub power module
from the UPS frame while the UPS is in Online Double Conversion Mode of operation.

(v) Failure of any sub power module in individual UPS Frame shall not lead to
entire Frame Capacity Down but only the failed sub power module capacity shall go
down. i.e. In case of Failure of any one Sub Power module, rest of the available power
module in the frame shall continue to operate in normal double conversion mode of
operation with reduced capacity. This shall also be applicable to all UPS’s operating in
parallel configuration.

(vi) It shall be possible to interchange the sub power modules among each other in
the frame or from any of the other UPS frame without the need of shutdown or
programming required by the OEM / Service Team.

For 10 KVA UPS

Conventional type Online Double Conversion UPS with Micro Controller with Fully
rated IGBT rectifier and inverter integrated in UPS. And Inbuilt Phase sequence
corrector

1.0. General Specifications

This specification describes a three-phase input and three phase output for 20
KVA UPS and 10 KVA UPS (based on requirement),

The UPS incomer MCCB/MCB with enclosure (located in UPS room)

shall be taking 3 phase/ Single input power from the essential panel for UPS incoming.
The UPSs outgoings shall be fed to UPS VTPN DB to further distribute power to
respective floors and the services coming at ground floor.

1.1. System description

1.1.1 The UPS shall consist of easy to repair rectifiers/inverters.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 403

1.1.2 The UPS shall be provided with separate feeds for rectifier/inverter and the
static bypass switch.

1.1.3 Modes of operation: The UPS shall operate as an on-line system in the
following modes:

(i) Normal mode: The inverter and the rectifier shall operate in an on-line manner
to continuously regulate the power to the critical load. The rectifier shall derive power
from the input source and supply DC power to charge the battery.

(ii) Battery mode: Upon failure of the input source, the load shall continue being
supplied by the inverter without any switching. The inverter shall obtain its power from
the battery. There shall be no interruption in power to the load upon failure or
restoration of the input source.

(iii) Frequency converter mode: The output frequency will be fixed to 50 Hz .

(iv) Battery recharge: Upon restoration of the input source, the UPS shall
simultaneously recharge the battery and regulate the power to the load.

(v) Static bypass mode: The static bypass switch shall be used for transferring the
load to bypass supply without interruption. Retransfer to normal operation shall also be
accomplished with no interruption in power to the load.

(vi) ECO mode: In ECO mode, the UPS shall use static bypass mode as the
preferred operation mode under predefined conditions. In case of a failure of the input
source, the UPS shall transfer to battery mode.

(vii) Maintenance bypass mode: The UPS shall be provided with a maintenance
bypass breaker (MBB) to supply the load directly from the mains supply.

(viii) Auto-restart mode: When the UPS is configured to auto-restart, the UPS shall
automatically restart after end of discharge and restoration of the input source.

1.1.4 The UPS shall be provided with RS232, RS485, USB, and dry contact
signaling, WEB/SNMP integration and IBMS integration for monitoring. This system
must provide a means for logging and alarming of all monitored points.

1.1.5 The UPS shall have nominal voltage of 3 phase 400 V (adjustable for 3 Phase
380 V, 3 Phase 415 V), 50 Hz 4-wire configurations.

Note:- 1) The UPS shall be supplied with necessary accessories, connection

leads, communication cable (if Required), batteries with suitable
mounting racks, battery connection leads.

2) The testing and commissioning shall be done by the OEM or OEM

Authorised agency.

3) Models of items of all UPS and accessories should be got approved

from the Engineer in charge well before placing any order to the OEM/its
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 404

authorized dealer. The contractor/agency is required to submit all

relevant test certificates documents and along with the proposal. The
model along with sample should be approval by Engineer-in-charge
before placing any order and supply of same to the site. The decision of
Engineer-in-charge is binding in this regard and no variation is
acceptable.

If any E&M items left in the preferred make list, then the agency
has to submit the make of the material and in this regard the decision of
Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding to the agency.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 405

Package C7 (VRF SYSTEM)

ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (TECHNICAL)
The work shall be carried out at site NIBM, Pune as per the following Tender
Specifications for Air Conditioning works and generally in accordance with the
following:

a. CPWD General Specifications for Air conditioning works – 2017,

amended upto date.
b. CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part I Internal –
2023, amended upto date.
c. CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part II External –
2023, amended upto date.
1.1 This specification covers manufacture, testing as may be necessary
before dispatch, delivery at site, all preparatory work, assembly and installation,
final testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance of plant for one year
during guarantee period as per Appendix-H of CPWD General Specification for
HVAC-2017 amended up to date, for the following works.
1.2 The work shall be executed as per CPWD General Specifications for
HVAC works 2017, CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part-I,II
& IV as amended upto date, relevant IE rules, relevant IS and as per directions
of Engineer-in-charge. These additional specifications and conditions are to be
read in the Additional specifications and conditions shall apply. However,
nothing extra shall be paid on account of these as the same are to be read
along with schedule of quantities for the work.

3 WORKS TO BE DONE BY THE TENDERER :

Following works shall be done by the contractor and therefore, their cost shall
be deemed to be included in their tendered cost-whether specifically indicated
in the schedule of quantities or not:-
i) Foundations for equipment including foundation bolts and vibration isolation
spring/pads, (including PCC pedestal foundation for AHUs or electric panels if
required)
ii) Suspenders, brackets and floor/wall supports for suspending/supporting
ducts and pipes.
iii) Suspenders and/or cable trays for laying the cables.
iv) Excavation and refilling of trenches in soil wherever the pipes are to be
laid directly in ground, including necessary base treatment and supports.
v) Sealing of all floor slab/wall openings provided by the Department or
contractor for pipes and cables, from fire safety point of view, after laying of the
same.
vi) Painting of all exposed metal surface of equipment and components
with appropriate colour.
vii) Making opening in the walls/floors/slabs or modification in the existing
openings wherever provided for carrying pipe line, supply air ducts, return air
duct / space, cabling etc. and making good the same.
viii) Providing wooden/metallic frames for fixing grills/ diffusers.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 406

ix) Making good all damages caused to the structure during installation and
restoring the same to their original finish.
x) Any other minor building work required for the successful execution of the
system and its operation.
15 Power supply, water supply and Draining :
Power supply, water supply, and draining shall be as per clause 1.6 of CPWD
General Specifications for HVAC works 2017 as amended upto date.
16 Data manual and Drawings to be furnished by the tenderers:
16.1 With Tender: The tenderer shall furnish along with the tender, detailed
technical literature, pamphlets and performance data for appraisal and
evaluation of the offer.
17 Data Manual and Drawings to be furnished by the Tenderers:
17.1 After Award of work the contractor shall prepare & submit three sets of
following drawings and get them approved from the Engineer-in-charge before
the start of the work. The approval of drawings however does not absolve the
contractor not to supply the equipment/ materials as per agreement, if there is
any contradiction between the approved drawings and agreement.
a) Lay out drawings of the equipment to be installed.
b) Drawings including section, showing the details of erection of entire
equipment including their foundations, etc.
d) Ducting drawings showing sizes, locations of dampers, grilles & diffusers.
e) Electrical wiring diagrams for all electrical equipment and controls including
the sizes and capacities of the various cables and equipment.
f) Dimensioned drawings of all electrical and control panels, Drawings
showing the details of all insulations and vapor barrier works, Drawings
showing details of supports for pipes, cable trays, ducts etc .
Any other drawings relevant to the work .
17.2 Completion Drawings
17.2.1 Three sets of the following laminated drawings shall be submitted by the
contractor while handing over the installation to the Department. Out of this one
of the sets shall be laminated on a hard base for display in the service room. In
addition one set will be given on compact disc.
a) VRF outdoor machine installation drawing
b) Indoor installation drawings.
c) Duct layout drawings with their sizes and locations, and sizes and locations
of all dampers, grills & diffusers.
d) Control wiring drawings with all control components and sequence of
operations to explain the operation of control circuits,
18 The successful tenderer should furnish well in advance three copies of
detailed instructions and manuals of manufacturers for all items of equipment
regarding installation, adjustments operation and maintenance i/c preventive
maintenance and troubleshooting together with all the relevant data sheets,
spare parts catalogue etc. all in triplicate.
19 Extent of Work :

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 407

19.1 The work shall comprise of entire labour including supervision and all
materials necessary to make a complete installation and such tests and
adjustments and commissioning as may be required by the department. The
term complete installation shall not only mean major items of the plant and
equipment covered by specifications but all incidental sundry components
necessary for complete execution and satisfactory performance of installation
with all layout charts whether or not those have been mentioned in details in
the tender document in connection with this contract.
19.2 Minor building works necessary for installation of equipment,
foundation, making of opening in floors or in walls and restoring to their original
condition, finish and necessary grouting etc. as reqd.
19.3 The work is turnkey project. Any item required for completion of the
project but left inadvertently shall be executed with-in the quoted rate.
20.0 Inspection and testing:
Initial inspection at works and final inspection and testing at site shall be
carried out as per chapter of CPWD General Specification for HVAC works
2017 as amended to date.
21.0 Compliance with Regulations and Indian Standards, Indemnity &
Insurance:
All works shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulation, both
statutory and those specified by the Indian Standards as detailed in para of
CPWD General Specifications for HVAC work-2017.
22.0 Insurance and Storage:
All consignments are to be duly insured upto the destination from warehouse to
warehouse at the cost of the contractor. The insurance covers shall be valid till
the equipment is handed over duly installed, tested and commissioned.
23.0 Verification of correctness of Equipment at Destination:
The contractor shall have to produce all the relevant records to certify that the
genuine equipment from the manufacturers has been supplied and erected.
24.0 Operation and Maintenance:
The maintenance schedule during warranty period shall be as per appendix –
H of CPWD General Specification for HVAC-2017.

Equipment Specifications

1 OUTDOOR UNITS
The outdoor unit shall be factory assembled, weather proof casing constructed
from heavy gauge mild steel panels and coated with baked enamel finish. The
unit should be completely factory wired, tested with all necessary controls :
a) The outdoor units shall have multiple 100% inverter driven scroll compressor,
Each outdoor module shall have atleast two inverter driven scroll compressor
for capacity control and more for reliability.
b) Proper duty cycling shall be ensured to prolong the life of the compressor.
c) The out door unit shall be modular in design and should be allowed for side by
side installation.
d) The unit shall be provided with its own microprocessor control panel.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 408

e) The outdoor units should have anti-corrosion paint base plate for easy
mounting of unit.
f) The machine must have a sub cool feature to use coil surface more effectively
thru proper circuit/ bridge so that it prevents the flushing of refrigerant from long
piping due to this effect thereby achieving energy savings.
g) The outdoor unit should be fitted with low noise, aero spiral design fan with
aero fitted grill for spiral discharge airflow to reduce pressure loss and should
be fitted with DC fan motor for better effciency. The unit should also be capable
to deliver 55 Pa external static pressure to meet long exhaust duct connection
requirement.
h) The refrigerant used shall be R-410A.
i) All the brazing joints in ODI should be coated with anti corrosive coating at or
should be supplied with anti corrosive coating.

The outdoor machines shall be preferably compact machines for purpose of

NOTE: space saving and smaller foot print shall be preferred.

3 COMPRESSOR
The compressor shall be highly efficient 100% inverter driven scroll
compressor or inverter controlled. The inverter compressor shall change the
speed in accordance to the variation in cooling or heating load requirement.
a) All outdoor units shall have multiple steps of capacity control to meet load
fluctuation and indoor unit individual control. All parts of compressor shall be
sufficiently lubricated stock forced lubrication or as per manufacturer standard
process.

3.1 REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT

The refrigerant circuit shall include liquid & gas shut-off valves and a solenoid
valves at condenser end. The equipment must have inbuilt refrigerant
stabilization control for proper refrigerant distribution. All necessary safety
devices shall be provided to ensure the safety operation of the system.

3.2 SAFETY DEVICE

All necessary safety devices shall be provided to ensure safe operation of the
system. Following safety devices shall be part of outdoor unit : high pressure
switch, fuse, fan drive overload protector, fusible plug, over load relay, overload
protection for inverter.

3.3 OIL RECOVERY SYSTEM

Unit shall be equipped with an oil recovery system to ensure stable operation
with long refrigerant piping lengths. The system must be provided with oil
balancing circuit to avoid poor lubrication or as per manufacturer standard
practice.

3.4 INDOOR UNIT

Indoor units shall be cassette type/ Compact Cassette/ Ductable as specified in
BOQ. Each unit shall have electronic control valve to control refrigerant flow
rate respond to load variations of the room. In case of centralized control, it
shall be set by liquid crystal remote controller. The unit includes pre filter, fan
section & DX coil section. The unit should have proper drain
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 409

arrangement/pump in built in it.

3.5 COPPER PIPING

3.5.1 Seamless soft/Hrad drawn copper tumbling type L shape be used to make
connections to equipment, wherever required or specified.

3.5.2 Flare fittings e.g. flare nuts, tees elbows, reducers etc. shall all be of brass.

3.6 REFRIGERANT PIPING

All refrigerant piping for the air conditioning system shall be constructed from
soft seamless upto 19.1 mm and hard drawn copper refrigerant pipes for above
19.1 mm with copper fittings and silver soldered joints. The refrigerant piping
arrangements shall be in accordance with good practice within the air
conditioning industry, and are to include charging connection, suction line
insulation and all other items normally forming part of proper refrigerant circuits.
All joints in copper piping shall be sweat joints using low temperature brazing
and or silver solder. Before jointing any copper pipe or fittings, its interiors shall
thoroughly cleaned by passing a clean cloth via wire or cable through its entire
length. The piping shall be continuously kept clean of dirt etc. while
constructing the joints. Subsequently, it shall be thoroughly blown out using
nitrogen.
After the refrigerant piping installation has been completed, the refrigerant
piping system shall be pressure tested using nitrogen at pressure of 20 Kg. per
Sq. cm and 10 Kg. per sq. cm. (low side). Pressure shall be maintained in the
system for 24 hours. The system shall then by evacuated to minimum vacuum
if 700 mm hg. and held for 24 hours.

The thickness of copper piping shall not be less than as mentioned in BOQ

The suction line pipe size and the liquid line pipe size shall be selected
according to the manufacturers specified outside diameter. All refrigerant pipes
shall be properly supported and anchored to the building structure using steel
hangers, anchors, brackets and supports which shall be fixed to the building
structure by means of inserts or expansion shields of adequate size and
number to support the load imposed thereon.

3.7 PIPE INSULATION

a) Refrigerant pipe Insulation
The whole of the liquid and suction refrigerant lines including all fittings, valves
and strainer bodies, etc. shall be insulated with 19 mm/ 13 mm thick
electrometric nitrite rubber as specified in BOQ.
b) Drain Pipe Insulation
Drain pipes carrying condensate water shall be insulated with 6 mm thick
electrometric nitrite rubber insulation.
For Proper drainage of condensate. U Trap shall be provided in the drain piping
(wherever required). All pipe supports shall be of pre fabricated& pre painted
slotted angle supports, properly installed with clamps etc.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 410

3.8 PERFORMANCE TESTS

The installation as whole shall be balanced and tested upon completion and all
relevant information, including the following shall be submitted to the
department.
a) Air Volume passing through each unit, duct, grilles, apertures.
b) Inside DB temperature and relative humidity over specified period.
Electrical current reading, in amperes of full and average load running, and
c) starting together with name plate current of each electrical motor.
Continuous recording over a specified period, or ambient wet and dry bulb
temperatures under varying degrees of internal heat load and use and
occupation in each zone of each part of the building.

3.9. All the VRF air conditioners shall be fully factory assembled, wired, internally
piped & tested. The outdoor unit shall be pre-charged with first charge of R-
410A/R 407 refrigerant. Additional charge shall be added as per refrigerant
piping at site. All the units shall be suitable for operation with 415 V ± 6%, 50
Hz ± 3%, 3 Phase supply for outdoor units & 220 V ± 6%, 50 Hz ± 3%, 1
Phase supply for in door units.
3.10 Noise level of outdoor units shall not exceed 63 dB (A) at a distance of
1.5 m from he unit.
3.11 Specifications for Indoor cassette type Units.

Cassette type indoor units shall be 4 way air throw type. These units shall
be installed between the bottom of finished slab & top of false ceiling. The
maximum allowable height for the cassette type units shall be 288 mm. The
unit must have in built drain pump, suitable for vertical lift of 750 mm. Unit must
be insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation material like Polyurethane
foam. The noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall not exceed 40
dB(A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m from the grille of the unit. Unit shall have
provision of connecting fresh air without any special chamber & without
increasing the total height of the unit (288 mm maximum). The unit shall be
supplied with suitable decorative panel. The unit shall be supplied with filter
with Mold Resistance. The filter shall be easy to remove, clean & re install. The
unit will be connected in series to a suitable out door unit & it must be possible
to operate the unit independently, through corded/ cordless remote specified in
the “Bill of quantities”. The unit shall be supplied with following from the factory
i. Operation Manual
ii. Installation Manual
iii. Paper pattern for installation
iv. Drain hose/ Clamp metal/ Washer fixing plate/ Sealing
pads/ Clamps/ Screws/ Washer for hanging bracket/
Insulation for fitting
Specification for High-wall mounted Indoor Units:-
• These units shall be suitable for wall mount with suitable supports to
take care of operating weight of the unit, without causing any excessive vibration
& noise.
• The cold air supplied by these units will be supplied to the area to be air
conditioned.
• Each indoor unit must have electronic expansion valve operated by
microprocessor thermo stat based temperature control to deliver cooling/
heating as per the heat load of the room.
• The operating noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall not
exceed 45dB(A), at a distance of1.5m Unit must have Thermal Fuse for fan
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 411

motor protection, in case of motor heating.

to operate the unit independently, through corded/ cordless remote specified in
the bill of quantities.
• The unit should have proper draining arrangement/pump

Note: The First Charge of refrigerant in the complete system is in the scope of
the work and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

Note:- Make and Models of items of VRF system should be got approved
from the Engineer in charge well before placing any order to the OEM/its
authorized dealer. The contractor/agency is required to submit all relevant
test certificates documents and along with the proposal. The model along
with sample should be approval by Engineer-in-charge before placing any
order and supply of same to the site. The decision of Engineer-in-charge
is binding in this regard and no variation is acceptable.

Note:- If the make of any item to be used in execution is not in the list of
approved make, the agency has to submit the makes for approval from
Eng-in-charge. The decision of the Eng-in-charge in this respect shall be
final and binding to the agency.

All the materials used in work shall have to confirmed to relevant IS

strictly .

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 412

Package C-8 LAN SYSTEM

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS FOR LAN WORK

The Network system is to be provided the building for LAN connectivity in Academic
building, EDP building and cafeteria. The input connection for the system shall be
obtained from the existing LAN network core switch of the NIBM campus located at
existing administrative building

The LAN system is designed for structured cabling as per international data standards.
Switching – The existing core fiber shall form backbone of the LAN system. The core
switch will be connected to various access/PoE switches at floors through fiber cable
network. These switches will be used to provide data connectivity through CAT6A
cable as per requirement.
PoE+ access switch is required as per node density with uplink fiber ports.
All the cable terminations will be done using patch panels as per standards.
The cabling for Wi-Fi access points and provision of passive components are in the
scope of the work only. The access point will be provided by the client department. The
agency has to obtain the layout and location plan for access points in various building
for laying of conduit and cabling work.
Business Requirement:
Structured Cabling System for approximately 500 nodes (Data, Wi-Fi, CCTV, IP-PBX).
Functional Requirement:
One single run of Cat-6A cable will be laid for each data point for providing Data
connectivity or as per client requirement.
Cable will be laid through existing ceiling conduit/ floor raceway at each of the rooms,
cabins, etc.,
Steel / PVC conduit of required size will be used for the cable running at ceiling area.
9U/15U Size Wall Mounted Network Rack for LAN connectivity shall be provided at
each floor.
22U Size Closed Rack for Servers. Server Room is situated at EDP building.
Data and Voice Backbone connectivity will be terminated at Server Room area.
Room and Network Room.
Two runs of fiber cable will be laid to each floor from two separate paths for
redundancy from network room /rack. The connection from the existing core switch
shall also be made through two run of fiber cables
Assumptions:
Work stations will have adequate facility to lay the UTP cable up to individual desks.
It considered that the faceplate will be installed on the wooden/metallic panel of
workstations. In absence of the same it will be terminated using back box and
Information outlets.

1.1 The work in general shall confirm to the rules of the Tariff Advisory Committee
for LAN, Switching, Wi-Fi System installation, as for as applicable.
1.2 The items of work detailed in enclosed schedule of quantities should be carried
out as per CPWD General Specifications as for as applicable.
1.3 All materials used in the work as far as applicable shall comply with the relevant
Indian Standard specifications with all its up to date amendments. These
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 413

materials having ISI marked shall have precedence over the ones conforming to
ISI specifications. The firm shall quote the rate inclusive of all taxes.
1.4 All the sundries materials required in the job shall be arranged by the contractor.
1.5 The contractor shall co-ordinate with other agencies working at site.
1.6 No T & P shall be issued by the department.
1.7 The successful contractor shall do servicing of the installation in the year
commencing from the date of its handing over within tendered cost.
1.8 The successful firm shall demonstrate the functioning of the system, after it’s
commissioning and shall give guarantee for one year.
1.9 The successful firm shall do free comprehensive maintenance/servicing of the
installation during the guarantee period of one year within the quoted cost.
1.10 The contractor shall submit the three copies of completion plan.
1.11 Store including watch and ward shall be the responsibility of the successful
contractor till handing over of the installation.
1.12 Contractors shall obtain the approval of make & model of all Audio-visual
equipment, controls wires etc. before its use from the Engineer in charge.
1.13 Nothing extra shall be paid on account of above condition of payment.
1.14 Making hole in existing slabs/wall the same shall be the responsibility of the
contractor.
1.15 The contractor has to co-ordinate with main electrical works. So that proper
integration can be done without any hesitate.
1.16 The system should be guaranteed for 12 months from the date of taking over of
the system. The system should be maintained free of cost for one year from date
of taking over of the system.
1.17 The makes should be inclusive of all taxes, transportation etc. nothing extra
other than quoted rate will be paid.
1.18 The department reserves the right to check the geniuses of material hence the
payment of materials will be released only after the satisfaction of Engineer –in-
charge.
1.19 For Proper supply of material, contractor has to take approval for make and
models of items from the Engineer In-charge. The contractor has to supply /
furnish the technical data sheet/literature, specification etc. during the approval
of materials to be supplied.
1.20 The contractor shall furnish the detailed schematic diagram of the system and
get it approved from Engineer - in – charge well in time i.e. within 15 days from
the award of work.
1.21 The contractor shall submit the detailed test reports manufacturing catalogue/
brochure / data sheet, delivery challan against the items supplied at site as per
BOQ.
1.22 The firm / contractor must give free comprehensive maintenance and defect
liability of the system and equipment for one year from the date of handing over
of equipment
1.23 The rates quoted shall be inclusive all taxes and nothing extra will be paid other
than quoted rates.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 414

2.2 SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS

2.2.1 It is the intent of these specifications to define a state-of-art systems, which is
user friendly, modular, flexible and expandable. The system is to be designed,
installed, customized, tested, commissioned and supported by a local office or
agent of the manufacturer by Engineers skilled in providing functional and
efficient solutions to the needs of the Engineer in charge.
2.2.2 The contractor shall have an in-place service support arrangement in Western
India equipped with Competent Support Staff, Spare Parts Inventory and all the
necessary Test and Diagnostic Equipment to provide support within 24 hours of
any breakdowns.
2.2.3 All electronic equipment shall conform to the pertinent regulations governing
radio frequency electromagnetic interference and should be so labelled.
2.2.4 All system components and sub-systems are to be fault tolerant and provide
satisfactory operation without damage at + 10% of the rated voltage and at + 3
Hz variation in line frequency.

3 TECHNICAL DATA
3.1 The Tenderer shall submit comprehensive technical information catalogues for
all the equipment and material while getting the approval for makes and model
no. of equipment. This must include but not necessarily be restricted to, all data
etc.

4 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE AND TESTING

4.1 The Contractor shall execute the work on the basis of indicative designs hereby
given and accepted by him with or without modifications or new designs
submitted by him at the tender stage and accepted by Engineer in charge, as
the case may be. All Variations, i.e. additions, omissions or substitutions
necessitated at any time for any reason whatsoever, shall be deemed to have
been accepted by the Contractor as not vitiating the performance based nature
of this contract. If any such variations, irrespective of whether such variations
are intended to be executed by other agencies employed by the Engineer-in-
charge, have any bearing on the performance of this Contract, the same shall
immediately be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-charge by the Contractor in
writing. In any case the Contractor shall have to guarantee for due and proper
performance of the works agreed to be so erected.

4.2 The Networking System installation shall be designed and guaranteed to

perform as indicted in other parts of these specifications and read in
conjunction with statutory requirements.

4.3 All equipment shall be tested at manufacturer's Works as per latest relevant
specifications or in the absence of specification approved testing methods shall
be followed and Test Certificates/ Reports submitted to the Engineer-in-charge.
The contractor shall intimate in advance the probable date of such tests to the
Engineer-in-charge to enable their representatives to witness the tests if they
so desire. But under no circumstances shall this absolve the Contractor of his
responsibility for Performance of the Equipment or System.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 415

4.4 In addition to the above, all equipment and systems shall be tested after
installation as required by various statutory authorities, certifying agencies and
as required by various sections of these specifications.

4.5 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for proper operation of the entire
system including debugging and proper calibration of each component and
sub-system.
4.6 The Contractor shall leave necessary provisions required for fixing instruments,
gauges, meters, etc. for testing the installation. All such instruments, services
etc. needed for the tests shall be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost.

4.7 It is the sole responsibility of Contractor to obtain all the necessary approvals
from the statutory authorities, either prior to, during or after installation as
required. All tests specified herein-after and witnessed/ approved by Engineer-
in-charge, may be deemed to be invalid at the option of Engineer-in-charge, if
the requisite, final and unconditional approvals from the concerned statutory
authorities are not obtained by the Contractor.

4.8 The Contractor shall intimate in writing to Engineer-in-charge as and when

individual components of the installation are ready for tests required for further
progress of erection. All such tests shall be carried out as per these
specifications and/ or as directed by Engineer-in-charge and recorded in the
presence of Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representatives.

4.9 On completion of erection, the contractor shall thoroughly clean all the
equipment, inspect and check the entire installation for correctness and
completeness and furnish a detailed report on all components of the installation
to Engineer-in-charge.

4.10 The Contractor shall intimate in writing to Engineer-in-charge, the proposed

date of initial start-up.

4.11 The Contractor shall, on approval of Engineer-in-charge, proceed with

necessary pre-commissioning activities and tests and put the installation initial
operation and start-up during which preliminary adjustments and addressing
shall be carried out.

4.12 Based on preliminary observations during the initial operation described above,
necessary modifications/ repairs/ replacements/ etc. if any shall be carried out
by the Contractor to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. On
successful completion of initial operation, the Contractor shall proceed with trial
runs.

4.13 Notwithstanding approval of tests or equipment or materials by Engineer-in-

charge etc., up to the tests in static state as described here-in above, the
Contractor shall be required to perform site tests to prove correctness of ratings
and performance of equipment and materials supplied and installed by him, in
normal operating condition.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 416

4.14 All equipment shall be capable of performing the duties specified in these
specifications without damage, distortion or failure of any component.

4.15 The performance of various equipment individually shall not be less than
quoted ratings and consumption of power shall not exceed the ratings quoted
by the tendered, when tested in normal operating condition. Otherwise the
equipment / material are liable for rejection.

4.16 All test instruments shall be calibrated for accuracy prior to taking the
performance tests.

4.17 Failing satisfactory performance of equipment and/ or overall installation after

rectification etc. as stated above, the Engineer– in-Charge, at his sole
discretion, reserves the option of charging liquidated damages for such non-
performance or demand supply and installation of new installation all at no
extra cost to Engineer-in-Charge or demand for full refund of all "On Account"
payments made to the Contractor for that part of the work which has failed to
perform, and the Contractor shall be obliged to do so as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.

5. INSTALLATION:

5.1 Installation shall be in accordance with the local and state codes, as shown on
the drawings, and as recommended by the equipment manufacturer.

5.2 At the final inspection, a factory-trained representative of the manufacturer of

the major equipment shall demonstrate that the system functions properly in
every respect.

6 DEMONSTRATION:

6.1 The Contractor shall completely check out, calibrate and test all connected
hardware and software to ensure that the system performs in accordance with
the approved specifications and sequences of operations submitted.

7 MANUALS

7.1 The following manuals shall be provided at the time of Handing over:

An Operator’s Manual shall contain graphic explanations of keyboard use for all
operator functions specified under Operator Training.

7.2 Computerized printouts of all data file layouts including all point processing
programming details, flowcharts, etc.

7.3 On completion of works "As Built" drawings for completed installation shall be
prepared by the Contractor and (3) five copies of the same will be supplied to
the Engineer-in-Charge. In addition, (3) Five sets of all Operation Manuals,
Technical Literature for the various components of equipment, Controls and
Accessories installed, Recommended Spares and Services Manuals will be
supplied by the Contractor to the Engineer-in-charge.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 417

9 GUARANTEE

9.1 The contractor shall guarantee the entire system installation as per
specifications both for components and for system as a whole. All equipment
shall be guaranteed for One year from the date of handed over to the
Department against unsatisfactory performance or breakdown due to defective
design, manufacture and/or installation. The installation shall be covered by the
conditions that the whole installation or any part thereof found defective within
one years from the date of completion shall be replaced or repaired by the
contractor free of charge as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.

9.2 The guaranty shall cover the following:-

a) Quality, strength and performance of materials used.

b) Safe mechanical and electrical stress on all parts under all specified
conditions of Operation.

c) Satisfactory operation during the guarantee period.

d) Performance figures and other particulars as specified by the tendered

under

9.3 Labour to trouble shoot, repair, reprogram or replace system components shall
be furnished by the contractor at no charge to the Engineer-in-charge during
the guarantee period.

9.4 All corrective software modifications made during guarantee period shall be
updated on all user documentation.

Note:- Make and Models of items of LAN system should be got approved
from the Engineer in charge well before placing any order to the OEM/its
authorized dealer. The contractor/agency is required to submit all relevant
test certificates documents and along with the proposal. The model along
with sample should be approval by Engineer-in-charge before placing any
order and supply of same to the site. The decision of Engineer-in-charge
is binding in this regard and no variation is acceptable.

Note:- If the make of any item to be used in execution is not in the list of
approved make, the agency has to submit the makes for approval from
Eng-in-charge. The decision of the Eng-in-charge in this respect shall be
final and binding to the agency.

All the materials used in work shall have to confirmed to relevant codes
and specifications strictly .

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 418

C-9 IP BASED EPABX SYSTEM

IP-PBX Telephone Exchange

Scope of work includes , Supplying, Installing, Commissioning, Testing and Handover

of IP-PBX Telephone Exchange for providing telephone connectivity in the proposed
Academic Building, EDP hostel building and Cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. The system
shall be seamlessly integrated with existing EPABX system in the NIBM campus to
create the single network for voice communication. Necessary cabling required for the
interconnection shall be in the scope of tender as per BOQ. The academic building
shall be provided with the IP phone network and LAN network shall be used for
connectivity between the buildings. The scope of work includes creation of separate
VLAN network, if required, for IP-PBX system and nothing extra shall be paid for the
same. The EDP buiding shall be provided with analogue telephone connections. The
details of the scope is as given below.

i. The offered system shall be modular in design. The Architecture of the EPABX
shall be capable of seamless upgradation to its maximum capacity by simply
adding peripheral cards / Expansion Cabinets and without compromising on any
function / features of this system or any degradation of service.
ii. The system should be capable to support Analog, Digital and IP and Digital
Phones and shall be expandable.
iii. The EPABX shall support IP distributed architecture for future scope. IP access
points shall be centrally administrable from the host system. Peer to Peer
connectivity shall be possible on IP end points. The system shall have universal
ports for line/ trunk cards, where in any peripheral card can be inserted in any slot
of the peripheral shelf, thereby enhancing the flexibility of the configuration.
The EPABX/Communication System shall compatible of IP & Analog extensions
and 100% non-blocking, System with flexible universal slots, Inbuilt Auto attendant
facility, Minimum 15 Nos. conference, Analog extension line, Calling GSM, E&M line,
PRI / E1 & VOIP program through Analog telephone digital key from Ethernet, public
address cord, shall have unrestricted simultaneous dialing facility, QSIG protocol on
PRI, 95 / STD / ISD / Local- Locking ,Class of Service, Quick Dial- Single Digit dialing
of any two external numbers, Once only ring device, Boss/Secretary- Do not Disturb
Facility, Power Down Mode, Hot Line, Hot Outward Dialing, Day Night Mode, Auto
Call Back, Barge-in, Call Pick Up & Call Transfer, Call transfer while Ringing. With
Voice Guide System, (DISA), Caller ID (CLI), CLI Base ECF,CLI Base routing Internet
Ready Port, External Music Port, Call Budgeting, Call cost Calculation(ASMDR), DID
Direct Inverse Dialing, External Music Input, Global Directory Printing. with following
capacities.

- 01 PRI Card
- 04 Trunks/Co Lines
- 2 Digital Port
- 100 Analog extensions; Expandable Upto 250 Extensions

Basic caller ID phone – The Basic Caller ID phone shall be with minimum 16 digit

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 419

LCD panel , minimum 20 nos incoming memory call/5 Nos. outgoing memory call
with features like redial, DTMF/FSK Compatible Caller Line Identification, Two Way
Speaker phone with Volume Control, Tone/Pulse Switchable through software, In-
use LED indication etc.

Digital Phones – The Digital Phone shall have following features-

-240 x 64 Graphical LCD with Backlit

- Built in 16 DSS Keys for Feature, Line, Extension
- 4 Programmable Context Sensitive Keys
- Display having Polyphonic Ringtone,
- Full Duplex Speaker Phone,
- Fixed Function keys with LED for Hold, Conference, Redial, Transfer,
- Fixed Function keys for Voicemail, Mute, Do Not Disturb, Headset,
Speaker
- Message, Wait Lamp, and Ringer Lamp facility compatible with EPABX
system
- Adjustable Desk Stand

Requirements

i. Any application software as required for completion of the project shall be

within the scope of the bidder. The supplier shall be responsible for all
upgrades and updates of the firmware and application software during the
warranty period and no separate amount should be claimed for this.
Supply, Installation and Commissioning of MDF/IDF with their all
accessories required will be in supplier’s scope. Cabling & Termination
from EPABX up to MDF/IDF with their accessories required will be in
supplier’s scope.
ii. System shall be complete with
• Central Processing Unit: Next Generation Converged, Linux based Unified
Communication Server, with in-built, Ethernet LAN Port Connectivity, and
Maintenance Port, MOH Connectivity, External Paging Connectivity, and
USB Port for Up-gradation Purpose. No additional hardware or ports shall
be utilized for these functions.
• Trunks ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network)
• Operating System: The system should be ready to connect Analog Phones
and Digital Phones. In addition, the system should support IP extensions
• Network: The EPABX system should support DHCP server, built-in Router/
functionality with capability to its own Network. The system should support
the mentioned Trunk and Interface Protocols - ISDN PRI, IP H.323, SIP
• Voice Response System: The system shall be equipped with integrated (in-
built) Voice Response System (VRS) with a minimum of 4 channels
• Other built-in facilities like Voice Mail, Conversation Recording, Caller Line
Identification, CLI on Analog Extension and Trunks, Conference (minimum 8
parties/ groups (It should support 15 Party Conference capacity for a meet-
me conference facility, both by Analog and Digital Phone users), VOIP,
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 420

Music-On-Hold, Networking.
iii. The legacy TDM circuits should not utilize any IP bandwidth when any TDM-
TDM switching is being done in the system.
iv. Log for Logical Partitioning should be available for audit and control purposes.
v. The system should support IP networking with other remote sites on VOIP
connectivity.
vi. Unified Messaging: The system should be capable of In Skin; Card based
Unified Messaging facility to provide Fax and E-mail on the same desktop.
vii. The system should support ACD routing for Contact Centre/ Helpdesk
functionality, with Queue Message announcing Caller, waiting number and
time, with /without using any 3rd Party Hardware without any extra cost
viii. The system shall have in-built diagnostic features.
ix. Subscriber Facility
• The offered system shall have the capability of assigning to use extension a
variety of specified services. Further class of service restriction shall be
available to the subscribers. Call forwarding shall be available in the offered
system
• The system shall support abbreviated dialing system for numbers.
• The system shall be capable of allowing the users to access all the facilities
from any extension of the EPABX. The system shall allow user to assign
passwords to their phones to prevent misuse of subscriber’s facilities
provided.
• Least cost routing through alternate public networks on different time of day
basis shall be available.
• Night Service: When night service is activated, the operator calls shall be
routed to predefine answering position.
x. The system should support UCD/ACD based routing and MIS reporting. The
group members should be able to LOG IN and LOG OUT for Receiving Calls
on the Analog and Digital Phone. The Data should be available on the MIS
Reporting Software. Queue Message should be available by default in case
the members are All Busy, Routing to Operator / Supervisor should be
available
xi. The system should support ACD based Reporting for Future use by
Activating Feature Key
xii. The agency shall provide logical schematic/ single line diagram for EPABX
system indicating the equipment layout and cabling before start of the work
considering the existing EPABX system, for approval of Engineer-In-Charges
given. The actual connections, equipment will be as per site conditions and
has to be approved by E-in-C.
(i) The agency has to co-ordinate with the specialised agency approved for LAN
system work for providing the cabling and network switch requirements for
EPABX system. The main contractor shall ensure the co-ordination between
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 421

various agencies for fulfilment of the various requirement of the different

packages.
(ii) The specialised agency for EPABX system shall prepare the drawing indicating
the location of telephone points and other equipment of system, and same shall
be submitted for approval of Engineer-In-Charge. After the approval the drawing
shall be shared with the agency laying the conduit and the specilised agency for
LAN system work, so that the conduit laying and cabling work can be
undertaken accordingly

Note:- Make and Models of items of EPABX system should be got approved from
the Engineer in charge well before placing any order to the OEM/its authorized
dealer. The contractor/agency is required to submit all relevant test certificates
documents and along with the proposal. The model along with sample should be
approval by Engineer-in-charge before placing any order and supply of same to
the site. The decision of Engineer-in-charge is binding in this regard and no
variation is acceptable.

Note:- If the make of any item to be used in execution is not in the list of
approved make, the agency has to submit the makes for approval from Eng-in-
charge. The decision of the Eng-in-charge in this respect shall be final and
binding to the agency.

All the materials used in work shall have to confirmed to relevant codes and
specifications strictly .

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 422

Package C-10 IP BASED CCTV SYSTEM

SCOPE

1. The general character and the scope of work to be carried out under this
contract is illustrated in Specifications. Scope includes design, supply,
installation, testing and commissioning, handing over and providing warranty of
the CCTV surveillance system which shall be IP based. The scope includes
providing CCTV surveillance system in proposed academic Building, EDP
hostel building, cafeteria and any other area as directed by Engineer-In-
Charge. The system shall be capable of integrating with existing CCTV network
at NIBM campus, if the existing system complies with the required protocols for
integration. The bidders have to ensure the planning and smooth execution of
the project. The Contractor shall carry out and complete the said work under this
contract in every respect in conformity with the contract documents and with the
direction of and to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge. The contractor
shall furnish all labours, materials and equipment as listed and specified
otherwise, transportation and incidental necessary for supply, installation,
testing and commissioning of the complete system through as described in the
Specifications.

1.1. Extent of Work

The work shall comprise of entire labour including supervision and all material
necessary to meet a complete installation, such tests and adjustment and
commissioning, as may be required by the department. The term complete
installation shall not only mean major items of the plant and equipments
covered by the specification but all incidental sundry components necessary for
complete execution and satisfactory performance of installation with all layout
charts whether or not those have been mentioned in detail in the tender
documents in connection with this contract. Further, it is clarified that nothing
extra will be paid on account of following works which are required for
completion of work.

(i) Making opening in false ceiling/ wall paneling/ furniture and repairing the same
for fixing of cameras, LED Display & connected accessories, etc.
(ii) Making arrangement for watch & ward of CCTV installation till its handing over
to client department.
(iii) All adjustment pertaining to CCTV installation shall be the responsibility of
the contractor.
(iv) Contractor has to provide technical assistance as and when required for
approval.
(v) To make complete system compatible for CCTV surveillance i/c cost of
connectors, convertors, end terminations, splicing of OFCs and other inclusions
mandatorily required to commission the system shall lie within the quoted rates.
(vi) The CCTV shall be compatible with IBMS software without using any additional
field devices. The I/O summary of active components, IP cameras and field
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 423

devices (wherever required) shall be derived after the detailed design of

surveillance system.
(vii) All IP based cameras shall be connected to LIU > Patch Panel > POE/POE+ IP
based layer 2 switches coming per floor and shall be connected to Distribution
switch/ Access switch, which shall be provided under Package C8 LAN System.
The agency has to co-ordinate with the specialised agency approved for LAN
system work for providing the cabling and network switch requirements for
CCTV system. The main contractor shall ensure the co-ordination between
various agencies for fulfilment of the various requirement of the different
packages.
(viii) The specialised agency for CCTV work shall prepare the drawing indicating the
location of cameras and other equipment of CCTV system, and same shall be
submitted for approval of Engineer-In-Charge. After the approval the drawing
shall be shared with the agency laying the conduit and the specialised agency
for LAN system work, so that the conduit laying and cabling work can be
undertaken accordingly
1.2. Quality of Materials and Workmanship
(i) The components of the installation shall be such design so as to satisfactorily
function under all conditions of operation.

(ii) The entire work of manufacture/fabrication, assembly and installation shall

conform to sound engineering practice.
(iii) All equipment and material to be used in work shall be manufactured in factories
of good repute having excellent track record of quality manufacturing,
performance and proper after sales service.
(iv) All equipment and materials to be used in the work shall be brand new having
its date of manufacturing not more than 6 months old from the date of delivery
at site with manufacturer’s certificates, warranty cards technical catalogues,
instructions, manuals and wiring diagrams etc.
(v) In order to ensure genuineness of equipment/materials, copy of invoice of each
equipment/materials, custom clearance paper in case of imported materials
duly authenticated by bidder shall be invariably produce to engineer-in-charge.
1.3. Completion / As built drawings:
Contractor shall periodically submit completion drawings as and when work in
all respects is completed in a particular area. The drawings shall be submitted in
the AutoCAD format and four portfolios (300x450 mm) each containing
complete set of drawings on approved scale indicating the work as - installed.
These drawings shall clearly indicate following:

(i) Location and details of each item

(ii) Complete wiring diagram, as installed and scheduled showing all connections
in the complete electrical system.

1.4. Details of works

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 424

(i) Video surveillance systems play a vital role in acting as a deterrent for safety
and security in the buildings.
(ii) IP based Closed Circuit Surveillance system is required for monitoring the
activities at critical areas as per approved drawings from E-In-C. The
monitoring shall be done from building service room/ Control Room and
therefore the system shall be capable of providing monitoring from remote
location using stable internet connection which can be provided from LAN point
near NVR locations.
(iii) At common areas like Entry/ Exit, corridors, central lobbies, lift lobbies,
peripheral of the buildings, outdoor areas and at strategic locations CCTV
cameras will be provided.
(iv) Communication shall be done through CAT6A and OFC cables depending on
the distance of switches and as per requirement and hence system shall be
compatible towards the same. The laying of cable and provision of switches is
in the scope of Package C-8 LAN system
(v) The system components are:

(a) IP based Indoor / outdoor Cameras

(b) NVR

(c) LED Display

(d) HDMI Cable

1.5. For basic layout refer respective Tender DRAWINGS. A CCTV surveillance
layout shall be submitted in reference with Master Layout drawings.
1.6. The whole CCTV system shall have seamless integration with IBMS software.
1.7. Active part (POE switch, POE+ switches, LIU panels, patch panels, associated
racks and patch cords required shall be considered under Package C-8 LAN System.
1.8. Professional display as per the given specifications shall be installed in control
Room near HOD room in academic building and Service/ Data room in EDP building.
1.9. The Contractor shall design CCTV camera location as per the site requirement
and as per the instruction of Eng-in-charge.
1.10. The Contractor shall provide NVR System along with minimum Video Storage
usable for storage of at least One month recordings of given specifications with 15
fps or more.

1.11. Contractor / Associate Contractor shall provide MAF (Manufacturing

Authorization Format) from the authorized OEM with Compliance on OEM letter head.

2.0. Specifications

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 425

2.1. The following are the technical parameters for the Network Bullet Camera:

[Link]. Features Description

1. Camera Type Varifocal Bullet Camera

2. Standard ONVIF Profile S / G Compliant

3. Certification UL, CE, FCC/ NDAA

Micro SD/micro SDHC/micro SDXC slot supporting

memory card for min. 512 GB (Min. Class 6 or higher, Card
to be included).

In the event of failure of connectivity to the network storage

the camera shall record video locally on the SD card
automatically. After the connectivity is restored these
recordings shall be automatically merged with the network
storage recording such that no manual intervention is
4. Edge Storage required to transfer the SD card based recordings to
network storage.

5. Image Sensor 1/2.8" CMOS or better

6. Resolution 5 MP at 30 FPS or better

7. Compression H.264, H.265, MPEG

9. ID/Password Multi-level user ID/Password

10. Encryption HTTP(SSL/TLS)/HTTPS

12. Physical Layer 10/100 base Tx Ethernet, auto-sensing, half/full duplex

13. Protocol HTTP/HTTPS, TCP/IP, RTP/RTSP over TCP/UDD

14. Lens Type 3 to 12 mm, Varifocal

16. Alarm 1 input, 1 output

17. Audio 1 input, 1 output

18. Dynamic Noise 3D

Reduction

21. Illumination Color: 0.01 Lux or better at (F1.5, AGC ON), 0 Lux with IR
Inbuilt IR (50 mtrs. or better)

22. Signal Process Digital Signal Process

24. Auto Gain Control Yes

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 426

Back Light
Compensation &
25. High Light Yes
Compensation

26. Electronic Shutter 1/25 s to 1/10,000 s

27. White Balance Yes

Wide Dynamic True WDR

Range
28.

29. Day and Night Yes (as per minimum illumination)

30. Operating -20 °C to + 55 °C

Temperature
Humidity 95% or less (non-condensing)

31. Internet protocol IPv4 and IPv6

Support

32. Housing IP66 (for outdoor), IK10

video content Video Analytics of Object Counting, Trip Wire, Intrusion

Analytics Detection and Motion Detection
33.

34. Power Source Power over Ethernet

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 427

2.2. The following are the technical parameters for the Network Dome Camera:

S. No. Features Description

1. Camera Type Varifocal Dome Camera

2. Standard ONVIF Profile S & G Compliant

3. Certification UL, CE, FCC/ NDAA

Micro SD/micro SDHC/micro SDXC slot supporting

memory card for min. 512 GB (Min. Class 6 or
higher, Card to be included). In the event of failure of
connectivity to the network storage the camera shall
record video locally on the SD card automatically.
After the connectivity is re stored these recordings
shall be automatically merged with the network
storage recording such that no manual intervention
is required to transfer the SD card based recordings
4. Edge Storage
to network storage.

5. Image Sensor 1/2.8" CMOS or better

6. Resolution 5 MP at 30 FPS or better

7. Compression H.264, H.265, M-JPEG

9. Audio 1 input, 1 output

10. Alarm 1 input, 1 outputs

12. ID/Password Multi-level user ID/Password

13. Encryption HTTP(SSL/TLS)/HTTPS

15. Physical Layer 10/100 base Tx Ethernet auto-sensing, half/full

duplex

16. Protocol HTTP/HTTPS, TCP/IP, RTP/RTSP over TCP/UDD

17. IP Support Static/dynamic or both

22. Lens Type 3.6 to 10 mm, varifocal, Motorized with auto focus or
equivalent.

23. Dynamic Noise 3D

Reduction

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 428

25. Encryption TLS1.0/1.2, AES128, AES256

Color: 0.06 Lux or better at (F1.6, AGC ON),

B/W:
26. Illumination
0.05 Lux or better at (F1.6, AGC ON), 0 lux IR with
Inbuilt IR (30 mtrs. or better)

27. Signal Process Digital Signal Process

29. Auto Gain Control Yes

30. Back Light Yes

Compensation

31. High Light Yes

Compensation

32. Electronic Shutter 1/25 s to 1/10,000 s

33. White Balance Yes

34. Wide Dynamic True WDR

Range

35. Day and Night Yes (as per minimum illumination)

36. Operating -20 °C to +50 °C

Temperature
Humidity 95% or less (non-condensing)

37. Internet protocol IPv4 and IPv6

Support

38. Housing Minimum IP 42 (for indoor),

39. Anti-Vandalism rating IK10

video content Video Analytics of Object Counting, Trip Wire,

Analytics Intrusion Detection and Motion Detection
40.

41. Power Source Power over Ethernet

42. Certification UL,CE, FCC/ NDAA

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 429

64 Channel NETWORK VIDEO RECORDER

• NVR, VMS& Camera should be from same OEM

• Network Video Recorder (NVR) shall able to receive and store videos from
various front end devices and forward to various decoders, clients applications
connected to the enterprise security system; ensuring a smooth transmission
when transmitting mass videos in various bandwidth levels.
• High decoding capability 12 MP, 8 MP, 5MP, 3MP. 2MP resolution recording
• Up to 5 MP resolution live view, preview and playback
• Internal storage supports 8 HDDs (10 TB each)
• Store video clips and snapshots to a USB memory device
•

Parameter Required Minimum Specifications

IP video 64 Channels 4K
input
Network Port 1 Port -Dual Gigabyte for Load Balancing
Recording 12 MP (4000 × 3000); 8 MP (3840 × 2160); 6 MP (3072 × 2048); 5 MP
Resolution (2560 × 1920); 4 MP (2560 × 1440); 3 MP (2048 × 1520); 1080p (1920
× 1080); 720p (1280 × 720); D1 (704 × 576 / 704 × 480); CIF (352 ×
288 / 352 × 240)
Display INTERFACE 1 4K HDMI up to 3840 × 2160, 10/100/1000 Adaptive
interface Interface
Display 3840 × 2160; 1920 × 1080; 1280 × 1024; 1280 × 720; 1024 × 768
Resolution
Recording H.265/H.264/MJPEG/MPEG4
Compression
Motion Required
Detection
Synchronous Camera wise recording and Playback
playback
Hard disk Minimum 8 Slot Required-Each Slot should take Minimum 10TB
RAID Required RAID 0, 1, 5, 10
Support
Network HTTP/HTTPS, TCP/IP, RTP/RTSP over TCP/UDD
Protocols
USB Min 3 Nos.
Alarm in 2
Alarm out 1
Power Single, 100~240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
supply
IPC Third party ONVIF IP camera supported
Certifications CE, FCC, UL/EN

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 430

Specifications of 55” LED TV

Sr.
Features Specifications Required
No.
1 Screen Size 55" or Higher
2 Native Resolution Ultra HD 3840 x 2160

3 Min Input ports HDMI-3,USB(3.0)-3,USB-1,RF - 1, LAN-1

4 Built in Wifi Wi-Fi 5 (802.11ac)

5 Built in Bluetooth Yes (V 5.0)
AI Functions (Artificial
6 AI Home, AI Recommendation, Intelligent Edit
Intelligence)
7 Built in Standard OS Web OS
8 Power Supply 100-240V~, 50/60Hz
9 Built in Audio Power 20 W (2 Channel)
10 Product Quality Certifications UL,BIS,FCC,CB

11 Accessory Remote Controller(include battery), Power Cord,

12 Installation type Wall mount /Table Mount

Note:- Make and Models of items of CCTV system should be got approved from
the Engineer in charge well before placing any order to the OEM/its authorized
dealer. The contractor/agency is required to submit all relevant test certificates
documents and along with the proposal. The model along with sample should be
approval by Engineer-in-charge before placing any order and supply of same to
the site. The decision of Engineer-in-charge is binding in this regard and no
variation is acceptable.

Note:- If the make of any item to be used in execution is not in the list of
approved make, the agency has to submit the makes for approval from Eng-in-
charge. The decision of the Eng-in-charge in this respect shall be final and
binding to the agency.

All the materials used in work shall have to confirmed to relevant codes and
specifications strictly .

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 431

Package C-11 (AUDIO VIDEO SYSTEM)

CHAPTER: 1 GENERAL

1. 1 SCOPE OF WORK
1.1.1 These specifications shall cover the Design, Supply, Erection, Testing, and
Commissioning of Audio-Visual System. The BOQ does not absolve the contractor
from his responsibility of satisfactory working and compatibility issues. The contractor
is advised to check the same, before getting the makes approved. The system is to be
provided in the Classroom of the proposed Academic building and EDP hostel building
at NIBM, Pune
1.2 SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS
1.2.1 It is the intent of these specifications to define a state-of-art systems, which is
user friendly, modular, flexible and expandable. The system is to be designed,
installed, customized, tested, commissioned and supported by a local office or agent of
the manufacturer by Engineers skilled in providing functional and efficient solutions to
the needs of the Engineer in charge.
1.2.2 All electronic equipment shall conform to the pertinent regulations governing
radio frequency electromagnetic interference and should be so labelled.
1.2.3 All system components and sub-systems are to be fault tolerant and provide
satisfactory operation without damage at + 10% of the rated voltage and at + 3 Hz
variation in line frequency.

2 TECHNICAL DATA
2.1 The Tenderer shall submit comprehensive technical information catalogues for
all the equipment and material while getting the approval for makes and model no. of
equipment. This must include but not necessarily be restricted to, all data etc.
Technical catalogues all equipment and machines must be submitted for approval from
Engineer-In-charge.

Technical Specifications for Audio Video System

These are the minimum specification. The tenderer is free to provide better
specification and more facilities.

Sr.
Brief Description Technical Particulars Requirement
No

Screen Size 98” LED

Aspect Ratio 16:9
98” Professional LED Display Backlight LED
1
or better Brightness 500 nits or more
Resolution UHD (3840 x 2160) pixels
Haze 25% or higher
Response time 8 ms or less
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 432

Panel Technology IPS

Color Gamut 1.07 Billion Colors
Inbuilt Speaker 2 x 10 W (Min)
Viewing Angle (H/V) 178/178
IR External Sensor,
Ambient sensor,
Interface Input HDMI,USB
AV Input: HDMI,CGA,
DP,USB, Audio Jack
Additional Features AV Output: HDMI Out,
Wi-Fi (Built-in, Slot type),
Display must have inbuilt
OS for Direct Viewing of
PPT, word, pdf, images &
Videos from pen drive
Size of Video wall (In
10 FTx 6 FT(+/-10%)
Feet)
Pixel Pitch of Video Wall 2.50mm or Lesser.
Resolution 1152 x 648 or Higher
Should Support UHD
4K/UHD Support for LED
from Day 1 with
player.
single LED player.
Pixel Configuration SMD 3-in-1 (1R1G1B)
LED Configuration 1 Red, 1 Green, 1 Blue
Max Brightness >/=1,000 nits
Contrast Ratio 5,000:1
Viewing Angle H/V 150/ 150 Degree
Colour temperature 65000 or Better
2 130” LED Video Wall
LED Refresh Rate >/=3840 Hz
Run Time Duty Cycle 24x7
100000hrs at full power to
Life Span(Hrs.)
half-life.
Run Time Duty Cycle 24x7
Distance Between Video Vender must Support Cat
Wall and Control 6 Cable or Fibre Cable till
Processor for Video Wall 100 metre.
Inbuilt Signage player with
Remote Management support for Layouts and
and Signage remote management,
monitoring and control.
Other Features HDR 10+
Mandatory Certification UL/,BIS,

3 Handheld Wireless Mic system Switching bandwidth: up to 24 MHz

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 433

TRANSMITTER: RF Frequency Bandwidth 542 to 572 MHz

Gain range 10 mW
OIperating Range 300 feet/ 91.4 mtr
Operating time: Min 14 Hours
Dynamic Range 100 dBA
cardioid
MICROPHONE HEAD Pick-up pattern

Transducer principle: dynamic

Switching bandwidth: up to 24 MHz
RF Frequency Bandwidth 542 to 572 MHz
Gain range 10 mW
Operating Range 300 feet/ 91.4 mtr
Operating time: Min 14 Hours
1xXLR 3 pin Male
4 Wireless Lapel Microphone Output balanced output, 1/4"
female unbalanced output
Frequency response 50 Hz to 15 kHz
XLR output impedance 200 ohm or better
Dynamic Range 100 dBA
cardioid
Pick-up pattern

VIDEO INPUTS 4 HDMI connectors

VIDEO OUTPUTS 2 HDMI connectors,
Up to 8.91Gbps data rate
BANDWIDTH/Data Rate (2.97Gbps per graphic
channel)
Should have HDMI audio
HDMI Audio embedding & de
embedding capability
Up to UXGA
RESOLUTION Support
4K x 2K
COMPLIENCE HDCP & HDMI compliant
5 HDMI Matrix Switcher 1 Ethernet on an RJ–45
connector
1 IR on a 3.5mm mini jack
8 remote selection
contact–closure switches
Ports
on 9 terminal block pins
1 serial port on a 3–pin
terminal block
1 program port on a mini
USB
Front panel buttons,
Control
infrared remote control
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 434

transmitter, RS–232,
Ethernet, remote input
selection switches
Windows 7: Google
Chrome v25, FireFox v15,
Opera v12, Microsoft
Internet Explorer v9
Compatibility Windows XP: Google
Chrome v25, FireFox v15
Apple Mac: Google
Chrome v25, FireFox v20,
Opera v12.14, Safari v6

4 Analog Inputs (with 48v

analog audio inputs. Phantom Power per
Channel) or more
analog audio outputs 4 Analog Outputs or More
12 or more Control Inputs
and 6 or more Logic
Control ports
Outputs for GPIO
Integration
Nominal gain 0dB,
Mic/Line Inputs electronically switchable
Digital Audio Signal Processor
6 up to +48dB
(Rack Mountable)
Input Impedance 3.5kΩ
Output Frequency 20Hz-20KHz (+0.5dB/-
Response: 1dB)
0.005% typical at +4 dBu,
Output THD
1kHz, 0 dB input gain
Output Impedance 120Ω
110dB A-weighted,
Output Dynamic Range
>107dB unweighted
12-48VDC or PoE+
Other Features Powering Options, RJ45
Ethernet connectors
2.5Vrms (10.2dBu,
Input Sensitivity
8.0dBV) @ 8 Ω : 26.0 dB
Output Power: Dual
Mode – All Channels
600W
Driven 70Vrms and
Audio amplifier (600W) (Rack 100Vrms
7
Mountable) Output Power: Bridge
Mono Mode – All
600W/ 1200W
Channels Driven 4Ω/140
Vrms
Voltage Gain (at
34dB
maximum level setting)
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 435

4/8Ω, 70Vrms and

100Vrms Operation
Frequency Response
±0.25dB
(8Ω, 20Hz - 20kHz
Signal-to-Noise Ratio >108dB
Total Harmonic Distortion
(at full rated power, from 0.35%
20Hz - 20kHz)
Damping Factor (20Hz to
>1000
100Hz)
Input Impedance Input Impedance
(Nominally balanced, (Nominally balanced,
nominally unbalanced) nominally unbalanced)
Load Impedance 2Ω - 16Ω; 70Vrms and
Stereo/Dual Mode 100Vrms
Load Impedance Bridge 4Ω - 16Ω; 140Vrms and
Mono 200Vrms
Frequency Range (-10
80 Hz – 20 kHz
dB)
Sensitivity 96 dB SPL
Vertical
Narrow Mode: 15° (2 kHz
- 16 kHz) (±10°)
Coverage Broad Mode: 40° (1 kHz -
16 kHz) (±10°)
8 Line Array Speaker (EDP) Horizontal :150° (1 kHz –
4 kHz, ±20°)
Nominal Impedance 8 ohms
121 dB cont aveg (127
Max SPL
peak)
120W, 60W, 30W, (15W
Taps at 70V only), and 8 ohm
thru, via switch
Frequency Range (-10
60 Hz – 20 kHz
dB)
Sensitivity 98 dB (1 kHz - 8 kHz)
Vertical (selectable via
switch)
Narrow Mode: 25° (2 kHz
- 16 kHz) (±10°)
Column Array Speakers Coverage Broad Mode: 45° (750 Hz
9
(Academic) - 16 kHz) (±10°)
Horizontal 150° (500 Hz –
8 kHz, ±20°)
500W (2000W peak), 2
hrs
Power capacity
350W(1400 W peak), 100
hrs
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 436

Nominal Impedence 8ohms

125 dB cont aveg (131
Max SPL
peak)

Length 1.8 m (6 feet)

Supported Resolutions 4K@60Hz (4:4:4)
High−performance 6ft hdmi
10 Dolby TrueHD, Dolby
patch cord Audio Support
Digital Plus, DVD-Audio..
2 Male HDMI connectors
Connectors
Type A with K lock
Conductor AWG: 24 or Conductor AWG: 24 or
better better
Conductor Stranding: Conductor Stranding:
27x38 or better 27x38 or better
11 Microphone bulk cable Material should be of Bare Material should be of Bare
copper copper
Nominal Wall Thickness Nominal Wall Thickness
should be Nominal Wall should be Nominal Wall
Thickness Thickness

Note:- Make and Models of items of Audio Video System should be got approved
from the Engineer in charge well before placing any order to the OEM/its
authorized dealer. The contractor/agency is required to submit all relevant test
certificates documents and along with the proposal. The model along with
sample should be approval by Engineer-in-charge before placing any order and
supply of same to the site. The decision of Engineer-in-charge is binding in this
regard and no variation is acceptable.

Note:- If the make of any item to be used in execution is not in the list of
approved make, the agency has to submit the makes for approval from Eng-in-
charge. The decision of the Eng-in-charge in this respect shall be final and
binding to the agency.

All the materials used in work shall have to confirmed to relevant codes and
specifications strictly .

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 437

Specification for Package C12 (Lift)

ADDITIONAL CONDITION FOR LIFT

1.0. General:
1.1. The specification covers manufacture, testing as may be necessary before
dispatch, delivery at site, all preparatory work, assembly and installation,
commissioning putting into operation of Lifts & Escalators.
1.2. Location: The Lifts/Escalators will be installed at NIBM, Pune.

1.3. The work shall be executed as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical
Works (Part-III –Lifts & Escalators)–2003 as per relevant IS and as per
directions of Engineer-in-charge. These additional conditions and
specifications are to be read in conjunction with above and in case of
variations, specifications given in this Additional conditions shall apply.
However, nothing extra shall be paid on account of these additional
specifications & conditions as the same are to be read alongwith schedule of
quantities for the work.
1.4. The tenderer should in his own interest visit the site and familiarizes himself
with the site conditions before tendering.
1.5. No T&P shall be issued by the Department and nothing extra shall be paid on
account of this.
2.0 Completeness of tender:
All sundry equipment, fittings, unit assemblies, accessories, hardware items,
foundation bolts, termination lugs for electrical connections, and all other items
which are useful and necessary for efficient assembly and installation of
equipment and components of the work shall be deemed to have been
included in the tender irrespectively of the fact whether such items are
specifically mentioned in the tender documents or not.
3.0 For item/equipment requiring initial inspection at manufacturer’s works’ the
contractor will intimate the date of testing of equipment at the manufacturer’s
works before dispatch. The department also reserves the right to inspect the
fabrication job at factory and the successful tenderer has to make the
arrangement for the same. The successful tenderer shall give sufficient
advance notice regarding the dates proposed for such tests/inspection to the
department’s representative(s) to facilities his presence during
testing/fabrication. The Engineer-in-charge at his discretion may witness such
testing/fabrication. The cost of the Engineer’s visit to the factory will be borne
by the Department. Also equipment may be inspected at the Manufacture’s
premises, before dispatch to the site by the contractor.
4.0. Storage and custody of materials:
The Lift machine room, if available, may be used for storage of sundry materials
and erection equipment or else the agency has to make his own arrangement.
No separate storage accommodation shall be provided by the department.
Watch and ward of the stores and their safe custody shall be the responsibility
of the contractor till the final taking over of the installation by the department.
5.0. Care of the Building:
Care shall be taken by the contractor while handling and installing the various
equipments and components of the work to avoid damage to the building. He
shall be responsible for repairing all damages and restoring the same to their
original finish at his cost. He shall also remove at his cost all unwanted and
waste materials arising out for the installation from the site of work.
6.0 Compliance with Regulations and Indian standards
6.1 All works shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulation,
both statutory and those specified by the Indian Standards related to the works
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 438

covered by this specification. In particular, the equipment and installation will

comply with the following:
i) Factories Act.
ii) Indian Electricity Rules.
iii) I.S. & B.S. Standards as applicable.
iv) Workmen’s Compensation Act.
v) Statutory norms prescribed by local bodies.
vi) Maharashtra Lifts, Escalators and Moving Walks Act, 2017.
7.0 Provision for Handicapped Persons:
Lifts shall be suitable for handicapped persons. Braille type special push
buttons shall be installed in all the lifts for blind people and other provisions as
required for making lift barrier free are included in this scope of work.
8.0 The lift manufacturer must provide necessary hardware interface media in its
panel and controller for connecting the same with IBMS and nothing extra shall
be charged on this account.
9.0 Approval – The agency has to submit the GAD drawing of all the lifts as per the
actual site measurements for the approval along with all the details and
dimensions of the lift, necessary equipment details and specifications for
approval of the Engineer-In-Charge. The decision of Engineer-In-Charge with
regard to construction features shall be final and binding. The manufacturing of
Lifts shall only undertaken after necessary approval
10.0 Testing of Lifts-

In Factory – The Manufacturer has to offer the lifts for inspection at Factory as
per the CPWD specifications. The inspection schedule shall be conveyed well
in advance. The copy of quality Assurance Plan shall be shared for the
reference.

At Site - Testing of Lift shall be carried out as per Appendix-III of CPWD

specification for Lift & Escalators Part-3 - 2003 and relevant IS specifications.
The contractor has to arrange necessary test equipments and dead weights for
testing of lifts.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 439

Package C-13 HEAT PUMP WATER HEATING SYSTEM

1.1 Scope of work

Scope of Work and Technical Specifications

SCOPE OF WORK

Work under this section consists of furnishing all labour, materials equipment and
lifting , shifting, installation, testing and commissioning of appliances necessary and
required to completely install the Complete Heat Pump based Water heating system
with 12kW Heat Pump capable to deliver 350 Ltr/Hr Hot water with insulated storage
tank of 1500 Ltr capacity on the terrace of the EDP Hostel Building for providing Hot
Water to the Hostel Bathrooms.

The water heating system shall include the following:-

• Factory packaged Scroll/Rotary type Air cooled Heat Pump capable for outdoor
installation including evaporator fan, condenser, hermetic/semihermatic compressor for
eco-friendly R410A refrigerant, Finned tube type heat exchanger coil with internally
corrugated copper tubes and high efficiency aluminum fins.

• Microprocessor based control system with BMS compatibility for automatic

operation of the system depending upon the temperature condition and water level of
the tank. The required sensors, pressure switches, relays and contacts etc for
automatic operation of system shall be in the scope of the work.
• Hot Water Storage Tank of following Capacity consisting of hot dip galvanized
cylindrical shape tank. (outlet temperature of hot water storage tank 55-60 deg.C)
suitable for minimum 3 Kg /Sqm working pressure. Tank shall be provided with inlet /
outlet, overflow, drain connection with MH cover, 5 mm thick tank, pressure relief
valves, pressure gauge at inlet / outlet with isolation cock, thermometer at inlet / outlet,
ball Valve, safety valve, check valve, Y strainer, Non return valve and other
accessories.
• Piping between hot water tank to heat pump with min 25 mm CVPC SDR 11
with polyolefin thermal Insulation XLPE tube with aluminium foil.
• Water Heater in Hot water tank for standby operation.
• The system shall be provided with comprehensive warranty of 5 years including
1 year DLP.
• The horizontal multistage end suction centrifugal pumping set connected to a
TEFC motor single mechanical seal with pumps required for recirculation of the hot
water in the distribution line and hot water tank along with control panel and sensors
for automatic operation is also in the scope of the work.
• All items and equipment’s required for functional requirement for the solar
water heating system and in order to fully commission the system is deemed to be
included within this scope of work.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 440

1.2 Piping

1.2.1 All materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to specifications. All
works executed shall be to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.

1.2.2 Pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required
in a neat work man like manner.

1.2.3 Short or long bends shall be used on all main pipe lines as far as possible. Use
of elbows shall be restricted for short connections.

1.2.4 Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and
maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passages etc.

1.2.5 Pipes shall be securely fixed to walls and ceilings by suitable clamps at
intervals specified.

1.2.6 Clamps, hangers and supports on RCC walls, columns & slabs shall be fixed
only by means of approved made of expandable metal fasteners inserted by use of
power drills.

1.2.7 It necessary to provide expansion and contraction loops in piping used in Hot
Water system installations.

1.2.9 Valves and all other equipment’s shall be so located as to provide easy
accessibility for operations, maintenance and repairs.

1.2.10 The hot water piping shall be insulated with suitable hot water insulation like
rockwool, wrapping with chicken mesh and finally 24 gauge thickness aluminum sheet
cladding shall be done over the entire length of the pipe.

1.2.11 Contractor should study the terrace plan of the EDP Building and shall submit
all drawings, technical specifications etc. as desired by the Engineer-in- charge for
approval before executing the work.

1.2.12. Painting of Stands:

Cleaning and degreasing of the surface should be done before painting. Two coats of
zinc
chromate red oxide primer shall be applied followed by one coat of enamel paint of
suitable colour for coastal area and areas of sulphuric fumes and chlorides.

Hot Water Storage tank:

a) Material:
The Storage (inner) tank shall be of Hot dip Galvanised material with anti corrosive
coating for hard water with chlorine contents) up to 15000 liters. Adequate protection is
to be provided.
b) Thickness: Minimum thickness for Hot deep Galvanised sheet shall be 5.00mm. No
leakage under any kind of negative or positive pressure of water will be ensured.

(c)Insulation

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 441

Thermal insulation of tank should be 100mm thick rockwool of 48 kg. per cum.
Aluminium sheet of thickness 24 SWG/GI powder coated sheet of minimum 24 SWG
shall be used for cladding of tank insulation. The storage tank shall be properly
installed at site using enameled coat appropriate size angle iron stands, girder cement
concrete pedestals of 1:2:4 ratio or any other specific provision suitable to site to
ensure the stability against heavy storm etc. but not less than 1'x1'x1'dimensions.
External of the tank should be properly insulated so that H.W. temperature does not
decrease by more than 5 degree C in about 16 hrs. duration.
c. Installation: The pipeline should be properly supported and fixed with clamp with the
help of suitable size stand/civil structure (cement concrete ratio 1:4) ISI mark strain of
standard make should be fitted in the main cold water supply line/ over head tank
before the system. The Hot water pipe line should be provided up to the point required
by the user.

3. Valves/Nipples/Tees/Bends:

Gunmetal valve as per ISI specifications shall be used. Nipples/ Tees and bends shall
be of medium class GI ( B class)/brass or Cu. Air vent in each row shall be provided.

5. System layout & Design:

a) Air vent at appropriate places should be installed to prevent air locking. Air vents
must be incorporated in designs.

b) It is desirable that maintenance Manual for Heat Pump be provided by the

manufacturer. The maintenance manual should include decaling frequency calibration
checks, for instruments, replacement schedule for valves cleaning procedure and
recommendations for various qualities of water for use in the installation.

c) Proper required insulation with Aluminum cladding should be provided.

Specifications of this cladding will be the same as that prescribed for hot water storage
tank.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 442

Specification for Package C14 (Roof Top Solar System)

Terms and Conditions for Solar PV Generation System

1. GENERAL SCHEME & SCOPE -

The scope of work include designing and providing suitable size of solar power
system, PCU (power conditioning unit), all measuring devices, indication devices,
protection Devices switching devices with all necessary wiring, cabling mounting
structure on terrace of building and any other item needed for proper functioning and
protection of system from external/internal causes & from all kind of surges etc. the
system be designed with sound engineering and state of the art manner.

2. DEFINITION -

A Grid Connected Solar Rooftop Photo Voltaic (SPV) power plant consists of SPV
array, Module Mounting Structure, Inverter/Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) and
Controls &Protections, interconnect cables and switches. PV Array is mounted on a
suitable structure. Grid connected SPV power plant is without battery and should be
designed with necessary features to supplement the grid power during day time.
Components and parts used in the SPV power plants including the PV modules,
metallic structures, cables, junction box, switches, inverters/PCUs etc., should conform
to the BIS or IEC or international specifications, wherever such specifications are
available and applicable.

3. SITE LAYOUT DESIGN -

The contractor will submit his layout design for SPV module including its structure
details to Engineer in charge for approval prior before start of work. The contractor
should visit the site before quoting the tender to have idea of the site related
preparation to be included in their offer.

4. (A) SPV MODULE/ARRAY -

Solar Photo Voltaic Generating Sources: SPV generating sources constituted of

following building blocks:

SPV Module: SPV Module is the basic building block of the SPV power supply, which
consists of a number of Solar cells (a Semiconductor Devices which when exposed to
sunlight produces DC electricity) connected in series and hermetically sealed with a
toughened and highly transparent front glass cover. These modules are connected in
series and parallel to get the desired power and voltage. The Rated DC current of One
module shall be 330Wp or higher.

SPV Panel: SPV Modules of same rating are connected in series to form a SPV panel
to get the desired voltage.

SPV Array: A number of panels are connected in parallel to get the desired power. This
whole combination is called an array. The SPV array is so designed that, it provides
simultaneously meets the load demand, when sufficient Sunshine is available.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 443

Design Features: The mechanical design and construction of SPV modules, panels
and mounting structure shall be inherently robust and rigid under all conditions of
operation, adjustment, storage and transport. Sharp edges shall be avoided.

5. (B) SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES -

(i) The efficiency of the PV modules should be minimum 16.5%.

(ii) Test Certificate issued by one of the IEC authorized test centres.

(iii) Modules of any type mono/poly crystalline film can be used.

(iv) The module type must be qualified as per IEC 61215 latest edition. Modules
must qualify to IEC 61730 Part I and II for construction and safety qualification testing.
Certificate for module qualification from IEC or equivalent to be submitted as part of the
bid offer.

(v) The total solar PV array capacity should not be less than allocated capacity
(kWp) and should comprise of solar crystalline modules of minimum 330 Wp and above
wattage. Module capacity less than minimum 330watts shall not be accepted.

(vi) Protective devices against surges at the PV module shall be provided. Low
voltage drop bypass diodes shall be provided.

(vii) The module frame shall be made of corrosion resistant materials having
anodized aluminum or as per manufacturer standard.

(viii) The bidder shall carefully design & accommodate requisite numbers of the
modules to achieve the rated power.

(ix) Other general requirement for the PV modules and subsystems shall be the
Following:

a) The rated output power of any supplied module shall have tolerance of ± 3%.

b) The peak-power point voltage and the peak-power point current of any supplied
module and/or any module string (series connected modules) shall not vary by more
than 2 (two) per cent from the respective arithmetic means for all modules and/or for all
module strings, as the case may be.

c) The module shall be provided with a junction box with weather proof lid of
sealed type and IP-65 rated.

(x) Warranties: The PV Modules must be warranted for output wattage, which
should not be less than 90% at the end of 10 years and not less than 80% at the end of
25 years.

xi) Module rating is considered under standard test conditions, however Solar
modules shall be deigned to operated and perform in relative humidity up to 100% with
temperature between-10Deg C and +85 Deg C and with stand guts up to 150Km/h
from back side of the panel. The Geological data of Mohali (Pb.) can be referred for
design to meet optimum generation.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 444

xii) Sample modules and production processes employed in the manufacture of the
offered module shall be in accordance with the requirement of IEC 61730 with
appropriate certificate.

6. SOLAR PV MODULE (MECHNICAL FEATURES) -

Solar PV module design shall conform to following Mechanical requirement -

• Toughened, low iron content,

• High transmissivity front glass.

• Anodized Aluminium Frame.

• Ethyl vinyl Acetate (EVA) encapsulant.

• Silicon edge sealant around laminate.

• Tedlar/ Polyester trilaminate back surface

• Weatherproof DC rated MC connections easier and secure, not allowing for any
loose connections Resistant to water, abrasion, hail impact, humidity & other
environment factor for the worst situation at site.

7. JUNCTION BOXES (JBs) -

a) The junction boxes are to be provided in the PV array for termination of

connecting cables. The J. Boxes (JBs) shall be made of GRP/FRP/Powder Coated
Aluminum /cast aluminum alloy with full dust, water & vermin proof arrangement. All
wires/cables must be terminated through cable lugs. The JBs shall be such that input &
output termination can be made through suitable cable glands.

b) Copper bus bars/terminal blocks should be housed in the junction box with
suitable termination threads Conforming to IP65 standard and IEC 62208. Hinged door
should be used with EPDM rubber gasket to prevent water entry.

c) Each Junction Box shall have High quality Suitable capacity Metal Oxide
Varistors (MOVs) / surge arrestors and suitable Reverse Blocking Diodes etc. The
Junction Boxes shall have suitable arrangement for monitoring and disconnection for
each of the groups.

8. PV ARRAY CONFIGURATION -

i) The Solar array shall be configured in multiple No. of sub- arrays, providing
optimum DC power. The bidder shall submit their own design indicating configuration of
PCU and respective sub arrays.

ii) The PV modules should be mounted on aluminum structures GI/ MS powder

coated of adequate strength and appropriate design, which can withstand load of
modules and high wind velocities up to 150 km per hour.

iii) The array structure shall be so designed that it will occupy minimum space
without sacrificing the output from the SPV panels
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 445

iv) Regarding civil structures the bidder needs to take care of the load bearing
capacity of the roof and to arrange suitable structures based on the quality of roof. The
total load of the structure (when installed with PV modules) on the terrace should be
less than 60 kg/m2. Suitable civil work for installation of the structure is to be done by
the supplier. Civil Structure should be Neat & Clean, with proper alignment and round
in shape with emphasis on proper grouting and there should not be leakage, seepage
in roof after installation of plant.

9. MODULE MOUNTING STRUCTURE -

The mounting structure would be designed to sustain wind loading of up to 150Kmph

and shall be protected by using Eco friendly anticorrosion on structure. The entire
structure including array will be earthed to an independent pit with redundant paths.
Mounting Structures with fixed/adjustable tilt has been proposed. The Hardware shall
be made of SS material or as per manufacturer standard.

a) The structure design shall be appropriate and innovative and must follow the
existing structure and profile

b) Design drawing with material selected shall be submitted for prior approval of
engineer in-charge.

c) The structure shall be designed to allow easy replacement of any module.

d) The structure shall be designed for simple mechanical and electrical installation.
It shall support SPV module at a given orientation, absorb and transfer the mechanical
loads to the roof properly.

e) The array structure shall be so designed that it will occupy minimum space
without sacrificing the output from SPV panels at the same time.

f) Nut & bolts supporting structure including module Mounting Structures shall
have to be adequately protected with atmosphere and weather prevailing in the area;
Nut bolts should be especially in SS material.

g) The bidder/manufacturer shall specify installation details of the PV modules and

the support structures with appropriate diagrams and drawings.

h) The drawings along with detailed design shall be submitted in four sets to the
engineer-in- charge for approval before starting the execution of work. The work will be
carried out as per designs approved by the engineer in-charge.

10. POWER CONDITIONING UNIT (PCU) -

Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) is critical equipment in Grid Connect SPV Power Plant.
This equipment converts DC power generated by SPV array, into single phase/three
phase medium voltage AC to be connected to Grid. It also provides necessary
protections for Grid Synchronization and Data Logging/Monitoring. The DC energy,
thus produced has to be utilized to maximum and supplied to the DC bus for inverting
to AC voltage with the help of Power Conditioning Unit using its MPPT (The efficiency
of MPPT shall not be less than 97% & shall be designed to meet the Solar PV Array
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 446

capacity control) to extract maximum energy from solar array and provides 415V AC, 3-
ph 50Hz to synchronize with local grid.

a. The PCU shall have protection features such as, over current, short circuit, over
temperature to name a few.

b. The PCU shall be of very high quality having high efficiency (>97%) and shall
be capable of running in isolated mode.

c. The PCU should be designed to be completely compatible with the SPV array
voltage and grid supply voltage.

d. The PCU should be designed for continuous, reliable power supply as per
specifications.

e. The PCU shall have internal protection arrangement against any sustained
fault.

f. The dimension, weight, foundation details etc. of the PCU shall be clearly
indicated in the detailed technical specification.

g. It should have user friendly LCD display for programming and view on line
parameters such as DC power input, DC input voltage, DC current, AC power output,
AC voltage and AC current and Power factor.

h. The PCU shall have arrangement for adjusting DC input current and should trip
against sustainable fault downstream and shall not start till the fault is rectified.

The Grid connect PCU shall be sourced from internationally reputed firms, which will
incorporate latest Technological advances to provide highly reliable and efficient
energy conversion from DC to AC. The PCU incorporates a new system design which
uses multiple power stacks which work in tandem. The PCU should be Single phase
static solid state type power conditioning units/string inventors suitability connected &
synchronized to give three phase supply output. Both AC & DC lines shall have
suitable fuses/MCBs and contactors to allow safe start up and shut down of the
system. Fuses/MCBs used in the DC circuit should be DC rated. The PCU shall have
provision for input and output isolation. Each solid-state electronic device shall have to
be protected to ensure long life of the inverter as well as smooth functioning of the
inverter.

Test Certificates: The PCU/ inverters should be tested from the MNRE
aproved test centres / NABL /BIS /IEC accredited testing- calibration laboratories. In
case of imported power conditioning units, these should be approved by
international test houses

11. INTEGRATION OF PV POWER WITH GRID -

i) In case of Power plant without battery bank (i.e. with string inverter), the
existing uni-directional meter of the user shall be installed for gross metering of solar

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 447

generation while a Bi-directional meter shall be installed for net-metering purpose or

conditions pertaining to Net Metering Policy of CREST.

ii) CEA guideline 2013 or latest for interconnecting solar power with Grid shall be
followed.

iii) Certification of Islanding protection in the inverter/PCU from the manufacturer of

the equipment shall be mandatory. This shall be arranged by the supplier from the
manufacturer.

iv) Verification report/test report shall be issued by the DISCOM or their authorized
agency.

12. DATA MONITORING OF POWER PLANT -

i) PCU to log the inverter performance data and transmits the same to the Data logger.

ii) Data logger shall then gather information and monitor the performance of the
inverter. It shall also supports measurements from the external sensors. The data can
be acquired remotely via modem.

13. LIGHTNING & OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION -

The SPV Power plant should be provided with Lightning and surge voltage protection
connected to proper earth mats.

No. of Lightening arrestor shall be calculated as per NBC 2016 &as per IS amended up
to date.

The Lightning Conductors shall be made as per applicable Indian Standards in order to
protect the entire Array Yard/Shed from Lightning stroke. Necessary concrete
foundation for holding the lightning conductor in position to be made after giving due
consideration to maximum wind speed and maintenance requirement at site in future.

The lightning conductor shall be earthed through flats and connected to the Earth mats
as per applicable Indian Standards with earth pits.

The bidder shall ensure adequate lightning protection to provide and acceptable
degree of protection as per IS for the array Yard/Shed. If necessary more numbers of
Lightning conductors may be provided.

Conductor as per requirements of IS Standards.

All Building earth conductor shall be interconnected through the concept of “Earth
Mats” for interconnection with separate earth pits.

For each earth pit, necessary Test Point shall have to be provided.

14. a) EARTHING SYSTEM -

i) Earthing Protection: Each array structure of the PV yard should be grounded/earthed

properly as per IS:3043-1987. In addition the lighting arrester/masts should also be
earthed inside the array field. Earth Resistance shall be tested in presence of the
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 448

representative of Department as and when required after earthing by calibrated earth

tester. PCU, ACDB and DCDB should also be earthed properly. Earth resistance shall
not be more than 5 ohms. It shall be ensured that all the earthing points are bonded
together to make them at the same potential.

a)AC side- Array Structure minimum 2earthing pits.-(chemical earthing)

b)DC side - Each Inverter should be earthed with 2 individual earth pits.-(chemical
earthing)

c) Lightening arrestor should be earthed with minimum 2 earth pits.-(chemical earthing)

ii) 2 Nos. copper strip of size 25mm x 5mm shall be supplied and fixed as per CPWD
specification for earth bus of the sub-station to connect the system within the quoted
rates. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

b) AC Distribution Box (ACDB) -

i) All switches and the circuit breakers, connectors should conform to IEC 60947, Part I,
II and III/ IS60947 Part I, II and III.

ii) The change-over switches, cabling work, Manual isolation of Inverters/Grid should
be undertaken by the bidder as part of the project within quoted rates.

c) DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM / PLANT MONITORING -

i) Web based remote monitoring which shall also be linked with servers of client / Board
or software such as SCADA monitoring system must be provided by Bidder. If needed
access to MNRE/CREST shall also be provided.

ii) PV array energy production: Digital Energy Meters to log the actual value of AC/ DC
voltage, Current & Energy generated by the PV system shall be provided.

iii) All instantaneous data shall be shown on the computer screen.

iv) The bidder must take approval/NOC from the Concerned DISCOM for the
connectivity, technical feasibility, and synchronization of SPV plant with distribution
network and submit the same to PMB before commissioning of SPV plant. Nothing
extra shall be paid on this account.

d) PRIORITY FOR POWER CONSUMPTION -

i)Regarding the generated power consumption, in case of string inverter, priority need
to given for internal consumption first and thereafter any excess power can be exported
to grid

e) Grid Islanding:

i) In the event of a power failure on the electric grid, it is required that any independent
power-producing inverters attached to the grid turn off in a short system shall be
equipped with islanding protection. In addition to disconnection from the grid (due to
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 449

islanding protection) disconnection due to under and over voltage conditions shall also
be provided.

ii) A manual disconnect pole isolation switch beside automatic disconnection to grid
would have to be provided at utility end to isolate the grid connection by the utility
personnel to carry out any maintenance. This switch shall be locked, if required, by the
utility personnel period of time. This prevents the DC-to-AC inverters from continuing to
feed power into small sections of the grid, known as “islands.”

iii) Powered islands present a risk to workers who may expect the area to be
unpowered, and they may also damage grid-tied equipment. The Rooftop PV Surge
protection system. The DIN channel mountable pluggable surge protection shall be
installed in a network configuration, consisting of a single block MOV (Metal Oxide
Varistor) based surge arrester having nominal surge handling capacity of 15 KA 8/20
µs & maximum surge handling capacity of 30 KA 8/20 µs to provide protection between
(L+, L-, earth). All surge arresters in these network configurations shall be of same
manufacturer. The Protection unit shall be based on Single block High Capacity Metal
Oxide Varistors (MOV), capable of handling 15 KA 8/20 μs surges and shall be able to
give an indication in the event module failure and shall be pluggable to facilitate the on-
site replacement without disturbing the lines. One extra set of replacement protective
device shall be furnished to the job site. Protection shall be manufactured to withstand
a maximum continuous operating voltage of not less than 115% of normal RMS system
voltage.

All the cables shall be supplied conforming to IS 694 & shall be of 650 V/ 1.1 kV grade
as per requirement. Only FRLS PVC copper cables shall be used. The size of the
cables between array interconnections, array to junction boxes, junction boxes to
DCDB, DCDB to PCU and PCU to main grid (DISCOM) etc shall be so selected to
keep the voltage drop and losses to the minimum and all cables are in scope of work.

Bidders are required to mention each size of cables used and should consider their
resistance / impedance in the design optimization. Such calculation should be
submitted along with the bid. The contractor shall supply all cables, installation
accessories, which are required to install and successfully commission the power plant.

15. PAINTING & FINISH -

i. All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, scale, oil, grease, dirt etc.
Fabricated structures shall be pickled and then rinsed to remove any trace of acid. The
under surface shall be made free from all imperfections before undertaking the finishing
coat.

ii After Phosphate treatment, two (2) coats of yellow zinc chromate primer shall
be applied followed by two(2) coats of epoxy based synthetic enameled paint. Shade
shall be Siemens Grey RAL – 7032. Thickness of paint shall be not less than 75
micron.

iii. All unpainted steel parts shall be cadmium plated or suitably treated to prevent
rust formation. If these parts are moving elements then they shall be greased.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 450

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

1. Contractor shall guarantee minimum generation of 1350 KWh per annum per
KWp of installed and commissioned generation capacity of Solar Power Plant.

2. For any shortfall in the generation of solar generation, the recovery at the
prevailing rates at which Power Purchase Agreement shall be signed by Engineer-in-
charge with DISCOM shall be effected from performance guarantee / security
deposited of the firm and it shall not be released.

3. The trial run of electrical work / equipments shall be carried out by the firm in
presence of Engineer-in-charge or his representative at the site at least once as per
requirement of department. A certificate shall be issued by Engineer-in-charge for
having witness the satisfactory trial run before release of security deposit which is due
after guarantee period.

4. The Power Purchase Agreement shall be taken up by Client / Engineer-in-

charge or his representative (As per case may be) separately with DISCOM. The draft
Power Purchase Agreement shall be submitted to competent authority of Client /
CPWD for approval before signing with DISCOM.

5. “The application for Net Metering / bidirectional meters’ necessary fees shall be
paid by the Firm. It shall be the responsibility of the firm to liaison and co-ordinate with
the local electricity supplier for net-metering and nothing extra shall be paid on this
account”. No extra payment will be made for meters and accessories purchased, the
contractor has to quote rates accordingly.

6. Random samples of the PV panel shall be tested at manufacturers premises as

per standards

Note:- Models of items of all Solar Power System equipments should be got
approved from the Engineer in charge well before placing any order to the
OEM/its authorized dealer. The contractor/agency is required to submit all
relevant test certificates documents and along with the proposal. The model
along with sample should be approval by Engineer-in-charge before placing
any order and supply of same to the site. The decision of Engineer-in-charge is
binding in this regard and no variation is acceptable.

Note: If the make of any item to be used in execution is not in the list of
approved make, the agency has to submit the makes for approval from Engineer-
in-charge. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge in this respect shall be final
and binding to the agency.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 451

Technical Specifications for Audio Video System

These are the minimum specification. The tenderer is free to provide better specification
and more facilities.
APPENDIX - I

This is the barest minimum specification. The bidder/ agency is free

to provide with better specification and with more facilities.

Executive Engineer (E)

CPWD, Pune

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 452

LIST OF PREFFERED MAKES

(FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS)

C-1 INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
Modular Switches/ Socket outlets MK Honeywell (Orna) / Siemens (Delta)/
/ Telephone /TV Outlets and Schneider (Zencelo)
1 wiring accessories with cover (All Modular accessories shall be of same
plate make)

2 PVC insulated FRLS Copper KEI/ Havells/ RR Kabel / Finolex/ Polycab

conductor wires
3 MS Conduit & Accessories (ISI BEC/ AKG/ NIC
Make)
4 PVC Conduit & Accessories (ISI BEC/ AKG/ Kalinga/ Precision
Make)
5 Pop Up / Under Floor Boxes Legrand/OBO Betterman/ MK Honeywell

6 Hotel Key MK Honeywell (Orna) / Siemens (Delta)/

Legrand (Arteor)/ Schneider (Zencelo
7 Skirting Light MK Honeywell (Orna) / Siemens (Delta)/
Legrand (Arteor)/ Schneider (Zencelo)
8 Cable Tray BEC/ OBO Bettermann/ Steelcraft/ MEM/
SLOTCO/ Legrand/ MK
9 Race ways / Floor Trunking / wall
OBO Bettermann/ Legrand/ MK Honeywell
channels/ DLP Trunking
Internal LED Light Fixtures
(General Lighting, , Ceiling Panels Philips / Lighting Technology / Trilux/ Regent
and Ceiling Light components i/c
10 LED Modules DALI dimmer
interface and Driver, Light,
Suspended Light, Bulkhead
fitting, LED Strip light )
Decorative Wall Light Fitting, Wall Phillips/ Jaquar/ Lighting Technology / Trilux/
11 Washer, Picture Light fitting, Regent
Table Lamp, Bollard fitting and
other decorative fitting
Octagonal GI pole Bajaj/ Crompton/ Philips/ Surya/ Transrail/
12 Jaquar

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 453

13 BLDC Fans/ Exhaust Fan/ AtomBerg / Havells/ Crompton Greaves /

Decorative Fan/ Wall Fan Orient/ Usha
14 Street Light Fitting/ Flood Light Philips / Lighting Technology / Trilux/ Regent
Fitting
15 Distribution Board Legrand/ Schneider/ ABB/ Siemens

16 Legrand / Schneider/ ABB/ Siemens/ (To be

Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB). of same make as DB)
Legrand / Schneider/ ABB/ Siemens / (To be
17 Residual Current Circuit Breaker of same make as DB)
(RCCB)
18 Loose Wire Box Legrand / Schneider/ ABB/ Siemens/ (To be
of same make as DB)
19 Surge Protection System (SPD) ABB/ Siemens/ Emerson/ Legrand/OBO
Betterman/ MK Honeywell
20 Rising mains, end feed unit, tap- L&T/ Schneider/ MK Honeywell / Legrand/
off box (plug-in type) C&S
Lighting Automation/Control Lutron / Delta /Honeywell / Crestron/Legrand
21
System including Daylight sensors
and Occupancy Sensors

Street Light panel Tricolite/ Adlec Mundka/ Milestone/ Sterling

22
Wilson/ Neptune/ Advance Panles &
Switchgear/ Prestine/ ABAK.
Moulded Case Circuit Breaker Schneider (NSX) / L&T (D Sine) / Siemens
23 (MCCB) (3VL) / ABB (Tmax) /Legrand

24 Power/Aux. Contactor Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB

25 Change Over Switch Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB
26 Protection Relay (Numeric Type) Areva/Siemens/L&T/Schneider
27 Indication lamp and push button GE/L&T/Siemens/Schneider
28 Electronic meter and logger L&T/Conzerv/Siemens/Schneider
29 Selector Switch Siemens/ L&T/ Schneider/ABB
30 Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB/ GEC
Astro Timer Switch

31 Havells / Finolex / KEI / RR Kabel/ Belden

LT Cables
/CCI/ Polycab
32 Call Bell
Anchor/ Vinay/ Havells
33 DWC/HDPE Pipe
Dura-Line / Rex / Carlon/ Emtelle/ Gemini

WATER SUPPLY

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 454

Pumps including Submersible Mather & Platt -Wilo/ Grundfos/ Beacon/

33 Pumps Xylem/ KSB/ Armstrong /kirloskar

34 G. I / M. S Pipes Tata/ Jindal Hissar/ SAIL

35 G.I. Fittings UNIK/ Zoloto/ SS
36 Ball Valves Sant/ Leader/ Zoloto/ CIM/ Kartar/ Audco
37 Butterfly Valve/Check Valve Zoloto/ Kirloskar/ Leader/ Advance/ Audco
38 Y – Strainers Kirloskar/ Leader/ Zoloto/ Tyco/ Advance/
Kartar/ Sant
Vibration isolators-Expansion Resistoflex / Kanwal / Dunlop / Ewren
39 joints(Rubberbellow)/Anti
vibration pads

40 Pressure Gauge Emerald/ Fiebig/ [Link]/ Danfoss

41 UPVC/CPVC Pipe Astral/ Supreme/ Finolex
42 SS pipe and fittings J-press/Kan-therm/Geberit/Racmet

C-2 Fire Alarm and PA System

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
Fire Alarm Panel with Digital
Honeywell-Notifier/ Bosch /
1 Voice Evacuation System,
Repeater Panel, Graphic Siemens
Software
Detectors, Manual Call Point,
Monitor Module, Control
Honeywell-Notifier/ Bosch /
2 Module, Hooter with Strobe,
Siemens
Hooter with Strobe, Fault
Isolator, Fire Fighter Telephone
Station, Response Indicator
3 PA System TOA SX2000/ BOSCH(PAVIRO) /
Honeywell Variodyn
4 Junction Boxes Customized

5 Speakers TOA /BOSCH/ Honeywell /Bose/JBL

6 Amplifier TOA SX2000/BOSCH(PAVIRO) /

Honeywell Variodyn

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 455

7 Call Station TOA SX2000/BOSCH(PAVIRO) /

Honeywell Variodyn
8 Fire Survival Cables/ Circuit Havells/ Finolex/ KEI/ RR Kabel/ Belden/
Integrity Cable /FRLS Wire Polycab
9 MS Conduits BEC/ AKG/ NIC
10 Autoglow Sign Boards Prolite/Autolite/ Honeywell/ Bajaj

11 Exit Sign Board (Battery Legrand/ MK / System Tek/ Prolite/Bajaj

Backup minimum 4 hours)

Fire Fighting & Sprinkler System

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
1 MS Pipe & Fittings TATA/ Jindal Hissar/ SAIL
2 Malleable Iron Fittings DRPM/ NEW/ UNIK
3 Ball Valves Sant/ Leader/ Zoloto/ Kartar/ Audco

4 Butterfly Valve/Check Zoloto/ Kirloskar/ Advance/ Audco

Valve
5 Y – Strainers Kirloskar/ Zoloto/ Tyco/ Kartar/ Sant / Emerald

6 Fire Booster pump Mather & Platt/ Lubi/ Wilo/ Grundfos/ Kirloskar

7 3 phase motor ABB/Siemens/Lubi/Kirloskar/Wilo/Grundfos

Anti Vibration mounting

8 Kanwal/Resistoflex/Ewren/Dunlop
pad/Flange expansion
joint(Rubber bellow)
9 Flow Switch & Pressure System Sensor/Danfoss/Siemens/Tyco
Switch
10 Pressure Gauge H-Guru/Fiebig/Tiemme/Monometer
11 Landing Valve Newage/ Safex/ Superex/ Safe Fire

12 Hose pipe/Branch pipe Superex/ Newage/ Eversafe/ Minimax /

Safeguard/ Safe Fire/ Viking
13 First Aid Hose Reel Superex/ Newage/ Safex/ Safe Fire/ Viking
Drum
14 Thermo Plastic Hose Superex/ Newage/ Safex/ Viking
Reels
15 Fire Brigade Superex/ Newage/ Eversafe/ Minimax/ Safe Fire/
Connections Viking

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 456

16 Hose Cabinet Superex/ Newage/ Eversafe/ Viking/ Lifeguard

17 Supports, clamps and Chilly/ Hitech/ Camry/ Easyflex/ Hilti/ Fischer

fasteners
21 Welding Electrodes Essar/ Essab/ Ador/Advani

23 Tricolite/ Adlec Mundka/ Milestone/ Sterling

Fire Pump Panels Wilson/ Neptune/ Advance Panles &
Switchgear/ Prestine/ ABAK.
24 Potential Transformer AE/ Pragati/ Gilbert & Maxwell/ Matrix/ Rishabh/
Kappa
25 Current Transformer AE/ Pragati/ Gilbert & Maxwell/ Matrix/ Rishabh/
(Cast Resin) Kappa
26 Static Power Enercon System Pvt. Ltd. / CG Schlumberger / L&T
Electronic Digital Meter Enercon System Pvt. Ltd. / CG Schlumberger / L&T
27
/ Rishabh

Moulded Case Circuit Schneider (NSX) / L&T (D Sine) / Siemens (3VL) /

28
Breaker (MCCB) ABB (Tmax) / Legrand

30 Miniature Circuit Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB / Legrand

Breakers (MCB).
Residual Current Circuit Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB / Legrand
31
Breaker (RCCB)

32 Power/Aux. Contactor Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB / Legrand

33 Protection Relay Areva/ Siemens/ L&T/ Schneider

(Numeric Type)
35 Indication lamp and push GE/L&T/Siemens/Schneider
button
37 Electronic meter and L&T/Conzerv/Siemens/Schneider
logger
38 Selector Switch Siemens/ L&T/ Schneider/ABB
39 Single Phase Preventor L&T/Minilec/Schneider/ABB

40 Havells/ Finolex/ KEI/ RR Kabel/ Belden/

LT Cables
Polycab
41 Fire Extinguishers Safex/ Kanex/ Safeguard/ Ceasefire / Minimax

42 Bimetallic Cable Lug Dowell/ Comet/ Jainson

43 Cable Glands Double Dowell/ Comet/ Jainson
Compression.
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 457

44 Cable Tray BEC/ OBO Bettermann/ Steelcraft/ MEM/

SLOTCO/ Lgrand/ MK
45 Batteries Exide/ Amaron/ Standard/ Panasonic
C-4 SUB STATION

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
22 KV HT VCB PANEL /
1 ABB / Schneider/ Siemens/ Kirloskar/ CG
22 KV RMU PANEL / HT
METERING PANEL
2 Transformer ABB / Schneider/ Kirloskar/ Siemens /
Crompton/ Voltamp
MV panels
3 Tricolite/ Adlec Mundka/ Milestone/ Sterling
Wilson/ Neptune/ Advance Panles & Switchgear
4 Design Verified TTA L&T/ ABB / Schneider/ Siemens
Panels
5 APFC Panel Tricolite/ Adlec Mundka/ Milestone/ Sterling
Wilson/ Neptune/ Advance Panles & Switchgear
Cables

6 22 KV HT Cable Havells/ Raychem/ Universal/ Finolex/ RR

Kabel/KEI/ Polycab
LT Cables (Power and Havells/ Finolex/ KEI / RR Kabel/Belden/ Polycab
7
control/armoured and
unarmoured)
8 Bimetallic Cable Lug Dowell/Comet/Jainson

9 Cable Glands Double Dowell/Comet/Jainson

Compression.
10 HT Jointing Kit Raychem/Denson/3M/M-Seal

11 Cable Tray BEC/ OBO Bettermann/ Steelcraft/ MEM/

SLOTCO/ Legrand/ MK
12 DWC/HDPE Pipe Dura-Line / Rex / Carlon/ Emtelle/ Gemini

Panel Accessories

13 Potential Transformer AE/ Pragati/ Gilbert & Maxwell/ Matrix/ Rishabh/

Kappa
14 Current Transformer AE/ Pragati/ Gilbert & Maxwell/ Matrix/ Rishabh/
(Cast Resin) Kappa
15 Static Power Meter & Enercon System Pvt. Ltd. / CG Schlumberger /
Logger (Trivector Meters) L&T

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 458

16 Electronic Digital Meter Enercon System Pvt. Ltd. / CG Schlumberger /

L&T / Rishabh
17 ACB Schneider (MVS) / L & T (U-Power) / Siemens
(CWL) / ABB (E-Max) /Legrand
Schneider (NSX) / L&T (D Sine) / Siemens (3VL) /
18 Moulded Case Circuit ABB (Tmax) /Legrand
Breaker (MCCB)
19 Power/Aux. Contactor Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB / Legrand

20 Change Over Switch Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB Legrand

21 Protection Relay Areva/Siemens/L&T/Schneider
22 ATS with Controller Asco/Cummins/GE/Socomec/L&T
23 Indication lamp and push GE/L&T/Siemens/Schneider
24 Electronic meter and L&T/Conzerv/Siemens/Schneider
25 Selector Switch Siemens/ L&T/ Schneider/ABB
26 Single Phase Preventor ABB/ Siemens/ Emerson/ Legrand/OBO
27 Insulated Rubber ISI Marked
Mat/Hand gloves
28 Detuned Reactors L&T/ Siemens / Schneider/ ABB/EPCOS
Power Capacitor, L&T/ Siemens / Schneider/ ABB/ EPCOS/ Ducati/
29 Capcitors& Capacitor Legrand
Bank
30 Batteries Exide/ Amaron/ Standard/ Panasonic

31 Miscellaneous
accessories
32 HUME/NP-2 pipe KK/Jain Spun/Daya Spun/Indian hume
33 GI Pipes
TATA/Jindal-Hissar/SAIL
MS angle, channel,
34 TATA/ Jindal / SAIL
beams, flats, tees, insert
plates

C-5 Diesel Generation (DG) Set

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
1 DG Set - Acoustic Engine OEM
Enclosure & Assembler
2 DG Set - Alternator Stamford/ Leroy Somer/ caterpillar/Kirloskar

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 459

3 DG Set - Engine Cummins/ Volvo-penta/ Perkins/ Caterpiller/ MTU/

Kirloskar
4
AMF panel OEM of DG set
LT Cables (power and Havells/ Finolex/ KEI/ Polycab/ RR Kabel / Belden
5
control/armoured and
unarmoured)
6 Bimetallic Cable Lug Dowell/Comet/ Jainson

7 Cable Glands Double Dowell/Comet/ Jainson

Compression.
8 BEC/ OBO Bettermann/ Steelcraft/ MEM/ SLOTCO
Cable Tray / Legrand/ MK
10 Potential Transformer AE/Pragati/Gilbert &
Maxwell/Matrix/Rishabh/Kappa
11 Current Transformer (Cast AE/Pragati/Gilbert &Maxwell /Matrix /Rishabh
Resin) /Kappa
12 Static Power Meter & Enercon System Pvt. Ltd. / CG Schlumberger / L&T
Logger (Trivector Meters) / Rishabh
Electronic Digital Meter Enercon System Pvt. Ltd. / CG Schlumberger / L&T
13 / Rishabh

14 ACB Schneider (MVS) / L & T (U-Power) / Siemens

(CWL) / ABB (E-Max) / C&S (WiNmaster2)
15 Moulded Case Circuit Schneider (NSX) / L&T (D Sine) / Siemens (3VL) /
Breaker (MCCB) ABB (Tmax) / C&S (WiNbreak2)
16 Miniature Circuit Breakers Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB / Legrand
(MCB).
17 Residual Current Circuit Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB / Legrand
Breaker (RCCB)
18 Power/Aux. Contactor Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB / Legrand
19 Change Over Switch Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB / Legrand

20 Protection Relay (Numeric Areva/Siemens/L&T/Schneider

Type)
21 Indication lamp and push GE/L&T/Siemens/Schneider
button

22 Electronic meter and L&T/ Conzerv/ Siemens/Schneider

logger
23 Selector Switch Siemens/ L&T/ Schneider/ ABB

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 460

24 Surge Protection System ABB/ Siemens/ Emerson/ Legrand/OBO Betterman

(SPD)
25 Insulated Rubber ISI Marked
28 Batteries Exide/ Amaron/ Standard/ Panasonic or as pe
29 MS Pipe Jindal Hissar/TATA/SAIL
MS angle, channel,
30 TATA/Jindal/SAIL/
beams, flats, tees, insert
plates
31 Insulation Mat ISI Marked
32 Fuel Oil pump Crompton / GE / Kirloskar
33 Exhaust Pipe Insulation U.P Twiga / Owens Corning/Rockwool

C-6 UPS System

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
UPS Schnedier-APC /ABB /Legrand- Numeric
1 /Emerson -Vertiv / Siemen UPS

2 Batteries Exide/ Amaron / Panasonic

3 MCB /MCCB / SS Enclosure Schneider / L&T / Siemens / ABB / Legrand

C-7 HVAC System

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
1 VRV/VRF System, Indoor and
outdoor Unit/Ductable Hitachi/ Toshiba / Mitsubishi Electric/ Carrier
Unit/Treated Fresh air Unit
2 Hi Wall Split Unit Hitachi/ Mitsubishi Electric / Toshiba / Ogeneral

3 Refrigerant Copper Piping Maxflo / Modern/ Met-Tube/ Hindustan/ Rajco/

Total line/ Mandev tubes / Jindal Refrigeration
4 GSS/GI Sheet SAIL / Jindal / TATA
5 Factory Made GSS Duct Rolastar / Ductofab / Zeco
6 Grilles / dampers / diffusers / Caryaire / Cynore / Dynamic Equipments /
Louvers / VCD /Fire damper / Airflow
Motorised Damper
7 Fire Damper Actuator Belimo / Siemens / Honeywell
8 PVC/UPVC/CPVC Pipe Astral / Supreme / Prince

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 461

9 Armacell / ALP Aeroflex / Vidoflex /

Nitrile Insulation Eurobatex/
10 Glass Wool insulation UP Twiga / Own corning
11 Adhesive Pidilite / Paramount /CPRX
12 Vibration isolators-Expansion
Resistoflex / Kanwal / Dunlop / Ewren
joints(Rubberbellow)/Anti
vibration pads
13 Fastners Hilti /Fischer
14 IE-3 Motors ABB / Siemens / Kirloskar / Crompton
15 Welding Rod Essar/ Essab/ Ador
Havells/ Finolex/ KEI/ Polycab/ RR
16 LT Cables
Kabel/Belden
17 Bimetallic Cable Lug Dowell/Comet/Jainson
18 Cable Glands Double Dowell/Comet/Jainson
Compression.
19 BEC/ OBO Bettermann/ Steelcraft/ MEM/
Cable Tray SLOTCO / Lgrand/ MK
20 Uptwiga / Armacell / Armaflex / Aeroflex /Superloan
Underdeck Insulation
/ K-flex.
21 Flexible Ducts ATCO / Sevenstar / Supaflex
22 PVC Conduit & Accessories (ISI BEC/ AKG/ Kalinga/ Precision
Make)

C-8 - Local Area Networking

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
1 UTP CAT6A Cables Leviton/Derwiser/Panduit/Nexans

2 CAT6A I/O Socket /

Leviton/Derwiser/Panduit/Nexans
Faceplate
3 OFC Components Leviton/Derwiser/Panduit/Nexans

GI Box MK Honeywell (Orna) / Siemens (Delta)/Legrand

4 (Arteor)/ Schneider (Zencelo) or as per OEM of
I/O and faceplate confirming to CPWD
specification
5 APC Scheider / Rittal / APW / Comrack / Netrack/
Network Racks Legrand Valrack
6 APC Scheider / Rittal / APW / Comrack / Netrack/
Server Racks Valrack
Patch panel / Patch Cord /Fiber Leviton/Derwiser/Panduit/Nexans
7 patchcord /pigtails/ LIU
/Adapters /Connectors
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 462

/RJ45Jack & Associated Items

Active Component
8 Core Switch Cisco / Juniper / Alcatel-Lucent / HP
9 Access Switch Cisco / Juniper / Alcatel-Lucent / HP
10 Next generation Fire Wall Cisco / Juniper / Alcatel-Lucent / HP

C-9 IP Based EPABX System

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
1 IP phone Matrix /Panasonic/Syntel/NEC/Avaya/ Alcatel-
Lucent
2 Telephone Cable / wire Duly ISI marked: Finolex / Legrand / Dlink /
Molex/Polycab
3 Telephone Junction box & ITL / Krone / MALSON
Module
4 EPABX Matrix /Panasonic /Syntel/NEC / Avaya / Alcatel-
Lucent
5 Telephone Instrument Matrix / Panasonic /Syntel /NEC / Avaya

C-10 IP Based CCTV Surveillance System

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
1 CCTV Cameras with Axis / Bosch / Pelco/ Matrix
Accessories
2 NVR (Professional Series) Axis / Bosch / Pelco/ Matrix

VMS ( Enterprises Axis / Bosch / Pelco/ Matrix

3 Series - OEM to Supply
Documents)
4 HDD WD / Seagate / HP
5 LED Smart TV / Monitor LG / Sony / Panasonic / Samsung

6 PC and Monitor with HP / IBM / Dell

accessories
7 HDMI and VGA Cable Kramer/ Crestron/ extron/ Belden/ Lightware

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 463

8 Network Rack Valrack/ Netrack / Siemon /Rittal/ legrand

C-11 Audio-Video System

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
Display

1 Professional Display LG/ Samsung/ Sony

2 LED Video Wall LG/ Samsung/ Sony
3 Display Brackets Multibracket/ PeerlessAV/ Btech
4 Active / Passive Wall Plate Crestron/ Extron/ Lightware/ Kramer
5 Matrix Switchers Crestron/ Extron/ Lightware/ Kramer
6 Interactive Tablet Monitor Wacom/ Apple/ Samsung

Audio System

7 Wireless/Gooseneck/Lapel Beyerdynamic / Shure / Sennheiser/ Audiotechnik

Microphone system
8 Audio DSP BSS / Bi-Amp /Bose
9 Power Amplifier Bose / JBL / Renkus Hienz

10 Line array column Bose / JBL / Renkus-Hienz

Loudspeaker
11 Pop Up Box/Cable Cubby Legrand/Panara /Kramer /Crestron / Extron

Cables & other Hardwares

12 Video Cables & Patch Cords Kramer/ Crestron/ Extron/ Koltz

13 Audio/Control Cable Extron/Crestron/Kramer /Beldon/ Klotz
14 Speaker /Microphone Cable Beldon/Sommer/Klotz/Krammer/ Klotz
15 Equipment Rack Valrack/ Netrack / Siemon /Rittal
16 HDMI Cable Crestron/ Extron/ Lightware/ Kramer
17 Connectors & Patch Cables Neutrik/ Amphenol/ Kramer/ Honeywell

C-12 LIFTS
Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………
 464

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
1 Lifts and Escalators Mitsubishi/ Schindler /OTIS/ Johnson / KONE/ TKE

C-13 Heat Pump Based Water Heater System

SR. ITEM MAKE

NO.
1 Heat Pump Daikin/ Jaquar/ Emerson/ AO Smith
2 Return Line Pump Grandfus/ Wilo/ Xylem
3 MS Sheet Tata/ Jindal/ SAIL
4 CPVC/ UPVC Pipe Ashirwad/ Astral/ Finolex/ Supreme
5 Insulation Rockwool/ Uptwiga / Armacel

C-14 Solar Photovoltaic (SPV) Plant System

A SOLAR EQUIPMENT
1 SPV Modules (subject to compliance : Tata Solar / Havells Solar /Greentek-
with tender conditions) SolPower/ ABB /WAAREE
2 SOLAR CELLS : Solar Tech/ Motec/ Q Cell/ Eton/
ABB/Schneider/Integen/Delta / Havells/
ADANI
3 Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) : SMA / Schneider/ Refusol/ Kaco/ Siemens/
ABB / Havells-Solaradge
4 Data logger/System performance : Kaco / SMA / ABB/ Energy Recommerce/
Equ/ Electro industries/ Energy Tracking IIc/
Schlumberger
5 Junction Box : Hensel/ Spelsberg/ ABB/ Cooper busman/
Equ /L&T / Siemens
6 ACDB panel : Local fabrication approved Engineer-in-
charge
7 Energy meter : L&T/ Siemens/ Schneider/ Secure/ HPL
8 Surge protection : OBO Betterman/ ABB/ Legrand
9 PV module interconnecting : Tyco/ Cooper busman/ MC
Connector
10 AC cables and wires : RR Kabel/ Havells / Finolex/ Asmon/ Anchor/
KEI/Beldon/Bonton/Delton/Polycab
11 DC cables and wires : Siechem/ LAPP/ TopSolar/ Nexans/ Equ/
KEI/Beldon/Bonton/Delton/Polycab
12 PVC Conduits and accessories (ISI : Avon Plast/ Precision/ AKG/ Bajaj plast/ GM
marked)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 465

13 GI Pipes : TATA/ JINDAL (HISSAR)/ ZENITH

14 Ligtning arrestor : Indelec/ Star/ Erico/U-Protec
15 Indicating Lamps LED type , Push : Schneider Electric (MG)/ Larsen & Toubro
Button (ESBEE)/ Siemens/ Vaishno
16 Electronic Digital Meters (Networking : Conzerv/ Larsen & Toubro /Secure
type)
17 Selector Switch, Toggle switch : Salzer (Larsen & Toubro)/ Siemens/ Kaycee
18 Timer : Siemens/ L&T/ Schneider Electric – TE/
GE/Siemens
19 Welding Rod : Advani / Esab
20 Fire Sealant : Promat/ Hilti/ Birla – 3 M
21 Cat-6 LAN cable : D-link/Finolex/ Systimax/ Legrand
22 1.1KV grade aluminium & copper : FINOLEX/ POLYCAB / HAVELLS / RR
conductor, XLPE insulated CABLE
armoured UG Cables

Note:

1. The contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Engineer-in-Charge before
placing order for any specific material or engaging any of the specialized agencies.
The contractor shall make a detailed submittal with catalogues and highlighted
proposed specification as well as full details of the works executed by the
specialized agencies, as specified.

2. Unless otherwise specified, the brand / make of the material as specified in the
item nomenclature, in the particular specification and in the list of approved
materials attached in the tender, shall be used in the work.

3. In case of non availability of the brand specified in the contract the contractor
shall be allowed to use alternate equivalent brand of the material subject to
submission of documentary evidence of non availability of the specified brand.
The necessary cost adjustments on account of above change shall be made for the
material.

4. The Engineer-In-Charge shall verify that manufacturers must have valid IS

Certification as on date for materials wherever applicable.

Note:

The mentioning of particular make under preferred makes does not fulfil
1 automatically for acceptance. The make shall comply all the general,
particular technical specifications, IS specifications wherever exist and
other conditions of
the Contract.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 466

The model shall be got approved and sample shall be submitted for
2 approval by Engineer-in-charge before confirming any order to
supplier by the
contractor.
For any item not covered in the above list, the contractor shall submit the
3 make / model and sample for seeking approval from the Engineer-in-
charge before procurement / supplying the material.

Note:
The Engineer-in-Charge reserves the right to add or delete any materials and
makes/ brands in the list of preferred makes of materials/ brands.

Preference to PPP-M – II Policy (Make in India):

1. The Government has issued public procurement policy (Preference to

Make in India) vide Ministry of Commerce and Industry Development of
industrial policy and promotion (PPS) vide order No. P-45021/2/2017-
PP BE-II dated 28.05.2018, to “Encourage Make in India” and to promote
manufacturing and production of Goods and services in India with a
view to enhancing income and employment. CPWD has decided to
implement this policy.
2. The agency shall submit list of makes of materials proposed to be used
on the work from local suppliers (as defined in the above order dated
28.05.2018) along with minimum local content as specified below for
approval of the department out of the approved makes kept in the
tender.

3. The department will be approving only makes of the materials having a

minimum local content of 50% for use on this work, out of the preferred
makes list.

4. The minimum local content of 50% is considered for the complete item
including labour component.
The agency shall obtain the certificate for all items except for sundry items.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 467

SCHEDULE OF WORK
E& M COMPONENTS

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(P)…………/ EE(P)……………

 468
Name of Work: Construction of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and cafeteria at NIBM, Pune.
SH: Package 1

Package: (C1) Internal EI

SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
SH:I (IEI) DSR-2022 with GST correction
1 Wiring for light point/ fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell
point with 1.5 [Link] FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor
single core cable in surface / recessed medium class PVC
conduit, with modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box
and earthing the point with 1.5 [Link] FRLS PVC insulated
copper conductor single core cable etc. as required.

a Group A (For EDP Hostel) 1,369 Point 1079.00 Point 1477151.00

b Group C (For Academic and Cafeteria) 469 Point 1560.00 Point 731640.00
2 Wiring for twin control light point with 1.5 [Link] FRLS PVC
insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface /
recessed medium class PVC conduit, 2 way modular switch,
modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5
[Link] FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core
cable etc. as required.
500 Point 1661.00 Point 830500.00
3 Wiring for group controlled (looped) light
point/fan point/exhaust fan point/ call bell point (without
independent switch etc.) with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS PVC
insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/
recessed medium class PVC conduit, and earthing the
point with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS PVC insulated copper
conductor single core cable etc. as required.

a Group A 107 Point 690.00 Each 73830.00

b Group C 179 Point 912.00 Each 163248.00
4 Wiring for light/ power plug with 2X4 sq. mm FRLS PVC
insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/
recessed steel conduit alongwith 1 No. 4 sq. mm FRLS PVC
insulated copper conductor single core cable for loop
earthing as required 5,000.00 mtr 355.00 mtr 1775000.00
5 Wiring for light/ power plug with 4X4 sq. mm FRLS PVC
insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/
recessed medium class PVC conduit alongwith 2 Nos. 4 sq.
mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable
for loop earthing as required.
2,000.00 mtr 571.00 mtr 1142000.00
6 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring alongwith earth wire with the
following sizes of FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor,
single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC
conduit as required
a 2 X 1.5 sq. mm + 1 X 1.5 sq. mm earth wire 1,600.00 mtr 248.00 mtr 396800.00
b 2 X 6 sq. mm + 1 X 6 sq. mm earth wire 400.00 mtr 467.00 mtr 186800.00
c 4 X 6 sq. mm + 2 X 6 sq. mm earth wire 200.00 mtr 802.00 mtr 160400.00
d 4 X 10 sq. mm + 2 X 6 sq. mm earth wire 1,200.00 mtr 1069.00 mtr 1282800.00
e 4 X 16 sq. mm + 2 X 6 sq. mm earth wire 250.00 mtr 1451.00 mtr 362750.00
7 Supplying and drawing following sizes of FRLS PVC
insulated copper conductor, single core cable in the existing
surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.

a 6 x 1.5 sq. mm 800.00 mtr 192.00 Meter 153600.00

b 9 x 1.5 sq. mm 300.00 mtr 303.00 Meter 90900.00
c 3 x 4 sq. mm 1,000.00 mtr 219.00 Metre 219000.00
d 6 x 4 sq. mm 500.00 mtr 421.00 Metre 210500.00
e 9 x 4 sq. mm 1,500.00 mtr 616.00 Metre 924000.00
f 3 x 6 sq. mm 50.00 mtr 323.00 Metre 16150.00
g 6 x 6 sq. mm 30.00 mtr 636.00 Metre 19080.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 469
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
8 Supplying and fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC
conduit along with accessories in surface/recess including
painting in case of surface conduit, or cutting the wall and
making good the same in case of recessed conduit as
required. (for wiring of Ckt+Power+ System+CCTV )

a 20 mm 1,500 mtr 136.00 Metre 204000.00

b 25 mm 1,100 mtr 154.00 Metre 169400.00
c 32 mm 1,500 mtr 196.00 Metre 294000.00
d 40 mm 100 mtr 242.00 Metre 24200.00
9 Supplying and fixing following modular switch/ socket on the
existing modular plate & switch box including connections but
excluding modular plate etc. as required.

a TV antenna socket outlet 75 Each 157.00 Each 11775.00

10 Supplying and fixing following size/ modules, GI box
alongwith modular base & cover plate for modular switches in
recess etc as required.
a 1 or 2 Module 75 Nos 317.00 Each 23775.00
11 Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate
and cover in front on surface or in recess, including providing
and fixing 3 pin 5/6 amps modular socket outlet and 5/6 amps
modular switch, connection etc. as required.
432 Nos. 507.00 Each 219024.00
12 Supplying and fixing suitable size modular plate and cover in
front on existing GI box/ furniture raceway, including providing
and fixing 3 pin 5/6 amps modular socket outlet and 5/6 amps
modular switch, connection etc. as required. (For power Point
in classrom funiture)
625 Nos. 400.00 Each 250000.00
13 Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate
and cover in front on surface or in recess, including providing
and fixing 6 pin 5/6 & 15/16 amps modular socket outlet and
15/16 amps modular switch, connection etc. as required.
313 Nos. 623.00 Each 194999.00
14 Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box alongwith with
modular plate and cover in front on surface or in recess,
including providing and fixing 3 nos 3 pin 5/6 amps modular
socket outlet , 1 No. 15/16 amps modular switch & 1 No. 5/6
amps modular switch including connections etc. as required.
(computer point)
85 Nos. 1147.00 Each 97495.00
15
Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate
and cover in front on surface or in recess, including providng
and fixing 2 nos. 3 pin 5/6 A modular socket outlet and 2 nos.
5/6 A modular switch, connections etc. as required. (For TV).
85 Nos. 719.00 Each 61115.00
16 Supplying and fixing 4 module, GI box alongwith modular
base & cover plate for modular switches in recess i/c
providing and fixing 01 No. 3 pin 5/6 amps modular socket
outlet and 02 Nos 5/6 amps modular switch, connection etc.
as required. (For Lift Shaft)
27 Nos. 714.00 Each 19278.00
17 Supplying and fixing call bell/ buzzer (ding-dong type)
suitable for single phase, 230 volts, complete as required.
67 Nos. 105.00 Each 7035.00
18 Supplying, installing, connecting of PVC Trunking -
150/170X50 mm size - 2/3 Compartment with flexible cover
alongwith Necessary accessories i.e cover joints, base
joints, end cover, seperation partition, internal & external
angles, flat angles, flat junction etc. complete in all respect.
25.00 mtr 1262.00 Metre 31550.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 470
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
19 Supply, Installation testing & commissioning of 34-36 wattage
Recess mounting type LED 2'X2' Luminaire capable to deliver
min 4200 lumens outout, IP 20 protection ,colour temperature
minimum 5500 - 6500 K having efficacy not less than 120
lm/W,rated life of L 70 @ 50000 hours, CRI ≥ 80 ,THD ≤10%,
CRCA powder coated housing , inbuilt electronic driver &
surge pretection of 2.5kV , including suitable chain and hook
arrangement for mounting and 3 core 1.5 [Link] FRLS PVC
insulated and PVC sheathed copper conductor cable and
earthing etc. as required.

282 Nos. 4178.00 Each 1178196.00

20 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of 5-6 W
recess mounting type LED Down lighter Luminaire, IP 20 ,
Mechanical Protection of IK 02, colour temperature 3000-
6500 K having efficacy not less than 110 lm/W,rated life of L
70 @ 50000 hours, CRI ≥ 80 ,Surge Protection of 2.5 kV,
THD ≤10%, aluminum diecast housing, inbuilt electronic
driver, including 3 core 1.5 [Link] FRLS PVC insulated and
PVC sheathed copper conductor cable and earthing etc. as
required. (Colour temparature shall be as per the requirement
of the areas as finalised by Engineer-In-Charge) (For Hostel
Room Entrance in Shelf)

65 Nos. 1249.00 Each 81185.00

21 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of 11-13 W
recess mounting type LED Down lighter Luminaire, IP 20 ,
Mechanical Protection of IK 02, colour temperature 3000-
6500 K having efficacy not less than 110 lm/W,rated life of L
70 @ 50000 hours, CRI ≥ 80 ,Surge Protection of 2.5 kV,
THD ≤10%, aluminum diecast housing, inbuilt electronic
driver, including 3 core 1.5 [Link] FRLS PVC insulated and
PVC sheathed copper conductor cable and earthing etc. as
required. (Colour temparature shall be as per the requirement
of the areas as finalised by Engineer-In-Charge)

265 Nos. 1780.00 Each 471700.00

22 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of 18-20 W
recess mounting type LED Down lighter Luminaire, IP 20 ,
Mechanical Protection of IK 02, colour temperature 3000-
6500 K having efficacy not less than 110 lm/W,rated life of L
70 @ 50000 hours, CRI ≥ 80 ,Surge Protection of 2.5
kV,THD ≤10%, aluminum diecast housing, inbuilt electronic
driver, including 3 core 1.5 [Link] FRLS PVC insulated and
PVC sheathed copper conductor cable and earthing etc. as
required. (Colour temparature shall be as per the requirement
of the areas as finalised by Engineer-In-Charge)

819 Nos. 2463.00 Each 2017197.00

23 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of 11-13 W
Surface mounting type LED Down lighter Luminaire ,colour
temperature 5500-6500 K having efficacy not less than 110
lm/W,rated life of L 70 @ 50000 hours ,CRI ≥ 80 ,Surge
Protection of 2.5 kV , aluminum diecast housing, inbuilt
electronic driver, including 3 core 1.5 [Link] FRLS PVC
insulated and PVC sheathed copper conductor cable and
earthing etc. as required.
217 Nos. 1856.00 Each 402752.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 471
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
24 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of 18-20 W
Surface mounting type LED Down lighter Luminaire ,colour
temperature 5500-6500 K having efficacy not less than 110
lm/W,rated life of L 70 @ 50000 hours ,CRI ≥ 80 ,Surge
Protection of 2.5 kV, THD ≤10% , aluminum diecast housing,
inbuilt electronic driver, including 3 core 1.5 [Link] FRLS
PVC insulated and PVC sheathed copper conductor cable
and earthing etc. as required.
14 Nos. 2008.00 Each 28112.00
25 Supply, Installation testing & commissioning of wall / ceiling
mounting type 6-10 W LED Batten 2 feet Luminaire, IP 20
,colour temperature 5500 - 6500 K having efficacy not less
than 100 lm/W, CRI ≥ 80 ,THD ≤ 10%, CRCA / aluminium
body, inbuilt electronic driver, including wiring with1.5 [Link]
FRLS PVC copper wire along with white pvc sieeve , clips, &
loop earthing etc. as required. (mirror light in toilets)

89 Nos. 620.00 Each 55180.00

26 Supply, Installation testing & commissioning of 10 W LED
wall mounted decorative type Mirror light Luminaire, IP 44
,colour temperature 2700-3300 K having efficacy not less
than 100 lm/W, CRI ≥ 80 ,THD ≤ 10%, CRCA / MS body
chrome finish with polycarbonate diffuser, inbuilt electronic
driver, including wiring with1.5 [Link] FRLS PVC copper wire
& loop earthing etc. as required. (Mirror light in Suits)( Phillips
MERAKI ROUND code no 582108)
6 Nos. 2076.00 Each 12456.00
27 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of 32-38 W
Surface LED batten capable to deliver Min 4400 Lumens, IP
65, IK 08 having colour temperature 5500-6500 K having
efficacy not less than 120 lm/W,rated life of L 70 @ 50000
hours ,CRI ≥ 80 ,Surge Protection of 2.5 kV, polycarbonate
housing, inbuilt electronic driver, including 3 core 1.5 [Link]
FRLS PVC insulated and PVC sheathed copper conductor
cable and earthing etc. as required. (Cafeteria Kitchen)

14 Nos 3116.00 43624.00

28 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of 18-20 W
Surface LED batten capable to deliver Min 2000 Lumens
having colour temperature 5500-6500 K having efficacy not
less than 110 lm/W,rated life of L 70 @ 50000 hours ,CRI ≥
80 ,PF 0.95, Surge Protection of 2.5 kV, Aluminium extruded
housing, inbuilt electronic driver, including 3 core 1.5 [Link]
FRLS PVC insulated and PVC sheathed copper conductor
cable and earthing etc. as required.
26 Nos 1713.00 Each 44538.00
29 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of decorative
wall light fitting , IP 20, shiny stainless steel base with
chrome finish and frosted glass diffuser suitable for 1x20W
E27 lamp base i/c proving and fixing 20W LED lamp and
connection etc. as required. (Phillips Blush Cat No. 58185 or
Similar)
60 Nos. 3874.00 Each 232440.00
30 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of decorative
wall light fitting , IP 20, cylindrical shape, Aluminimum/ metal
body and matt gold finish suitable for 1x20W E27 lamp base
i/c proving and fixing 20W LED lamp and connection etc. as
required. (Phillips Model. Rossete Code No. 58135 or Similar
as per approval of Engineer-in-Charge)
22 Nos. 5041.00 Each 110902.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 472
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
31 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of 8-10W
outdoor type two way LED wall washer, IP 65 , colour
temperature 2700-3300 capable to deliver minimum 800
lumens output, CRI ≥ 80 , powder coated aluminum housing,
inbuilt electronic driver, including connection etc. as required.
(Phillips Radiant Code No. 582061 or Similar as per approval
of Engineer-in-Charge)
10 Nos. 2635.00 Each 26350.00
32 Supplying & fixing surface mounting 8-10W LED bulk head
luminaries having 600 lumen ( Nominal) energy efficient
with IP 65/66 protection including connection testing etc as
required. (for Lift Shaft & terrace)
19 Nos. 957.00 Each 18183.00
33 Supplying & fixing wall mounting 6 W LED picture light fitting
capable to deliver minimum 350 lumens output, colour
temprature 2700-4000, IP-20 with aluminimum body and
silver/ chrome finish, with flexibility to direct light including
connection testing etc as required. (Picture light for Hostel
rooms & Lobby) (Phillips Cat no. 30973 or Similar as per
approval of Engineer-in-Charge)
74 Nos 2707.00 Each 200318.00
34 Supplying & fixing wall mounting 10-12 W LED picture light
fitting capable to deliver minimum 420 lumens output,
colour temprature 2700-4000, IP-20 with aluminimum body
and bronze/ chrome finish, including connection testing etc
as required. (Picture light for suite & VIP Lounge) (Phillips
Cat no. 31440 or Similar as per approval of Engineer-in-
Charge)
10 Nos 3034.00 Each 30340.00
35 Supplying & placing of 5W LED table lamp fitting capable to
deliver minimum 250 lumens output, colour temprature
6500, IP-20 with synthetic/ plastic body with adjustable head
etc as required. (Table lamp for EDP Room) (Phillips Cat no.
61013 or Similar as per approval of Engineer-in-Charge)
60 Nos 1374.00 Each 82440.00
36 Supplying & placing of 5W LED rechargable table/ desk
lamp fitting capable to deliver minimum 400 lumens output,
colour temprature 4000-6500, IP-20 with synthetic/ plastic
body with height and direction adjustment, brightness control
etc as required. (Table lamp for Suite) (Phillips SKYY Cat no.
581931or Similar as per approval of Engineer-in-Charge)

10 Nos 1934.00 Each 19340.00

37 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of LED strip
cove light capable to deliver minimum 400 lumens/ mtr output
, IP 20 , colour temperature 2700-4000K, CRI ≥ 80 , with
minimum 24W electronic driver for 5 mtr length and rated life
of 20000 Hrs including connection etc. as required.
120 mtr 275.00 mtr 33000.00
38 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of 2/3 module
LED skirting light (Foot light) with colour temperature 5700-
6500K alongwith suitable size GI box including connection
etc. as required. 70 Nos 808.00 Each 56560.00
39 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of 2 module
16A 230v Hotel keycard switch along with key FOB complete
with a label holder including connection etc. as required.
65 Nos 5556.00 Each 361140.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 473
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
40 Supplying installation testing & commissioning of 38-40W
surface mounted downlighter with capable to deliver Min
3800 Lumens, IP-20, colour temperature 5700-6500 K having
efficacy not less than 100 lm/W,rated life of L 70 @ 50000
hours ,CRI ≥ 80, PF>0.90,Surge Protection of 2.5 kV internal
, beam angle 60 degree, Aluminum housing with Aluminium
rflector and Polycarbonate diffuser inbuilt electronic driver,
including 3 core 1.5 [Link] FRLS PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed copper conductor cable and earthing etc. as
required.

30 Nos 9940.00 Each 298200.00

41 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of 1200 mm
sweep, BEE 5 star rated, ceiling fan with Brush Less Direct
Current (BLDC) Motor, class of insulation: B, 3 nos. blades,
30 cm long down rod, 2 nos. Power Factor not less than 0.9,
Service Value (CMM/W) minimum 6.00, Air delivery minimum
215 CMM, 350 RPM (tolerance as per IS : 374-2019), THD
less than 10%, remote or electronic regulator unit for speed
control and all remaining accessories including safety pin,
nut bolts, washers, temperature rise=75 degree C (max.),
insulation resistance more than 2 mega ohm, suitable for 230
V, 50 Hz, single phase AC Supply, earthing etc. complete as
required.
204 Nos. 2903.00 Each 592212.00
42 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of decorative
type 1200 mm sweep, contempary design, LED lights at
bottom, BEE 5 star rated, ceiling fan with Brush Less Direct
Current (BLDC) Motor, class of insulation: B, 3 nos. blades,
30 cm long down rod, 2 nos. Power Factor not less than 0.9,
Service Value (CMM/W) minimum 7.4, Air delivery 230 CMM,
370 RPM (tolerance as per IS : 374-2019), THD less than
10%, remote or electronic regulator unit for speed control and
all remaining accessories including safety pin, nut bolts,
washers, temperature rise=75 degree C (max.), insulation
resistance more than 2 mega ohm, suitable for 230 V, 50 Hz,
single phase AC supply, earthing etc. complete as required.
(Atomberg Studio + or Similar. The look and feel of the fan
shall be as per approval of Engineer-In-Charge)

14 Nos. 6619.00 Each 92666.00

43 Supplying and fixing extra down rod of 10 cm length G.I.
pipe,15 mm dia, heavy gauge including painting etc. as
required.(Note : More than 5 cm length shall be rounded to
the nearest10 cm and 5 cm or less shall be ignored)
200 Nos. 49.00 Each 9800.00
44 Supplying, Installation of the 400 mm sweep wall fan suitable
for operation on 230 V, 50 Hz, single phase AC supply,
capable to deliver minimum 60 CMM and 1282 RPM,
including connection, testing, commissioning etc. as required.
11 Nos. 3085.00 Each 33935.00
45 Supplying, Installation of the 200 mm sweep exhaust fan with
plastic body having min speed of 1250 RPM and air delivery
460 CMM , suitable for operation on 230 V, 50 Hz, single
phase AC supply, in the existing opening , including making
good the damage, connection, testing, commissioning etc. as
required.
110 Nos. 2041.00 Each 224510.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 474
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
46 Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of 300 mm
sweep medium duty exhaust fan suitable for to operate on
230 V single phase AC supply in the existing opening i/c
making fixing arrangment / making the opening to suit the
size of the exhaust fan and connection with 3 core 1.5 sq.
mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable
as required.
15 Nos. 2580.00 Each 38700.00
47 Supplying, installation , testing and commissioning of LED
flood light luminaries on existing high mast pole having
pressure die-cast aluminum alloy housing and high power
LED having power output of 150W capable to deliver
minimum 15000 lumens with system efficacy of 100 lm/w,
5700-6500K color temprature, with surge protection of 4 Kv
Internal a, THD<10%, IP65 protection, complete with
integral type high efficiency driver, alongwith suitable
mounting arrangement and wiring between control box to
fitting with 3 core 1.5 [Link] copper conductor flexible cable
etc. as required.
16 Nos. 11083.00 Each 177328.00
48 Supplying and fixing of following size GI raceways made out
of corrosion resistant pre-galvanized sheet with thickness of
1.6 mm for distributing LV and ELV cabling in screed floors
installations along with accessories like couplers, fixing
bracket etc by fastening them to the existing flooring suitable
for applications required EMC screening etc as required.

a 100 mm x 38 mm x 1.6 mm 2 Compartment 150.00 mtr 1920.00 Meter 288000.00

49 Supplying and fixing of following sizes of height adjustable
GI/Galvanised steel Junction boxes with powder coated lid
and frame for direct access to cables at the intersection of
raceways complete with base and cover plate i/c fastening
them to the existing flooring etc as required.

a 150 x 150 x 55-70 mm 60 Nos. 2984.00 Each 179040.00

TOTAL SH-I 19264139.00

SH:II ( MCB & DB'S)

1 Supplying and fixing following way, single pole and neutral,
sheet steel, MCB distribution board, 240 V, on surface/
recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar,
earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including
earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator)

a 12 way, Double door 9 No. 2462.00 Each 22158.00

2 Supplying and fixing following way, horizontal type three pole
and neutral, sheet steel, MCB distribution board, 415 V, on
surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral
bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted
including earthing etc. as required.

a 4 way (4 + 12), Double door 4 Nos. 4350.00 Each 17400.00

b 6 way (8 + 18), Double door 35 Nos. 5289.00 Each 185115.00
c 8 way (8 + 24), Double door 17 Nos. 6345.00 Each 107865.00
3 Supplying and fixing of following ways surface/ recess
mounting, vertical type, 415 V, TPN MCB distribution board of
sheet steel, dust protected, duly powder painted, inclusive of
200 A tinned copper bus bar, common neutral link, earth bar,
din bar for mounting MCBs (but without MCBs and incomer
MCCB ) as required .

a 4 way (4 + 12), Double door 16 Nos. 7988.00 Each 127808.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 475
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
b 8 way (4 + 18), Double door 1 Nos. 10808.00 Each 10808.00
4 Supplying and fixing following poles and rating, 240/415 volts,
"C" curve, miniature circuit breaker suitable for inductive load
of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete with
connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

a 5-32A Single pole 1,182 Nos. 272.00 Each 321504.00

b 5-32A Triple pole 8 Nos. 1071.00 Each 8568.00
c 40A Triple Pole 36 Nos. 2437.00 Each 87732.00
d 63A Triple Pole 34 Nos. 2437.00 Each 82858.00
5 Supplying and fixing following rating, double pole, (single
phase and neutral), 240 V, Residual current circuit breaker
(RCCB), having a sensitivity current 30 mA in the existing
MCB DB complete with connections, testing and
commissioning etc. as required.

a 25 amps 9 Nos. 2156.00 Each 19404.00

6 Supplying and fixing following rating, four pole, (three phase
and neutral), 415 V, residual current circuit breaker (RCCB),
having a sensitivity current 30 mA in the existing MCB DB
complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as
required

a 25 amps 2 Nos. 2750.00 Each 5500.00

b 40 amps 4 Nos. 3390.00 Each 13560.00
c 63 amps 52 Nos. 3054.00 Each 158808.00
7 Supplying and fixing DP sheet steel enclosure on surface/
recess along with 25/32 A 240 V "C" curve DP MCB complete
with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.
29 Nos. 1243.00 Each 36047.00
8 Supplying and fixing FP sheet steel enclosure on surface/
recess along with 40A four pole, (three phase and neutral),
415 volts, residual current circuit breaker (RCCB), having a
sensitivity current 30-100 mA complete with connections,
testing and commissioning etc. as required. (For Lift main
Supply in machine Room)
3 Nos. 5270.00 Each 15810.00
9 Supplying and fixing FP sheet steel enclosure on surface/
recess along with 63A four pole, (three phase and neutral),
415 volts, residual current circuit breaker (RCCB), having a
sensitivity current 30-100 mA complete with connections,
testing and commissioning etc. as required. (For Lift main
Supply in machine Room)
1 Nos. 6035.00 Each 6035.00
10 Supplying, installing on wall or suspension on ceiling, testing
and commissioning of following capacity Air Insulated
Compact Type Bus Trunking for use on 3 phase 4 wire 415
volts, 50Hz A.C. supply with metal clad enclosure having IP-
54 rating after fixing the tap off boxes and all accessories,
made of 1.6mm thick steel sheet duly powder coated in
convenient sections complete with 4 Nos aluminium bus bars
having current density of 130 A/ sq cm at nominal current
rating, necessary joints, elbow joints & expansion joints, fire
barrier at eachfloor, continuous earthing with 2 Nos
aluminium strip of suitable size (one on each side) including,
G.I. clamping brackets,suspenders, angle iron bracket, steel
fasteners, connecting to earthing system etc. as required.

a 200 A Isc = 15kA for 1 second 50.00 mtr 8552.00 Meter 427600.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 476
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
11 Supplying, installation, testing & commisioning of
following capacity End Feed Unit for the existing Air
Insulated Compact Type bus trunking/ rising mains for use
on 3 phase 4 wire 415 volts, 50Hz A.C. supply made with
1.6mm thick steel sheet enclosure (IP54) duly powder
coated with provision of MCCB/ACB (but without
MCCB/ACB) complete with necessary joints including
clamping brackets, angle iron bracket, steel fasteners,
connecting to earthing system etc. as required.

a 200 A Isc = 15kA for 1 second 2 No. 9011.00 Each 18022.00

12 Supplying, installation, testing & commisioning of
following capacity Plug In/ tap off box on the existing Air
Insulated Compact Type bus trunking/ rising mains for use
on 3 phase 4 wire 415 volts, 50Hz A.C. supply made with
1.6mm thick sheet steel enclosure (IP54) duly powder
coated with provision of MCCB/ACB (but without
MCCB/ACB) complete etc. as required.

a 125 A 15kA SC for 1 sec 14 Nos. 9220.00 Each 129080.00

13 Providing and fixing following rating and breaking capacity
and pole MCCB with thermomagnetic release and terminal
spreaders in existing cubicle panel board including drilling
holes in cubicle panel, making connections, etc. as required.

a 63 A,25KA, FPMCCB 9 Nos. 7831.00 Each 70479.00

b 100 A,25KA, FPMCCB 22 Nos. 8212.00 Each 180664.00
c 200 A,36 KA, FPMCCB 2 Nos. 16169.00 Each 32338.00

TOTAL SH-II 2085163.00

SH:III (EARTHING & LIGHTINING)
1 Earthing with G.I. earth pipe 4.5 metre long, 40 mm dia
including accessories, and providing masonry enclosure with
cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe
etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as required. (For Street Light
Feeder, Lightening Arrestor)
14 Set 7945.00 Each 111230.00
2 Providing and fixing of lightning conductor finial, made of
25 mm dia 300 mm long, G.I. tube, having single prong at
top, with 85 mm dia 6 mm thick G.I. base plate including
holes etc. complete as required.
14 Nos. 551.00 Set 7714.00
3 Jointing copper / G.I. tape (with another copper/ G I tape,
base of the finial or any other metallic object) by riveting
/ nut bolting/ sweating and soldering etc as required.
14 Nos. 120.00 Set 1680.00
4 Providing and fixing testing joint, made of 20 mm X 3 mm
thick G.I. strip, 125 mm long, with 4 Nos. of G.I. bolts, nuts,
chuck nuts and spring washers etc. complete as required.
14 Nos. 129.00 Each 1806.00
5 Providing and laying G.I. tape 32 mm X 6 mm from earth
electrode directly in ground as required. 150.00 mtr 207.00 Metre 31050.00
6 Providing and fixing G.I. tape 20 mm X 3 mm thick on parapet
or on surface of wall for lightning conductor complete as
required.(For horizontal run) 900.00 mtr 134.00 Meter 120600.00
7 Providing and fixing G.I. tape 20 mm X 3 mm thick on parapet
or on surface of wall for lightning conductor complete as
required. (For vertical run) 300.00 mtr 209.00 Meter 62700.00
TOTAL SH-III 336780.00

SH:IV (Street Light)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 477
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
1 Fabricating, SITC of following out door type IP:54 dust
vermin/ weather proof anit corrosive powder coated and fully
compartmentalized double door feeder pillar suitable for floor
mounted with hinged door in front with almirah type locking
arrangement, made out from [Link] of 2.00 mm thick
including frame work with angle iron of size 35 mm x 35 mm x
5 mm thick at the base & slopping to the cover in the
approved manner. & [Link] iron of 35/25 mm x 5 mm thick
provide with insulator / Bakelite sheet of required capacity for
use on 3 phase 4 wire 50 Hz supply with C.C. foundation of
1:3:6 ratio for lags and bricks foundation of 20cms all around
the feeder pillar and 50 cms below ground level and 50 cms
above ground level with plastering, including providing and
fixing following switch gear in approved manner, incoming
and out going connections, inter connections, with suitable
size copper wire Thimble / lugs gland plate, earthing the
body, spray painting with one coat of anticorrosive painted
subsequent two coat of grey enamel /approved colour etc. as
required. (The feeder pillar shall have the tapered top
towards front and rear sides and 180mm Ht. Apron plate)

1) Incomer -
a) 40 A FP MCCB, 18 KA-1 No.
b) On / Off / Trip Indication Light 220VAC 22.5mm LED Type-
1 set
c) RYB Indication Light 220VAC 22.5mm LED Type-1Set
d) Digital Astronomical timer ONE Channel- 02 No.
e) 32A power contactor - 1 nos.
f) Auto / Manual Selector Switch - 1 No.
2) 40 A rating 4 strip tinned copper sleeved bus bar - 1 set
3) outgoing -
a) 6 to 32 A SP MCB -12 Nos.
b) 6 to 32 A DP MCB -4 Nos.
c) 6 to 32 A FP MCB -2 No.
d) neutral link.
1 Set 65,379.00 Set 65379.00
2 Supply and erection of 6 metre long hot dip galvanised
octagonal street light pole with bottom dia. not less than
130mm and top dia. not less than 70mm with sheet thickness
3mm including base plate of size not less than
200mmx200mx12mm thick, foundation bolt set. The bottom
section of pole shall have suitable space for control MCB
and terminals with removeable cover having allen key locking
arrangement including supplying 3 mm thick laminated
sheet,one No. 6-10 Amps Type "C" SP MCB, 230 volts and 2
No. heavy duty brass nuts and bolts with washer suitable for
cable entry of size upto 16 Sq. mm. suitable including
supplying and fixing single arm bracket of 1000 mm length
suitable for erection of LED street light fitting, complete with
RCC foundation as per manufacturer recommendations etc.
as required.
30 Nos. 14,632.00 Each 438960.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 478
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
3 Supply,installation,testing and commissioning of 30-35 LED
street light luminaire on existing 6 Mtr. street light pole,
having pressure die-cast aluminium alloy housing and
PC/toughened glass diffuser capable to deliver a minimum
system lumen output of 4000 lumens with system efficacy of
120 lm/w .The luminaire should have a colour temperature of
6000K( +/-500K), ingress protection of IP66, THD<10% ,
power factor not less than 0.95, CRI > 70, rated life 50,000
hrs @ LM 70, inbuilt electronic driver and surge protection
device upto 4KV i/c connection with 3 x 1.5 sqmm single core
copper conductor cable [Link] required

30 Nos. 5,134.00 Each 154020.00

4 Supply Installation Testing & Commissioning of 800mm
height LED Bollard light luminare of 10-12W, cylindrical/
rectangular in shape having low glare , IP 65 protected
capable to deliver minimum 800 lumens output, CRI 80, CCT
2700-3300 K, having aluminum housing with anti dust and
anti rust properties, integral type LED, durable silicon gasket,
inbuilt electronic driver i/c sutable CC foundation and
connection [Link] required complete in all respect. (Phillips
Vibe Code No. 582090/582091 or Similar as per approval of
Engineer-In-Charge)

24 Nos. 9048.00 Each 217152.00

5 Supplying and laying of following size DWC HDPE pipe ISI
marked along with all accessories like socket, bend, couplers
etc. conforming to IS 14930, Part II complete with fitting and
cutting, jointing etc..direct in ground (75 cm below ground
level) including excavation and refilling the trench but
excluding sand cushioning and protective covering etc.,
complete as required.

a 63 mm dia (OD-63 mm & ID-51 mm nominal) 800 mtr 263.00 mtr 210400.00
6 Supplying and laying of following size DWC HDPE pipe ISI
marked along with all accessories like socket, bend, couplers
etc. conforming to IS 14930, Part II complete with fitting and
cutting, jointing etc. in the existing trench, complete as
required. (For Street light and OFC cable)

a 63 mm dia (OD-63 mm & ID-51 mm nominal) 1,200 mtr 135.00 mtr 162000.00
7 Supplying and Laying of one number PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed and XLPE power cable of 1.1 KV grade of
following size in the existing RCC/ HUME/ METAL pipe as
required.
a 3C X 10 sq. mm Al. XLPE Armoured Cable 1,600 mtr 293.00 mtr 468800.00
b 3.5C x 35sq. mm Al. XLPE Armoured Cable 100 mtr 529.00 mtr 52900.00
8 Supplying and making end termination with brass
compression gland and aluminium lugs for following size of
PVC insulated and PVC sheathed and XLPE aluminium
conductor cable of 1.1 kV grade as required.

a 3 X 10 sq. mm (22mm) 6 Nos. 273.00 Each 1638.00

b 3.5 x 35sq. mm Al. XLPE Armoured Cable 2 Nos. 392.00 Each 784.00
TOTAL SH-IV (Street Light) 1772033.00

SH:V ( Water Pump Set)

For UG Tank
1 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of
submersible monoblock openwell pump set on suitable
foundation with anti vibration pad & connecting with existing
delivery pipe with as per following specifications:

(a) Operating Head : 32 Mtr. - 52 Mtr.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 479
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
(b) Discharge : 500 LPM - 220 LPM
(c) Suction and Delivery dia - 65 mm x 50 mm
(d) Supply - 3 phase, 415 Volts (Rated Voltage - 380V)

e) Power Rating: 5.5Kw / 7.5HP

(f) Motor - Totally enclosed squirrel cage induction type water
cooled and water lubricated .
(g) Pump casing / Motor body / Impeller - C.I.
(h) Shaft - Stainless Steel. 2 Sets 56633.00 Each 113266.00
2 Supplying & fixing Following size valves alongwith hexagonal
nipple in the existing delivery line complete as required.

b 50 mm dia Bronze/Gun metal (Horizontal Type) Non Return

Valve ISI Marked 2 Nos 3945.00 Each 7890.00
e 50 mm dia Bronze/Gun Metal Gate Valve ISI Marked
2 Nos 5556.00 Each 11112.00
3 Supplying and fixing 50 mm dia medium class GI pipe ISI
marked from the supply and delivery of pump setcomplete
with same class bend / elbow / tee / coupling and other
required accessories complete as required.
12.00 mtr 1056.00 Meter 12672.00
4 Supplying and laying following size of PVC insulated copper
conductor, flat submersible cable ISI Marked onf. to IS 7098
(Part - 1) 1988 on as amended upto date on surface i/c
connection, testing etc. as reqd.

a 3 x 4.0 sq mm. 60 mtr 206.00 Meter 12360.00

TOTAL SH-V 157300.00

Abstract of Cost
SH:I (IEI) 19264139.00
SH:II ( MCB & DB'S) 2085163.00
SH:III (EARTHING & LIGHTINING) 336780.00
SH:IV (Street Light) 1772033.00
SH:V ( Water Pump Set) 157300.00

Total 23615415.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 480
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Package C-2 Fire Alarm System

1 Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of micro

processor based intelligent addressable main fire alarm
panel, central processing unit with the following loop modules
and capable of supporting not less than 240 devices
(including detectors) and minimum 120 detectors per loop
and loop length up to 2 km, network communication card,
minimum 320 character graphics/ LCD display with touch
screen or other keypad and minimum 4000 events history log
in the non volatile memory (EPROM), power supply unit (230
± 5% V, 50 hz), 48 hrs back-up with 24 volt sealed
maintenance free batteries with automatic charger. The panel
shall have facility to connect printer to printout log and facility
to have seamless integration with analog/digital voice
evacuation system (which is part of the schedule of work
under SH: PA System) and shall be complete with all
accessories . The panel shall be compatible for IBMS system
with open protocol BACnet/ Modbus over IP complete as per
specifications.

a Two Loop Panel 2 No. 254368.00 Each 508736.00

2 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of repeater
panel wih 320 character/ Touch screen LCD display with
inbuilt reset, acknowledge and silence switches complete as
required. 2 No. 115568.00 Each 231136.00
3 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of intelligent
analog addressable photothermal detector complete with
mounting base complete as required. 318 Nos 3039.00 Each 966402.00
4 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of response
indicator on surface/recessed MS Box having two LED,
metallic cover complete with all connections etc as required.
30 Nos 293.00 Each 8790.00
5 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of
fault isolator complete with base as required. 29 Nos 3477.00 Each 100833.00
6 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of intelligent
addressable thermal detector with rate of rise cum fixed
tempreature thermistor complete with base as required.
5 Nos 2899.00 Each 14495.00
7 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of
addressable fire control module complete as required.
2 Nos 3193.00 Each 6386.00
8 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of
addressable fire monitor (input) module with relays etc
complete as required. 2 Nos 2876.00 Each 5752.00
9 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of
addressable manual call point complete as required. 20 Nos 4116.00 Each 82320.00
10 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of
addressable horn cum strobe complete as required. 21 Nos 3728.00 Each 78288.00
11 Supplying and drawing following sizes of FRLS PVC
insulated copper conductor, single core cable in the
existing surface/recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.
a 2 x 1.5 sq. mm 2,500.00 mtr 74.00 mtr 185000.00
b 4 x 1.5 sq. mm 500.00 mtr 128.00 mtr 64000.00
12 Supplying and fixing of following sizes of steel conduit along
with accessories in surface/recess including painting in case
of surface conduit, or cutting the wall and making good the
same in case of recessed conduit as required.
a 25 mm 3,000 mtr 272.00 mtr 816000.00
TOTAL 3068138.00
Abstract
Package C-2 Fire Alarm System 3068138.00
Total Package C2 Rs. 3068138.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 481
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Package: (C3) Fire Fighting System
1 (A) Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of
electric driven terrace pump suitable for automatic operation
and consisting of following, complete in all respects, as
required: (Terrace Pump)
(B) Horizontal type, multistage, centrifugal, split casing pump
of cast iron body & bronze impeller with stainless steel shaft,
mechanical confirming to IS: 1520
(C) Suitable HP squirell cage induction motor TEFC type
suitable for operation on 415 volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz, AC
supply with IP55 class of protection for enclosure, horiziontal
foot mounted type with Class-'F' insulation, conforming to IS-
325.
(D) M.S. fabricated common base plate, coupling, coupling
guard, foundation bolts etc. as required.
(E) Suitable cement concrete foundation duly plastered and
with anti vibration pads.
a) 450 lpm at 35 m Head 2 set 91660.00 Each 183320.00
b) 900 lpm at 35 m Head 2 set 108307.00 Each 216614.00
2 Providing, laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class
heavy duty MS Pipe conforming to IS 1239/3589 including
welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges, tapers, nuts, bolts,
gaskets etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall/ceiling with
suitable clamp/support frame and painting with two or more
coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete
as required :
a 100 mm dia 120.00 mtr 2717.00 mtr 326040.00
b 80 mm dia 12.00 mtr 2004.00 mtr 24048.00
c 65 mm dia 160.00 mtr 1716.00 mtr 274560.00
d 50 mm dia 12.00 mtr 1362.00 mtr 16344.00
3 Providing laying, testing & commissioning of 'C' class heavy
duty MS Pipe conforming to IS 1239/3589 i/c fittings like
elbows, tees, flanges, tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. in
ground including welding, excavation & providing cement
concrete blocks as supports, anticorrosive treatment with
coaltar/asphalt tape as per IS 10221, refilling the trench etc.
of following sizes complete as required.

a 100 mm dia 60.00 mtr 2778.00 Meter 166680.00

4 Supplying, fixing, testing and commissioning of butterfly
valve of PN 1.6 rating with bronze/gunmetal seat duly ISI
marked complete with nuts, bolts, washers, gaskets
conforming to IS 13095 of following sizes as required.
a 100 mm dia 2 Nos. 7089.00 Each 14178.00
b 80mm dia 4 Nos. 5297.00 Each 21188.00
c 50 mm dia 4 Nos. 4024.00 Each 16096.00
5 Providing, installation, testing and commissioning of non-
return valve of following sizes confirming to IS:5312
complete with rubber gasket, GI bolts, nuts, washers [Link]
required :
a 100 mm dia 2 Nos. 11749.00 Each 23498.00
b 80 mm dia 4 No. 8178.00 Each 32712.00
c 50 mm dia 4 No. 6157.00 Each 24628.00
6 Providing, installation, testing and commissioning of stainless
steel Y-strainer fabricated out of 1.6 mm thick stainless steel,
Grade 304, sheet with 3 mm dia holes with stainless steel
flange.
a 100 mm dia 2 Nos. 7086.00 Each 14172.00
b 65 mm dia 2 Nos. 5224.00 Each 10448.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 482
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
7 Supplying and fixing single headed internal hydrant
valve with instantaneous Gunmetal/Stainless Steel coupling
of 63 mm dia with cast iron wheel ISI marked conforming to
IS 5290 (Type -A) with blank Gunmetal/Stainless Steel cap
and chain as required.

a) Single headed Stainless steel. 16 Nos. 6528.00 Each 104448.00

8 Supplying and fixing 63 mm dia, 15 m long RRL hose pipe
with 63 mm dia male and female couplings duly bound with
GI wire, rivets etc. conforming to IS 636 (type-A) as required.

a) Stainless Steel (Grade 304) 32 Nos. 4730.00 Each 151360.00

9 Supplying and fixing first-aid Hose Reel with MS
construction spray painted in post office red, conforming
to IS 884 complete with the following as required. 20 mm
nominal internal dia water hose thermoplastic (Textile
reinforced) type -2 as per IS: 12585
20 mm nominal internal dia gun metal globe valve & nozzle.
Drum and brackets for fixing the equipmets on wall.
Connections from riser with 25 mm dia stop gun metal valve
& M.S. Pipe and socket.

a) 40 M 25 Nos. 12837.00 Each 320925.00

10 Supplying & fixing 63 mm dia Stainless Steel short branch
pipe with 20 mm nominal internal diameter size nozzle
conforming to IS 903 suitable for instantaneous
connection to interconnect hose pipe coupling as
required.
a) Stainless Steel (Grade 304) 16 Nos. 1767.00 Each 28272.00
11 Supplying and fixing of Fire brigade connection of cast
iron body with gun metal male instantaneous inlet couplings
complete with cap and chain as reqd. For suitable dia
MS pipe connection conforming to IS 904
as required :
a 2 way-100 mm dia Pipe 2 Nos. 7169.00 Each 14338.00
12 Supplying and fixing air vessel made of 250 mm dia, 8 mm
thick MS sheet, 1200 mm in height with air release valve on
top and flanged connection to riser, drain arrangement with
25 mm dia gun metal wheel valve with required accessories,
pressure gauge and paintingwith synthetic enamel paint of
approved shade as required.
5 No. 19399.00 Each 96995.00
13 Supplying and fixing of Hose Cabinet (Double Door) of size
900 mm x 600 mm x 500 mm made of 1.6 mm thick MS
sheet with 6 mm thick glazed glass doors including necessary
locking arrangement suitable to accommodate fire service
inlet with butterfly valve, 2 Nos. 15 mtr. long hose pipe, 1 No.
branch pipe, mounted on wall or raised brick platform & duly
painted with post office red externally and white internally with
synthetic enamel paint complete in all respect, for external
hydrant, as required. 2 Nos. 11256.00 Each 22512.00
14 Supplying and fixing of Hose Cabinet of size 750 mm x 600
mm x 250 mm made of 1.6 mm thick MS sheet with 6 mm
thick glazed glass doors including necessary locking
arrangement suitable to accommodate 2 Nos. 15 mtr. long
hose pipe, 1 No. branch pipe, mounted on wall & duly
painted with post office red externally and white internally with
synthetic enamel paint complete in all respect, for internal
hydrant, as required.
16 Nos. 5850.00 Each 93600.00

Fire Booster Pump Panel

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 483
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
15 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of cubical
type outdoor type LT panel suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 wire
50 Hz AC supply fabricated compartmentalised design, totally
enclosed, made from CRCA sheet steel of 2mm thick for
frame work and covers, 3mm thick gland plates, dust and
vermin proof with hinged and lockabale doors, IP-54
Potection, slanting top i/c cleaning and finishing complete
with 7 tank process for powder coating in approved shade
having TPN Aluminium bus bar of high conductivity,
DMC/SMC busbar supports, bottom base channel of suitable
size MS section ; shall have a common GI earth bar of size
25 mm x 5mm at rear with 2 nos earth stud, connections
from main bus bar and control wiring with 1.5 sqmm PVC
insulated FRLS copper conductor single core cable, cable
alley, cable gland plates i/c providing following switch gears

(I) INCOMINGS:
40 Amps, 25KA, four pole, Thermal Magnetic based MCCB
(ICU=100% ICS) with spreader link & Rotary handle - 1 No.

Digital voltmeter 0 - 500 V with inbuilt selector switch & 2A

protection MCB - 1 set
Digital ammeter 0-100 A with inbuilt selector switch & with 3
[Link] cast CT's of 100/5 A class 1.0 accuracy and
suitable VA burden-1 No. - 1 set.
3 Nos-Phase Indication LED lamps with 2 Amps back up
MCB ,

II BUS BAR
TPN Aluminium bus bars of minimum 63 Amps capacity with
heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/c DMC/SMC bus bar
supports at required intervals complete for cross section ,size
supports & their spacing etc. for withstanding fault level -1
set.
III OUTGOING:
i For Booster Pump 1 & 2 - 2 Set (Each consisting of
following)
32 Amps, 10KA Three pole MCB,
Suitable capacity DOL starter/ Star delta Starter with and
Thermal Over load Relay-1 Set
Single Phase Preventor - 1 No
ON & OFF Push buttons with Contact blocks, 2 no LED
indicating lamp - 1 Set
Selector switch for local/remote, auto/ manual /off operation
etc. with internal wiring required for automatic operation -1
set
6 way heavy duty brass connector - for each outgoingSet

Digital Ammeter with selctor switch and suitable rating CT - 1

Set
Pump Selector Switch- 1 No. (Common between 2 Sets)

ii2 Nos-32 Amps, 10KA 'C' Curve Four Pole MCB - (Separte
compartments) 2 Set 165393.00 Set 330786.00
(The Panel shall be designed based on the requirement
of Terrace Fire Pumps)
16 Supplying and Laying of XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed
aluminium/Copper conductor 1.1 KV grade armoured
[Link] of following sizes on surface/in existing cable
tray/in existinjg pipe/ in surface/recess etc. as required.

a 3 x 4 Sq mm (Copper) 60.00 mtr 430.00 Meter 25800.00

c 4 x 1.5 sqmm (Copper cable) 40.00 mtr 277.00 Meter 11080.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 484
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
c 2 x 1.5 sqmm (Copper cable) 80.00 mtr 201.00 Meter 16080.00
17 Supplying and making end termination with brass
compression gland and Copper/Aluminium lugs for following
sizes of PVC insulated, PVC sheathed/ XLPE
Copper/Aluminium conductor cables of 1.1 KV grade as
required.
a 3 x 4 Sq mm (Copper) 8 Sets 257.00 Each 2056.00
Supplying and fixing surface mount Two station Flush head
Start and Stop Push button with suitable NO/NC contact in
18 ABS Engineering plastic body complete with connection and
testing etc as required.
2 Nos 801.00 Each 1602.00
Providing & fixing of pressure switch in M.S. pipe line
including connection etc. as required. 2 Nos 1644.00 Each 3288.00
19 Providing and fixing 150mm dia stainless steel Dial type
pressure guage having range of 0-15 Kg/cm2 in existing MS
/ GI pipe line alongwith necessary U-type stainless steel
siphon tube, stop cock, socket, nipple i/c connection, testing
etc. as required.
4 Nos 1272.00 Each 5088.00
FIRE EXTIGUISHER
20 Supplying and fixing 4 Kg capacity dry Powder Fire
Extinguisher (Stored Pressure type), Mono Ammonium
Phosphate Powder 90% , Applicable Fire classes A, B & C,
duly ISI marked conforming to IS: 15683:2006, with IS 4308,
complete with squeeze grip release valve, discharge pipe,
locking arrangement, pressure gauge, and bracket etc as
required.
33 Nos 4601.00 Each 151833.00

21 Supplying and fixing 9 Kg capacity dry Powder Fire

Extinguisher (Stored Pressure type), Mono Ammonium
Phosphate Powder 90% , Applicable Fire classes A, B & C,
duly ISI marked conforming to IS: 15683:2006, with IS 4308,
complete with squeeze grip release valve, discharge pipe,
locking arrangement, pressure gauge, and bracket etc as
required.
1 Nos 7424.00 Each 7424.00

22 Supplying and fixing 4.5 kg High Pressure Portable Fire

Extinguisher, CO2 Gas as per IS 15222 for Fire Classes BC
& Electrical Fire bearing ISI mark, confirms to IS 15683,
Discharge Control mechanism fitted with high pressure steel
braided Discharge Hose and Flat Horn with diffuser Nozzles
for dispersed discharge of CO2,[Link] TYPE VALVE,
locking arrangement, and bracket etc as required.

14 Nos 10905.00 Each 152670.00

23 Supplying and fixing 2 kg Stored pressure K Type (wet
chemical) Portable Fire Extinguisher, suitable for class A &
class F fire with stainless steel body and brass chrome plated
valve with Discharge Control mechanism fitted with high
pressure steel braided Discharge Hose CE certified and
suiatble mounting bracket etc as required.
1 Nos 12593.00 Each 12593.00
Emergency Signages

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 485
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
24 Supplying and fixing of various sizes self adhesive/hanging
type Autoglow Photoluminscent Signages on 1 mm thick ARS
10000 PVC Rigid sheet having Non Radioactive High
Photoluminescent based AUTOGLO in-the dark having
Signages made of Non Peelable, Non Scratchable Silk
Screen Printed high quality paint with UV resistance suitable
for INDOOR use AutgGlow visible >24 hours in total
darkness, weatherproof, service life of atleast 10 years
complete with fixing/ hanging arrangement etc as required.
(The marking on Signages shall be as per directions of
Engineer -In-Charge and requiremnt of fire safety norms)

a Single Sided 20 Sq ft 3441.00 Sq ft 68820.00

b Double Sided 8 Sq ft 7017.00 Sq ft 56136.00
TOTAL 3042232.00
Abstract
Package: (C3) Fire Fighting & Sprinkler System 3042232.00
Total C3 3042232.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 486
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Package: (C-4) Sub Station Equipments
SUB STATION EQUIPMENTS
1 TRANSFORMERS
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 800 KVA,
22/0.433KV outdooor type ONAN type oil cooled copper
wound transformer with OFF circuit tap changing
arrangement on HV side in steps of +/- 2.5% , +/- 5%, -7.5%
on HV side, having cable end boxes on HV side suitable for 3
x 240 sqmm XLPE insulated cable of 22 kv grade and
suitable size XLPE insulated cable of 1.1 KV grade on LV
side with all accessories and winding temperature indicator/
controller, with approximately 5% impedance, with HV side
cable end box, MV connection chamber, MV indoor cable end
box i/c first filling of filtered dehydrated oil and confirming to
[IS-1180 Amendment No.4 Level-1] and as per specification
attached complete in all respect as required at site
2 Nos. 2,818,528.00 Each 5637056.00
2 HT VCB PANEL
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of indoor
type, floor mounted metal clad, 22 KV 630 Amps, 18.4 kA
VCB panel with 3 Nos. VCBs (1 No incoming and 2 Nos
outgoings), totally enclosed & fully interlocked, horizontal
drawout, horizontal isolation type breaker as per IS 13118, as
amended up to date and additional specifications, having
capacities as mentioned below, single break, trip free
mechanism, manually charged and manually closing breaker
suitable for use on 22KV, 3 Phase, 50 Hz, A.C. supply with
short circuit fault level of 18.4 kA for 1 Sec, complete with
self contained, full interlocked, rack in and rack out
mechanism, air insulated but encapsulated Aluminium bus
bars of 630 Amps capacity,breaker featured with mechanical
On/OFF indicator with hand trip device, spring release coil,
shunt trip coil and auxilliary switch of 4 NO + 4 NC and
equipped with following switch gears and accessories i/c
connections suitable for 3 X 300 [Link]. XLPE cable (cable
entry from bottom), end termination with heat shrinkable joint
material etc. as required. (Note- Cost of end termination not
included in this item)

A (a) Incoming - 1 No. 630 Amp. VCB.

(b) 1 No. - 22 KV/110 Volts PT Class 1 accuracy and 15 VA
burden with 1 No. Voltmeter (0 - 15 KV), digital type with built
in selector switch and protection fuses for HT metering up
to 22KV on incomer.

(c) 1 No. - (0 - 50 A) dual scale Ammeter, digital type with

built in selector switch for ammeter.
(d) 1 No. - Micro-Processor based relay with two O/L & one
E/F protection with 2 NO + 2 NC auxilliary contacts with
communication port (RS-485 Port).

(e) 1 No. - Set of dual ratio 3 CTs 50/5/5 A of 15 VA burden

and accuracy class 1 for metering and class 5P10 for
protection.
(f) 1 No. Load manager with Rs. 485 communication port

B (a) Outgoing - 2 Nos 630 Amp VCB

(b) 2 Nos. - (0 - 50 A) Ammeter dual scale digital type &
selector switches for Ammeters.
(c) 2 Nos. -Micro Processor based relay with two O/L & one
E/F protections with 2 NO + 2 NC auxilliary contacts with
communication port (RS-485 Port)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 487
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
(d) 2 Nos. - Set of dual core dual ratio 3 CTs 50/5/5 A of 15
VA burden and accuracy Class - 1.0 for metering and Class
5P10 for protection.
C Power Pack with Minimum 30 minutes back up
D (l) Master trip relay ( The panel shall be complete with all
other protection relays for incoming & outgoing panels, 24
volts DC trip coils, test terminal blocks, fuses, circuit labels,
indicating lamps, 9 W LED lamp in each panel, indicating
lamps etc. wiring for interconnection with suitable size copper
cable, cable end box with cable entry from bottom for
incoming and outgoing cables, foundation bolts , nuts, HV
danger notice board , earthbars as required.)

1 Set 2,130,925.00 Set 2130925.00

3 Main LT Panel (Non-Essential Panel)
Design, Manufacturing, Supplying, installation, testing &
commissioning of the L.T. Panel made out of CRCA, indoor
type, floor mounted, free standing, totally enclosed, cubical
type, air insulated for use on 415 Volts, 3 phase with neutral,
50 cycles/sec system. The LT panel construction
performance, testing and verification shall conform to (a)
IS/IEC 61439-1: 2011 (Low-Voltage Switchgear and Control
gear Assemblies - Part 1 General Rules), b) IS/IEC 61439-2:
2011 (Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies
–\Part 2: Power switchgear and control gear assemblies)
with minimum SC with stand capacity 70 KA for 1 sec. with
following switch gears.
(I) INCOMINGS:
(a) 2 nos. -1200 Amps four pole horizontal EDO operated fully
drawout type air circuit breaker of fault breaking capacity
50KA (Ics=Icu upto 433V) ,fitted with interlocked
door,automatic safety shutters,mechanical ON/OFF and
service /test/isolation position indicators and frame earthing
contact,conforming to IS:13947-2,1993 as amended upto
dated complete with following accessories for each ACB
i)Independent manual spring losing mechanism-1 No
ii)Microprocessor release(EMI& EMC Certified) for over
current,earth fault & short circuit-1 Set.
iii)Intelligent multifunction digital meter to read
V,A,KVA,KWH,PF Hz etc having RS 485 port and compatible
to PC with modbus protocol with 3 [Link] cast CT's of
2000/5 A class 1.0 accuracy and 15 VA burden-1 No.
iv)3 Nos-Phase Indication LED lamps with 2 Amps back up
MCB ,breaker ON/OFF indicating light with MCB ,test
terminal block set,circuits as per standard practice, auxillary
contacts for positive interlocking of the breakers as required.
v)Shunt trip coil 220 V A.C.

II) BUS COUPLER

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 488
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
1 No.-1200Amps Horizontal four pole EDO operated fully
drawout type air circuit breaker of fault breaking capacity
50KA (Ics=Icu upto 433V), with interlocked door,automatic
safety shutters,mechanical ON/OFF and service
/test/isolation position indicators and frame earthing
contact,conforming to IS:13947-2,1993 as amended upto
dated complete with following accessories:
(a)Independent manual spring closing mechanism (b)Breaker
'ON' indicating light with back up MCB ,test termnal
block,circuits as per standard practie, auxillary contact
contactors for positive electrical interlocking of breakers etc
as required-1 Set

The panel shall have relay based automated operation for

transferring the load from working supply to stand by supply
in case of any failure.
III BUS BAR
TPN Aluminium bus bars of minimum 1500 Amps capacity
with heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/c DMC/SMC bus
bar supports at required intervals complete for cross section
,size supports & their spacing etc. for withstanding fault level
of 70KA for 1 sec-1 set.

IV INTERLOCKING
Electrical through advance contacts in ACB's(Incomers & Bus
Couplers) and mechanical (Castle key) interlocking should be
provided.
V OUTGOING:
SECTION I
a 3 Nos-400 Amps, 35KA, Four pole, MP based relay type
MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V) with following accessories for each
MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-96 sqmm flush pattern digital type ammeter(0-630)
with built in selector switch and three nos cast resin CT's of
315/5 A,Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden.(Academic NE
Panel, EDP NE Panel, APFC -1 )

b 1 Nos-250 Amps, 25KA, Four pole,Thermal Magnetic based

relay type MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V) with following accessories
for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-96 sqmm flush pattern digital type ammeter (0-630)
with built in selector switch and three nos cast resin CT's of
100/5 A,Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden.(Spare )

c 1 Nos-125 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic

based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:- (i)1 No-96 sqmm flush
pattern digital type ammeter(0-100) with built in selector
switch and three nos cast resin CT's of 80/5 A,Class 1.0
accuracy & 15VA burden.( Spare)

d 1 Nos-63 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic

based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:- (i)1 No-96 sqmm flush
pattern digital type ammeter(0-100) with built in selector
switch and three nos cast resin CT's of 80/5 A,Class 1.0
accuracy & 15VA burden.( Spare)

SECTION II

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 489
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
a 1 No.-800Amps, Horizontal four pole EDO operated fully
drawout type air circuit breaker of fault breaking capacity
50KA (Ics=Icu upto 433V), with interlocked door,automatic
safety shutters,mechanical ON/OFF and service
/test/isolation position indicators and frame earthing
contact,conforming to IS:13947-2,1993 as amended upto
dated complete with following accessories:
(a)Independent manual spring closing mechanism (b)Breaker
'ON' indicating light with back up MCB ,test termnal
block,circuits as per standard practice-1 Set (Main Essential
Panel)

b 2 Nos-400 Amps, 35KA, Four pole, MP based relay type

MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V) with following accessories for each
MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-96 sqmm flush pattern digital type ammeter(0-630)
with built in selector switch and three nos cast resin CT's of
315/5 A,Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden.(APFC Panel,
Spare-1 No.)

c) 1 Nos-250 Amps, 25KA, Four pole,Thermal Magnetic based

relay type MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V) with following accessories
for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-96 sqmm flush pattern digital type ammeter (0-630)
with built in selector switch and three nos cast resin CT's of
100/5 A,Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden.(Spare )

d 1 Nos-125 Amps, 25KA, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic based

relay type MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V) with following accessories
for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-96 sqmm flush pattern digital type ammeter (0-630)
with built in selector switch and three nos cast resin CT's of
80/5 A,Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden. (Spare )

e 1 Nos-63 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic

based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:- (i)1 No-96 sqmm flush
pattern digital type ammeter(0-100) with built in selector
switch and three nos cast resin CT's of 80/5 A,Class 1.0
accuracy & 15VA burden.( Spare)
1 Set 2689740.00 Set 2689740.00
DG SET SYNCHRONISATION PANEL
4 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of cubical
type DG Synchronising panel suitable for 415V, 3
Phase, 4 Wire 50 Hz AC supply system fabricated
in compartmentalized (preferably) design from CRCA sheet
steel of 2 mm thick for main frame, doors, covers & partitions,
3 mm thick for gland, plates i/c dismantling the existing AMF
panels and accesories as per site requirement and direction
of E-in-C, cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process,
CPRI Approved, powder coated in approved shade,
having 1000 Amp capacity extensible type TPN
aluminium bus bars of high conductivity with colour coded
heat shrinkable sleeves, DMC/SMC bus bars of high
conductivity, DMC/SMC bus bars supports, with short
circuit with stand capacity of 70 kA for 1 Sec, bottom
base channel of MS section of appropriate size ,
fabrication shall be done in transportable sections, entire
panel shall have an appropraite size Aluminium earth bus bar
running throughout the length of panel, at the rear

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 490
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
with 2 Nos. earth stud, solid connections from main
bus bar to switch gears with required size of Al. bus bars and
control wiring with 2.5 sq mm PVC insulated copper
conductor S/C cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates in two
half, i/c providing following switch gears:

INCOMER - I (320 KVA DG SET -1 No.)

a) 630 Amps FP electrically drawout type air circuit breaker of
fault breaking capacity 50 KA Ics=Icu upto 433 V
manually operated, fitted with interlocked door,
automatic safety shutters, mechanical ON/OFF
and service/test/isolated position indicators and frame
earthing contact, conforming to IS 60947 Part-II) as
amended up-to- date complete with Independent manual
spring closing mechanism, Microprocessor release (EMI &
EMC certified) for over current, earth fault & short circuit
protection with shunt release , U/V release & micro switch- 2
Nos
b) 3 Nos. Phase indication LED lamps with 6 Amp back up
MCB, breaker 'ON' indicating light with 6 A MCB, test terminal
block set, fuses, circuits as per standard practice,
auxiliary contacts for positive interlocking of the breakers
as required- 2 sets.

c) Digital Multifunction meter with selector switch and one

set of 3 Nos. CT's of ratio 800/5A Class I accuracy and
15 VA burden - 2 sets

d) ON/OFF/TRIP Indication Lamp 230 V AC- 2 sets.

e) Breaker Control switch - 2 sets, Auto manual selector switch-
2 Nos.
f) On delay timer 230 V AC- 2 sets., Auxiliary Contactor 230 V
AC- 2 sets.,
g) 6 A DP 10 KA MCB- 2 sets.
h) Reset Push button- 2 sets.
i) 6A DP 10KA MCB - 2 Nos.
INCOMER - II (250KVA DG Set)
a) 400 Amps FP electrically drawout type air circuit breaker of
fault breaking capacity 50 KA Ics=Icu upto 433 V
manually operated, fitted with interlocked door,
automatic safety shutters, mechanical ON/OFF
and service/test/isolated position indicators and frame
earthing contact, conforming to IS 60947 Part-II) as
amended up-to- date complete with Independent manual
spring closing mechanism, Microprocessor release (EMI &
EMC certified) for over current, earth fault & short circuit
protection with shunt release , U/V release & micro switch- 1
Nos

b) 3 Nos. Phase indication LED lamps with 6 Amp back up

MCB, breaker 'ON' indicating light with 6 A MCB, test terminal
block set, fuses, circuits as per standard practice,
auxiliary contacts for positive interlocking of the breakers
as required- 1 sets.

c) Digital Multifunction meter with selector switch and one

set of 3 Nos. CT's of ratio 400/5A Class I accuracy and
15 VA burden - 1 sets

d) ON/OFF/TRIP Indication Lamp 230 V AC- 1 set.

e) Breaker Control switch - 1 sets, Auto manual selector switch-
1 Nos.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 491
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
f) On delay timer 230 V AC- 1 sets., Auxiliary Contactor 230 V
AC- 1 sets.,
g) 6 A DP 10 KA MCB- 2 sets., On/Off/Trip Indication lamp 230
V AC- 1 Sets
h) Reset Push button- 1 sets.
k) 6A DP 10KA MCB - 1 Nos.
DG SYNCHRONISING SECTION -
a) DG SYNCHRONISING RELAY - 2 Nos.
b) 630/5A 15VA Class:1 CT's- 6 Nos.
c) 6A SP 10KA MCB - 12 Nos.
d) Mains ON Indication Lamp 230V AC- 2 Nos.
e) DG ON Indication Lamp 230V AC - 2 Nos.
f) Load ON DG Indication Lamp 230V AC - 2 Nos.
g) Engine Start Push Button - 2 Nos.
h) Engine Stop Push Button - 2 Nos.
i) Emergency Stop Push Button - 2 Nos.
j) 32A DP 10KA MCB - 2 Nos.
k) 10A Battery Charger (24V DC) - 2 Nos.
l) DC Voltmeter (0-30V Scale) - 2 Nos.
m) DC Ammeter (0-20A Scale) - 2 Nos.
n) 16A ON/OFF Selector Switch (DC Supply ON/OFF) - 2 Nos.

o) ON-Delay Timer 24V DC - 2 Nos.

p) Hooter 24V DC (96*96mm) - 2 Nos.
q) Hooter Accept Push Button (Black) - 2 Nos.
r) Reset Push Button (Yellow) - 2 Nos.
s) Auxiliary Contactor 230V AC - 2 Nos.
t) 2C/O 8Channel Relay Card with Relay - 2 Nos.
u) Low Voltage Monitor Relay - 2 Nos.
v) 6A FP 10KA MCB - 4 Nos.
w) 12 Window Microprocessor Based Annunciator - 2 Nos.

TPN Aluminium bus bars of minimum 1000 Amps capacity

with heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/c DMC/SMC bus
bar supports at required intervals complete for cross section
,size supports & their spacing etc. for withstanding fault level
of 70kA for 1 sec-1 set.
OUTGOING
I For Essential Panel
a) 630 Amps 4P electrically drawout type air circuit breaker of
fault breaking capacity 50 KA Ics=Icu upto 433 V
manually operated, fitted with interlocked door,
automatic safety shutters, mechanical ON/OFF
and service/test/isolated position indicators and frame
earthing contact, conforming to IS 1397-2 : 1993 as
amended up-to- date complete with Independent manual
spring closing mechanism, Microprocessor release (EMI &
EMC certified) for over current, earth fault & short circuit
protection with shunt release , U/V release & micro switch- 1
No
b) Breaker Control Switch (TNC Switch) -1 No.
c) Auto/Manual Selector Switch - 1 No
d) ON-Delay Timer 230V AC - 1 No
e) Auxiliary Contactor 230V AC -1 No.
f) Reset Push Button -1 No.
g) 6A DP 10KA MCB -1 No.
h) ON/OFF/TRIP Indication Lamp 230V AC -1 No. 1 Set 1530029.00 Set 1530029.00
5 Essential Panel

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 492
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Design, Manufacturing, Supplying, installation, testing &
commissioning of the L.T. Panel made out of CRCA, indoor
type, floor mounted, free standing, totally enclosed, cubical
type, air insulated for use on 415 Volts, 3 phase with neutral,
50 cycles/sec system. The LT panel construction
performance, testing and verification shall conform to (a)
IS/IEC 61439-1: 2011 (Low-Voltage Switchgear and Control
gear Assemblies - Part 1General Rules), b) IS/IEC 61439-2:
2011 (Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies
–\Part 2: Power switchgear and control gear assemblies with
minimum SC with stand capacity 70 KA for 1 sec. with
following switch gears.
(I) INCOMINGS:
(a) 2 Nos. - 800 Amps 4P electrically drawout type air circuit
breaker of fault breaking capacity 50 KA Ics=Icu upto
433 V manually operated, fitted with interlocked door,
automatic safety shutters, mechanical ON/OFF
and service/test/isolated position indicators and frame
earthing contact, conforming to IS 1397-2 : 1993 as
amended up-to- date complete with Independent manual
spring closing mechanism, Microprocessor release (EMI &
EMC certified) for over current, earth fault & short circuit
protection with shunt release , U/V release & micro switch
ii)Microprocessor release(EMI& EMC Certified) for over
current,earth fault & short circuit-1 Set.
iii)Intelligent multifunction digital meter to read
V,A,KVA,KWH,PF Hz etc having RS 485 port and compatible
to PC with modbus protocol with 3 [Link] cast CT's of
1600/5 A class 1.0 accuracy and 15 VA burden-1 No.
iv)3 Nos-Phase Indication LED lamps with 2 Amps back up
MCB ,breaker ON/OFF indicating light with MCB ,test
terminal block set,circuits as per standard practice, auxillary
contacts for positive interlocking of the breakers as required.
v)Shunt trip coil 220 V A.C.

II INTERLOCKING
Electrical through advance contacts in ACB's/ MCCB's
(Incomers & Bus Couplers) and mechanical (Castle key)
interlocking should be provided. The operation shall be based
on the PLC logic control.

III BUS BAR

TPN Aluminium bus bars of minimum 1000 Amps capacity
with heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/c DMC/SMC bus
bar supports at required intervals complete for cross section
,size supports & their spacing etc. for withstanding fault level
of 70kA for 1 sec-1 set.

IV OUTGOING:
a 1 Nos- 630 Amps, 35KA, Four pole, MP based relay type
MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V) with following accessories for each
MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-96 sqmm flush pattern digital type ammeter (0-630)
with built in selector switch and three nos cast resin CT's of
400/5 A,Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden.(Existing Main LT
Panel )

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 493
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
b 2 Nos-250 Amps, 35KA, Four pole, MP based relay type
MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V) with following accessories for each
MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-96 sqmm flush pattern digital type ammeter (0-630)
with built in selector switch and three nos cast resin CT's of
400/5 A,Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden.(EDP Ess Panel
+ Academic Ess Panel )

c 2 Nos-125 Amps, 35KA, Four pole, MP based relay type

MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V) with following accessories for each
MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-96 sqmm flush pattern digital type ammeter (0-630)
with built in selector switch and three nos cast resin CT's of
400/5 A,Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden.(Spare for Future
Hostel Bldg )
d) 4 Nos-63 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic
based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:- (i)1 No-96 sqmm flush
pattern digital type ammeter(0-100) with built in selector
switch and three nos cast resin CT's of 80/5 A,Class 1.0
accuracy & 15VA burden.(Cafeteria, SL Feeder, Spare- 2 nos
)
1 Set 1525386.00 Set 1525386.000
6 APFC PANEL
Fabrication, supply, installation, testing & commissioning of
cubicle type , floor mounted tier formation APFC panel of 280
KVAR 10 steps (5+10+20x2+25x3+50x3 KVAR). The panel
shall be suitable for 415 V, 3 phase, 4 wire, 50 Hz, AC supply
system of suitable size fabricated from CRCA sheet steel of 2
mm thick for frame work and cover 3 mm thick for gland
plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process
for powder coating in approved shade, having TPN
Aluminium bus bars of high conductivity, DMC/SMC bus bar
supports, bottom base channel of MS section not less than
100mm x 50mm x 3mm thick, fabrication shall be done in
trasportable sections, entire panel shall have a common
copper earth bar of size 25mm x 5mm at the rear with 2 Nos.
earth stud, solid / flexible connections from main bus bar to
switch gears with required size of Aluminium bus bars
/conductor. Capacitor shall be three phase MPP HD type,
resin bonded, low loss, terminal less

capacitors without oil, housed in aluminium cans. Panel shall

also have thyristor circuits with inductor coils to suppress
switching inrush current to improve capacitor life. The system
shall have 12 step dual display mode real time power factor
control with 7% anti harmonic block reactors and
microprocessor based power factor controller, for target PF
setting and having display, with first mode showing V, I, PF,
shortfall KVAR, KW on the screen continuously without
scrolling & in second mode the controller should show actual
KVAR activated, KVA in every second & actual PF (in 40
miliseconds) with RS-232/485 communication port. Dedicated
fan should be provided for forceful cooling of the Thyristor.
and comprising of following panel mounting accessories
therein as per CPWD specifications part -[Link]
etc. as required.

(I) Incomer

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 494
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
(i) 1 No. - 400 Amps four pole microprocessor based 50kA
breaking capacity thermal magnatic release MCCB with
spreader link and rotary operatic handle and following
accessories
a 1 No. - 96 [Link]. Flush pattern digital type Ammeter (0 -
400) with built in selector switch and three no. Cast Resin
CT's of 400/5 A, Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden

b 3 Nos. - Phase indication LED lamps with 2 [Link] up

MCB, breaker ON/OFF indicating light with MCB, test
terminal block set, circuits as per standard practice, as
required.
c 1 Set - Suitable rating power supply unit having 230 V input &
24 V DC out put
(II) Instruments
(i) 10 stage Real Time Power Factor Controller
(III) Outgoings
(i) 1 set of 5 KVAR 3 phase banks. Each bank shall have
following components :
a 16 Amp TP 25 KA MCCB , (Ics= 100% Icu= Icw) with
Thermal magnetic based release
b 3 No. - Electronic Thyristor Switching for 5 KVAR
c 1 No. - 5 KVAR 3 phase, 440V, 50 Hz MPP Heavy Duty
Power Capacitor.
(ii) 1 set of 10 KVAR 3 phase banks. Each Set shall have
following components :
a 32 Amp TP 25 KA MCCB , (Ics= 100% Icu= Icw) with
Thermal magnetic based release
b 3 No. - Electronic Thyristor Switching for 10 KVAR
c 1 No. - 10 KVAR 3 phase, 440V, 50 Hz MPP Heavy Duty
Power Capacitor.

(iii) 2 set of 20 KVAR 3phase banks. Each Set shall have

following components :
a 50 Amp TP 25 KA MCCB , (Ics= 100% Icu= Icw) with
Thermal magnetic based release
b 3 No. - Electronic Thyristor Switching for 20 KVAR
c 1 No. - 20 KVAR 3 phase, 440V, 50 Hz MPP Heavy Duty
Power Capacitor.

(iv) 3 set of 25 KVAR 3phase banks. Each Set shall have

following components :
a 63 Amp TP 25 KA MCCB , (Ics= 100% Icu= Icw) with
Thermal magnetic based release
b 3 No. - Electronic Thyristor Switching for 25 KVAR
c 1 No. - 25 KVAR 3 phase, 440V, 50 Hz MPP Heavy Duty
Power Capacitor.

(v) 3 set of 50 KVAR 3phase banks. Each Set shall have

following components :
a 100 Amp TP 25 KA MCCB , (Ics= 100% Icu= Icw) with
Thermal magnetic based release
b 3 No. - Electronic Thyristor Switching for 50 KVAR
c 1 No. - 50 KVAR 3 phase, 440V, 50 Hz MPP Heavy Duty
Power Capacitor. 2 Set 639931.00 Set 1279862.000

7 Acadamic Non Essential Panel

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 495
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of cubical
type indoor LT panel suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 wire 50 Hz
AC supply fabricated compartmentalised design, totally
enclosed, made from CRCA sheet steel of 2mm thick for
frame work and covers, 3mm thick gland plates, dust and
vermin proof with hinged and lockabale doors i/c cleaning
and finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder
coating in approved shade having TPN Aluminium bus bar
of high conductivity, DMC/SMC busbar supports , bottom
base channel of suitable size MS section ; shall have a
common GI earth bar of size 25 mm x 5mm at rear with 2 nos
earth stud, connections from main bus bar and control
wiring with 1.5 sqmm PVC insulated FRLS copper conductor
single core cable, cable alley, cable gland plates i/c providing
following switch gears
(II) INCOMINGS:
1 No. - 400 Amps four pole microprocessor based 50kA
breaking capacity thermal magnatic release MCCB with
spreader link and rotary operatic handle and following
accessories
1 No. - 96 [Link]. Flush pattern digital type Ammeter (0 -
400) with built in selector switch and three no. Cast Resin
CT's of 400/5 A, Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden

3 Nos. - Phase indication LED lamps with 2 [Link] up

MCB, breaker ON/OFF indicating light with MCB, test
terminal block set, circuits as per standard practice, as
required.

III BUS BAR

TPN Aluminium bus bars of minimum 500 Amps capacity with
heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/c DMC/SMC bus bar
supports at required intervals complete for cross section ,size
supports & their spacing etc. for withstanding fault level -1
set.
V OUTGOING:
a 1 Nos-250 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic
based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. (For VRF Panel)

b 3 Nos-125 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic

based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. (For GF NE VTPN,
FF NE VTPN and Spare)
c 2 Nos-63 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic
based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. (Spare) 1 Set 252490.00 Set 252490
8 Acadamic Essential Panel

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 496
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of cubical
type indoor LT panel suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 wire 50 Hz
AC supply fabricated compartmentalised design, totally
enclosed, made from CRCA sheet steel of 2mm thick for
frame work and covers, 3mm thick gland plates, dust and
vermin proof with hinged and lockabale doors i/c cleaning
and finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder
coating in approved shade having TPN Aluminium bus bar
of high conductivity, DMC/SMC busbar supports , bottom
base channel of suitable size MS section ; shall have a
common GI earth bar of size 25 mm x 5mm at rear with 2 nos
earth stud, connections from main bus bar and control
wiring with 1.5 sqmm PVC insulated FRLS copper conductor
single core cable, cable alley, cable gland plates i/c providing
following switch gears

(II) INCOMINGS:
1 No. - 400 Amps four pole microprocessor based 50kA
breaking capacity thermal magnatic release MCCB with
spreader link and rotary operatic handle and following
accessories
1 No. - 96 [Link]. Flush pattern digital type Ammeter (0 -
400) with built in selector switch and three no. Cast Resin
CT's of 400/5 A, Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden

3 Nos. - Phase indication LED lamps with 2 [Link] up

MCB, breaker ON/OFF indicating light with MCB, test
terminal block set, circuits as per standard practice, as
required.

III BUS BAR

TPN Aluminium bus bars of minimum 500 Amps capacity with
heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/c DMC/SMC bus bar
supports at required intervals complete for cross section ,size
supports & their spacing etc. for withstanding fault level -1
set.
V OUTGOING:
a 3 Nos-125 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic
based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. (For GF Ess VTPN,
FF Ess VTPN and Spare)
b 7 Nos-63 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic
based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. Lift, (UPS, Fire Panel,
Street Light, Cafeteria, Spare)
c 2 Nos-25 Amps, 10KA 'C' Curve Double Pole MCB (lift
lighting, Spare)
2 Nos-40 Amps, 10KA 'C' Curve Four Pole MCB (Spare)
1 Set 330849.00 Set 330849
9 EDP Non Essential Panel

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 497
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of cubical
type indoor LT panel suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 wire 50 Hz
AC supply fabricated compartmentalised design, totally
enclosed, made from CRCA sheet steel of 2mm thick for
frame work and covers, 3mm thick gland plates, dust and
vermin proof with hinged and lockabale doors i/c cleaning
and finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder
coating in approved shade having TPN Aluminium bus bar
of high conductivity, DMC/SMC busbar supports , bottom
base channel of suitable size MS section ; shall have a
common GI earth bar of size 25 mm x 5mm at rear with 2 nos
earth stud, connections from main bus bar and control
wiring with 1.5 sqmm PVC insulated FRLS copper conductor
single core cable, cable alley, cable gland plates i/c providing
following switch gears

(I) INCOMINGS:
1 No. - 400 Amps four pole microprocessor based 50kA
breaking capacity thermal magnatic release MCCB with
spreader link and rotary operatic handle and following
accessories
1 No. - 96 [Link]. Flush pattern digital type Ammeter (0 -
400) with built in selector switch and three no. Cast Resin
CT's of 400/5 A, Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden

3 Nos. - Phase indication LED lamps with 2 [Link] up

MCB, breaker ON/OFF indicating light with MCB, test
terminal block set, circuits as per standard practice, as
required.

II BUS BAR
TPN Aluminium bus bars of minimum 500 Amps capacity with
heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/c DMC/SMC bus bar
supports at required intervals complete for cross section ,size
supports & their spacing etc. for withstanding fault level -1
set.
III OUTGOING:
a 1 Nos-250 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic
based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. (For VRF Panel)

b 1 Nos-200 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic

based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. (NE Rising Main)

c 1 Nos-125 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic

based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. ( Spare)
d 4 Nos-63 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic
based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. (Heat Pump Panel,
Roof top Solar, Spare) 1 Set 269903.00 Set 269903
10 EDP Essential Panel

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 498
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of cubical
type indoor LT panel suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 wire 50 Hz
AC supply fabricated compartmentalised design, totally
enclosed, made from CRCA sheet steel of 2mm thick for
frame work and covers, 3mm thick gland plates, dust and
vermin proof with hinged and lockabale doors i/c cleaning
and finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder
coating in approved shade having TPN Aluminium bus bar
of high conductivity, DMC/SMC busbar supports , bottom
base channel of suitable size MS section ; shall have a
common GI earth bar of size 25 mm x 5mm at rear with 2 nos
earth stud, connections from main bus bar and control
wiring with 1.5 sqmm PVC insulated FRLS copper conductor
single core cable, cable alley, cable gland plates i/c providing
following switch gears
I INCOMINGS:
1 No. - 400 Amps four pole microprocessor based 50kA
breaking capacity thermal magnatic release MCCB with
spreader link and rotary operatic handle and following
accessories
1 No. - 96 [Link]. Flush pattern digital type Ammeter (0 -
400) with built in selector switch and three no. Cast Resin
CT's of 400/5 A, Class 1.0 accuracy & 15VA burden

3 Nos. - Phase indication LED lamps with 2 [Link] up

MCB, breaker ON/OFF indicating light with MCB, test
terminal block set, circuits as per standard practice, as
required.

II BUS BAR
TPN Aluminium bus bars of minimum 500 Amps capacity with
heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/c DMC/SMC bus bar
supports at required intervals complete for cross section ,size
supports & their spacing etc. for withstanding fault level -1
set.
III OUTGOING:
a 1 Nos-200 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic
based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. (Ess Rising Main)

b 1 Nos-125 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic

based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. (Spare)
c 6 Nos-63 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic
based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. (UPS, Fire Panel,
Street Light, Cafeteria, W/s pump, Spare)
d 4 Nos-40 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic
based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with following
accessories for each MCCB'S:-
(i)1 No-Energy meter with RS 485 port. (Lift-3 Nos, Spare)

e 4 Nos-25 Amps, 10KA 'C' Curve Double Pole MCB (3 Nos lift
lighting, Spare)
2 Nos-32 Amps, 10KA 'C' Curve Four Pole MCB (Spare)
1 Set 322142.00 Set 322142
11 Plumbing Panel

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 499
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of cubical
type wall/Floor mounted indoor LT motor control panel
suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 wire 50 Hz AC supply
fabricated compartmentalised design, totally enclosed, made
from CRCA sheet steel of 2mm thick for frame work and
covers, 3mm thick gland plates, dust and vermin proof with
hinged and lockabale doors i/c cleaning and finishing
complete with 7 tank process for powder coating in approved
shade having TPN Aluminium bus bar of high conductivity,
DMC/SMC busbar supports, bottom base channel of suitable
size MS section ; shall have a common GI earth bar of size
25 mm x 5mm at rear with 2 nos earth stud, connections
from main bus bar and control wiring with 1.5 sqmm PVC
insulated FRLS copper conductor single core cable, cable
alley, cable gland plates i/c providing following switch gears:

(II) INCOMINGS:
63 Amps, 25KA, four pole, Thermal Magnetic based MCCB
(ICU=100% ICS) with spreader link & Rotary handle - 1 No.

Digital voltmeter 0 - 500 V with inbuilt selector switch & 2A

protection MCB - 1 set
Digital ammeter 0-63 A with inbuilt selector switch & with 3
[Link] cast CT's of 100/5 A class 1.0 accuracy and
suitable VA burden-1 No. - 1 set.
3 Nos-Phase Indication LED lamps with 2 Amps back up
MCB ,
Electronic Digital Load Manager with ready RS485
communication port and MODBUS protocol. - 1 set
III BUS BAR
TPN Aluminium bus bars of minimum 80 Amps capacity with
heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/c DMC/SMC bus bar
supports at required intervals complete for cross section ,size
supports & their spacing etc. for withstanding fault level -1
set.
V OUTGOING:
i For Drinking Water Pump - 2 Set (Each consisting of
following)
32 Amps, 10KA Three pole MCB,
Star-Delta starter with 3 pole power contactor and Thermal
Over load Relay, dealy timer of suitable range for 5 HP
motor - 1 Set.
Single Phase Preventor - 1 No
ON & OFF Push buttons with Contact blocks, 2 no LED
indicating lamp - 1 Set
Auto Manual selector switch - 1 No
6 way heavy duty brass connector - Set
Digital Ammeter with selctor switch and suitable rating CT - 1
Set
Pump Selector Switch- 1 No. (Common between 2 Sets)

ii 2 Nos-32 Amps, 10KA 'C' Curve Four Pole MCB - Spare

iii 2 Nos-25 Amps, 10KA 'C' Curve Four Pole MCB - ( Spare)
1 Set 191544.00 Set 191544.00
12 VRV/ VRF Panel (Acadmic & EDP)

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 500
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.

Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of cubical

type outdoor LT panel suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 wire 50
Hz AC supply fabricated compartmentalised design, totally
enclosed, made from CRCA sheet steel of 2mm thick for
frame work and covers, 3mm thick gland plates, IP-54
protection, dust and vermin proof with hinged and lockabale
doors, slanting top i/c cleaning and finishing complete with 7
tank process for powder coating in approved shade having
TPN Aluminium bus bar of high conductivity, DMC/SMC
busbar supports, bottom base channel of suitable size MS
section ; shall have a common GI earth bar of size 25 mm x
5mm at rear with 2 nos earth stud, connections from main
bus bar and control wiring with 1.5 sqmm PVC insulated
FRLS copper conductor single core cable, cable alley, cable
gland plates i/c providing following switch gears

(II) INCOMINGS:
200 Amps, 35KA, four pole, Micro processor based MCCB
(ICU=100% ICS) with spreader link & Rotary handle - 1 No.

Digital voltmeter 0 - 500 V with inbuilt selector switch & 2A

protection MCB - 1 set
Digital ammeter 0-400 A with inbuilt selector switch & with 3
[Link] cast CT's of 400/5 A class 1.0 accuracy and
suitable VA burden-1 No. - 1 set.
3 Nos-Phase Indication LED lamps with 2 Amps back up
MCB ,

III BUS BAR

TPN Aluminium bus bars of minimum 250 Amps capacity with
heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/c DMC/SMC bus bar
supports at required intervals complete for cross section ,size
supports & their spacing etc. for withstanding fault level -1
set.
V OUTGOING:
a 12 Nos-40 Amps, 25KA MCCB, Four pole, Thermal Magnetic
based relay type, MCCB(Ics=Icu at 415V)with rotary
operating Handle and Spreader links

4 Nos-32 Amps, 10KA 'C' Curve Double Pole MCB 2 Set 348262.00 Set 696524.00
13 H T Cable
Supplying and laying of following sizes XLPE insulated
amoured aluminium conductor power cable of 22 KV grade
confirming to IS 7098(Part II) amended upto date in the
existing masonry open duct/cable tray as required.

a 3 x 240 Sq. mm 60.00 mtr 4290.00 Meter 257400.00

14 Supplying and making indoor cable end termination with
heat shrinkable jointing kit complete with all accessories i/c
lugs suitable for following size of 3 core XLPE aluminium
conductor cable of 11/22 KV grade as required.

(a) 3 x 240 sq mm 4 Set 17278.00 Each 69112.00

15 Supplying and making outdoor cable end termination with
heat shrinkable jointing kit complete with all accessories i/c
lugs suitable for following size of 3 core XLPE aluminium
conductor cable of 11/22 KV grade as required.

(a) 3 x 240 sq mm 2 Set 24238.00 Each 48476.00

EARTHING

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 501
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
16 Earthing with copper earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 3 mm
thick including accessories, and providing masonry enclosure
with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering
pipe of 2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as
required. 12 Set 14714.00 Set 176568.00
(Tx1-2Nos, Tx2- 2 Nos, UPS-4 Nos, Dg set-2 Nos, Main LT
Panel- 2 )
17 Earthing with G.I. earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 6 mm
thick including accessories, and providing masonry enclosure
with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering
pipe of 2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as
required. 10 Sets 7945.00 Set 79450.00
(Tx1&2 Body-2Nos, HT Panel Body- 2 Nos, Rising Main- 2
Nos, DG set Body-2 Nos, Lifts-4 Nos, )
18 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip in 40 mm
dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode including connection with
brass nut, bolt, spring, washer excavation and re-filling etc.
as required. 150.00 Metre 1649.00 Metre 247350.00
19 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip in 40 mm dia
G.I. pipe from earth electrode including connection with G.I.
nut, bolt, spring, washer excavation and re-filling etc. as
required. 200.00 mtr 751.00 mtr 150200.00
20 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip on surface
or in recess for connections etc. as required.
150.00 mtr 1236.00 mtr 185400.00
21 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip on surface or in
recess for connections etc. as required.
200.00 mtr 259.00 mtr 51800.00
22 Providing and laying earth connection from earth electrode
with 4.00 mm dia copper wire in 15 mm dia G.I. pipe from
earth electrode including connection with copper thimble
excavation and re-filling as required.
25.00 mtr 392.00 mtr 9800.00
23 Providing and fixing 4.00 mm dia copper wire on surface or
in recess for loop earthing as required. 100.00 mtr 165.00 mtr 16500.00
24 Providing and laying earth connection from earth electrode
with 6 SWG dia G.I. Wire in 15 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth
electrode including connection with G.I. thimble excavation
and re-filling as required.
25.00 mtr 305.00 mtr 7625.00
25 Providing and fixing 6 SWG dia G.I. wire on surface or in
recessfor loop earthing along with existing surface/ recessed
conduit/submain wiring/ cable as required.
100.00 mtr 45.00 mtr 4500.00
26 Providing and fixing earth bus of 50 mm X 5 mm copper strip
on surface for connections etc. as required.
5.00 mtr 2247.00 mtr 11235.00
FIRE SAFETY
27 Supplying and fixing 4.5 kg High Pressure Portable Fire
Extinguisher, CO2 Gas as per IS 15222 for Fire Classes BC
& Electrical Fire bearing ISI mark, confirms to IS 15683,
Discharge Control mechanism fitted with high pressure steel
braided Discharge Hose and Flat Horn with diffuser Nozzles
for dispersed discharge of CO2,[Link] TYPE VALVE,
locking arrangement, and bracket etc as required..

4 Nos. 8877.00 Each 35508.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 502
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
28 Supplying and fixing 4 Kg capacity dry Powder Fire
Extinguisher (Stored Pressure type), Mono Ammonium
Phosphate Powder 90% , Applicable Fire classes A, B & C,
duly ISI marked conforming to IS: 15683:2006, with IS 4308,
complete with squeeze grip release valve, discharge pipe,
locking arrangement, pressure gauge, and bracket etc as
required.
4 Nos. 4084.00 Each 16336.00
29 Providing and laying Electric insulated rubber mat non skid
type with fluted top and plain border, 1 meter wide and 2mm
thick rated for 3.3 KV capable of withstanding 30 kV for 1
min as per IS : 15652 etc. as per specification complete as
required
15.00 sqmtr 1205.00 Each 18075.00
30 Providing and laying Electric insulated rubber mat non skid
type with fluted top and plain border, 1 meter wide and 3mm
thick rated for 22/33 KV capable of withstanding 45 kV for
1 min as per IS : 15652 etc. as per specification complete as
required
4.00 sqmtr 1517.00 Each 6068.00
31 Providing and fixing M.V. danger notice plate of 200 mm X
150 mm, made of mild steel, at least 2 mm thick, and vitreous
enameled white on both sides, and with inscription in single
red colour on front side as required.
2 Nos. 286.00 Each 572.00
32 Providing and fixing H.T. danger notice plate of 250 mm X
200 mm, made of mild steel, at least 2 mm thick, and vitreous
enameled white on both sides, and with inscription in single
red colour on front side as required.
1 Nos. 310.00 Each 310.00
33 Providing printed safety instruction chart both in English,
Hindi & REGIONAL LANGUAGE & duly framed out on glass .
1 Nos. 359.00 Each 359.00
34 Providing printed shock instruction chart both in English,
Hindi & REGIONAL LANGUAGE & duly framed out on glass
for treatment of person suffering from Electric shock.
1 Nos. 412.00 Each 412.00
35 Providing First Aid Box as approved by St. John Ambulance
Brigade / Indian Red Cross conforming to IS 2217 - 1963.
1 Nos. 744.00 Each 744.00
Contents of First aid Box (1: Adhesive Plaster 19 X 72mm –
10, Adhesive Plaster 25 X 72mm – 5, Adhesive Plaster
Round – 3, Microporous Tape 1.25x5mt – 1, Wound Cleaning
Swabs – ALC – 5, Antiseptic Wipes – 5, Electrolyte Powder –
3, Sterile Burn Dressing 5cm – 2, Gauze Bandage 5cmx3mtr
– 1, Compartment 2: Sterile Gauze Swab 10 Cm – 1, Sterile
Gauze Swab 7.5cm – 1, Burn Dressing Medium 10cm – 1,
Sterile Adhesive Plaster 6x10cm – 1, Sterile Eye Pad Oval –
2, Elastic Gauze Bandage 6x1m – 1, Absorbent Cotton
15gms – 1, Scissor 7cm – 1, Compartment 3: Dusting
Powder 10g – 1, Antiseptic Cream 10gms – 1, Safety Pin –
10, Antiseptic Solution 50ml – 1, Tweezer Plastic – 1,
Tincture Iodine 20ml – 1, First Aid Book – 1, Sugar Sachet –
3, Common Salt Sachet – 3)

36 Supplying of HT insulating Electrical Hand Gloves suitable

for 33 KV etc as required 1 set 1260.00 set 1260.00
37 Supplying & fixing 20W LED batten type automatic
emergency light with built in 2000mAH maintenance free
battery for alongwith overcharge and deep discharge
protection with minimum 30 minute back-up etc as required.
4 Nos. 1632.00 Each 6528.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 503
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
38 Supplying & Erecting of 4 Nos. 9.5 Litre capacity GI Bucket
painted in post office red colour with prior coat of red oxide
paint and written with white paint 'FIRE' and mounted on MS
angle iron frame with bracket of appropriate size & capacity
i/c filling sand etc.
1 Nos. 3148.00 Each 3148.00
MV CABLING, CABLE TRAY
39 Supplying and Laying of XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed
aluminium conductor 1.1 KV grade armoured [Link] of
following sizes on surface/in existing cable tray/in existing
pipe/ in surface/recess etc. as required.

a 3.5 x 300 sqmm Aluminium 1,200.00 mtr 3167.00 Meter 3800400.00

b 3.5 x 185 sqmm Aluminium 70.00 mtr 2016.00 Meter 141120.00
c 3.5 x 150 sqmm Aluminium 450.00 mtr 1619.00 Meter 728550.00
d 3.5 x 120 sqmm Aluminium 120.00 mtr 1397.00 Meter 167640.00
e 3.5 x 50 sqmm Aluminium 250.00 mtr 713.00 Meter 178250.00
f 4 x 25 sqmm Aluminium 300.00 mtr 442.00 Meter 132600.00
g 4 x 25 sqmm Copper 100.00 mtr 2594.00 Meter 259400.00
h 4 x 10 sqmm Copper 200.00 mtr 1163.00 Meter 232600.00
i 3 x 4 sqmm Copper 160.00 mtr 430.00 Meter 68800.00

LT Termination
40 Supplying and making end termination with brass
compression gland and aluminium lugs for following size of
PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE aluminium
conductor cable of 1.1 KV grade as required.

a 3½ X 300 sq. mm (70mm) (Alu) 18 Nos. 1271.00 Each 22878.00

b 3½ X 185 sq. mm (57mm) (Alu) 16 Nos. 930.00 Each 14880.00
c 3½ X 150 sq. mm (50mm) (Alu) 18 Nos. 741.00 Each 13338.00
d 3½ X 120 sq. mm (45mm) (Alu) 8 Nos. 652.00 Each 5216.00
e 3½ X 50 sq. mm (35mm) (Alu) 2 Nos. 439.00 Each 878.00
f 4 X 25sq. mm (28mm) (Alu) 12 Nos. 335.00 Each 4020.00
41 Supplying and making end termination with brass
compression gland and copper lugs for following size of
PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE copper conductor
cable of 1.1 KV grade as required.

a 4 Core x 25 sqmm) [Copper] 8 Nos. 512.00 Each 4096.00

b 4 Core x 10 sqmm) [Copper] 14 Nos. 316.00 Each 4424.00
c 3 Core x 4 sqmm [Copper] 8 Nos. 260.00 Each 2080.00
42 Supplying and laying of following size DWC HDPE pipe ISI
marked along with all accessories like socket, bend, couplers
etc. conforming to IS 14930, Part II complete with fitting and
cutting, jointing etc..direct in ground (75 cm below ground
level) including excavation and refilling the trench but
excluding sand cushioning and protective covering etc.,
complete as required.

a 120 mm dia (OD-120 mm & ID-103 mm nominal) 100 mtr 391.00 mtr 39100.00
b 160 mm dia (OD-160 mm & ID-135 mm nominal) 100 511.00 51100.00
CABLE TRAY
43 Supplying and installing following size of perforated painted
with powder coating M.S. cable trays with perforation not
more than 17.5%, in convenient sections, joined with
connectors,suspended from the ceiling with M.S. suspenders
including bolts& nuts, painting suspenders etc. as required.

a 100 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness 30.00 Meter 577.00 Meter 17310.00
b 150 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness 30.00 Meter 642.00 Meter 19260.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 504
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
44 Supplying and installing following size of perforated painted
withpowder coating M.S. cable trays bends with perforation
not morethan 17.5%,, joined with connectors, suspended
from the ceilingwith M.S. suspenders including bolts & nuts,
painting suspenders etc. as required.

a 100 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness 3 Nos. 923.00 Each 2769.00

b 150 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness 3 Nos. 1082.00 Each 3246.00
45 Supplying and installing following size of perforated painted
withpowder coating M.S. cable trays Tee with perforation not
morethan 17.5%, joined with connectors, suspended from the
ceiling with M.S. suspenders including bolts & nuts, painting
suspendersetc. as required.

a 100 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness 2 Nos. 1066.00 Each 2132.00

b 150 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness 2 Nos. 1261.00 Each 2522.00

Package C-4 Substation Total 24179795.00

Abstract
Package: (C4) Sub Station 24179795.00
Total C4 24179795.00

Package C-5 DG Set

DGSet
1 Providing, Testing and Commissioning of 'silent type' Diesel
Genrating set alongwith having Prime Power Rating of 250
KVA at 415 volts at 1500 RPM, 0.8 lagging power factor at
415 V at NTP conditions suitable for 50 Hz 3 phase system
and 0.85 load factor, confirming to CPCB norms ammended
upto date and consisting of the followings.

a) Diesel Engine:
Diesel engine 4 stroke water cooled, electric start of suitable
BHP at 1500 RPM suitable for above output of alternator at
40 Degree C, 50% RH & at NTP conditions and conforming
to IS 10000 ISO 3046 , capable of taking 10% over loading
for one hour after 12 hours of continuous operation. The
engine will be fitted complete with all the required
accessories.

b) Engine Mounted Panel fitted with having display for following.

(i) Start-stop switch with key

(ii) Water temperature gauge.
(iii) Lubrication oil pressure gauge.
(iv) Hour meter with RPM indication.
(v) Over speed indication.
(vi) Low lub. Oil Pressure trip indication
(vii) Battery charging indication.
c) Alternator :
Synchronous alternator rated 250 KVA at 1500 RPM, 3
Phase, 415 volts, 50 Hz, AC supply with 0.8 lagging power
factor at 40 Degree C, 50% RH & at NTP conditions. The
alternator shall be having SPDP enclosure IP 23. Brushless
continuous duty, self excited and self-regulated through AVR
conforming to IS : 4722/BS 2613 suitable for tropical
conditions and with class-H insulation.

d) Base Frame and Foundation :

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 505
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Both the engine and alternator shall be mounted on suitable
base frame made of M.S. Channel with necessary
reinforcement which shall be installed on the suitable cement
concrete foundation (the edge of foundation shall be
embeded with 25x25x5 mm size angle iron) and with vibration
isolation arrangement as per recommendation of
manufacturer.

e) Fuel Tank :
Fuel tank : Daily Service fuel tank of 500 Liter (Minimum)
capacity as per standard design of manufacturer.

f) Exhaust System :
Dry exhaust mainfold with residential exhaust silencer

g) Starting System :
12 V / 24 V DC starting system comprising of starter motors :
Voltage regulator and arrangement for initial excitation
complete with 1 No. 12 V 180 AH lead acid battery or as per
OEM specification as required.
h) Enclosure :
Acoustic and weather proof enclosure with arrangement for
fresh air intake for cooling of the engine and alternator,
extraction , discharging hot air into the atmosphere as per
specification. 1 Set 3,050,101.00 Each 3050101.00
2 Supplying, Laying and fixing of one number PVC insulated
and PVC sheathed / XLPE Copper armoured Control cable
of 1.1 KV grade of following size direct in pipe / trench / open
duct /cable tray/ on surface.
a.) 7x1.5 [Link] 15.00 Mtrs 408.00 Mtrs 6120.00
3 Supplying and making end termination with brass
compression gland and copper lugs for following size of
PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE copper conductor
cable of 1.1 KV grade as required.
a 7 Core x 1.5 sqmm (28mm) [Copper] 4 Nos. 297.00 Each 1188.00
4 Earthing with copper earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 3 mm
thick including accessories, and providing masonry enclosure
with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering
pipe of 2.7 metre long etc. (but without charcoal/ coke and
salt ) as required. 2 Set 14714.00 Set 29428.00
5 Earthing with G.I. earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 6 mm thick
including accessories, and providing masonry enclosure with
cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe of
2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as required.
2 Set 7945.00 Set 15890.00
6 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip in 40 mm
dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode including connection with
brass nut, bolt, spring, washer excavation and re-filling etc.
as required. 10.00 Metre 1649.00 Metre 16490.00
7 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip in 40 mm dia
G.I. pipe from earth electrode including connection with G.I.
nut, bolt, spring, washer excavation and re-filling etc. as
required. 10.00 mtr 751.00 mtr 7510.00
8 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip on surface
or in recess for connections etc. as required. 10.00 mtr 1236.00 mtr 12360.00
9 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip on surface or in
recess for connections etc. as required. 20.00 mtr 259.00 mtr 5180.00
Package C-5 DG set Total 3144267.00

Abstract

Package C-5 DG set Rs. 3144267.00

Package C-5 DG set Total Rs. 3144267.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 506
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Package: (C6) UPS system
1 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Double
conversion, Modular typ,e scalable on-line, UPS system
with plug and play power module, suitable frame size
and of following capacity with minimum 30 minute back up
and complete with VRLA SMF battery having minimum
following feature.

i) Fully rated IGBT rectifier and inverter integrated in UPS.

ii) Built in Automatic bypass (static and electromechanical)

and manual maintenance bypass.

iii) Three phase input voltage 400 volt +15%-20%

(3P+N+PE), input frequencies 50/60Hz
iv) LCD display, RS232 port, Serial Port, Dry contact.

v) Input power factor>=0.99 THDi<=3% at rated load.

vi) Three phase output 400V(3P+N+PE) +/- 1%. Output frequency

50/60 Hz ±2 %
vii) Output Power factor-0.9, Crest Factor 3:1
viii) Voltage regulation +/-1%(balanced load) THDv<=0.5%
with Linear load and <=1% with non linear load .

ix) Inbuilt Phase sequence corrector with Accessories and

Battery interlink, Battery rack. SFU link, UPS to Battery
connection leads, PWM battery charger

x) Overload Capacity 2 minutes at 125%,

xi) Suitable powder coated Rack for mounting arrangement of
battery and battery interconnecting cables

Noise level< 50 Db
Noise level< 50 Db
a) 20 KVA Modular UPS with Set of VRLA SMF batteries Total
VAH-31200 (12V X Battery AH X Nos of battery) 12volt
suitable for 30 minute backup on full load
1 Set 1,344,748.00 Each 1344748.00
2 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of 10 KVA Online
Double Conversion UPS with Micro Controller with minimum 30
minute back up and complete with VRL sealed maintenance free
battery having minimum following feature.

i) Fully rated IGBT rectifier and inverter integrated in UPS. And Inbuilt
Phase sequence corrector
ii) Built in manual maintenance bypass.
iii) Three phase input voltage 400 volt +15%-20%
(3P+N+PE), input frequencies 50/60Hz (+/- 10% auto
sensing)
iii) User friendly Touch display
iv) Input power factor>=0.99 THDi<=4% at rated load.

v) Three phase output 400V(3P+N+E) +/- 1%. Output

frequency 50/60 Hz ±1 %
vi) Output THDv-<2% Linear Load
<4% Non Linear Load, Crest Factor 2.5:1
vii) Efficiency-91% @ rated load
viii) Overload Capacity in battery mode :Upto 110% for 10
Min, 125% for 1 Min & 150% for 10 Sec

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 507
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
ix) Suitable powder coated Rack for mounting arrangement of battery
and Battery interlink, Battery rack. SFU link, UPS to Battery
connection leads, battery charger for 2 stage charging (Constant
Current / Float Charge), Std DC cable

x)Communication Slots: 1 X RS232, 1 X RS485(Modbus) ,

SNMP Slot
xi) Set of VRLA SMF batteries Total VAH-15600 (12V X
Battery AH X Nos of battery) 12volt suitable for 30 minute
backup on full load at 0.8 load factor 1 Set 752,718.00 Each 752718.00
3 Supplying and fixing FP sheet steel enclosure on surface/ recess
along with following rating and poles 415 V "C" curve MCB complete
with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

a) 63A Four Pole 1 No. 5,011.00 Each 5011.00

b) 25A Four Pole 1 No. 2,529.00 Each 2529.00
Package C-6 UPS system Total 2105006.00
Abstract
Package: (C6) UPS 2105006.00
Package C-6 UPS system Total 2105006.00

Package: (C7) VRF Airconditioning System

OUTDOOR UNIT
1 SITC of modular type Variable Refrigerant Flow/Variable
Refrigerant Volume air cooled Outdoor units suitable for
cooling and heating, having all hermetically sealed
inverter type Scroll Compressor(s), minimum two
compressors for above 14 HP modules,
microprocessor based Controller, top discharge type
condensing unit(s), with R -410 A Refrigerant, vibration
isolators, with suitable foundation etc. complete as
required. The unit shall deliver the rated capacity at
AHRI Conditions and work even at 50°C ambient
temperature without tripping. The unit shall be suitable to
work on 400V +/- 10%, 3 Phase, 50Hz AC power supply.
The unit shall be filled with first charge of the refrigerant
and ready for use as required. The COP at AHRI conditions
shall not be less than 3.7 and IEER not less than 6.5. Per
346.00 HP 17454.00 HP 6039084.00
INDOOR UNIT-CASSETTE TYPE
2 Supply of following minimum capacity 4-way flow VRV/VRF
Cassette Type Indoor ceiling mounted unit equipped with
synthetic washable media pre-filter, fan section with low noise
fan/dynamically balanced blower, multispeed motor, coil section
with DX Copper coil, electronic expansion valve, outer cabinet,
drain pump, grill, necessary supports, vibration isolation, cord
less remote control etc., suitable for operation on single phase
230 V ± 10%, 50Hz AC supply, complete, as required. The unit
shall have automatic force shut down provision in case of fire on
receiving signal from BMS System. The cooling capacity of indoor
unit will be at air inlet conditions of 27 Degree C DB and 19 Degree C
WB temperature.

c) 2.0 TR 3 Nos 32750.00 Each 98250.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 508
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
3 Supply installation,testing and commissioning of following
minimum capacity VRF Compact 4-way Cassette Indoor unit
equipped with washable synthetic media pre filetr fan section
with low noise fan/dynamically balanced blower, multispeed
motor, coil section with DX copper coil, electronic expansion
valve ,outer cabinet cord less remote control , drain pan
necessary accessories etc suitable for operation on 230 V +-
10% 50 Hz single phase AC supply complete as required .
The unit shall have automatic force shut down provision in
case of fire on receiving signal from BMS system. The
cooling capacity of Indoor Unit will be at air inlet conditions of
27 Deg C DB and 19 deg C WB temperature.

a) 1.7 TR (Compact Type 570mm x 570 mm) 81 Nos 35308.00 Each 2859948.00
4 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following
minimum capacity and external static pressure VRF/VRV
ceiling mounted ductable type Indoor unit equipped with
washable synthetic media pre-filter , fan section with low
noise fan/dynamically balanced blower, multi speed motor,
coil section with DX copper coil, electronic expansion valve,
corded remote control, outer cabinet, vibration isolators, drain
pan, other necessary supports etc., suitable for operation on
single phase AC supply 230V±10%, 50Hz complete as
required. The unit shall have automatic force shut down
provision in case of fire onreceiveing signal from BMS
System. The cooling capacity of indoor unit will be at air inlet
conditions of 27 Degree C DB and 19 Degree C WB
temperature
a) 1.3TR 30 Nos 36524.00 Each 1095720.00
b) 1.6 TR 15 Nos 37491.00 Each 562365.00
c) 2 TR 20 Nos 41376.00 Each 827520.00
d) 2.3 TR 5 Nos 42180.00 Each 210900.00

5 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following

minimum capacity ceiling suspended treated fresh air unit
equiped with remote control, outer cabinet, vibration isolators,
other necessary supports etc., suitable for operation on single
phase AC supply 230V±10%, 50Hz complete as required.

a) 840 CFM (6.3 TR) 4 Nos 97150.00 Each 388600.00

b) 1260 CFM (8.0 TR) 3 No. 105308.00 Each 315924.00
Y' JOINTS
6 Supply, fixing and commissioning of refrigerant joint / Branch
distibutors indoor to outdoor complete with nitrile rubber
insulation, supporting etc., 150 Set 4481.00 Set 672150.00
7 Supply, fixing and commissioning of refrigerant joint / Branch
distibutors between Outdoors complete with nitrile rubber
insulation, supporting etc.,
6 Set 6777.00 Set 40662.00
REFRIGERANT PIPING
8 Supplyof including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen testing of
following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn
copper refrigerant piping for VRV/VRF system,
complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type
hanger supports, jointing/brazing including accessories,
insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with
Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular
sleeves sections of specified thickness as given below for
Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per
specifications etc. as required :

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 509
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
a) 6.4 mm dia (OD) (Soft drawn) with tube thickness 1.2 mm
with 19 mm thick insulation 430.00 mtr 260.00 mtr 111800.00
b) 9.5 mm dia (OD) (Soft drawn) with tubethickness 1.2 mm
with 19 mm thick insulation 360.00 mtr 352.00 mtr 126720.00
c) 12.7 mm dia (OD) (Soft drawn) with tube thickness 1.2 mm
with 19 mm thick insulation 430.00 mtr 496.00 mtr 213280.00
d) 15.86 mm dia (OD) (Soft drawn) with tube thickness 1.2 mm
with 19 mm thick insulation 500.00 mtr 625.00 mtr 312500.00
e) 19 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube thickness 1.2 mm
with 19 mm thick insulation 380.00 mtr 751.00 mtr 285380.00
f) 22.2 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube thickness 1.2 mm
with 19 mm thick insulation 310.00 mtr 919.00 mtr 284890.00
g) 25.4 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube thickness 1.2
mm with 19 mm thick insulation 0.00 mtr 1086.00 mtr 0.00
h) 28.58 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube thickness
1.2 mm with 19 mm thick insulation 270.00 mtr 1178.00 mtr 318060.00
i) 31.8 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube thickness 1.6
mm with 19 mm thick insulation 80.00 mtr 1244.00 mtr 99520.00
j) 34.9 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube thickness 1.6
mm with 19 mm thick insulation 180.00 mtr 1307.00 mtr 235260.00
k) 38.1 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube thickness 1.6
mm with 19 mm thick insulation 100.00 mtr 1345.00 mtr 134500.00
l) 41.27 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube thickness
1.6 mm with 19 mm thick insulation 220.00 mtr 1391.00 mtr 306020.00
DRAIN PIPING
9 Providing & fixing of Rigid UPVC pipe complete with fittings,
supports as per specifications and duly insulated with 6 mm
thickness of closed cell nitrile rubber insulation in
surface/recess i/c cutting the wall in case of recess making
good the same etc. as reqd

a) 25 mm 350.00 Mtr 184.00 Mtr 64400.00

b) 32 mm 270.00 Mtr 194.00 Mtr 52380.00
c) 40 mm 180.00 Mtr 236.00 Mtr 42480.00
10 Providing and fixing of 2 core 1.5 sqmm PVC insulated and
PVC sheathed bright annealed copper conductor cable for
communication indoor and out door as per manufacture
standard between indoor unit/outdoor unit / controllers inside
building in existing steel/PVC Conduit, on surface/existing
channel, i/c making connection etc as reqd
2000.00 Mtr 101.00 Mtr 202000.00
11 Supplying and fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC
conduit along with accessories in surface/recess including
cutting the wall and making good the same in case of
recessed conduit as required.

a) 25 mm 2000.00 Mtr 154.00 Mtr 308000.00

12 Supplying and Laying of XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed
Copper conductor 1.1 KV grade armoured [Link] of
following sizes on surface/in existing cable tray/in existing
pipe/ in surface/recess etc. as required.
a) 4 core x 10 [Link] Copper Cable Armourd 220.00 Mtr 1,163.00 Mtr 255860.00
13 Supplying and making end termination with brass
compression gland and Copper lugs for following size of PVC
insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE aluminium conductor
cable of 1.1 KV grade as required.

a) 4 Core x 10 sqmm (25mm) 38 Set 286.00 Set 10868.00

14 Providing and fixing 6 SWG dia G.I. wire on surface or in
recess for loop earthing along with existing surface /
recessed conduit / submain wiring / cable as required.
200.00 Mtr 45.00 Mtr 9000.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 510
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
15 Supplying and installing following size of perforated Hot
Dipped Galvanised Iron cable tray (Galvanisation thickness
not less than 50 microns) with perforation not more than
17.5%, in convenient sections, joined with connectors,
suspended from the ceiling with G.I. suspenders including
G.I. bolts & nuts, etc. as required.

a) 150 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness 100.00 Mtr 761.00 Mtr 76100.00
b) 300 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness 300.00 Mtr 1,024.00 Mtr 307200.00
DUCTING
16 Supply, installation, balancing and commissioning of
fabricated at site GSS sheet metal rectangular/round ducting
complete with neoprene rubber gaskets, elbows, splitter
dampers, vanes, hangers, supports etc. as per approved
drawings and specifications of following sheet thickness
complete as required.

a Thickness 0.63 mm sheet 430 SqM 1,125.00 Mtr 483750.00

b Thickness 0.80 mm sheet 120.00 SqM 1,306.00 Mtr 156720.00
17 Supplying and fixing of following thickness duly laminated
aluminum foil of mat finish closed cell Nitrile rubber (Class
"O") insulation on existing duct after applying suitable
adhesive for Nitrile rubber. The joints shall be sealed with 50
mm wide and 3 mm thick self adhesive nitrile rubber tape
insulation complete as per specifications and as required.

a 13 mm 550 Sqm 571.00 Sqm 314050.00

18 Supply and fixing of acoustic lining of supply air duct and
plenum with 25 mm thick resin bonded glass wool having
density of 32 kg/m³, with 25 mm X 25 mm GI section of 1.25
mm thick, at 600 mm centre to centre covered with
Reinforced Plastic tissue paper and 0.5 mm thick perforated
aluminum sheet fixed to inside surface of ducts with cadmium
plated nuts, bolts, stick pins, CPRX compound etc. complete
as required and as per specifications.
70.00 Sqm 753.00 Sqm 52710.00
19 Supply ,installation and fixing fire retardant non porous
double layer flexible connection between each Ductable &
TFA unit as per specication and manufactures
recommendation etc as required 77 Nos 3,630.00 Each 279510.00
20 Supplying & fixing of powder coated extruded aluminium
Supply Air Grills with aluminium volume control dampers as
per specifications. 20 Sqm 9,681.00 Sqm 193620.00
21 Supplying & fixing of powder coated extruded aluminium
Return Air Grills with louvers but without volume control
dampers complete as required. 20 Sqm 6,284.00 Sqm 125680.00
22 Supplying & fixing of supply air diffuser of powder coated
aluminium with aluminium volume control dampers with anti
smudge ring and removable core. 3 Sqm 12,955.00 Sqm 38865.00
23 Supplying & fixing of return air diffuser of powder coated
aluminium without volume control dampers with anti smudge
ring and removable core. 3 Sqm 8,635.00 Sqm 25905.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 511
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
24 Supplying,Installation,Testing and Commissioning of
following capacity, BEE 5 Star rated , Inverter type Hi-wall
split air conditioning units complete with hermetically sealed
compressor, cordless remote control operation, air cooled
copper condenser coil outdoor unit & copper evaoprator coil
indoor unit, MS stand/wall bracket suitable for outdoor unit
fixing with anchor fastener, nut bolt, complete as required.
The units shall be suitable for operation on 230 volts, 50 HZ,
single phase AC supply with initial filling of refrigerant gas
(refrigerant gas should be eco friendly) as per the
requirement of the equipment etc complete as required.

a) 2 TR 6 Nos 76,992.00 Each 461952.00

Package C-7 VRF system Total 19000103.00
Abstract
Package: (C7) VRF Airconditioning System 19000103.00
Total 19000103.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 512
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Package: (C8) LAN SYSTEM
[Link] Description of Item Qty Rate Unit Amount
LAN
1 Supply and laying of armoured 6 core Single mode OS2
(9/125 Micro), Corrugated ECCS Armor, HDPE (UV)
Sheathing, Theoxtropic gel filled OFC cable with 2 Nos steel
wire embedded in side sheathing as stregth member for
switch connectivity, ROHS compliant and as per IEC60749-1,
on wall surface/cable tray, existing pipe / trench complete
with testing etc as complete required.
2200 mtr 172.00 Meter 378400.00
2 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 6F SM
loaded LIU with LC adaptor plates, pigtel cables, Spilce tray,
cable holder and 4 nos of cable entry exist point with rubber
gurment along with the LIU, Powder Coaded 1.2mm steel
sheet metal, 1U size confirming with in accordance with YD/T
778-2006 Optical Distribution Frame & YD/T 1272.1-2003
Optical Fiber Connector Part 1: Type LC etc complete as
required.
18 Nos 15409.00 Each 277362.00
3 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 24F SM
loaded LIU with LC adaptor plates, pigtel cables, Spilce tray,
cable holder and 4 nos of cable entry exist point with rubber
gurment along with the LIU, Powder Coaded 1.2mm steel
sheet metal, 1U size confirming with in accordance with YD/T
778-2006 Optical Distribution Frame & YD/T 1272.1-2003
Optical Fiber Connector Part 1: Type LC etc complete as
required.
5 Nos 27070.00 Each 135350.00
4 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of LC-LC
singlemode OS2 (9/125) duplex, LSZH fiber patch cord
having Aramid yarn and Spiral Spring Flexible Armored as
strenght member with for LIU to switch connectivity etc as
required. 38 Nos 2579.00 Each 98002.00
5 Supplying and drawing of CAT 6A U/UTP, 23 AWG, Solid,
LSZH cable as per ANSI/ROHS Compliant, in the existing
surface/ recessed Steel/ PVC conduit /uPVC DLP trunking as
required.

a 1 run of cable 10000.00 mtr 94.00 Meter 940000.00

b 2 run of cable 3000.00 mtr 165.00 Meter 495000.00
c 3 run of cable 1500.00 mtr 235.00 Meter 352500.00
6 Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box for fixing of 1, 2 and
4 port Keystone-Type Faceplates on surface or in recess etc
as required. 230 Nos 182.00 Each 41860.00
7 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 1 or 2 port
Style Keystone-Type Shuttered Faceplates for fixing of
information socket outlet on existing surface / recessed box/
furniture raceway etc as required.
307 Nos 241.00 Each 73987.00
8 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of CAT 6A
UTP Universal (both tool & toolless) information outlet (I/O) in
accordance with ANSI TIA 568 C.2, IEC 60603-7-4 2nd
Edition, ISO/IEC TR 11801-9901-2014, ROHS Compliant
complete with termination, ferruling and connection etc as
required 411 Each 600.00 Each 246600.00
9 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of loaded 24
port CAT 6A UTP, Transparent shutter jack panel, 1U height,
UL-94V-0, Black with cable support bar, clear label marks
and earthing plug for CAT6A cable termination at rack end,
ferruling etc. complete as required.
28 Nos 15711.00 Each 439908.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 513
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
10 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of CAT 6A
UTP, LSZH Patch Cord as per ANSI/TIA/EIA 568C.2 and UL
94-V-0, ROHS Compliant having Factory molded slim boots
on 6A plugs at both ends with provision to mount external
color codes and physical patch lock mechanism to avoid
loose connection etc complete as required.

a 1 Mtr 411 Nos 557.00 Each 228927.00

b 2 Mtr 411 Nos 578.00 Each 237558.00
11 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 24 Port
POE+ Access Switches with switching capaticy of 128 Gbps,
forwarding performance 95 Mpps, minimum PoE budget of
350W, with 2x 10G SFP+ uplink ports. Should support for
Stacking/VC with stacking bandwidth of maximum 40 Gbps
as and when required. Should support min 2GB internal
DRAM, 2GB internal Flash memory, 16K MAC address.
Should have Static Routing , Neighbor discovery, system
logging, Telnet, SSH, SNMP, Network Time Protocol (NTP),
Domain Name System (DNS) and IPv6 features from day 1
and should support OSPF, VRRP, OSPFv3 and PIM
complete etc as required
24 Nos 175008.00 Each 4200192.00
12 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Next
generation fire Wall, having 9Gbps of firewall throughput
performance and (Real world/MIX) of 5Gbps, 1Gbps of
NGFW Performance, 350k concurrent sessions,New
connections pre second should be 45K or more, IPSec VPN
througput of 2Gbps with 1000 tunnels support, should
support NGFW (IPS, URL Filtering, Anti spam, antivirus
Gateway level ) , Broader Gateway Protocol (BGP), Open
Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocols enabled etc as required

1 Nos 1026283.00 Each 1026283.00

13 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning 10G single
mode SFP+ module etc as required. 48 Nos 40780.00 Each 1957440.00
14 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning 1G single
mode SFP module etc as required. 1 Nos 22429.00 Each 22429.00
15 Supply and installation of following sizes wall / Floor Mount
Network Rack, Side Integrated with Front Glass Door,
Castors, 2 Fans, PDU with 5/6 Amps sockets, stationary
shelf, Tray , Cable Manager, Mounting Hardware etc as
required.

a 9U Size 8 Nos 6680.00 Each 53440.00

b 15 U Size 3 Nos 13257.00 Each 39771.00
c 22 U Size 2 Nos 19160.00 Each 38320.00
16 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of stackable
Core Switch Layer 3 PoE having 24 nos. 10G SFP ports
and 4 Nos. 40G QSFP+, Stacking / Virtual Chasis support
upto 9 Switches, switching capacity 140 Gbps, 64K IPv4 and
IPv6 Routes and 30K multicast routes. MAC Address 250K ,
Jumbo frame: 9000 bytes. should support Routing protocols
(RIPng, OSPF v3, IS-IS v6, BGP v6) and supporting L-2 & L-
3 features including L-3 routing VLAN, data centre bridging
Web GUI complete with ventillation fans etc complte as
required
Nos 886632.00 Each 0.00
Package C-8 LAN System Total 11283329.00
Abstract
Package: (C8) LAN 11283329.00
Total 11283329.00
Package: (C9) EPABX SYSTEM
EPABX System

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 514
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
1 Supply Installation, Testing and Commissioning
of microprocessor based, IP EPABX System with 4 Trunk
Lines, Circuit with CLIP Facility, 01 No. PRI, 250 Analog
Extns, 20 IP Extns License , 02 Nos. digital Operator
Console, MultiParty Party Conference, Speed Dial,
Music on Hold, Internal/ External ring difference ,Call
Barring, Call Pickup, TEC should be with GR
Number, - Redundant server in active-active mode, VOIP
ready platform complete etc as reqd.

1 No. 271232.00 Each 271232.00

Digital Phone
2 SITC of Digital Key Phone with 20 Nos. Programmable Keys
(4 Context Sensitive Keys, 16 DSS Keys) with 240x64 Pixels
Graphical LCD with Backlit Display having Polyphonic
Ringtone, Full Duplex Speaker Phone, Hold, Conference,
Redial, Transfer, Message Wait Lamp, Ringer Lamp facility
compatible with EPABX system etc complete as required.

1 Nos. 9,485.00 Each 9485.00

Analog Phone
3 SITC of Desk/Wall mount analoge telephone instrument with
DTMF/FSK Compatible Caller Line Identification, Two Way
Speaker phone with Volume Control, incomimg and outgoing
call memory including coil cord and line cord etc complete as
required.
79 Nos. 1,141.00 Each 90139.00
4 SITC of desk mount IP Phone with PoE with SIP VoIP
protocol 128x64 pixel LCD backlit, 3 feature key, 4 context
sensity key and 16 DSS keys, 2 Nos Gigabit Ethernet ports
etc complete as required.
2 Nos. 10,412.00 Each 20824.00
5 SITC of desk mount IP Phone with PoE with Proprietory VoIP
protocol 240x64 p;ixel LCD backlit, 4 context sensity key and
2line keys, volume control keyss, 2 Nos Gigabit Ethernet
ports etc complete as required.
12 Nos. 7,399.00 Each 88788.00
6 Supply, installation testing and commisioning of following
capacity telephone termination box 16 SWG CRCA sheet,
concealed/ surface mounted, with front operable hinged door,
cam type locking arrangement with adequete space for
termination of cables alongwith suitable no. 10 pair modules
i/c connection and tagging /ferruling etc complete as required.

a) 50 pair telephone tag box with KRONE terminal 2 Nos. 1,927.00 Each 3854.00
b) 100 pair telephone tag box with KRONE terminal 1 Nos. 3,409.00 Each 3409.00
7 Supply, installation testing and commisioning of Exchange &
Field MDF of 100 X 100 pair with KRONE connectors housed
in a lockable sheet steel enclosure with necessary openings
and all interconnections between the Exchange MDF & Field
MDF i/c connection and tagging /ferruling etc complete as
required.
1 Nos. 3,619.00 Each 3619.00
8 Supplying and laying of following pair telephone cable with
0.5mm dia copper conductor, PE insulated, cores twisted, GI
wire/ strip armoured, PVC sheathed on wall surface etc as
complete requred.

a 50 pair telephone cable (Jelly Filled) 20 mtr 781.00 mtr 15620.00

b 100 pair telephone cable (Jelly Filled) 15 mtr 1,616.00 mtr 24240.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 515
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
9 Supplying and drawing following pair 0.5 mm dia FR PVC
insulated annealed copper conductor, unarmored telephone
cable in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as
required.

a 2 Pair 2000 mtr 40.00 mtr 80000.00

Package C-9 EPABX System Total 611210.00

Abstract
Package: (C9) EPABX system 611210.00
Total 611210.00

Package: (C-10) CCTV System

CCTV system
1 SITC of 5 MP Verifocal IR Dome camera with 1/2.8‑inch
CMOS, having 5MP, 0Lux with IR LED on 3-12mm lens/F1.4-
F3.2 with Horizontal Field of View: 88 to 32 degrees and IR
Range of up to 50 meters, Video Analytics of Object
Counting, Trip Wire, Intrusion Detection and Motion
Detection, H.265/H.264/M-JPEG Video Compression, PoE
Support, NAS Storage, SD Card of 512GB, Quad Stream
Support, 1/1 Audio I/O, 1/1 Alarm I/O, True WDR, 3D Noise
Reduction, Adaptive Streaming, Smart Streaming and ROI,
SNR > 70 dB, having IK10 & IP67 protection class CE/UL,
FCC/NDAA complience i/c termination of RJ connector,
mounting boxes etc. complete as required.

97 Nos. 21,292.00 Each 2065324.00

2 SITC of 5 MP verifocal IR Bullet camera with 1/2.8‑inch
CMOS, having 5MP, 0Lux with IR LED on 3-12mm lens/F1.4-
F3.2 with Horizontal Field of View: 88 to 32 degrees and IR
Range of up to 50 meters, Video Analytics of Object
Counting, Trip Wire, Intrusion Detection and Motion
Detection, H.265/H.264/M-JPEG Video Compression, PoE
Support, NAS Storage, SD Card of 512GB, Quad Stream
Support, 1/1 Audio I/O, 1/1 Alarm I/O, True WDR, 3D Noise
Reduction, Adaptive Streaming, Smart Streaming and ROI,
SNR > 70 dB, having IK10 & IP67 protection class CE/UL,
FCC/NDAA complience, NEMA 4X encloseure i/c termination
of RJ connector, mounting boxes etc. complete as required.

10 Nos. 21,292.00 Each 212920.00

3 Supplying , installation , testing and commissioning 64
Channel Network Video Recorder with maximum of 64 IP
channel inputs, HDMI port, 1/1 Audio I/O and 2/1 Alarm I/O,
capable of 12MP, 8MP, 5MP, 4MP, 3MP, 2MP, 720p, D1 and
CIF Recording Resolution, 4x 4K / 10 x 3MP / 16x1080p
Local Decoding, 8 SATA HDD Support (Maximum 10TB
Capacity per Slot) H.265 / H.264 / MJPEG supported,
512Mbps Throughput , 256 Mbps Uplink, 256 Mbps
Downlink, CE/UL, FCC/NDAA complience, ONVIF suppport
etc complete as required.

2 Nos. 105232.00 Each 210464.00

4 SITC of 10 TB capacity surviellence hard drive with SATA
interface, Transfer rate up to 110MB/s 3.5-inch form factor,
5400 RPM etc complete as required.
8 Nos. 22930.00 Each 183440.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 516
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
5 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of 25 feet
long HDMI cable with Flexible high−speed HDMI cable with
Ethernet and molded HDMI connectors at both ends capable
to support signals up to 4K@60Hz (4:2:0) and HDMI
Ethernet Channel, 12−bit Deep Color etc. complete as
required.

1 No 9788.00 Each 9788.00

6 Supplying , installation , testing and commissioning of LED
55" UHD TV, Display Type - LED Display smart TV ,
Web OS, Active HDR LED Resolution, 2 channel 20WAudio
Stereo System, in Built wifi, Bluetooth surround ready, HDMI
port, Hear Crisp and Clear Sound, including stands, bracket,
mounting arrangement etc. complete as required

2 Nos. 51,396.00 Each 102792.00

Package C-10 CCTV System Total 2784728.00

Abstract
Package: (C10) CCTV system 2784728.00
Total 2784728.00

Package: (C11) Audio Video

1 SITC of Wireless Handheld Microphone System with

analogue UHF with 1 Nos. handheld transmitters, antenna
diversitywithb 2 Nos internal antennas, operating range of
300feet/91.4mtr (Line of Sight) ; tabletop type receiver, cordid
polar pattern, Min 120 Nos. RF channel frequency, with RF
frequency band of 542 to 572 MHz, and 24 Mhz Bandwidth,
Autoscan RF channel scanning, capable to support max 12
transmitters per band, having dynamic range of 100dBA, RF
output power of 10mW, Gain range of -20 to -10 dB, suitable
for operation with 2xAA batteries, with approx battery life of
14 hours, multi segment LED display for Channel and group
and LED for battery status and power complete with required
accessories etc as required.
8 No 46484.00 Each 371872.00
2 SITC of Wireless Lavalier Lapel Microphone System with
analogue UHF with 1 Nos. bodypack transmitters, antenna
diversity with 2 Nos 1/4 wave external antennas, operating
range of 300feet/91.4mtr (Line of Sight) ; rackmount type
receiver, cordid polar pattern, Min 120 Nos. RF channel
frequency, with RF frequency band of 542 to 572 MHz, and
24 Mhz Bandwidth, Autoscan RF channel scanning, capable
to support max 12 transmitters per band, having dynamic
range of 100dBA, 1xXLR 3 pin Male balanced output, 1/4"
female unbalanced output, frequency response 50 Hz to 50
Hz, XLR output impedence 200 ohm, XLR audio output level -
20.5dB, suitable for operation with 2xAA batteries, with
approx battery life of 14 hours, multi segment LED display for
Channel and group and LED for power status complete with
requierd accessories etc as required.
8 Nos 53199.00 Each 425592.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 517
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
3 SITC of Constant Beam width Technology, Line Array
Column Loudspeaker with 200W Power, Built-in 70V/100V
transformer, Frequency Range : 82Hz–20kHz or better,
Coverage: 150°(H) x 40°(V) or more, Sensitivity (2.83V@ 1m)
: 96dB orbetter, Power Capacity (100 hrs) 800W-900W or
more (pk), Enclosure: Fiberglass reinforced ABS cabinet,
Components: Minimum 16 - 18 x 50mm (2 in) Full-Range
drivers complete with mounting accessories and connection
etc. as required 4 Nos 131968.00 Each 527872.00
4 SITC of Two-Way Line Array Column with Asymmetrical
Vertical Cove and should comes with minimum Eight ormore
130mm (5 in) LF drivers; Sixteen ormore 25 mm (1 in) HF
drivers; Frequency Range (-10 db): 45Hz–20kHz orbetter;
Coverage :150 Degree Horizontal x 45 Degree Vertical or
better; Sensitivity (@1m) :98 dB orbetter ; Nominal
Impedance 4 ohms / 8 Ohms or better; Power Capacity (pk)
4000W ormore; Max SPL (pk) 131dB or better complete with
mounting accessories and connection etc. as required

12 Nos 172495.00 Each 2069940.00

5 Supply, Testing, Installation & commissioning of Two-
channel, 600W @ 4Ω and 8Ω Analog Power Amplifier
70V/100V or better; Frequency Response 20 Hz - 20 kHz (at
1 W ); Signal-to-Noise Ratio Analog Input : 104 dB or better;
Damping Factor :> 1000 or better; THD: 0.35% or better;
Should have 2 nos of RJ45 port 1 for data and 2 for Digital
audio transmission in redundancy concept or better; Should
have Integrated 8 band EQ, Limiter, Crossover and Delay. as
required
8 No 219767.00 Each 1758136.00
6 Supply, Testing, Installation & commissioning of 4 x 4
Networked Digital Signal Processor with 4 inputs and 4
outputs or more; 12 ormore Control Inputs and 6 or more
Logic Outputs for GPIO Integration; 48V phantom power on
all analog inputs; THD: 0.005% typical at +4 dBu, 1kHz, 0 dB
input gain; Crosstalk: <-100dB or better; Open architecture
software configurable; logic processing power; 2 digital audio
bus RJ45 Port; 1Ethernet RJ45 port for Monitoring and
configuration; Capable to handle +5V unloaded logic output
voltage; Should have speech sense engine; Capable to
control 3rd party devices with TCP IP and RS232; Should
have 1nos of RS 232 port for integration with control System;
Should have Bi-Directional Locate Functionality; Should have
48 or more digital audio Channel Bus; monitoring LED
complete with mounting accessories and connection etc. as
required 8 No 149474.00 Each 1195792.00
7 Supply, Testing, Installation & commissioning of 130" LED
Video Wall display [120" x 72" (+/-10%)] having aspect ratio
of 16:9; Resolution with 1152 x 648 pixels or Higher and
able to Support UHD from Day 1 with single LED player, with
Brightness >=1000 nits ; Contrast Ratio of min5000:1, Pixel
pitch not more than 2.5, colour temparature 65000, , veiwing
angle 150/150 verticallly & horizontely complete with suitable
ceiling/wall mounting bracket and as per technical
specification attached etc as required
6 No 2494459.00 Each 14966754.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 518
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
8 Supply, Testing, Installation & commissioning of 98"
Professional LED display having aspect ratio of 16:9; 4K
UHD Resolution with 3840x2160 pixels, Minimum Brightness
500 cd/m2 ; Contrast Ratio of min 4000:1, colour Gamut 1
billion colours, haze 25% or Better, Response time 8 ms
alongwith built-in speakers minimum 20 W (10W +10W),
veiwing angle 170/170 verticallly & horizontely built in Wi-Fi
support, and having Minimum 2 x HDMI2.0, RS-232, RJ-45
port complete with suitable ceiling/wall mounting bracket and
as per technical specification attached etc as required
2 No 1144873.00 Each 2289746.00
9 Supplying and laying of high−quality twisted pair Speaker
cable with 16 AWG stranded bare copper conductor, PVC
insulated and PVC jaketed designed for connecting
speakers and amplifiers in commercial or residential AV
systems complete with connection and testing etc as
required. 100 mtr 175.00 Each 17500.00
10 Supplying and laying of 24 AWG stranded single pair
Microphone cable with High-conductivity bare copper
conductors PVC insulated, with Bare copper spiral shield
having PVC jacket complete with connection and testing etc
as required. 100 mtr 119.00 Each 11900.00
11 SITC of HDMI passive wallplate having 1 No. HDMI
(Female) on a flat flexible cable Rear Panel Connection - and
1 No. HDMI (Female) front Panel Connection etc as required
8 No 11509.00 Each 92072.00
12 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of 6 feet long
HDMI Patch chord with Flexible high−speed HDMI cable with
Ethernet and molded HDMI connectors at both ends capable
to support signals up to 4K@60Hz(4:4:4) and HDMI Ethernet
Channel, 12−bit Deep Color etc. complete as required.,
8 Nos 3,998.00 Each 31984.00
13 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of 25 feet
long HDMI cable with Flexible high−speed HDMI cable with
Ethernet and molded HDMI connectors at both ends capable
to support signals up to 4K@60Hz (4:2:0) and HDMI
Ethernet Channel, 12−bit Deep Color etc. complete as
required., 16 No 9788.00 Each 156608.00
14 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 15U Height
Standard AV rack with 600mm Width, 800 mm Outer Depth
(600mm usable depth) with Min 4 Equipment Shelves
comprising of tray with 50 kg load capacity, , power strip with
5A sockets, ventillation fan and standard accessories etc as
required. 8 No 17146.00 Each 137168.00
15 Supply, Testing, Installation & commissioning of 4x2
HDMI/Audio Presentation Switcher/Scaler with 4 HDMI input
and 2 HDMI output on matrix mode supporting resolution of o
4K@60Hz 4:4:4 with switching data rates of 18 Gbps, HDCP
complient suitable for operation on 230V AC supply and and
as per technical specification attached etc as required.
8 No 106752.00 Each 854016.00
16 Supply, Testing, Installation & commissioning of 15.6"
interactive tablet monitor with 3840x2160 (4K) resolution anti
glare etched glass multi touch LCD display with more than
8000 touch points having aspect ratio 16:9, 98% colour
gamut, 8 Nos built in express keys, USB port, USB-C and
HDMI cable connectivity i/c interctive battery free pen etc
complete with all accessories, connection cables, power cord
etc as requierd 8 No 139752.00 Each 1118016.00
Package C-11 Audio Video System Total 26024968.00

Abstract
Package: (C11) Audio video system 26024968.00
Total 26024968.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 519
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.

Package: (C12) Lift

8 Passenger Lift (EDP hostel Fire Tower)
1 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of MRL type
8 passenger (544 Kg.) elevators having speed 1.25 MPS
serving different floors in the existing hoist way as per details
below and CPWD general specifications electrical works (Lift
& Escalators) Part-III 2003 ammended upto as required.

(i) Speed :- 1.25 mps

(ii) Floors : 7 Stops (G+6)
(iii) Travel : 21 Meters (approx) one way
(iv) Stops and Opening : 7 (G + 6 (Upper Floor)) floors, All
opening on the same side,
(v) Controller : Micro processor based A.C. Variable Voltage
& Variable Frequency
(vi) Machine : Machine Room Less with Micro processor
based VVVF (3VF)
(vii) Automatic rescue device complete with dry.
maintenance free batteries of suitable capacity as required.

(viii) Operation : Micro processor based single automatic

push button /duplex full selective collective system with /
without attendant.
(ix)Potential Free Contacts: Potential free contacts for each
floor position and up & down movement of lift shall be
provided in the controller which can be used for the building
automation system
(x) Power supply : 4 wire AC 400/440 Volts, 3 Phase, 50
Cycles (The entire lift equipment should be suitable for
operation at +10% to – 10% of rating supply voltage.)

(xi) Type of Doors :

(a) Landing door :- Power operated, centre opening
horizontal stainless steel with finish Honey comb/ Mirror / hair
line / Each finish/ Combination of above finishes including
infra red full curtain control. (Thickness of Sheet to be -
1.5mm with S.S. 304 Grade)

Fire resistance rating of door - Shall have not less than 2

hours for all landing doors.
(b) Car :- Power operated, centre opening horizontal sliding
stainless steel withfinish Honey comb/ Mirror / hair line / Each
finish/ Combination of above finishes. [The car inside shall be
as per dimensions given in CPWD General specifications for
elect works (Part III - Lifts & Escalators) 2003] (Thickness of
Sheet to be -1.5mm with S.S. 304 Grade)

(xii) Car Interior Finish

a) Panels -1.5 mm thickness, SS 304, finish Honey comb/
Mirror / hair line / Each finish/ Combination of above finishes

(b) Hand Rail : A hand rail not less than 600 mm long at 900
mm above floor level to be fixed adjacent to control panel in
the lift car in three sides.

c) Flooring :-Granite flooring of 18 mm thickness.

d) Ceiling- False ceiling shall be of same finish and color of

wall with integrated state of art light panel with diffused
lighting.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 520
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
e) Lighting-LED fittings in coherence with the ceiling panel
design not less than 200lux. (all fittings shall be recessed,
shall not be directly visible)
f) Ventilation- Blower type air ventilation system with stainless
steel louvers of finish similar to wall i/c ventilator outlets shall
be provided at skirting level. (all equipment shall be recessed,
shall not be directly visible)

g) Walls- Combination of stainless steel scratch proof (SS

304 finish Honey comb/ Mirror / hair line / Each finish/
Honeycomb) finish as per approved design with full height
mirror on central fascia panel.
(xiii) Type of signal system
a) Voice announcement system in the car, to announce the
position of elevator in the hoist way or the car passes or
stops at floor served by the elevator.

b) Digital floor position indicator in the car and all landing (to
be provided above/side of the car/ landing doors.)

c) Gongs/Chime and visual indication of all landings for pro-

arrival of car.
d)Overload warning audio & visual indicator, inside the car
(lift should not start on overload)
e) Battery operated alarm bell & emergency light with soft
visibility.
(xiv) Fireman switch - Fireman switch for all the fire lifts shall
be provided at the G.F. to enable the fire service personnel to
ground the lift in case of emergency.

(xv)Automatic Rescue Device - a) ARD should monitor the

normal power supply in the main controller and shall activate
rescue operation within 10 seconds of normal power supply
failure. It should bring the elevator to the nearest floor at a
slower speed than the normal run. While proceeding to the
nearest floor the elevator will detect the zone and stop. After
the elevator has stopped, it automatically opens the doors
and parks with door open. After the operation is completed by
the ARD the elevator is automatically switched over to normal
operation as soon as normal power supply resumes.

b) In case the normal supply resumes during ARD in

operation the elevator will continue to run in ARD mode until it
reaches the nearest landing and the doors are fully opened. If
normal power supply resumes when the elevator is at the
landing, it will automatically be switched to normal power
operation.

c) All the lift safeties shall remain active during the ARD
mode of operation.
d) The battery capacity should be adequate so as to operate
the ARD at least seven times a day, Provided the duration
between usage is at least 30 minutes.

(xvi)Emergency Supply -
a) Inverter backup with trickle/ boost charge arrangement for
at least 30 minutes with maintenance free batteries for
emergency light, alarm bell and inter-com system.
b) Separate maintenance free battery system should be
provided for ARD.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 521
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
(xvii)Buttons - All the buttons shall be braille buttons (in car
and call button both)
(xviii) Controller panel shall be of suitable steel gauge having
vermin & dust proof arrangement with suitable in built 1 No. 1,822,904.00 Each 1822904.00
ventilation system.
Passenger Lift 13 passenger
2 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of MRL Type
13 passenger (844 Kg.) elevators having speed 1.25 MPS
serving different floors in the existing hoist way as per details
below and CPWD general specifications electrical works (Lift
& Escalators) Part-III 2003 ammended upto date as required.

(i) Speed :- 1.25 mps

(ii) Floors : 7 Stops (G+6)
(iii) Travel : 21 Meters (approx) one way
(iv) Stops and Opening : 7 ( G + 6 (Upper Floor)) floors, All
opening on the same side,
(v) Controller : Micro processor based A.C. Variable Voltage
& Variable Frequency
(vi) Machine : Machine Room Less with Micro processor
based VVVF (3VF)
(vii) Automatic rescue device complete with dry.
maintenance free batteries of suitable capacity as required.

(viii) Operation : Micro processor based single automatic

push button /duplex full selective collective system with /
without attendant.
(ix)Potential Free Contacts: Potential free contacts for each
floor position and up & down movement of lift shall be
provided in the controller which can be used for the building
automation system
(x) Power supply : 4 wire AC 400/440 Volts, 3 Phase, 50
Cycles (The entire lift equipment should be suitable for
operation at +10% to – 10% of rating supply voltage.)

(xi) Type of Doors :

(a) Landing door :- Power operated, centre opening
horizontal stainless steel with finish Honey comb/ Mirror / hair
line / Each finish/ Combination of above finishes including
infra red full curtain control. (Thickness of Sheet to be -
1.5mm with S.S. 304 Grade)

Fire resistance rating of door - Shall have not less than 2

hours for all landing doors.
(b) Car :- Power operated, centre opening horizontal sliding
stainless steel withfinish Honey comb/ Mirror / hair line / Each
finish/ Combination of above finishes. [The car inside shall be
as per dimensions given in CPWD General specifications for
elect works (Part III - Lifts & Escalators) 2003] (Thickness of
Sheet to be -1.5mm with S.S. 304 Grade)

(xii) Car Interior Finish

a) Panels -1.5 mm thickness, SS 304, finish Honey comb/
Mirror / hair line / Each finish/ Combination of above finishes

(b) Hand Rail : A hand rail not less than 600 mm long at 900
mm above floor level to be fixed adjacent to control panel in
the lift car in three sides.

c) Flooring :-Granite flooringof 18 mm thickness.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 522
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
d) Ceiling- False ceiling shall be of same finish and color of
wall with integrated state of art light panel with diffused
lighting.
e) Lighting-LED fittings in coherence with the ceiling panel
design not less than 200lux. (all fittings shall be recessed,
shall not be directly visible)
f) Ventilation- Blower type air ventilation system with stainless
steel louvers of finish similar to wall i/c ventilator outlets shall
be provided at skirting level. (all equipment shall be recessed,
shall not be directly visible)

g) Walls- Combination of stainless steel scratch proof (SS

304 finish Honey comb/ Mirror / hair line / Each finish/
Honeycomb) finish as per approved design with full height
mirror on central fascia panel.
(xiii) Type of signal system
a) Voice announcement system in the car, to announce the
position of elevator in the hoist way or the car passes or
stops at floor served by the elevator.

b) Digital floor position indicator in the car and all landing (to
be provided above/side of the car/ landing doors.)

c) Gongs/Chime and visual indication of all landings for pro-

arrival of car.
d)Overload warning audio & visual indicator, inside the car
(lift should not start on overload)
e) Battery operated alarm bell & emergency light with soft
visibility.
(xiv) Fireman switch - Fireman switch for all the fire lifts shall
be provided at the G.F. to enable the fire service personnel to
ground the lift in case of emergency.

(xv)Automatic Rescue Device - a) ARD should monitor the

normal power supply in the main controller and shall activate
rescue operation within 10 seconds of normal power supply
failure. It should bring the elevator to the nearest floor at a
slower speed than the normal run. While proceeding to the
nearest floor the elevator will detect the zone and stop. After
the elevator has stopped, it automatically opens the doors
and parks with door open. After the operation is completed by
the ARD the elevator is automatically switched over to normal
operation as soon as normal power supply resumes.

b) In case the normal supply resumes during ARD in

operation the elevator will continue to run in ARD mode until it
reaches the nearest landing and the doors are fully opened. If
normal power supply resumes when the elevator is at the
landing, it will automatically be switched to normal power
operation.

c) All the lift safeties shall remain active during the ARD
mode of operation.
d) The battery capacity should be adequate so as to operate
the ARD at least seven times a day, Provided the duration
between usage is at least 30 minutes.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 523
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
(xvi)Emergency Supply -
a) Inverter backup with trickle/ boost charge arrangement for
at least 30 minutes with maintenance free batteries for
emergency light, alarm bell and inter-com system.
b) Separate maintenance free battery system should be
provided for ARD.

(xvii)Buttons - All the buttons shall be braille buttons (in car

and call button both)
(xviii) Controller panel shall be of suitable steel gauge having
vermin & dust proof arrangement with suitable in built 2 No. 2,076,085.00 Each 4152170.00
ventilation system.
16 passenger Lift (Academic Block)
3 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of MRL type
16 passenger (1088 Kg.) elevators having speed 1.25 MPS
serving different floors in the existing hoist way as per details
below and CPWD general specifications electrical works (Lift
& Escalators) Part-III 2003 ammended upto date as required.

(i) Speed :- 1.25 mps

(ii) Floors : 2 Stops (G+1)
(iii) Travel : 4.5 Meters (approx) one way
(iv) Stops and Opening : 2 (G+1 (Upper Floor)) floors, All
opening on the same side,
(v) Controller : Micro processor based A.C. Variable Voltage
& Variable Frequency
(vi) Machine : Machine Room Less with Micro processor
based VVVF (3VF)
(vii) Automatic rescue device complete with dry.
maintenance free batteries of suitable capacity as required.

(viii) Operation : Micro processor based single automatic

push button /duplex full selective collective system with /
without attendant.
(ix)Potential Free Contacts: Potential free contacts for each
floor position and up & down movement of lift shall be
provided in the controller which can be used for the building
automation system
(x) Power supply : 4 wire AC 400/440 Volts, 3 Phase, 50
Cycles (The entire lift equipment should be suitable for
operation at +10% to – 10% of rating supply voltage.)

(xi) Type of Doors :

(a) Landing door :- Power operated, centre opening
horizontal stainless steel with finish Honey comb/ Mirror / hair
line / Each finish/ Combination of above finishes including
infra red full curtain control. (Thickness of Sheet to be -
1.5mm with S.S. 304 Grade)

Fire resistance rating of door - Shall have not less than 2

hours for all landing doors.
(b) Car :- Power operated, centre opening horizontal sliding
stainless steel withfinish Honey comb/ Mirror / hair line / Each
finish/ Combination of above finishes. [The car inside shall be
as per dimensions given in CPWD General specifications for
elect works (Part III - Lifts & Escalators) 2003] (Thickness of
Sheet to be -1.5mm with S.S. 304 Grade)

(xii) Car Interior Finish

a) Panels -1.5 mm thickness, SS 304, finish Honey comb/
Mirror / hair line / Each finish/ Combination of above finishes

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 524
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
(b) Hand Rail : A hand rail not less than 600 mm long at 900
mm above floor level to be fixed adjacent to control panel in
the lift car in three sides.

c) Flooring :-Granite flooringof 18 mm thickness.

d) Ceiling- False ceiling shall be of same finish and color of
wall with integrated state of art light panel with diffused
lighting.
e) Lighting-LED fittings in coherence with the ceiling panel
design not less than 200lux. (all fittings shall be recessed,
shall not be directly visible)
f) Ventilation- Blower type air ventilation system with stainless
steel louvers of finish similar to wall i/c ventilator outlets shall
be provided at skirting level. (all equipment shall be recessed,
shall not be directly visible)

g) Walls- Combination of stainless steel scratch proof (SS

304 finish Honey comb/ Mirror / hair line / Each finish/
Honeycomb) finish as per approved design with full height
mirror on central fascia panel.
(xiii) Type of signal system
a) Voice announcement system in the car, to announce the
position of elevator in the hoist way or the car passes or
stops at floor served by the elevator.

b) Digital floor position indicator in the car and all landing (to
be provided above/side of the car/ landing doors.)

c) Gongs/Chime and visual indication of all landings for pro-

arrival of car.
d)Overload warning audio & visual indicator, inside the car
(lift should not start on overload)
e) Battery operated alarm bell & emergency light with soft
visibility.
(xiv) Fireman switch - Fireman switch for all the fire lifts shall
be provided at the G.F. to enable the fire service personnel to
ground the lift in case of emergency.

(xv)Automatic Rescue Device - a) ARD should monitor the

normal power supply in the main controller and shall activate
rescue operation within 10 seconds of normal power supply
failure. It should bring the elevator to the nearest floor at a
slower speed than the normal run. While proceeding to the
nearest floor the elevator will detect the zone and stop. After
the elevator has stopped, it automatically opens the doors
and parks with door open. After the operation is completed by
the ARD the elevator is automatically switched over to normal
operation as soon as normal power supply resumes.

b) In case the normal supply resumes during ARD in

operation the elevator will continue to run in ARD mode until it
reaches the nearest landing and the doors are fully opened. If
normal power supply resumes when the elevator is at the
landing, it will automatically be switched to normal power
operation.

c) All the lift safeties shall remain active during the ARD
mode of operation.
d) The battery capacity should be adequate so as to operate
the ARD at least seven times a day, Provided the duration
between usage is at least 30 minutes.

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 525
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
(xvi)Emergency Supply -
a) Inverter backup with trickle/ boost charge arrangement for
at least 30 minutes with maintenance free batteries for
emergency light, alarm bell and inter-com system.
b) Separate maintenance free battery system should be
provided for ARD.

(xvii)Buttons - All the buttons shall be braille buttons (in car

and call button both)
(xviii) Controller panel shall be of suitable steel gauge having
vermin & dust proof arrangement with suitable in built 1 No. 1,907,297.00 Each 1907297.00
ventilation system.

Total 7882371.00

Abstract
Package: (C12) Lift 7882371.00
Total 7882371.00
Package: (C-13) Heat Pump based Water Heating system

1 SITC of the factory packaged Scroll/Rotary type Air cooled

Heat Pump capable for outdoor installation including
evaporator fan, condenser, hermetic/semihermatic
compressor for eco freindly R410A refrigerant, Finned tube
type heat exchanger coil with internally corrugated copper
tubes and high efficiency aluminum fins for high heat transfer
and lower pressure drops, lubrication system, control center
and all interconnecting unit piping and wiring. The machine
should have single phase electric motor with direct on line
starting. The unit must have rubber supports. The Finned
tube type heat exchanger must be treated with anti-corrosive
paint/coating, suitable capcity axial fans with fan guard and
optimized for low noise levels complete with inbuilt circulation
pump from tank to heat. The refrigerant circuit shall have a
defrosting system and must be equipped with a thermostatic
expansion valve. The unit shall be suitable for operation on
230V/1ø/50Hz with i/c providing microprocessor based
control system with BMS compatibility. The unit shall be pre-
charged with refrigerant including necessary accessories and
suitable foundation as per OEM required to complete the
installation of the Heat pump and Lifting, shifting &
positioning
(The systemofshall
the equipment at location
be provided complete
with extended in all
camprehensive
warranty of 4 years apart from existing 1 year waranty)

Hot water rated output volume - 350 Ltr/Hr (@ 30 Degree

Centigrade Ambient Temparature condition)
Actual Heating Capacity - 12 Kw (@ 25 Degree Centigrade
Ambient Temparature)
Operation Range (Ambient Temp)- (-)10 to +43 Degree
Centigrade
Water In-Out Temparature Range - (+)10 to (+) 55 Degree
Centigrade
COP :- Minimum 4.0
Noise (dB) A - Less Than 65
Referigerent : R410a 1 Set 389,869.00 Set 389869.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 526
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
2 Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning the Hot Water
Storage Tank of following Capacity consisting of hot dip
galvanized cylindrical shape tank. (outlet temperature of hot
water storage tank 55-60 deg.C) suitable for minimum 3 Kg
/Sqm working pressure. Tank shall be provided with inlet /
outlet, overflow, drain connection with MH cover, 5 mm thick
tank, pressure relief valves, pressure gauge at inlet / outlet
with isolation cock, thermometer at inlet / outlet, ball Valve,
safety valve, check valve, Y strainer, Non return valve , piping
between hot water tank to heat pump with min 25 mm CVPC
SDR 11 with polyolefin thermal Insulation XLPE tube with
aluminium foil and all necessary valves and accesories etc.
The complete system to be tested to a pressure of 4 Kg/cm2
complete in all respects including temperature indicators,
thermostat and other required accessories. Tank shall be
insulated with 100 mm thick rock wool of approved quality
and cladded with 24 SWG aluminum sheet cladding i/c
providing and fixing 3 Nos 3kW electrical water heaters for
stand by operation and other accessories required to
complete the installation of the Heat pump and Lifting,
shifting & positioning of the equipment at location etc as
complete required. (The system shall be provided with
a 1500 Ltr comprehensive warranty of 4 years apart from
extended 1 Set 426,419.00 Set 426419.00
3 Providing, fixing ,testing and commissioning suitable
complete horizontal multistage end suction centrifugal
pumping set having stainless steel (SS 304) impellers & CI
housing and connected to a TEFC motor single mechanical
seal with pumps suitable for 415 Volts, 3 Phase 50 cycles
A.C Supply complete with all standard accessories including ,
M.S. channel, base plate complete with vibration isolators,
(The pump shall be suitable for hot water system and
auto/manual operation. ) including suitable capacity electrical
control panel with starter, sensor and timer with auto/ manual
selection as per the approval of Engineer-in-charge complete
with base frame, necessary foundation as per requirement.

a Flow - 3250 LPH

Head - 13 M 1 Set 56,814.00 Set 56814.00

Package C-13 Water Heating System Total 873102.00

Abstract
Package (C-13) Heat Pump based Water Heating system 873102.00
Total 873102.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 527
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.
Package: ( C-14 ) Roof Top Solar Generation system
[Link] Description of Item Qty Rate Unit Amount

1 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of ongrid

Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant conforming to MNRE
specifications as amended, consisting of Mono/Poly
Crystalline silicon solar cells, net metering facility, necessary
protections, earthing,mounted on Aluminium/GI structure of
suitable strength with followingcomponents complete as
required:-
a) Solar Photovoltaic Module of capacity 330 Wp or above,
manufactured in India, conforming to IS 14286/IEC 61215,
IS/IEC 61730-Part-1, IS/IEC 61730-Part-2. Solar
Photovoltaic Module conversion efficiency shall not be less
than 16.5%. PV modules used in solar power plants/ systems
must be warranted for their output peak watt capacity, which
should not be less than 90% at the end of 10 years and 80%
at the end of 25 years.

b) Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) of 350-800 V DC Input

voltage range and 400 V AC, three phase, 4 wire, 50Hz +/-
2.5 Hz, output voltage suitable to generate AC Power with
efficiency not less than 97%, total harmonic distortion less
than 3% and suitable for ambient temperature from 0 to 50
degree C. The PCU shall adjust the voltage and frequency
level to suit the Grid Voltage Frequency.
c) Data Monitoring System complete with accessories.
d) Fixing of Array junction box & Main junction box with IP 65
protection and termination arrangement for incoming and
outgoing cable along with glands, lugs and other accessories
etc. as required.
e) Lightning and surge voltage protection.
f) Connections & Interconnections by supplying & fixing
required size XLPE insulated copper conductor 1.1 kV grade
armoured power and control cables between solar modules,
main power cable to grid supply PCU unit along with
supplying & fixing of necessary channel/conduit lugs and
other accessories etc. as required.
30 kWp 64,925.00 kWp 1947750.00

Total C-11 Roof Top Solar System 1947750.00

Abstract
Package (C-14) Roof top Solar Generation System 1947750.00
Total 1947750.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 528
SL.
Description of Item Qty. Rate Unit Amount
No.

E&M Services Total Abstract

1 Package C-1 Internal EI, Street Light & Water Pump Rs. 23615415.00

2 Package C-2 Fire Alarm System Rs. 3068138.00

3 Package C-3 Fire Alarm & PA System Rs. 3042232.00

4 Package C-4 Sub Station Rs. 24179795.00

5 Package C-5 DG set Rs. 3144267.00

6 Package C-6 UPS system Rs. 2105006.00

7 Package C-7 VRV/ VRF system Rs. 19000103.00

8 Package C-8 LAN system Rs. 11283329.00

9 Package C-9 EPABX System Rs. 611210.00

10 Package C-10 CCTV System Rs. 2784728.00

11 Package C-11 Audio video System Rs. 26024968.00

12 Package C-12 Lift Rs. 7882371.00

13 Package C-13 Heat Pump based Water Heating system Rs. 873102.00

14 Package C-14 roof Top solar Generation System Rs. 1947750.00

Total Rs. 129562414.00

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(E)…

 529

PART-D
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 530

Academic building Ground Floor

 531

Academic building First Floor

 532

Academic building Terrace Floor

 533

EDP Building Ground Floor

 534

EDP Building First Floor

 535

EDP Building Second Floor

 536

EDP Building Third Floor

 537

EDP Building Fourth & Fifth Floor

 538

EDP Building Sixth Floor

 539

EDP Building Terrace Floor

 540

Cafeteria
 541

FURNITURE DETAILS

SR.
Schedule Item No. IMAGE (FOR REFERENCE)
No.
 542

1 22.1

2 22.3
 543

3 22.2

4 22.4

5 22.5 & 22.7

3
 544

6 22.5

7 22.6
 545

8 22.9 & 22.11

9 22.10

10 22.12
 546

11 22.13

12 22.15
 547

13 22.15 & 18

14 22.16
 548

15 22.17

16 22.19

17 22.20
 549

18 22.21

19 22.23
 550

22.24
20

21 22.25
 551

PART-E
PRICE BID

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………

 552

Central Public Works Department

NIT No. 16/NIT/SE(PUNE)/EE-II(PUNE)/2023-24

Name of Work: - of EDP Hostel Building, Academic Building and cafeteria at NIBM, Pune. SH:
Package 1

PRICE BID
Name of the Contractor
percent
age
above
Sr. or % in
Name of component Estimated cost Total Cost
No. below Figures
the
estimat
ed cost
Construction of Laboratory,
staff quarters and guest
house buildings for NCCS
1 Rs.44,59,49,032/-
at Baner, Pune. SH:
Package 1
(Civil)
Construction of Laboratory,
staff quarters and guest
house buildings for NCCS
Rs.12,95,62,414/-
at Baner, Pune. SH:
Package 1
(Electrical)

GRAND TOTAL Rs.57,55,11,446/-

GRAND TOTAL IN WORDS

Insertion : Nil Correction : Nil Omission : Nil AE(A)……………